COURSE STRUCTURE AND DETAILED SYLLABI FOR

FOUR YEARS B. TECH

UNDER ACADEMIC REGULATIONS R23

FOR

B. Tech Regular (Full-Time) Four Year Degree Courses

(For the Batches Admitted from 2023-2024)

&

B. Tech (Lateral Entry Scheme)

(For the Batches Admitted From 2024-2025)

COMPUTER SCIENCE &ENGINEERING

SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

(AUTONOMOUS)
+
Accredited by NBA, New Delhi & NAAC A , Bengaluru │Affiliated to JNTUA, Ananthapuramu, Recognized by the
UGC under Section 12(B) and 12(F)│ Approved by AICTE, New Delhi.
R.V.S. NAGAR, TIRUPATI ROAD, CHITTOOR – 517127 (A.P) – INDIA
Website: www.svcetedu.org E-mail: [email protected]
 FOREWORD
The autonomy conferred Sri Venkateswara College Engineering and technology by JNT
University, Ananthapuramu based on performance as well as future commitment and competency
to impart quality education. It is a mark of its abilityto function independently in accordance with
the set norms the monitoring bodies UGC and AICTE. It reflects the confidence of the affiliating
University in the autonomous institution to uphold and maintain standards it expects to deliver on
its own behalf and thus awards degrees on behalf of college. Thus, an autonomous institution is
given the freedom to have its own curriculum, examination system and monitoring mechanism,
independent of the affiliating University but under its observance.

Sri Venkateswara College of Engineering and Technology is proud to win the confidence of all
the above bodies monitoringthe quality in education and has gladly accepted the responsibilityof
sustaining, the standards and ethics it has been striving for more than a decade in reaching its present
standing in the arenaof contemporary technical education.

As a follow up, statutory bodies like Academic Council and Boards of Studies are constituted
with the guidance of theGoverning Body of the College and recommendations of the JNTUA,
Ananthapuramu to frame the regulations, course structure and syllabi under autonomous status.

The autonomous regulations, course structure and syllabi have been prepared after prolonged and
detailed interaction with several expertise solicited from academics, industry and research, to
produce quality engineering graduates to the society.

All the faculty, parents and students are requested to go through all the rules and regulations
carefully. Any clarifications needed are to be sought at appropriate time and with principalof the
college, without presumptions, to avoid unwanted subsequent inconveniences and embarrassments.
The cooperation of all the stake holders is sought for the successful implementation of the
autonomous system in the larger interests of the college and brighter prospects of engineering
graduates.

Principal
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
R.V.S. NAGAR, CHITTOOR-517 127, ANDHRA PRADESH
DEPARTMENT OF COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING

Vision, Mission, Quality Policy of the Institute

Vision

• To carve the youth as dynamic, competent, valued and knowledgeable professionals who shall lead
the Nation to a better future and to mould the institution into a Academic Excellence and Advanced
Research.

Mission
• To provide quality education, student-centered teaching- learning processes and state-of-art
infrastructure for professional aspirants hailing from both rural and urban areas.
• To impart technical education that encourages independent thinking, develops strong domain of
knowledge, own contemporary skills and positive attitudes towards holistic growth of young minds.

Quality policy
• Sri Venkateswara College of Engineering and Technology strides towards excellence by adopting
a system of quality policies and processes with continued improvements to enhance student’s
skills and talent for their exemplary contribution to the society, the nation and the world.
 ACADEMIC REGULATIONS-R23
COURSE STRUCTURE AND DETAILED SYLLABI
for
B. Tech Regular (Full - Time) Four Year Degree Program
(For the batches admitted from the Academic Year 2023-24)
and
B. Tech. (Lateral Entry Scheme)
(For the batches admitted from the Academic Year 2024-25)

SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

(AUTONOMOUS)
Accredited by NBA, New Delhi & NAAC, Bengaluru │Affiliated to
JNTUA, Ananthapuramu, Recognized by the UGC under Section 12(B)
and 12(F)│ Approved by AICTE, New Delhi
R.V.S. NAGAR, TIRUPATI ROAD, CHITTOOR – 517127 (A.P) – INDIA

Website: www.svcetedu.org E-mail: [email protected]

1
 Academic Regulations (R23) for B. Tech
(Regular-Full time)
(Effective for the students admitted into I year from the Academic Year 2023-24 onwards and
B. Tech. (Lateral Entry Scheme) for the batches admitted from the Academic Year 2024-25
onwards)

1. Award of the Degree

(a) Award of the B.Tech. Degree / B.Tech. Degree with a Minor if he/she
fulfils the following:
(i) Pursues a course of study for not less than four academic years
and not more than eight academic years. However, for the
students availing Gap year facility this period shall be extended
by two years at the most and these two years would in addition
to the maximum period permitted for graduation (Eight years).
(ii) Registers for 163 credits and secures all 163 credits.

(b) Award of B.Tech. degree with Honors if he/she fulfils the

following:
(i) Student secures additional 18 credits fulfilling all the requisites
of a B.Tech. program i.e., 163 credits.
(ii) Registering for Honors is optional.
(iii) Honors is to be completed simultaneously with B.Tech.
programme.

2. Students, who fail to fulfil all the academic requirements for the award of the
degree within eight academic years from the year of their admission, shall
forfeit their seat in B.Tech. course and their admission stands cancelled. This
clause shall be read along with clause 1 a) i).

3. Admissions
Admission to the B. Tech Program shall be made subject to the eligibility,
qualifications and specialization prescribed by the A.P. State
Government/University from time to time. Admissions shall be made either
based on the merit rank obtained by the student in the common entrance
examination conducted by the A.P. Government/University or any other order
of merit approved by the A.P. Government/University, subject to reservations
as prescribed by the Government/University from time to time.

4. Program related terms

Credit: A unit by which the course work is measured. It determines the
number of hours of instruction required per week. One credit is equivalent to
one hour of teaching (Lecture/Tutorial) or two hours of practical work/field
work per week.

2
 Credit Definition:

1 Hr. Lecture (L) per week 1 credit

1 Hr. Tutorial (T) per week 1 credit
1 Hr. Practical (P) per week 0.5 credit
2 Hrs. Practical (Lab) per week 1 credit

a) Academic Year: Two consecutive (one odd + one even) semesters

constitute one academic year.

b) Choice Based Credit System (CBCS): The CBCS provides a choice

for students to select from the prescribed courses.

5. Semester/Credits:

i) A semester comprises 90 instructional days and an academic year is

divided into two semesters.
ii) The summer term is for eight weeks during summer vacation.
Internship/ apprenticeship / work-based vocational education and
training can be carried out during the summer term, especially by
students who wish to exit after two semesters or four semesters of
study.
iii) Regular courses may also be completed well in advance through MOOCs
satisfying prerequisites.

6. Structure of the Undergraduate Programme:

All courses offered for the undergraduate program (B. Tech.) are broadly
classified as follows:
S. No. Category Breakup Percenta AICTE
of Credits ge of Recommendation
(Total 163) (%)
total
credits
Humanities and Social
1. Science including 13 8% 8 – 9%
Management (HM)
2. Basic Sciences (BS) 20 13% 12 - 16%
3. Engineering Sciences (ES) 23.5 14% 10 – 18%
4. Professional Core (PC) 57.5 34% 30 – 36%
Electives – Professional
(PE) & Open (OE); 33 21% 19 - 23%
5. Domain Specific Skill
Enhancement Courses
(SEC)
6. Internships & Project 16 10% 8 – 11%
work (PR)
7. Mandatory Courses (MC) Non-credit Non- -
credit
3
 7. Course Classification:
All subjects/ courses offered for the undergraduate programme in
Engineering & Technology (B.Tech. degree programmes) are broadly
classified as follows:

S. Broad Course Course Description

No. Classification Category
1. Foundation Foundation Includes Mathematics, Physics
Courses courses and Chemistry; fundamental
engineering courses;
humanities, social sciences and
management courses
2. Core Courses Professional Core Includes subjects related to the
Courses (PC) parent discipline/ department/
branch of Engineering
Professional Includes elective subjects
3. Elective Elective Courses related to the parent
Courses (PE) discipline/department/ branch of
Engineering
Open Elective Elective subjects which include
Courses (OE) interdisciplinary subjects or
subjects in an area outside the
parent discipline/ department/
branch of Engineering
Domain specific interdisciplinary/job-oriented/
skill domain courses which are
enhancement relevant to the industry
courses (SEC)
4. Project & Project B.Tech. Project or Major Project
Internships Internships Summer Internships –
Community based and Industry
Internships; Industry oriented
Full Semester Internship
5. Audit Courses Mandatory non- Covering subjects of developing
credit courses desired attitude among the
learners

8. Programme Pattern
i. Total duration of the of B. Tech (Regular) Programme is four academic
years.
ii. Each academic year of study is divided into two semesters.
iii. Minimum number of instructional days in each semester is 90 days.
iv. There shall be mandatory student induction program for fresher’s, with
a three- week duration before the commencement of first semester.
Physical activity, Creative Arts, Universal Human Values, Literary,
Proficiency Modules, Lectures by Eminent People, Visits to local Areas,
4
 Familiarization to Dept./Branch & Innovations etc., are included as per
the guidelines issued by AICTE.
v. Health/wellness/yoga/sports and NSS /NSS /Scouts & Guides /
Community service activities are made mandatory as credit courses for
all the under graduate students.

vi. Courses like Environmental Sciences, Indian Constitution, Technical

Paper Writing & IPR are offered as non-credit mandatory courses for all
the undergraduate students.
vii. Design Thinking for Innovation & Tinkering Labs are made mandatory
as credit courses for all the undergraduate students.
viii. Increased flexibility for students through an increase in the elective
component of the curriculum, with 05 Professional Elective courses and
04 Open Elective courses.
ix. Professional Elective Courses, include the elective courses relevant to
the chosen specialization/branch. Proper choice of professional elective
courses can lead to students specializing in emerging areas within the
chosen field of study.
x. While choosing the electives, students shall ensure that they do not opt
for the courses with syllabus contents similar to courses already
pursued.
xi. A pool of interdisciplinary/job-oriented/domain skill courses which are
relevant to the industry are integrated into the curriculum of all
disciplines. There shall be 05 skill-oriented courses offered during III to
VII semesters. Among the five skill courses, four courses shall focus on
the basic and advanced skills related to the domain/interdisciplinary
courses and the other shall be a soft skills course.
xii. Students shall undergo mandatory summer internships, for a minimum
of eight weeks duration at the end of second and third year of the
programme. The internship at the end of second year shall be
community oriented and industry internship at the end of third year.
xiii. There shall also be mandatory full internship in the final semester
of the programme along with the project work.
xiv. Undergraduate degree with Honors is introduced by the Institution for
the students having good academic record.
xv. The college shall take measures to implement Virtual Labs
(https://www.vlab.co.in) which provide remote access to labs in
various disciplines of Engineering and will help student in learning basic
and advanced concept through remote experimentation. Student shall
be made to work on virtual lab experiments during the regular labs.
xvi. The college shall assign a faculty advisor/mentor after admission to a
group of students from same department to provide guidance in
courses registration/career growth/placements/opportunities for higher
studies/GATE/other competitive exams etc.
xvii. Preferably 25% of course work for the theory courses in every semester
shall be conducted in the blended mode of learning.

5
9. Evaluation Process
The performance of a student in each semester shall be evaluated subject
wise with a maximum of 100 marks for theory and 100 marks for practical
subject. Summer Internships shall be evaluated for 50 marks, Full Internship
& Project work in final semester shall be evaluated for 200 marks, mandatory
courses with no credits shall be evaluated for 30 mid semester marks.

A student has to secure not less than 35% of marks in the end examination
and a minimum of 40% of marks in the sum total of the mid semester and
end examination marks taken together for the theory, practical, design,
drawing subject or project etc. In case of a mandatory course, he/she should
secure 40% of the total marks.

Theory Courses

Assessment Method Marks

Continuous Internal Assessment 30
Semester End Examination 70
Total 100

i) For theory subject, the distribution shall be 30 marks for Internal

Evaluation and 70 marks for the End-Examination.
ii) For practical subject, the distribution shall be 30 marks for Internal
Evaluation and 70 marks for the End- Examination.
iii) If any course contains two different branch subjects, the syllabus shall be
written in two parts with 3 units each (Part-A and Part-B) and external
examination question paper shall be set with two parts each for 35 marks.
iv) If any subject is having both theory and practical components, they will
be evaluated separately as theory subject and practical subject. However,
they will be given same subject code with an extension of ‘T’ for theory
subject and ‘P’ for practical subject.

a) Continuous Internal Evaluation

i) For theory subjects, during the semester, there shall be two midterm
examinations. Each midterm examination shall be evaluated for 30 marks
of which 10 marks for objective paper (20 minutes duration), 15 marks
for subjective paper (90 minutes duration) and 5 marks for assignment.
ii) Objective paper shall contain for 05 short answer questions with 2 marks
each or maximum of 20 bits for 10 marks. Subjective paper shall contain
3 either or type questions (totally six questions from 1 to 6) of which
student has to answer one from each either-or type of questions. Each
question carries 10 marks. The marks obtained in the subjective paper are
condensed to 15 marks.

Note:
 The objective paper shall be prepared in line with the quality of
competitive examinations questions.
6
  The subjective paper shall contain 3 either or type questions of equal
weight age of 10 marks. Any fraction shall be rounded off to the next
higher mark.
 The objective paper shall be conducted by the respective institution on
the day of subjective paper test.
 Assignments shall be in the form of problems, mini projects, design
problems, slip tests, quizzes etc., depending on the course content. It
should be continuous assessment throughout the semester and the
average marks shall be considered.

iii) If the student is absent for the mid semester examination, no re-exam
shall be conducted and mid semester marks for that examination shall be
considered as zero.
iv) First midterm examination shall be conducted for I, II units of syllabus
with one either or type question from each unit and third either or type
question from both the units. The second midterm examination shall be
conducted for III, IV and V units with one either or type question from
each unit.

v) Final mid semester marks shall be arrived at by considering the marks

secured by the student in both the mid examinations with 80% weight age
given to the better mid exam and 20% to the other.

For Example:
Marks obtained in first mid: 25
Marks obtained in second mid: 20
Final mid semester Marks: (25x0.8) + (20x0.2) = 24

If the student is absent for any one midterm examination, the final mid
semester marks shall be arrived at by considering 80% weight age to the
marks secured by the student in the appeared examination and zero to
the other. For Example:

Marks obtained in first mid: Absent

Marks obtained in second mid: 25
Final mid semester Marks: (25x0.8) + (0x0.2) =20

b) End Examination Evaluation:

End examination of theory subjects shall have the following pattern:
i) There shall be 6 questions and all questions are compulsory.
ii) Question I shall contain 10 compulsory short answer questions for a
total of 20marks such that each question carries 2 marks. There shall be 2
short answer questions from each unit.
iii) In each of the questions from 2 to 6
a) There shall be either/or type questions of 10 marks each. Student shall
answer any one of them.
b) The questions from 2 to 6 shall be set by covering one unit of the syllabus
for each question.
7
End examination of theory subjects consisting of two parts of different
subjects, for Example: Basic Electrical &Electronics Engineering shall have the
following pattern:

i) Question paper shall be in two parts viz., Part A and Part B with equal
weightage of 35 marks each.
ii) In each part, question 1 shall contain 5 compulsory short answer
questions for a total of 5 marks such that each question carries 1mark.
iii) In each part, questions from 2 to 4, there shall be either/or type questions
of 10 marks each. Student shall answer any one of them.
iv) The questions from 2 to 4 shall be set by covering one unit of the
syllabus for each question.

Practical Courses

Assessment Method Marks

Continuous Internal Assessment 30
Semester End Examination 70
Total 100

b) For practical courses, there shall be a continuous evaluation during the

semester for 30 sessional marks and end examination shall be for 70 marks.

c) Day-to-day work in the laboratory shall be evaluated for 15 marks by the

concerned laboratory teacher based on the record/viva and 15 marks for the
internal test.

d) The end examination shall be evaluated for 70 marks, conducted by the

concerned laboratory teacher and a senior expert in the subject from the
same department.
 Procedure: 20 marks
 Experimental work & Results: 30 marks
 Viva voce: 20 marks.

In a practical subject consisting of two parts (Eg: Basic Electrical &

Electronics Engineering Lab), the end examination shall be conducted
for 70 marks as a single laboratory in 3 hours. Mid semester
examination shall be evaluated as above for 30 marks in each part and
final mid semester marks shall be arrived by considering the average of
marks obtained in two parts.

e) For the subject having design and/or drawing, such as Engineering

Drawing, the distribution of marks shall be 30 for mid semester evaluation
and 70 for end examination.

8
 Assessment Method Marks
Continuous Internal Assessment 30
Semester End Examination 70
Total 100

Day-to-day work shall be evaluated for 15 marks by the concerned subject

teacher based on the reports/submissions prepared in the class. And there
shall be two midterm examinations in a semester for duration of 2 hours
each for 15 marks with weight age of 80% to better mid marks and 20%
for the other. The subjective paper shall contain 3 either or type questions
of equal weight age of 5 marks. There shall be no objective paper in mid
semester examination. The sum of day- to-day evaluation and the mid
semester marks will be the final sessional marks for the subject.

The end examination pattern for Engineering Graphics, shall consists of 5

questions, either/or type, of 14 marks each. There shall be no objective
type questions in the end examination. However, the end examination
pattern for other subjects related to design/drawing, multiple branches,
etc is mentioned along with the syllabus.

f) There shall be no external examination for mandatory courses with zero

credits. However, attendance shall be considered while calculating aggregate
attendance and student shall be declared to have passed the mandatory
course only when he/she secures 40% or more in the internal examinations.
In case, the student fails, a re-examination shall be conducted for failed
candidates for 30 marks satisfying the conditions mentioned in item 1 & 2 of
the regulations.

g) The laboratory records and mid semester test papers shall be preserved
for a minimum of 3 years in the respective institutions as per the University
norms and shall be produced to the Committees of the University as and
when the same are asked for.

10. Skill oriented Courses

i) There shall be five skill-oriented courses offered during III to VII
semesters.

ii) Out of the five skill courses two shall be skill-oriented courses from the
same domain. Of the remaining three skill courses, one shall be a soft
skill course and the remaining two shall be skill-advanced courses from
the same domain/Interdisciplinary/Job oriented.

iii) The course shall carry 100 marks and shall be evaluated through
continuous assessments during the semester for 30 sessional marks and
end examination shall be for 70 marks. Day-to-day work in the class /
laboratory shall be evaluated for 30 marks by the concerned teacher based
9
 on the regularity/assignments/viva/mid semester test. The end
examination similar to practical examination pattern shall be conducted
by the concerned teacher and an expert in the subject nominated by the
principal.

iv) The Head of the Department shall identify a faculty member as coordinator
for the course. A committee consisting of the Head of the Department,
coordinator and a senior Faculty member nominated by the Head of the
Department shall monitor the evaluation process. The marks/grades shall
be assigned to the students by the above committee based on their
performance.

v) The student shall be given an option to choose either the skill courses
being offered by the college or to choose a certificate course being offered
by industries/Professional bodies or any other accredited bodies. If a
student chooses to take a Certificate Course offered by external agencies,
the credits shall be awarded to the student upon producing the Course
Completion Certificate from the agency. A committee shall be formed at
the level of the college to evaluate the grades/marks given for a course
by external agencies and convert to the equivalent marks/grades.

vi) The recommended courses offered by external agencies, conversions and

appropriate grades/marks are to be approved by the institution at the
beginning of the semester. The principal of the college shall forward such
proposals to the University for approval.

vii) If a student prefers to take a certificate course offered by external

agency, the department shall mark attendance of the student for the
remaining courses in that semester excluding the skill course in all the
calculations of mandatory attendance requirements upon producing a valid
certificate as approved by the University/institution.

11. Massive Open Online Courses (MOOCs):

A Student has to pursue and complete one course compulsorily through

MOOCs approved by the University/institution. A student can pursue courses
other than core through MOOCs and it is mandatory to complete one course
successfully through MOOCs for awarding the degree. A student is not
permitted to register and pursue core courses through MOOCs.

A student shall register for the course (Minimum of either 8 weeks or 12

weeks) offered through MOOCs with the approval of Head of the Department.
The Head of the Department shall appoint one mentor to monitor the
student’s progression. The student needs to earn a certificate by passing the
exam. The student shall be awarded the credits assigned in the curriculum
only by submission of the certificate. Examination fee, if any, will be borne
by the student.

10
 Students who have qualified in the proctored examinations conducted
through MOOCs platform can apply for credit transfer as specified and are
exempted from appearing internal as well as external examination (for the
specified equivalent credit course only) conducted by the university.

Necessary amendments in rules and regulations regarding adoption of MOOC

courses would be proposed from time to time.

12. Credit Transfer Policy

Adoption of MOOCs is mandatory, to enable Blended model of teaching-

learning as also envisaged in the NEP 2020. As per University Grants
Commission (Credit Framework for Online Learning Courses through
SWAYAM) Regulation, 2016, the University/Institution shall allow up to a
maximum of 20% of the total courses being offered in a particular programme
i.e., maximum of 32 credits through MOOCs platform.

i) The University/Institution shall offer credit mobility for MOOCs and give
the equivalent credit weightage to the students for the credits earned
through online learning courses.
ii) Student registration for the MOOCs shall be only through the respective
department of the institution, it is mandatory for the student to share
necessary information with the department.
iii) Credit transfer policy will be applicable to the Professional & Open
Elective courses only.
iv) The concerned department shall identify the courses permitted for credit
transfer.
v) The University/institution shall notify at the beginning of semester the
list of the online learning courses eligible for credit transfer.
vi) The institution shall designate a faculty member as a Mentor for each
course to guide the students from registration till completion of the credit
course.
vii) The University/institution shall ensure no overlap of MOOC exams with
that of the University/institution examination schedule. In case of delay
in results, the University/institution will re-issue the marks sheet for
such students.
viii) Student pursuing courses under MOOCs shall acquire the required
credits only after successful completion of the course and submitting a
certificate issued by the competent authority along with the percentage
of marks and grades.
ix) The institution shall submit the following to the examination section of
the university:
a) List of students who have passed MOOC courses in the current
semester along with the certificate of completion.
b) Undertaking form filled by the students for credit transfer.
x) The University / institution shall resolve any issues that may arise in
the implementation of this policy from time to time and shall review its
credit transfer policy in the light of periodic changes brought by UGC,
11
 SWAYAM, NPTEL and state government.

Note: Students shall be permitted to register for MOOCs offered through

online platforms approved by the University from time to time.

13. Academic Bank of Credits (ABC)

The University / institution has implemented Academic Bank of Credits (ABC)

to promote flexibility in curriculum as per NEP 2020 to
i. provide option of mobility for learners across the universities of their
choice
ii. provide option to gain the credits through MOOCs from approved
digital platforms.
iii. facilitate award of certificate/diploma/degree in line with the
accumulated credits in ABC
iv. execute Multiple Entry and Exit system with credit count, credit
transfer
and credit acceptance from students’ account.

14. Mandatory Internships

Summer Internships: Two summer internships either onsite or virtual each

with a minimum of 08 weeks duration, done at the end of second and third
years, respectively are mandatory. It shall be completed in collaboration with
local industries, Govt. Organizations, construction agencies, Power projects,
software MNCs or any industries in the areas of concerned specialization of
the Undergraduate program. One of the two summer internships at the end
of second year (Community Service Project) shall be society oriented and
shall be completed in collaboration with government organizations/NGOs &
others. The other internship at the end of third year is Industry Internship
and shall be completed in collaboration with Industries. The student shall
register for the internship as per course structure after commencement of
academic year. The guidelines issued by the APSCHE / University shall be
followed for carrying out and evaluation of Community Service Project and
Industry Internship.

Evaluation of the summer internships shall be through the departmental

committee. A student will be required to submit a summer internship report
to the concerned department and appear for an oral presentation before the
departmental committee comprising of Head of the Department, supervisor
of the internship and a senior faculty member of the department. A certificate
of successful completion from industry shall be included in the report. The
report and the oral presentation shall carry 50% weight age each. It shall be
evaluated for 50 external marks. There shall be no internal marks for Summer
Internship. A student shall secure minimum 40% of marks for successful
completion. In case, if a student fails, he/she shall reappear as and when
semester supplementary examinations are conducted by the institution.
12
 Full Semester Internship and Project work: In the final semester, the
student should mandatorily register and undergo internship (onsite/virtual)
and in parallel he/she should work on a project with well-defined
objectives. At the end of the semester the candidate shall submit an
internship completion certificate and a project report. A student shall also be
permitted to submit project report on the work carried out during the
internship.

The project report shall be evaluated with an external examiner. The total
marks for project work 200 marks and distribution shall be 60 marks for
internal and 140 marks for external evaluation. The supervisor assesses the
student for 30 marks (Report: 15 marks, Seminar: 15 marks). At the end of
the semester, all projects shall be showcased at the department for the
benefit of all students and staff and the same is to be evaluated by the
departmental Project Review Committee consisting of supervisor, a senior
faculty and HOD for 30 marks. The external evaluation of Project Work is a
Viva-Voce Examination conducted in the presence of internal examiner and
external examiner appointed by the institution and is evaluated for 140
marks.

The college shall facilitate and monitor the student internship programs.
Completion of internships is mandatory, if any student fails to complete
internship, he/she will not be eligible for the award of degree. In such cases,
the student shall repeat and complete the internship.

15. Guidelines for offering a Minor

The Minor program requires the completion of 18 credits in Minor stream
chosen. The concept of Minor degree is introduced in the curriculum of all
B. Tech. programs offering a Major degree. The main objective of Minor
degree in a discipline is to promote interdisciplinary knowledge among the
students, the students admitted in to B.Tech. in a major stream/branch are
eligible to obtain degree in Minor in another stream. In order to earn a Minor
degree in a discipline, a student has to earn 18 extra credits (By studying
FIVE theory and TWO laboratory / Applied Project Work courses) from the
courses of the minor discipline.
a) Students who are desires of pursuing their special interest areas other
than the chosen discipline of Engineering may opt for additional
courses in minor specialization groups offered by a department other
than their parent department. For example, if Mechanical Engineering
student selects subjects from Civil Engineering under this scheme, he
/ she will get Major degree of Mechanical Engineering with minor
degree of Civil Engineering.
b) Student can also opt for industry relevant tracks of any branch to
obtain the minor degree. For example, a B. Tech Mechanical
Engineering student can opt for the industry relevant tracks like Data
Analytics Track, IOT track, Artificial Intelligence and Machine learning
13
 track, etc.
i. A student is permitted to register for Minor in V semester after the
results of III Semester are declared.
ii. A Student shall register for two theory courses in III B. Tech I
Semester, two theory courses and one laboratory course in III B. Tech
II Semester and one theory course and one laboratory course in IV B.
Tech I Semester. If Applied Project Work is offered in Minor degree
instead of Laboratory courses, it shall be offered in IV B. Tech I
Semester.
iii. The Principal of the college shall arrange separate class work and
timetable of the courses offered under minor program.
iv. Courses that are used to fulfil the student’s primary major may not
be double counted towards the minor. Courses with content
substantially equivalent to courses in the student's primary Major may
not be counted towards the Minor.
v. The attendance for the registered courses under Minor and regular
courses offered for Major degree in a semester are to be considered
separately.
vi. A student shall maintain an attendance of 75% in all registered
courses under Minor to be eligible for attending semester end
examinations.
vii. The teaching and evaluation procedure for courses offered in Minor
degree shall be similar to regular B. Tech courses.
viii. In case of Applied Project Work, the Evaluation shall be made by the
Internal departmental committee (Head of the Department and one
senior faculty member of the Department and Supervisor). Out of a
total of 100 marks for the project, 30 marks shall be for Internal
Evaluation (average of review-1 and review-2) and 70 marks for the
final evaluation (Viva-voce). The evaluation of project work shall be
conducted at the end of IV B. Tech, I semester.
ix. A student registered for Minor shall pass in all subjects that constitute
the requirement for the Minor degree program. No class/division (i.e.,
second class, first class and distinction, etc.) shall be awarded for
Minor degree programme.
x. If a student drops or is terminated from the Minor program, the
additional credits so far earned cannot be converted into open or core
electives; they will remain extra. However, such students will receive
a separate grade sheet mentioning the additional courses completed
by them.
xi. The Minor degree shall be mentioned in the degree certificate as
Bachelor of Technology in XXX with Minor in YYY. For example,
Bachelor of Technology in Computer Science & Engineering with Minor
in Electronics & Communication Engineering or the chosen industry
relevant track. This shall also be reflected in the transcripts, along
with the list of courses taken for Minor degree program with CGPA
mentioned separately.

14
 15.1 Enrolment into Minor:
i. Students of a Department/Discipline are eligible to opt for Minor
degree specialization groups offered by a department other than their
parent department.
ii. The student without any backlog subjects upto III Semester is
permitted for enrolment into Minor degree.
iii. If a student is detained due to lack of attendance either in Major or in
Minor, registration shall be cancelled.
iv. Transfer of credits from Minor to regular B. Tech degree and vice-
versa shall not be permitted.
v. Minor is to be completed simultaneously with a Major degree program.

15.2 Registration for Minor:

i. The eligible and interested students shall apply through the HOD of
his/her parent department. The whole process should be completed
within one week before the start of every semester. Selected students
shall be permitted to register the courses under Minor.
ii. The selected students shall submit their willingness to the principal
through his/her parent department. The parent department shall
maintain the record of student pursuing the Minor degree.
iii. The students enrolled in the Minor degree courses will be monitored
continuously. An advisor/mentor from parent department shall be
assigned to a group of students to monitor the progress.

16. Guidelines for offering Honors

The objective of introducing B.Tech. (Hons.) is to facilitate the students to

choose additionally the specialized courses of their choice and build their
competence in a specialized area in the UG level. The programme is a best
choice for academically excellent students having good academic record
and interest towards higher studies and research.
i. Honors is introduced in the curriculum of all B. Tech. programs
offering a major degree and is applicable to all B. Tech (Regular and
Lateral Entry) students admitted in Engineering & Technology.
ii. A student shall earn additional 18 credits for award of B.Tech.(Honors)
degree from same branch/ department/ discipline registered for major
degree. This is in addition to the credits essential for obtaining the
Undergraduate degree in Major Discipline (i.e., 163 credits).
iii. A student is permitted to register for Honors in V semester based on
the results of III Semester.
iv. A Student shall register for two theory courses in III B.Tech I-
Semester, two theory courses and one laboratory course in III B.Tech
II Semester and one theory course and one laboratory course in IV
B.Tech I-Semester. If Applied Project Work is offered in Honors
degree instead of Laboratory courses, it shall be offered in IV B. Tech
I Semester.
v. The Principal of the college shall arrange separate class work and
timetable of the courses offered under Honors program.
15
 vi. Courses that are used to fulfil the student’s primary major may not
be double counted towards the Honors. Courses with content
substantially equivalent to courses in the student's primary Major may
not be counted towards the Honors.
vii. Students can complete the courses offered under Honors either in the
college or in online platforms like SWAYAM with a minimum duration
of 12 weeks for a 3- credit course satisfying the criteria for credit
mobility. If the courses under Honors are offered in conventional
mode, then the teaching and evaluation procedure shall be similar to
regular B. Tech courses.
viii. In case of Applied Project Work, the Evaluation shall be made by the
Internal departmental committee (Head of the Department and one
senior faculty member of the Department and Supervisor). Out of a
total of 100 marks for the project, 30 marks shall be for Internal
Evaluation (average of review-1 and review-2) and 70 marks for the
final evaluation (Viva-voce). The evaluation of project work shall be
conducted at the end of IV B. Tech, I semester.
ix. The attendance for the registered courses under Honors and regular
courses offered for Major degree in a semester are to be considered
separately.
x. A student shall maintain an attendance of 75% in all registered
courses under Honors to be eligible for attending semester end
examinations.
xi. A student registered for Honors shall pass in all subjects that
constitute the requirement for the Honors degree program. No
class/division (i.e., second class, first class and distinction, etc.) shall
be awarded for Honors degree programme.
xii. If a student drops or is terminated from the Honors program, the
additional credits so far earned cannot be converted into open or core
electives; they will remain extra. However, such students will receive
a separate grade sheet mentioning the additional courses completed
by them.

xiii. The Honors will be mentioned in the degree certificate as Bachelor of

Technology (Honors) in XYZ. For example, B.Tech. (Honors) in
Mechanical Engineering

16.1 Enrollment into Honors:

i. Students of a Department/Discipline are eligible to opt for Honors
program offered by the same Department/Discipline
ii. The enrolment of student into Honors is based on the CGPA obtained
in the major degree program. CGPA shall be taken up to III semester
in case of regular entry students and only III semester in case of
lateral entry students. Students having 7 CGPA without any backlog
subjects will be permitted to register for Honors.
iii. If a student is detained due to lack of attendance either in Major or in
Honors, registration shall be cancelled.
iv. Transfer of credits from Honors to regular B. Tech degree and vice-
16
 versa shall not be permitted.
v. Honors is to be completed simultaneously with a Major degree
program.

16.2 Registration for Honors:

i. The eligible and interested students shall apply through the HOD of
his/her parent department. The whole process should be completed
within one week before the start of every semester. Selected students
shall be permitted to register the courses under Honors.
ii. The selected students shall submit their willingness to the principal
through his/her parent department offering Honors. The parent
department shall maintain the record of student pursuing the Honors.
iii. The students enrolled in the Honors courses will be monitored
continuously. An advisor/mentor from parent department shall be
assigned to a group of students to monitor the progress.

17. Attendance Requirements:

i) A student shall be eligible to appear for the institution external

examinations if he/she acquires a minimum of 40% attendance in each
subject and 75% of attendance in aggregate of all the subjects. b)
Condonation of shortage of attendance in aggregate up to 10% (65%
and above and below 75%) in each semester may be granted by the
College Academic Committee.
ii) Shortage of Attendance below 65% in aggregate shall in NO CASE be
condoned.
iii) A stipulated fee shall be payable towards condonation of shortage of
attendance to the institution.
iv) Students whose shortage of attendance is not condoned in any
semester are not eligible to take their end examination of that class
and their registration shall stand cancelled.
v) A student will not be promoted to the next semester unless he satisfies
the attendance requirements of the present semester. They may seek
readmission for that semester from the date of commencement of class
work.
vi) If any candidate fulfils the attendance requirement in the present
semester, he shall not be eligible for readmission into the same class.

vii) If the learning is carried out in blended mode (both offline &
online), then the total attendance of the student shall be calculated
considering the offline and online attendance of the student.
viii) For induction programme attendance shall be maintained as per AICTE
norms.

17
18. Conduct of Semester End Examination and Evaluation:

18.1 Semester end examination shall be conducted by the Controller of

Examination (COE) by inviting 50% Question Papers from the External and 50%
Question papers from the Internal Subject Experts. Principal will decide the
External and Internal subject experts.

18.2 The answer papers of semester end examination should be evaluated

externally / internally.

18.3 The marks for the internal evaluation components will be added to the
external evaluation marks secured in the Semester – End examinations, to arrive
at total marks for any subject in that semester.

18.4 Performance in all the subjects is tabulated program-wise and will be

scrutinized by the office of the Controller of Examinations. Total marks obtained
in each subject are converted into letter grades. Finally subject-wise marks and
grades details, subject-wise and branch-wise pass percentages are calculated
through software.

18.5 Results Committee: Results Committee comprising of Principal,

Controller of Examinations, Additional Controller of Examinations (Confidential),
One Senior Professor nominated by the Principal and the University Nominee will
oversee the details of marks, grades and pass percentages of all the subjects
and branch-wise pass percentages.

18.6 Office of the Controller of Examinations will generate student-wise result

sheets and the same will be published through college website.

18.7 Student-wise Grade Sheets are generated and issued to the students.

19. Promotion Rules:

The following academic requirements must be satisfied in addition to the

attendance requirements mentioned in section 16.
i. A student shall be promoted from first year to second year if he/she fulfils
the minimum attendance requirement as per University / Institution
norms.
ii. A student will be promoted from II to III year if he/she fulfils the academic
requirement of securing 40% of the credits (any decimal fraction
should be rounded off to lower digit) up to in the subjects that have
been studied up to III semester.
iii. A student shall be promoted from III year to IV year if he/she fulfils the
academic requirements of securing 40% of the credits (any decimal
fraction should be rounded off to lower digit) in the subjects that have
been studied up to V semester. And in case a student is detained for want
of credits for a particular academic year by ii) & iii) above, the student
may make up the credits through supplementary examinations and only
18
 after securing the required credits he/she shall be permitted to join in the
V semester or VII semester respectively as the case may be.
iv. When a student is detained due to lack of credits/shortage of attendance
he/she may be re-admitted when the semester is offered after fulfilment
of academic regulations. In such case, he/she shall be in the academic
regulations into which he/she is readmitted.

20. Grading:

As a measure of the student’s performance, a 10-point Absolute Grading

System using the following Letter Grades and corresponding percentage of
marks shall be followed:

After each course is evaluated for 100 marks, the marks obtained in each
course will be converted to a corresponding letter grade as given below,
depending on the range in which the marks obtained by the student fall.

Structure of Grading of Academic Performance

Range in which the Grade points

marks in the subject Grade Assigned
fall
90 & above S (Superior) 10
80 - 89 A (Excellent) 9
70 - 79 B (Very Good) 8
60 - 69 C (Good) 7
50 - 59 D (Average) 6
40 - 49 E (Pass) 5
< 40 F (Fail) 0
Absent Ab (Absent) 0

i) A student obtaining Grade ‘F’ or Grade ‘Ab’ in a subject shall be considered

failed and will be required to reappear for that subject when it is offered the
next supplementary examination.
ii) For non-credit audit courses, “Satisfactory” or “Unsatisfactory” shall be
indicated instead of the letter grade and this will not be counted for the
computation of SGPA/CGPA/Percentage.

Computation of Semester Grade Point Average (SGPA) and Cumulative

Grade Point Average (CGPA):

The Semester Grade Point Average (SGPA) is the ratio of sum of the product
of the number of credits with the grade point scored by a student in all the
courses taken by a student and the sum of the number of credits of all the
courses undergone by a student, i.e.,
19
 SGPA= Σ(Ci×Gi)/ΣCi

Where, Ci is the number of credits of the ith subject and Gi is the grade point
scored by the student in the ith course.

The Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) will be computed in the same
manner considering all the courses undergone by a student over all the
semesters of a program, i.e.,

CGPA= Σ(Ci×Si)/ΣCi

Where “Si” is the SGPA of the ith semester and Ci is the total number
of credits up to that semester.

Both SGPA and CGPA shall be rounded off to 2 decimal points and reported
in the transcripts.

While computing the SGPA the subjects in which the student is awarded
Zero grade points will also be included.

Grade Point: It is a numerical weight allotted to each letter grade on a 10-

point scale. Letter Grade: It is an index of the performance of students in a
said course. Grades are denoted by the letters S, A, B, C, D and F.

Award of Class:
After a student has satisfied the requirements prescribed for the
completion of the program and is eligible for the award of B. Tech. Degree,
he/she shall be placed in one of the following four classes:

Class Awarded CGPA Secured

First Class with Distinction ≥ 7.5
First Class ≥ 6.5 < 7.5
Second Class ≥ 5.5 < 6.5
Pass Class ≥ 5.0 < 5.5

CGPA to Percentage conversion Formula – (CGPA – 0.5) x 10

21. With–holding of Results

If the candidate has any dues not paid to the university or if any case of
indiscipline or malpractice is pending against him/her, the result of the
candidate shall be withheld in such cases.

20
22. Personal Verification /Recounting / Revaluation / Final Valuation
22.1 Personal Verification of Answer Scripts:

Candidates appear in a particular semester end examinations may appeal

for verification of their answer script(s) for arithmetic correction in totaling of
marks and any omission / deletion in evaluation within 7 days from the date of
declaration of results at the office of the Controller of Examinations on the
prescribed proforma and by paying the prescribed fee per answer script.

It is clarified that personal verification of answer script shall not tantamount

to revaluation of answer script. This is only a process of reverification by the
candidate. Any mistake / deficiency with regard to arithmetic correction in
totaling of marks and any omission / deletion in evaluation if found, the
institution will correct the same.

22.2 Recounting / Revaluation:

Students shall be permitted for request for recounting/revaluation of the

Semester-End examination answer scripts within a stipulated period after
payment of prescribed fee. After recounting or revaluation, records are updated
with changes if any and the student will be issued a revised grade sheet. If there
are no changes, the same will be intimated to the students.

22.3 Final Valuation:

Students shall be permitted for request for final valuation of the Semester–
End Examination answer scripts within a stipulated period after the publication
of the revaluation results by paying the necessary fee. The final valuation shall
be carried out by an expert not less than Associate Professor as per the scheme
of valuation supplied by the examination branch in the presence of the student,
Controller of Examinations and Principal. However students are not permitted to
discuss / argue with the examiner. If the increase in marks after final valuation
is equal to or more than 15% of the previous valuation marks, the marks
obtained after final valuation shall be treated as final. If the variation of marks
after final valuation is less than 15% of the previous valuation marks, then the
earlier valuation marks shall be treated as the final marks.

23. Multiple Entry / Exit Option

(a) Exit Policy:

The students can choose to exit the four-year programme at the end of
first/second/third year.

i) UG Certificate in (Field of study/discipline) - Programme duration:

First year (first two semesters) of the undergraduate programme, 40
credits followed by an additional exit 10-credit bridge course(s) lasting two
months, including at least 6- credit job-specific internship/ apprenticeship
that would help the candidates acquire job-ready competencies required
21
 to enter the workforce.

ii) UG Diploma (in Field of study/discipline) - Programme duration: First

two years (first four semesters) of the undergraduate programme, 80
credits followed by an additional exit 10-credit bridge course(s) lasting two
months, including at least 6- credit job-specific internship/ apprenticeship
that would help the candidates acquire job-ready competencies required
to enter the workforce.

iii) Bachelor of Science (in Field of study/discipline) i.e., B.Sc.

Engineering in (Field of study/discipline)- Programme duration: First
three years (first six semesters) of the undergraduate programme, 123
credits.

b) Entry Policy:
Modalities on multiple entry by the student into the B.Tech. programme will
be provided in due course of time.

Note: The University / institution shall resolve any issues that may arise in
the implementation of Multiple Entry and Exit policies from time to time
and shall review the policies in the light of periodic changes brought by
UGC, AICTE and State government.

24. Gap Year Concept:

Gap year concept for Student Entrepreneur in Residence is introduced and

outstanding students who wish to pursue entrepreneurship / become
entrepreneur are allowed to take a break of one year at any time after
II year to pursue full-time entrepreneurship programme/to establish
start-ups. This period may be extended to two years at the most and these
two years would not be counted for the time for the maximum time for
graduation. The principal of the college shall forward such proposals
submitted by the students to the University. An evaluation committee
constituted by the institution shall evaluate the proposal submitted by the
student and the committee shall decide whether to permit the student(s) to
avail the Gap Year or not

25. Transitory Regulations:

Discontinued, detained, or failed candidates are eligible for readmission as
and when the semester is offered after fulfilment of academic regulations.
Candidates who have been detained for want of attendance or not fulfilled
academic requirements or who have failed after having undergone the course
in earlier regulations or have discontinued and wish to continue the course
are eligible for admission into the unfinished semester from the date of
commencement of class work with the same or equivalent subjects as and
when subjects are offered, subject to Section 2 and they will follow the
academic regulations into which they are readmitted.
22
 Candidates who are permitted to avail Gap Year shall be eligible for re-joining
into the succeeding year of their B. Tech from the date of commencement of
class work, subject to Section 2 and they will follow the academic regulations
into which they are readmitted.

26. Minimum Instruction Days for a Semester:

The minimum instructional days excluding exams for each semester shall be
90 days.

27. Medium of Instruction:

The medium of instruction of the entire B. Tech undergraduate programme

in Engineering & Technology (including examinations and project reports)
will be in English only.

28. Student Transfers:

Student transfers shall be as per the guidelines issued by the Government

of Andhra Pradesh and the University / institution from time to time.

29. General Instructions:

i. The academic regulations should be read as a whole for purpose of any

interpretation.
ii. Malpractices rules-nature and punishments are appended.
iii. Where the words “he”, “him”, “his”, occur in the regulations, they also
include “she”, “her”, “hers”, respectively.
iv. In the case of any doubt or ambiguity in the interpretation of the above
rules, the decision of the Vice-Chancellor / Head of the Institution is final.
v. The University / institution may change or amend the academic
regulations or syllabi at any time and the changes or amendments shall
be made applicable to all the students on rolls with effect from the dates
notified by the Universities.

*** *** ***

23
 ACADEMIC REGULATIONS (R23)
FOR B.TECH. (LATERAL ENTRY SCHEME)
(Effective for the students admitted into II year through Lateral Entry
Scheme from the Academic Year 2024-25 onwards)

1. Award of the Degree

(a) Award of the B.Tech. Degree / B.Tech. Degree with a Minor if he/she
fulfils the following:
(i) Pursues a course of study for not less than three academic years
and not more than six academic years. However, for the students
availing Gap year facility this period shall be extended by two
years at the most and these two years would in addition to the
maximum period permitted for graduation (Six years).
(ii) Registers for 123 credits and secures all 123 credits.

(b) Award of B.Tech. degree with Honors if he/she fulfils the following:
(i) Student secures additional 18 credits fulfilling all the requisites
of a B.Tech. program i.e., 123 credits.
(ii) Registering for Honors is optional.
(iii) Honors is to be completed simultaneously with B.Tech.
programme.

2. Students, who fail to fulfil the requirement for the award of the degree within
six consecutive academic years from the year of admission, shall forfeit their
seat.

3. Minimum Academic Requirements

The following academic requirements have to be satisfied in addition to the
requirements mentioned in item no.2
i. A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the minimum academic
requirements and earned the credits allotted to each theory, practical, design,
drawing subject or project if he secures not less than 35% of marks in the
end examination and a minimum of 40% of marks in the sum total of the mid
semester evaluation and end examination taken together.

ii. A student shall be promoted from III year to IV year if he/she fulfils the
academic requirements of securing 40% of the credits (any decimal fraction
should be rounded off to lower digit) in the subjects that have been studied
up to V semester.

And in case if student is already detained for want of credits for particular
academic year, the student may make up the credits through supplementary
exams of the above exams before the commencement of IV year I semester
class work of next year.

24
4. Course Pattern
i) The entire course of study is three academic years on semester pattern.
ii) A student eligible to appear for the end examination in a subject but absent
at it or has failed in the end examination may appear for that subject at
the next supplementary examination offered.
iii) When a student is detained due to lack of credits/shortage of attendance
the student may be re-admitted when the semester is offered after
fulfilment of academic regulations, the student shall be in the academic
regulations into which he/she is readmitted.

5. All other regulations as applicable for B. Tech. Four-year degree course

(Regular) will hold good for B. Tech. (Lateral Entry Scheme).

25
 Identification of Courses
B. Tech
Each course shall be uniquely identified by an alphanumeric code of width 7
characters as given below.
No. of Digits Description
First two digits Year of regulations Ex:23
Next one letter Type of program:
A: B. Tech
B: M. Tech
C: M.B.A
D: M.C.A
E: BBA
F: BCA
Next two letters Code of program:
CE: Civil Engineering, EE: Electrical and Electronics Engineering,
ME: Mechanical Engineering, EC: Electronics and Communication
Engineering, BM: Electronics and Communication Engineering
(Bio Medical Engineering), CS: Computer Science and
Engineering, CC: Computer Science and Engineering (Cyber
Security), CM: Computer Science and Engineering (Artificial
Intelligence and Machine Learning), CA: Computer Science and
Engineering (Artificial Intelligence), AI: Artificial Intelligence,
AD: Artificial Intelligence and Data Science, CD: Computer
Science and Engineering (Data Science), CB: Computer Science
and Business Systems, IT: Information Technology,
CO: Computer Science and Engineering (Internet of Things),
MB: Management Courses, HS: Humanities and Sciences
Last two digits Indicate serial numbers: ≥ 01

Ex:
23ACE01
23AEE01
23AME01
23AEC01
23ABM01
23ACS01
23ACC01
23ACM01
23ACA01
23AAI01
23AAD01
23ACD01
23ACB01
23AIT01
23ACO01
23AMB01
23AHS01

26
 RULES FOR DISCIPLINARY ACTION FOR MALPRACTICE / IMPROPER
CONDUCT IN EXAMINATIONS
Nature of Malpractices / Punishment
Improper Conduct
If the candidate
1.(a) Possesses or keeps accessible in Expulsion from the examination
examination hall, any paper, note hall and cancellation of the
book, programmable calculators, Cell performance in that subject only.
phones, pager, palm computers or
any other form of material concerned
with or related to the subject of the
examination (theory or practical) in
which he is appearing but has not
made use of (material shall include
any marks on the body of the
candidate which can be used as an
aid in the subject of the examination)
(b) Gives assistance or guidance or Expulsion from the examination
receives it from any other candidate hall and cancellation of the
orally or by any other body language performance in that subject only
methods or communicates through of all the candidates involved. In
cell phones with any candidate or case of an outsider, he will be
persons in or outside the exam hall in handed over to the police and a
respect of any matter. case is registered against him.
2. Has copied in the examination hall Expulsion from the examination
from any paper, book, programmable hall and cancellation of the
calculators, palm computers or any performance in that subject and
other form of material relevant to the all other subjects the candidate
subject of the examination (theory or has already appeared including
practical) in which the candidate is practical examinations and
appearing. project work and shall not be
permitted to appear for the
remaining examinations of the
subjects of that Semester/year.
The Hall Ticket of the candidate is
to be cancelled.
3. Comes in a drunken condition to the Expulsion from the examination
examination hall. hall and cancellation of the
performance in that subject and
all other subjects the candidate
has already appeared including
practical examinations and
project work and shall not be
permitted to appear for the
remaining examinations of the
subjects of that Semester/year.
4. Smuggles in the Answer book or Expulsion from the examination
additional sheet or takes out or hall and cancellation of the
27
 arranges to send out the question performance in that subject and
paper during the examination or all other subjects the candidate
answer book or additional sheet, has already appeared including
during or after the examination. practical examinations and
project work and shall not be
permitted for the remaining
examinations of the subjects of
that Semester/year. The
candidate is also debarred for two
consecutive semesters from class
work and all University
examinations. The continuation
of the course by the candidate is
subject to the academic
regulations in connection with
forfeiture of seat.
5. Leaves the exam hall taking away Expulsion from the examination
answer script or intentionally tears of hall and cancellation of the
the script or any part thereof inside performance in that subject and
or outside the examination hall. all other subjects the candidate
has already appeared including
practical examinations and
project work and shall not be
permitted for the remaining
examinations of the subjects of
that Semester/year. The
candidate is also debarred for two
consecutive semesters from class
work and all University
examinations. The continuation of
the course by the candidate is
subject to the academic
regulations in connection with
forfeiture of seat.
6. Possess any lethal weapon or firearm Expulsion from the examination
in the examination hall. hall and cancellation of the
performance in that subject and
all other subjects the candidate
has already appeared including
practical examinations and
project work and shall not be
permitted for the remaining
examinations of the subjects of
that Semester/year. The
candidate is also debarred and
forfeits of seat.
7. Impersonates any other candidate in The candidate who has
connection with the examination. impersonated shall be expelled
28
 from examination hall. The
candidate is also debarred and
forfeits the seat. The performance
of the original candidate who has
been impersonated, shall be
cancelled in all the subjects of the
examination (including practicals
and project work) already
appeared and shall not be allowed
to appear for examinations of the
remaining subjects of that
semester/year. The candidate is
also debarred for two consecutive
semesters from class work and all
University examinations. The
continuation of the course by the
candidate is subject to the
academic regulations in
connection with forfeiture of seat.
If the impostor is an outsider, he
will be handed over to the police
and a case is registered against
him.
8. Refuses to obey the orders of the In case of students of the college,
Chief Superintendent / Assistant – they shall be expelled from
Superintendent / any officer on duty examination halls and
or misbehaves or creates disturbance cancellation of their performance
of any kind in and around the in that subject and all other
examination hall or organizes a walk subjects the candidate(s) has
out or instigates others to walk out, (have) already appeared and
or threatens the officer-in-charge or shall not be permitted to appear
any person on duty in or outside the for the remaining examinations of
examination hall of any injury to his the subjects of that
person or to any of his relations semester/year. The candidates
whether by words, either spoken or also are debarred and forfeit their
written or by signs or by visible seats. In case of outsiders, they
representation, assaults the officer- will be handed over to the police
in-charge, or any person on duty in and a police case is registered
or outside the examination hall or against them.
any of his relations, or indulges in
any other act of misconduct or
mischief which result in damage to or
destruction or property in the
examination hall or any part of the
College campus or engages in any
other act which in the opinion of the
officer on duty amounts to use of
unfair means or misconduct or has
29
 the tendency to disrupt the orderly
conduct of the examination.
9. If student of the college, who is not aStudent of the colleges expulsion
candidate for the particularfrom the examination hall and
examination or any person not cancellation of the performance in
connected with the college indulges that subject and all other subjects
in any malpractice or improper the candidate has already
conduct mentioned in clause 6 to 8. appeared including practical
examinations and project work
and shall not be permitted for the
remaining examinations of the
subjects of that semester/year.
The candidate is also debarred
and forfeits the seat.
Person(s) who do not
belong to the College will be
handed over to police and, a
police case will be registered
against them.
10. Uses objectionable, abusive or Cancellation of the performance
offensive language in the answer in that subject.
paper or in letters to the examiners
or writes to the examiner requesting
him to award pass marks.
11. Copying detected on the basis of Cancellation of the performance
internal evidence, such as, during in that subject and all other
valuation or during special scrutiny. subjects the candidate has
appeared including practical
examinations and project work of
that semester/year
examinations.
12. If any malpractice is detected which
is not covered in the above clauses 1
to 11 shall be reported to the
Examination committee for further
action to award suitable punishment.

30
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

(AUTONOMOUS)
R.V.S. NAGAR, CHITTOOR-517 127, ANDHRA PRADESH
DEPARTMENT OF COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING

Vision and Mission of the Department under R23 Regulations

Department Vision:

• To develop as a Centre of Excellence in the diverse areas of Computer Sciences through

teaching, innovation, research and collaboration there by addressing the challenges of
emerging needs.

Department Mission:

• Produce globally competent professionals in through delivering knowledge in emerging

technologies of computer science to solve realworld problems.

• Develop domain and research skills that enable them to undertake challenging careers and
pursue Higher Education.

• Imbibe morals and values among students for developing a strong professional etiquette and
with a zeal for continuous learning.

• Create an ecosystem for faculty to develop further in domain competence, research aptitude
and pedagogical skills.

• Develop infrastructure and facilities for different academic and research activities.
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
R.V.S. NAGAR, CHITTOOR-517 127, ANDHRA PRADESH
DEPARTMENT OF COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING

Program Educational Objectives (PEOs) under R23 Regulations

Program Educational Objectives (PEOs):

1. Pursuing their careers in the IT or ITES industry or progressing tohigher education in

Engineering or management.

2. Venture into entrepreneurship with a startup or an organization.

3. Continue to develop their professional knowledge and skills to beagile and relevant in the
industry.
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
R.V.S. NAGAR, CHITTOOR-517 127, ANDHRA PRADESH
DEPARTMENT OF COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING

Program Specific Outcomes (PSOs) under R23 RegulationsProgram Specific

Outcomes (PSOs):

After successful completion of the program the graduates will be able to

1. Analyse and develop computer programs in the areas related to algorithms,system

software, multimedia, web design, big data analytics, and networking for efficient
design of computer-based systems of varying complexity.

2. Use theoretical and practical concepts in interdisciplinary domains to provide

solution to new ideas and innovations.
 B.TECH. - COURSE STRUCTURE – R23
(Applicable from the academic year 2023-24 onwards)

INDUCTION PROGRAMME
S. No. Course Name Category L-T-P-C
1 Physical Activities -- Sports, Yoga and Meditation, MC 0-0-6-0
Plantation
2 Career Counselling MC 2-0-2-0
3 Orientation to all branches -- career options, tools, etc. MC 3-0-0-0
4 Orientation on admitted Branch -- corresponding labs, EC 2-0-3-0
tools and platforms
5 Proficiency Modules & Productivity Tools ES 2-1-2-0
6 Assessment on basic aptitude and mathematical skills MC 2-0-3-0

7 Remedial Training in Foundation Courses MC 2-1-2-0

8 Human Values & Professional Ethics MC 3-0-0-0
9 Communication Skills -- focus on Listening, Speaking, BS 2-1-2-0
Reading, Writing skills
10 Concepts of Programming ES 2-0-2-0
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
DEPARTMENT OF COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING

Course Structure and Scheme of Examination

I B. Tech I Semester – CSE Regulations: R23
Scheme of Examination
S. Course Hours/week Credits
Category Course Name Maximum Marks
No Code
L/D T P C CIA SEE Total
1. BS & H 23AHS01 Communicative English 2 0 0 2 30 70 100
2. BS & H 23AHS02 Chemistry 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
Basic Civil and Mechanical
3. ES 23ACE01 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
Engineering
4. ES 23ACS01 Introduction to Programming 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
5. BS & H 23AHS04 Linear Algebra and Calculus 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
6. ES 23AME02 Engineering Workshop 0 0 3 1.5 30 70 100
7. BS & H 23AHS06 Communicative English Lab 0 0 2 1 30 70 100
8. BS & H 23AHS07 Chemistry Lab 0 0 2 1 30 70 100
9. ES 23ACS02 Computer Programming Lab 0 0 3 1.5 30 70 100
Health and Wellness, Yoga
10 MC 23AHS10 0 0 1 0.5 100 0 100
and Sports
TOTAL 14 0 11 19.5 370 630 1000

I B. Tech II Semester – CSE Regulations: R23

Scheme of Examination
S. Course Hours/week Credits
Category Course Name Maximum Marks
No Code
L T P C CIA SEE Total
1. BS & H 23AHS05 Engineering Physics 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
Basic Electrical and
2. ES 23AEE01 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
Electronics Engineering
3. ES 23AME01 Engineering Graphics 1 0 4 3 30 70 100
Differential Equations and
4. BS & H 23AHS11 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
vector calculus
Electrical and Electronics
5. ES 23AEE02 0 0 3 1.5 30 70 100
Engineering Workshop
6. ES 23AIT01 IT Workshop 0 0 2 1 30 70 100
7. PC 23ACS03 Data Structures 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
8. BS & H 23AHS09 Engineering Physics Lab 0 0 2 1 30 70 100
9. PC 23ACS04 Data Structures Lab 0 0 3 1.5 30 70 100
NSS /NCC/Scouts and
10 MC 23AHS12 0 0 1 0.5 100 0 100
Guides/Community Service
TOTAL 13 0 15 20.5 370 630 1000
 II B. Tech I Semester – CSE Regulations: R23
Scheme of
S. Course Hours/week Credits Examination
Category Course Name Maximum Marks
No Code
L/D T P C CIA SEE Total
BS 23AHS17 Discrete Mathematics & Graph 3 0 0 3
1. 30 70 100
Theory
HSMC 23AMB01 Universal Human Values– 2 1 0 3
2. Understanding Harmony & 30 70 100
Human Ethical Conduct
ES 23AEC06 Digital Logic & Computer 3 0 0 3
3. 30 70 100
Organization
PC 23ACS05 Advanced Data Structures & 3 0 0 3
4. 30 70 100
Algorithm Analysis
PC 23ACS06 Object Oriented Programming 3 0 0 3
5. 30 70 100
Through Java
PC 23ACS07 Advanced Data Structures and 0 0 3 1.5
6. 30 70 100
Algorithm Analysis Lab
PC 23ACS08 Object Oriented Programming 0 0 3 1.5
7. 30 70 100
Through Java Lab
SC 23ACS09 Python Programming 0 1 2 2
8. 30 70 100
AC 23AHS18 Environmental Science 2 0 0 Non- - - -
9.
credit
AC 23AHS24 Quantitative Aptitude and Non- - - -
10 2 0 0
Reasoning-I credit
TOTAL 18 2 8 20 240 560 800

II B. Tech II Semester – CSE Regulations: R23

Scheme of
Cre-
S. Course Hours/week Examination
Category Course Name dits
No Code Maximum Marks
L T P C CIA SEE Total
HSS 23AMB02/ Managerial Economics and Financial 2 0 0 2
1. 23AMB03/ Analysis /Organizational Behaviour/ 30 70 100
23AMB04 Business Environment

2. BS 23AHS21 Probability & Statistics 3 0 30 30 70 100

3. PC 23ACS11 Operating Systems 3 0 30 30 70 100
4. PC 23ACS12 Database Management Systems 3 0 30 30 70 100
5. PC 23AIT02 Software Engineering 2 1 30 30 70 100
6. PC 23ACS13 Operating Systems Lab 0 0 3
1.5 30 70 100
7. PC 23ACS14 Database Management Systems Lab 0 0 3
1.5 30 70 100
8. SC 23ACS15 Full Stack Development –I 0 1 22 30 70 100
9. S 23AMB05 Design Thinking & Innovation 1 0 22 30 70 100
AC 23AHS25 Quantitative Aptitude and Reasoning-II Non-
10 2 0 0 - - -
credit
TOTAL 16 2 10 21 270 630 900
Mandatory Community Service Project Internship of 08 weeks duration during summer vacation
III B. Tech I Semester – CSE Regulations: R23
Scheme of
Examination
Hours/week Credits Maximum Marks
S. Cate Course
No gory Code Course Name SEE
L T P C CIA Total
Introduction to Artificial
1. PC 23ACA10 Intelligence 3 0 0 3 30 70 100

PC 23ACS16 Computer Networks 3 0 0 3 30 70 100

2.
Automata Theory and Compiler
3. PC 23AIT05 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
Design
23ACS27 Introduction to Quantum Technologies
4. PC 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
and Applications
23AIT06 Object Oriented Analysis and Design

23AIT07 Soft Computing

PE - 1 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
5. 23AEC18 Microprocessors & Interfacing

23ACS19 Data Warehousing & Data Mining

6. OE-I Open Elective-I 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
Artificial Intelligence Lab
7. PC 23ACA11 0 0 3 1.5 30 70 100
23ACS17 Computer Networks Lab 0 0
8. PC 3 1.5 30 70 100
Full Stack Development - II
9. SC 23ACS20 0 1 2 2 30 70 100
Tinkering Lab
10. ES 23ACO03 0 0 2 1 30 70 100
IN Evaluation of Community Service
11 23ACS21 Internship - - - 2 0 100 100
23AHS30 Quantitative Aptitude and Reasoning - 2 0 0 - - - -
12 AC III
23AHS31 French Language
AC
13 23AHS32 German Language 2 0 0 - - - -

23AHS33 Japanese Language

TOTAL 22 1 10 26 400 700 1100

Open Elective – I
S.No. Course Code Course Name Offered by the Dept.
1 23ACE30 Green Buildings
CIVIL
2 23ACE31 Construction Technology and Management
3 23AEE23 Electrical Safety Practices and Standards EEE
4 23AME23 Sustainable Energy Technologies ME
5 23AEC30 Electronic Circuits ECE
6 23AHS26 Mathematics for Machine Learning and AI Mathematics
7 23AHS27 Materials Characterization Techniques Physics
8 23AHS28 Chemistry of Energy Systems Chemistry
9 23AHS29 English for Competitive Examinations Humanities
10 23AMB06 Entrepreneurship and New Venture Creation
III B. Tech II Semester – CSE Regulations: R23

Scheme of
Examination
S. Course Hours/week Credits Maximum Marks
No Category Code Course Name L T P C CIA SEE Total
Introduction to Machine
1. PC 23ACM06 Learning 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
PC 23ACS24 Cloud Computing 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
2.
Cryptography & Network
3. PC 23ACC04 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
Security
Software Testing
23AIT11 Methodologies
4. PE – II 23ACC10 Cyber Security 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
23ACS28 DevOps
23AEC29 Embedded Systems

23AIT10 Software Project Management

Mobile Ad hoc Networks

23ACS29
5. PE – III Natural Language Processing 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
23ACM12
Distributed Operating
23ACS30 System
Open Elective – II
6. OE -II 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
Introduction to Machine
7. PC 23ACM07 Learning Lab 0 0 3 1.5 30 70 100
Cryptography & Network
8. PC 23ACC08 0 0 3 1.5 30 70 100
Security Lab
Soft skills
9. SC 23AHS20 0 1 2 2 30 70 100
Technical Paper Writing &
10. AC 23AMB16 2 0 0 - - - -
IPR
TOTAL 20 1 8 23 270 630 900

Mandatory Industry Internship of 6-8 weeks duration during summer vacation

Open Elective – II
S.No. Course Code Course Name Offered by the Dept.
1 23ACE44 Disaster Management
CIVIL
2 23ACE45 Sustainability in Engineering Practices
3 23AEE33 Renewable Energy Sources EEE
4 23AME39 Automation and Robotics ME
5 23AEC26 Digital Circuits ECE
6 23AHS35 Optimization Techniques And Applications Mathematics
7 23AHS37 Physics Of Electronic Materials And Devices Physics
8 23AHS38 Chemistry Of Polymers And Applications Chemistry
9 23AHS39 Academic Writing and Public Speaking Humanities
10 23AHS36 Mathematical Foun dation of Quantum Technologies Mathematics
IV B. Tech I Semester – CSE Regulations: R23

Scheme of
Examination
Hours/week Credits Maximum Marks
S. Course
No Category Code Course Name SE E
L T P C CIA Total

1. PC 23ACM13 Deep Learning 2 0 0 2 30 70 100

Business Ethics and
23AMB17
Corporate Governance
2. ME– II 23AMB18 E-Business
2 0 0 2 30 70 100
23AMB19 Management Science
Software Architecture &
23AIT17 Design Patterns
23ACC11 Blockchain Technology
4. PE - IV 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
Augmented Reality & Virtual
23ACS32 Reality
23ACO01 Internet of Things
23AIT14 Agile methodologies
23ACS33 Metaverse
5. PE - V Computer Vision 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
23ACD16
Cyber Physical
23ACC18 Systems
6. OE - III Open Elective - III 3 0 0 3 30 70 100

7. OE - IV Open Elective - IV 3 0 0 3 30 70 100

8. SC 23ACA29 Prompt Engineering 0 1 2 2 30 70 100

9. AC 23AHS49 Gender Sensitization 2 0 0 - - - -

IN Evaluation of Industry
10 23ACS34 Internship - - - 2 30 70 100
TOTAL 18 1 4 21 270 630 900

Open Elective – III

S.No Course Code Course Name Offered by the Dept.
1 23ACE55 Building Materials and Services
CIVIL
2 23ACE26 Environmental Impact Assessment
3 23AEE42 Smart Grid Technologies EEE
4 23AME52 3D Printing Technologies ME
5 23AEC37 Digital Image Processing ECE
9 23AHS41 Wavelet transforms and its applications Mathematics
10 23AHS42 Smart Materials and Devices Physics
23AHS44 Green Chemistry and Catalysis for Sustainable
11 Chemistry
Environment
12 23AHS45 Employability Skills Humanities
13 23AHS43 Introduction to Quantum Mechanics Humanities
 Open Elective – IV

S.No Course Code Course Name Offered by the Dept.

1 23ACE56 Geo-Spatial Technologies
CIVIL
2 23ACE57 Solid Waste Management
3 23AEE43 Electric Vehicles EEE
4 23AME46 Total Quality Management ME
5 23AEC53 Transducers and Sensors ECE
6 23AMB22 Financial Mathematics Mathematics
7
23AHS46 Sensors And Actuators for Engineering Physics
Applications
8 23AHS47 Chemistry Of Nanomaterials and Applications Chemistry
9 23AHS48 Literary Vibes Humanities
10 23ACS35 Quantum Computing Computer Science

IV B. Tech II Semester – CSE Regulations: R23

Scheme of
Examination
S. Course Hours/week Credits Maximum Marks
No Category Code Course Name
L T P C CIA SEE Total
IN 23ACS36 Internship - - 24 4 30 70 100
1. PR
23ACS37 Project - - - 8 30 70 100
TOTAL 12 60 140 200

Honors in Computer Science and Engineering(CSE 1)

Regulations: R23
Year Scheme of
S. Course Hours/week Credits Examination
& Sem Maximum Marks
No Code Course Name
L T P C CIA SEE Total
1. III-I 23ACS42 Robotics and Intelligent 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
Systems
2 III-I 23ACC27 Cloud Security 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
3. III -II 23ACS39 No SQL Databases 3 0 0 3 30 70 100

Software Defined Data

4. III -II 23ACS41 Centre 3 0 0 3 30 70 100

5. IV -I 23ACS38 Advanced Styling and 3 0 0 3 30 70 100

Responsive Design
6. III-II 23ACS43 No SQL Lab 3 1.5 30 70 100
Advanced Styling and
7 IV -I 23ACS40 3 1.5 30 70 100
Responsive Design Lab
Total
15 0 6 18 210 490 700
 Honors in Computer Science and Engineering (CSE 2)

Yea Scheme of
S. Hours/week Credits Examination
r & Course Maximum Marks
No Code Course Name
Sem L T P C CIA SEE Total
1. III-I 23ACS50 Big Data and Analytics in Cloud 3 0 0 3 30 70 100

2 III-I 23ACS51 Cloud Management and 3 0 0 3 30 70 100

Optimization
3. III -II 23ACS52 Emerging Trends in Cloud 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
Cloud Deployment with AWS
4. III -II 23ACS53 3 0 0 3 30 70 100

5. IV -I 23ACD34 Data Engineering with AWS 3 0 0 3 30 70 100

Capstone Project
6 IV -I 23ACS54 6 3 60 140 100
Total
15 0 6 18 210 490 700

LIST OF MINORS OFFERED TO CSE

Department offering the Minor

S.No. Minor Title
1 Building Planning & Construction Technology Civil
2 Energy Systems
EEE
3 Micro Grid Technology
4 3D Printing
ME
5 Industrial Engineering
6 Electronic Systems
ECE
7 Embedded Systems and IoT
8 Data analytics
9 Data Science and Analytics
CSE(DS)
10 Data Science
11 Data science with AWS
12 Programming & computational intelligence CAI
13 AI applications & emerging technologies AI
14 Quantum Technologies
IT
15 UX/UI Design
16 Bio Medical Engineering EBM
17 Machine Learning & Generative AI
CSE (AI & ML)
18 Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning
19 Artificial Intelligence & Data Science AI & DS
20 Computer science & Business Systems CSBS
21 Internet of Things CSE(IoT)
22 Cyber security CSE(CS)
 MINORS OFFERED BY THE CIVIL ENGINEERING

BUILDING PLANNING & CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGY

Scheme of
Course Examination
S.No Offered in Name of the Subject and Lab L T P C (Maximum Marks)
Code
CIA SEE Total
1 III – I 23ACE67 Construction Materials 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
2 III – I 23ACE68 Construction Methods 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
Fundamentals of Building
3 III – II 23ACE69 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
Planning and Drawing
4 III – II 23ACE70 Basic Surveying 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
Essentials of Concrete
5 IV - I 23ACE71 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
Technology
6 III – I 23ACE72 Basic Concrete Technology Lab 0 0 3 1.5 30 70 100
7 III – II 23ACE73 Basic Surveying Lab 0 0 3 1.5 30 70 100

Total Credits 18 210 490 700

MINORS OFFERED BY THE EEE

ENERGY SYSTEMS

Scheme of
Year Hours per
Course Examination
and Category Course title week Credits
code Max. Marks
sem
L T P CIA SEE Total
3 0 0 3 30 70 100
PC 23AEE52 Energy Audit and Management
III-I
Energy Management in 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
PC 23AEE53
Building
3 0 0 3 30 70 100
PC 23AEE54 Energy Storage Technologies
III-II
Energy Scenario and Energy 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
PC 23AEE55
Policy
3 0 0 3 30 70 100
PC 23AEE56 Waste Energy Management
IV -I
- - 6 3 30 70 100
PC 23AEE57 Project in Energy Systems
TOTAL 15 6 18 180 420 600
 MINORS OFFERED BY THE EEE
MICRO GRID TECHNOLOGY

Scheme of
Year Hours per
Course Examination
and Category Course title week Credits
code Max. Marks
sem
L T P CIA SEE Total
Futuristic Power Systems 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
PC 23AEE58
III-I Power Electronic
3 0 0 3 30 70 100
PC 23AEE59 Converters for
Energy Sources
Microgrid Power and Control 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
PC 23AEE60 Architecture
III-II
Microgrid System Design 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
PC 23AEE61
Analysis of Smart Grid 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
PC 23AEE62 Systems
IV -I
Project in Micro Grid - - 6 3 30 70 100
PC 23AEE63 Technology
TOTAL 15 06 18 180 420 600

MINORS OFFERED BY MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

3D PRINTING

Scheme of
Examination
S. Offered in Course Hours/week Credits Maximum Marks
No Code Course Name
L T P C CIA SEE Total
1. III – I 23AME61 Material Science & 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
Engineering

2. III - I 23AME62 Additive Manufacturing 3 0 0 3 30 70 100

3. III – II 23AME63 Material Characterization 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
Techniques
CAD/CAM
4. III – II 23AME25 3 0 0 3 30 70 100

5. III – II 23AME06 Computer Aided Machine 0 0 3 1.5 30 70 100

Drawing
3D Printing Materials and
6. IV – I 23AME64 Applications 3 0 0 3 30 70 100

7. IV – I 23AME38 3D Printing Lab 0 0 3 1.5 30 70 100

Total 15 0 6 18 210 490 700
 MINORS OFFERED BY MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING
Scheme of
Examination
S. Offered in Course Hours/week Credits Maximum Marks
No Code Course Name
L T P C CIA SEE Total
1. III – I 23AME65 Production Planning & 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
Control

2. III – I 23AMB26 Marketing Management 3 0 0 3 30 70 100

3. III – II 23AME57 Supply Chain Management 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
Strategic Management for
4. III – II 23AMB27 Competitive Advantage 3 0 0 3 30 70 100

IV – I Six Sigma & Lean

5. 23AME66 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
Manufacturing
Applied Project Work in
6. IV - I 23AME67 Industrial Engineering 0 0 6 3 30 70 100
Total 15 0 6 18 180 420 600

MINORS OFFERED BY ECE

ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS

Year Scheme of
S. & Course Hours/week Credits Examination
No Category Sem Code Course Name Maximum Marks
L/D T P C CIA SEE Total
1 PC III-I 23AEC10 Analog and Digital Communications 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
2 PC III-I 23AEC69 Electronic Instrumentation 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
3 PC III –II 23AEC16 Analog & Digital IC Applications 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
4 PC III –II 23AEC68 Principles of Communication Engineering 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
5 PC III –II 23AEC22 Analog & Digital IC Applications Lab 0 0 3 1.5 30 70 100
6 PC IV-I 23AEC33 VLSI Design 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
7 PC IV-I 23AEC40 VLSI Design Lab 0 0 3 1.5 30 70 100
TOTAL 15 0 06 18 210 490 700
 MINORS OFFERED BY ECE

EMBEDDED SYSTEMS AND IOT

Year Scheme of
S. & Course Hours/week Credits Examination
No Category Sem Code Course Name Maximum Marks
L/D T P C CIA SEE Total
1 PC III -I 23AEC63 Embedded Systems Technology 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
2 PC III-I 23AEC64 Real Time Embedded systems design and 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
Analysis
3 PC III-II 23AEC65 Principles of IoT 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
4 PC III-II 23AEC48 Wireless Networks 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
5 PC III-II 23AEC66 Principles of IoT Lab 0 0 3 1.5 30 70 100
6 PC IV-I 23AEC35 Embedded systems & IOT Applications 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
7 PC IV-I 23AEC67 Industrial Internet of things Lab 0 0 3 1.5 30 70 100
TOTAL 15 0 06 18 210 490 700

MINORS OFFERED BY CSE (DATA SCIENCE)

DATA ANALYTICS

Year Scheme of
S. & Course Hours/week Credits Examination
No Category Sem Code Course Name Maximum Marks
L/D T P C CIA SEE Total
1 PC III – I 23ACD42 Introduction to Data Analytics 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
2 PC III – I 23ACD43 Data Engineering Essentials 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
3 PC III – II 23ACD44 Predictive Analytics Fundamentals 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
4 PC III – II 23ACD45 Big Data Analytics (Hadoop, Spark) 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
5 PC Data Analytics with Power 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
IV - I 23ACD46
BI/Tableau/Matplotlib
6 PC III - I 23ACD47 Data Analytics Tools Lab 0 0 3 1.5 30 70 100
7 PC IV- I 23ACD48 Big Data &NoSQL Lab 0 0 3 1.5 30 70 100
TOTAL 15 0 06 18 210 490 700
 MINORS OFFERED BY CSE (DATA SCIENCE)
DATA SCIENCE AND ANALYTICS

Scheme of
Hours per Credi
Examination
S.N Offered Course week ts
Course title Max. Marks
o in code
SE Tota
L T P CIA
E l
3 0 0 3 30 70 100
1 III – I 23ACD49 Data Science for Engineers
Statistical Learning for Data 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
2 III – I 23ACD50
Science
Data Visualization & 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
3 III – II 23ACD51
Exploratory Data Analysis
Big Data Analytics 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
4 III – II 23ACD52
Fundamentals
Introduction to Recommender 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
5 IV - I 23ACD53
Systems
0 0 6 3 30 70 100
6 III-II 23ACD54 Data Visualization & EDA Lab
0 0 6 3 30 70 100
7 IV-I 23ACD55 Recommender System Lab
1
TOTAL 06 18 210 490 700
5

MINORS OFFERED BY CSE (DATA SCIENCE)

DATA SCIENCE

Year Scheme of
S. & Course Hours/week Credits Examination
No Categor Sem Code Course Name Maximum Marks
y L/D T P C CIA SEE Total
1 PC III – I 23ACD36 Data Science for Engineers 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
2 PC III – I 23ACD37 Statistical Learning for Data Science 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
3 PC III – II 23ACD38 Introduction to Data Engineering 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
4 PC III – II 23ACM34 Machine learning fundamentals 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
5 PC IV - I 23ACD39 Data Science applications 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
6 PC IV-I 23ACD40 Data Science Practice Lab (R/Python) 0 0 3 1.5 30 70 100
7 PC IV-II 23ACD41 Statistical Learning & ML Lab 0 0 3 1.5 30 70 100
TOTAL 15 0 06 18 210 490 700
 MINORS OFFERED BY CSE (DATA SCIENCE)
MINOR DEGREE IN DATA SCIENCE WITH AWS

Scheme of
Offered Course Course Name Examination
SNo in L T P C (Maximum Marks)
Code
CIA SEE Total
Foundations Of Cloud concepts
1 III – I 23ACD56 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
Predictive Data Analytics using R
2 III – I 23ACD57 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
Data Engineering with AWS
3 III – II 23ACD58 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
Cloud-Native Machine Learning
4 III – II 23ACD59 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
Deep Learning: The Modern
5 IV - I 23ACD60 Approach 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
Capstone Project and Portfolio
6 IV - II 23ACD61 0 0 6 3 60 70 100
Development

Total Credits 18 180 4270 600

MINORS DEGREE IN PROGRAMMING & COMPUTATIONAL INTELLIGENCE

OFFERED BY CSE(AI)

Year Scheme of
S. & Sem Cours Hours/week Credits Examination
No e Course Name Maximum Marks
Code L T P C CIA SEE Total
1. III-I 23ACA40 Quantum Computing for AI 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
2. III-I 23ACA41 Edge AI & IoT 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
3. III-II 23ACA38 Python for AI & Data Science 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
4. 23ACA39 Data Structures & Algorithms for 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
III-II AI
5. IV-I 23AAD03 Reinforcement Learning 3 0 0 3 30 70 100

6. III-II 23ACA42 Python & DS Lab 0 0 3 1.5 30 70 100

7 IV-I 23ACA43 RL & Quantum AI Lab 0 0 3 1.5 30 70 100
Total 15 0 6 18 210 490 700
 MINORS DEGREE IN AI APPLICATIONS & EMERGING TECHNOLOGIES
OFFERED BY B. Tech- AI

Year Scheme of
S. & Sem Course Hours/week Credits Examination
No Code Course Name Maximum Marks
L T P C CIA SEE Total
1. III-I 23AAI15 Introduction to AI in Cybersecurity 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
2. III-I 23ACA28 HealthCare AI 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
3. III-II 23AAI16 AI in Finance & Business 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
Analytics
4. 23AAI17 Ethical AI & Responsible AI 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
III-II
5. IV-I Introduction to Generative AI 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
23AAI18
& Prompt Engineering
6. III-II 23AAI19 AI Applications Lab 0 0 3 1.5 30 70 100
7 IV-I 23AAI20 Generative AI Lab 0 0 3 1.5 30 70 100
Total 15 0 6 18 210 490 700

MINORS OFFERED BY INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

QUANTUM TECHNOLOGIES

S. Year Scheme of
No & Sem Cours Hours/week Credits Examination
e Course Name Maximum Marks
Code L T P C CIA SEE Total
III – I 23AIT24 Foundations of Quantum 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
1 Technologies
2 III – I 23AIT25 Solid State Physics for Quantum
Technologies 3 0 0 3 30 70 100

3 III – II 23AIT26 Quantum Optics Prerequisites for 3 0 0 3 30 70 100

Quantum Technologies
4 III – II 23AIT27 Introduction to Quantum 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
Communication
5 IV - I 23AIT28 Introduction to Quantum Sensing 3 0 0 3 30 70 100

6 III – II 23AIT29 Quantum Communication and

Sensing Lab 0 0 3 1.5 30 70 100
7 IV – I 23AIT30 Quantum Devices and Materials Lab 0 0 3 1.5 30 70 100
Total 15 0 6 18 210 490 700
 MINOR IN UX/UI DESIGN OFFERED BY INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Scheme of Examination
Offere Course (Maximum Marks)
Name of the Subject and Lab L T P C
SNo d in Code
CIA SEE Total
Introduction to Design and Visual
1 III – I 23AIT37 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
Communication
2 III – I 23AIT38 Human Centered Design and Interaction Principles 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
3 III – II 23AIT39 UX Research and Design Thinking 3 0 0 3 30 70 100

4 III – II 23AIT40 Prototyping and Usability Testing 3 0 0 3 30 70 100

5 IV - I 23AIT41 Frontend Development for Designers 3 0 0 3 30 70 100

6 IV - I 23AIT42 Capstone Project and Portfolio Development 0 0 6 3 30 70 100

Total Credits 18 180 420 600

MINORS OFFERED BY BME

Year Scheme of
S. & Course Hours/week Credits Examination
No Category Sem Code Course Name Maximum Marks
L/D T P C CIA SEE Total
1 PC III-I 23ABM09 Nano Biotechnology 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
2 PC III-I 23ABM10 Tissue Engineering 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
3 PC III –II 23ABM02 Biomaterials 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
4 PC III –II 23ABM14 Bio MEMS & Bio Micro fluids 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
5 PC III –II 23ABM03 Biomaterials Lab 0 0 3 1.5 30 70 100
6 PC IV-I 23ABM04 Biosensors & Transducers 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
7 PC IV-I 23ABM05 Biosensors & Transducers Lab 0 0 3 1.5 30 70 100
TOTAL 15 0 06 18 210 490 700
MACHINE LEARNING AND GENERATIVE AI OFFERED BY CSE(AI & ML )

S. Cate Year Scheme of

N gory & Sem Course Hours/week Credit Examination
o Code Course Name s Maximum Marks
L T P C CI SEE Tota
A l
1. Python -Foundation to 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
III-I 23ACM47
PC Mastering
2. Essentials of Python for Data 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
III-I 23ACM48
PC Analysis
3. III-II Foundations of Responsible 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
23ACM49
PC AI
4. Foundations of Gen AI 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
III-II 23ACM50
PC
5. IV-I Natural Language Processing 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
23ACM51
PC with Neural Networks
6. Capstone Project 0 0 6 3 30 70 100
IV-I 23ACM52
PR
Total 15 0 6 18 180 420 600
 MINOR DEGREE IN ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE & MACHINE LEARNING

Year Scheme of
S. & Sem Course Hours/week Credits Examination
No Code Course Name Maximum Marks
L T P C CIA SEE Total
1. III-I 23ACM33 Essentials of Artificial Intelligence 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
2. III-I 23ACM34 Machine Learning Fundamentals 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
3. III-II 23ACM35 Deep Learning & Neural Networks 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
4. 23ACM36 Introduction to Natural Language 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
III-II Processing
5. IV-I 23ACM37 Introduction to Computer Vision 3 0 0 3 30 70 100

6. III-II 23ACM38 Essentials of AI & ML Lab 0 0 6 3 30 70 100

IV-I 23ACM39 NLP & Computer Vision Lab
Total 15 0 6 18 210 490 700

MINOR DEGREE IN AI & DS OFFERED BY B. TECH AI & DS

Scheme of
Offered Name of the Subject and Lab Examination
SNo L T P C (Maximum Marks)
in Course
Code CIA SEE Total
Data Analytics using R
1 III – I 23AAD19 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
Creative Intelligence with Generative
2 III – I 23AAD20 Models 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
Data Management with
3 III – II 23AAD21 SQL & No-SQL 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
Applied Generative AI
4 III – II 23AAD22 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
Text Analytics & NLP
5 IV - I 23AAD23 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
Capstone Project and Portfolio
6 IV - I 23AAD24 0 0 6 3 30 70 100
Development

Total Credits 18 180 420 600

 MINOR DEGREE IN COMPUTER SCIENCE & BUSINESS SYSTEMS

S.No Scheme of
Offered Course Name of the Subject and Lab Examination
in Code L T P C (Maximum Marks)
CIA SEE Total
Fundamentals Of Computer Systems
1 III – I 23ACB15 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
& Business Environment
Database Management & Enterprise
2 III – I 23ACE16 Systems 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
Software Engineering for Business
3 III – II 23ACB17 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
Applications

Business Intelligence and Analytics

4 III – II 23ACB18 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
Digital Transformation & Business
5 IV - I 23ACB19 Strategy 3 0 0 3 30 70 100

Capstone Project and Portfolio

6 IV - I 23ACB20 0 0 6 3 30 70 100
Development

Total Credits 18 180 420 600

MINORS IN INTERNET OF THINGS

Scheme of Examination
Course (Maximum Marks)
Offered in Name of the Subject and Lab L T P C
S.No Code
CIA SEE Total
1 III – I 23ACO01 Internet of Things 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
2 III – I 23ACS25 Wireless Sensor Networks 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
3 III – II 23ACO16 Communication Protocols for IoT 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
4 III – II 23ACO19 Industrial IoT 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
5 IV - I 23ACS24 Cloud Computing 3 0 0 3 30 70 100
6 III – II 23ACO02 Internet of Things Lab 0 0 3 1.5 30 70 100
7 IV – I 23ACS26 Cloud Computing Lab 0 0 3 1.5 30 70 100
Total Credits 18 210 490 700
 MINORS IN CYBER SECURITY

Year Scheme of
S. & Sem Cours Hours/week Credits Examination
No e Course Name Maximum Marks
Code L T P C CIA SEE Total
1. III-I 23ACC05 Cyber Crimes & Digital Forensics 3 0 0 3 30 70 100

2. III-I 23ACC16 Cyber Laws and Security Policies 3 0 0 3 30 70 100

3. III-II 23ACC01 Introduction to Cyber Security 3 0 0 3 30 70 100

4. III-II 23ACC11 Blockchain Technology 3 0 0 3 30 70 100

5. III-II 23ACC02 Cyber Security Lab 0 0 3 1.5 30 70 100

6. IV-I 23ACC04 Cryptography & Network Security 3 0 0 3 30 70 100

Cryptography & Network Security
7 IV-I 23ACC08 0 0 3 1.5 30 70 100
Lab
Total
15 0 6 18 210 490 700
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
I B.Tech I Semester (Common to CSE, CSD, CSM, CE & ME)
I B.Tech II Semester (Common to ECE, EEE, CSC, IT, CAI, CSO, CSBS & EBM )

L T P C
2 0 0 2
23AHS01- COMMUNICATIVE ENGLISH

Course Objectives:
The main objective of introducing this course, Communicative English, is to facilitate effectivelistening,
Reading, Speaking and Writing skills among the students. It enhances the same in their comprehending
abilities, oral presentations, reporting useful information and providing knowledge of grammatical
structures and vocabulary. This course helps the students to make them effective in speaking and writing
skills and to make them industry ready.

Course Outcomes:

CO1: Understand the context, topic, and pieces of specific information from social orTransactional
dialogues.
CO2: Apply grammatical structures to formulate sentences and correct word forms.
CO3: Analyze discourse markers to speak clearly on a specific topic in informal discussions.
CO4: Evaluate reading / listening texts and to write summaries based on global comprehension of
these texts.
CO5: Create a coherent paragraph, essay, and resume.

UNIT I
Lesson : HUMAN VALUES: Gift of Magi (Short Story)
Listening : Identifying the topic, the context and specific pieces of information by listening
to
short audio texts and answering a series of questions.
Speaking : Asking and answering general questions on familiar topics such as home,
family, work, studies and interests; introducing oneself and others.
Reading : Skimming to get the main idea of a text; scanning to look for specific pieces of
information.
Writing : Mechanics of Writing-Capitalization, Spellings, Punctuation-Parts of Sentences.
Grammar : Parts of Speech, Basic Sentence Structures-forming questions
Vocabulary : Synonyms, Antonyms, Affixes (Prefixes/Suffixes), Root words.

UNIT II
Lesson : NATURE: The Brook by Alfred Tennyson (Poem)
Listening : Answering a series of questions about main ideas and supporting ideas after
listening to audio texts.
Speaking : Discussion in pairs/small groups on specific topics followed by short structure
talks.
Reading : Identifying sequence of ideas; recognizing verbal techniques that help to link
the
ideas in a paragraph together.
Writing : Structure of a paragraph - Paragraph writing (specific topics)
Grammar : Cohesive devices - linkers, use of articles and zero article; prepositions.
Vocabulary : Homonyms, Homophones, Homographs.
UNIT III
Lesson : BIOGRAPHY: Elon Musk
Listening : Listening for global comprehension and summarizing what is listened to.
Speaking : Discussing specific topics in pairs or small groups and reporting w hat is
discussed
Reading : Reading a text in detail by making basic inferences -recognizing and Interpreting
specific context clues; strategies to use text clues for comprehension.
Writing : Summarizing, Note-making, paraphrasing
Grammar : Verbs - tenses; subject-verb agreement; Compound words, Collocations
Vocabulary : Compound words, Collocations

UNIT IV
Lesson : INSPIRATION: The Toys of Peace by Saki
Listening : Making predictions while listening to conversations/ transactional dialogues
without
video; listening with video.
Speaking : Role plays for practice of conversational English in academic contexts (formal
and
informal) - asking for and giving information/directions.
Reading : Studying the use of graphic elements in texts to convey information, reveal Trends
/
patterns/relationships, communicate processes or display complicated data.
Writing : Letter Writing: Official Letters, Resumes
Grammar : Reporting verbs, Direct & Indirect speech, Active & Passive Voice
Vocabulary : Words often confused, Jargons

UNIT V
Lesson : MOTIVATION: The Power of Intrapersonal Communication (An Essay)
Listening : Identifying key terms, understanding concepts and answering a series of
relevant
questions that test comprehension.
Speaking : Formal oral presentations on topics from academic contexts
Reading : Reading comprehension.
Writing : Critical Writing - Writing structured essays on specific topics.
Grammar : Editing short texts –identifying and correcting common errors in grammar and
usage (articles, prepositions, tenses, subject verb agreement)
Vocabulary : Technical Jargons

Text books:
1. Pathfinder: Communicative English for Undergraduate Students, 1st Edition, OrientBlack
Swan, 2023 (Units 1,2 & 3)
2. Empowering with Language by Cengage Publications, 2023 (Units 4 & 5)

Reference Books:
1. Dubey, Sham Ji & Co. English for Engineers, Vikas Publishers, 2020
2. Bailey, Stephen. Academic writing: A Handbook for International Students. Routledge, 2014.
3. Murphy, Raymond. English Grammar in Use, Fourth Edition, Cambridge
UniversityPress, 2019.
4. Lewis, Norman. Word Power Made Easy- The Complete Handbook for Building a
Superior Vocabulary. Anchor, 2014.
Web Resources:
GRAMMAR:
1. www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish
2. https://dictionary.cambridge.org/grammar/british-grammar/
3. www.eslpod.com/index.html
4. https://www.learngrammar.net/
5. https://english4today.com/english-grammar-online-with-quizzes/
6. https://www.talkenglish.com/grammar/grammar.aspx

VOCABULARY
1. https://www.youtube.com/c/DailyVideoVocabulary/videos
2. https://www.youtube.com/channel/UC4cmBAit8i_NJZE8qK8sfpA
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
I B.Tech I SEM (Common to CSE, CSD & CSM)
II SEM (Common to EEE, ECE, EBM, CAI, CSO, CSC & IT)

23AHS02: CHEMISTRY LT P C
3 - - 3
Course Objectives:
• To familiarize engineering chemistry and its applications
• To train the students on the principles and applications of electrochemistry and
polymers
• To introduce instrumental methods, molecular machines and switches.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the students will be able to:
CO1: Compare the materials of construction for battery and electrochemical sensors.
CO2: Explain the preparation, properties, and applications of thermoplastics & thermosetting &
elastomers conducting polymers.
CO3: Explain the principles of spectrometry, slc in separation of solid and liquid mixtures.
CO4: Apply the principle of Band diagrams in the application of conductors and
semiconductors.
CO5: Summarize the concepts of Instrumental methods.

UNIT I Structure and Bonding Models:

Fundamentals of Quantum mechanics, Schrodinger Wave equation, significance of Ψ and Ψ2,
particle in one dimensional box, molecular orbital theory – bonding in homo- and heteronuclear
diatomic molecules – energy level diagrams of O2 and CO, etc. π-molecular orbitals of
butadiene and benzene, calculation of bond order.

UNIT II Modern Engineering materials:

Semiconductors – Introduction, basic concept, application
Super conductors-Introduction, basic concept, applications.
Supercapacitors: Introduction, Basic Concept - Classification – Applications.
Nanomaterials: Introduction, classification, properties and applications of Fullerenes, carbon
nano tubes and Graphenes nanoparticles.

UNIT III Electrochemistry and Applications

Electrochemical cell, Nernst equation, cell potential calculations and numerical problems,
potentiometry- potentiometric titrations (redox titrations), concept of conductivity, conductivity
cell, conductometric titrations (acid-base titrations).
Electrochemical sensors – potentiometric sensors with examples, amperometric sensors with
examples.
Primary cells – Zinc-air battery, Secondary cells –lithium-ion batteries- working of the batteries
including cell reactions; Fuel cells, hydrogen-oxygenfuel cell– working of the cells. Polymer
Electrolyte Membrane Fuel cells (PEMFC).

UNIT IV Polymer Chemistry

Introduction to polymers, functionality of monomers, chain growth and step growth
polymerization, coordination polymerization, with specific examples and mechanisms of
polymer formation.
Plastics –Thermo and Thermosetting plastics, Preparation, properties and applications of –
PVC, Teflon, Bakelite, Nylon-6,6, carbon fibres.
Elastomers–Buna-S, Buna-N–preparation, properties and applications.
Conducting polymers – polyacetylene, polyaniline, – mechanism of conduction and
applications. Bio-Degradable polymers - Poly Glycolic Acid (PGA), Polyl Lactic Acid (PLA).
UNIT V Instrumental Methods and Applications
Electromagnetic spectrum. Absorption of radiation: Beer-Lambert’s law. UV-Visible
Spectroscopy, electronic transition, Instrumentation, IR spectroscopies, fundamental modes
and selection rules, Instrumentation. Chromatography-Basic Principle, Classification-HPLC:
Principle, Instrumentation and Applications.

Textbooks:
1. Jain and Jain, Engineering Chemistry, 16/e, DhanpatRai, 2013.
2. Peter Atkins, Julio de Paula and James Keeler, Atkins’ Physical Chemistry, 10/e,Oxford University
Press, 2010.

Reference Books:
1. Skoog and West, Principles of Instrumental Analysis, 6/e, Thomson, 2007.
2. J.D. Lee, Concise Inorganic Chemistry, 5th Edition, Wiley Publications, Feb.2008
3. Textbook of Polymer Science, Fred W. Billmayer Jr, 3rd Edition
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
L T P C
3 0 0 3
I B.Tech - I Semester (Common to All Branches)

23ACE01 BASIC CIVIL AND MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Course Outcomes: On completion of the course, the student should be able to:
CO1. Understand various sub-divisions of Civil Engineering and to appreciate their role inensuring
better society.
CO2. Know the concepts of surveying and to understand the measurement of distances,angles
and levels through surveying.
CO3. Realize the importance of Transportation in nation's economy and the engineering measures
related to highways in terms of geometrics.
CO4. Understand the importance of water resources and storage structures so that the social
responsibilities of water conservation will be appreciated.
CO5. Understand the different manufacturing processes and explain the basics of thermal
engineering and its applications.
CO6. Describe the working of different mechanical power transmission systems and powerplants;
learn basics of robotics.
PART A: BASIC CIVIL ENGINEERING
UNIT I
Basics of Civil Engineering: Role of Civil Engineers in Society- Various Disciplines of Civil
Engineering- Structural Engineering- Geo-technical Engineering- Transportation Engineering
Hydraulics and Water Resources Engineering - Environmental Engineering -Scope of eachdiscipline
- Building Construction and Planning- Construction Materials-Cement – Aggregate Bricks - Cement
concrete- Steel-Tests on these materials.
Factors to be considered in Building Planning- Nature of Buildings- Typical Layouts of a Residential
Building- Industrial Building- Commercial Building like a Supermarket / Hotel / Theatre.

UNIT II
Surveying: Objectives of Surveying- Horizontal Measurements- Vertical Measurements- Angular
Measurements- Levelling instruments used for levelling- Introduction to Bearings- Simple problems on
levelling and bearings-Contour mapping.
UNIT III
Transportation Engineering, Water Resources and Environmental Engineering: Importance of
Transportation in Nation's economic development- Types of Highway Pavements- Flexible Pavements
and Rigid Pavements - Simple Differences - Basic geometric design elements of a highway- Camber-
Stopping Sight Distance- Super elevation- Introduction.
Water Resources and Environmental Engineering: Sources of water- Quality of water-
Specifications and Tests- Introduction to Hydrology- Hydrograph –Rain water Harvesting- Rain water
runoff- Water Storage Structures (Simple introduction to Dams and Reservoirs).

Textbooks:
1. G. Shanmugam and M.S.Palanisamy, Basic Civil and the Mechanical Engineering, TataMcgraw
Hill publications (India) Pvt. Ltd.
2. Basic Civil Engineering, S.S. Bhavikatti, New Age International Publishers.
 3. Engineering Materials, Dr. S.C. Rangwala, Charotor Publishing House.
4. Highway Engineering, S.K.Khanna, C.E.G. Justo and Veeraraghavan, Nemchand andBrothers
Publications.

5. Irrigation Engineering and Hydraulic Structures - Santosh Kumar Garg, KhannaPublishers,

Delhi.
6. Building Construction, Dr. B. C. Punmia, Lakshmi Publications, Delhi.

Reference Books:
1. Surveying, Vol- I and Vol-II, S.K. Duggal, Tata McGraw Hill Publishers.
2. Hydrology and Water Resources Engineering, Santosh Kumar Garg, Khanna Publishers, Delhi.

PART B: BASIC MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

UNIT I
Introduction to Mechanical Engineering: Role of Mechanical Engineering in Industries andSociety-
Technologies in different sectors such as Energy, Manufacturing, Automotive, Aerospace, and Marine
sectors.
Engineering Materials - Metals-Ferrous and Non-ferrous, Ceramics, Composites, Smart materials.

UNIT II
Manufacturing Processes: Principles of Casting, Forming, joining processes, Machining, Introduction
to CNC machines, 3D printing, and Smart manufacturing.
Thermal Engineering – working principle of Boilers, Otto cycle, Diesel cycle, Refrigeration and air-
conditioning cycles, IC engines, 2-Stroke and 4-Stroke engines, SI/CI Engines, Components of Electric
and Hybrid Vehicles.

UNIT III
Power plants – working principle of Steam, Diesel, Hydro, Nuclear power plants. Mechanical Power
Transmission - Belt Drives, Chain, Rope drives, Gear Drives and theirapplications.
Introduction to Robotics - Joints & links, configurations, and applications of robotics.

(Note: The subject covers only the basic principles of Civil and Mechanical Engineering systems. The
evaluation shall be intended to test only the fundamentals of the subject)
Textbooks:
1. Internal Combustion Engines by V.Ganesan, By Tata McGraw Hill publications (India)Pvt. Ltd.
2. A Tear book of Theory of Machines by S.S. Rattan, Tata McGraw Hill Publications,(India)
Pvt. Ltd.
3. An introduction to Mechanical Engg by Jonathan Wicker and Kemper Lewis, cengage learning
India pvt. Ltd.

Reference Books:
1. Appuu Kuttan KK, Robotics, I.K. International Publishing House Pvt. Ltd. Volume-I
2. 3D printing & Additive Manufacturing Technology- L. Jyothish Kumar, Pulak MPandey,
Springer publications
3. Thermal Engineering by Mahesh M Rathore Tata Mcgraw Hill publications (India) Pvt.Ltd.
4. G. Shanmugam and M.S.Palanisamy, Basic Civil and the Mechanical Engineering, TataMcgraw
Hill publications (India) Pvt. Ltd.
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
I B.Tech I Semester ,CSE
(Common to all branches )
L T P C
3 - - 3
23ACS01: INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAMMING

Course Objectives:

• To introduce students to the fundamentals of computer programming.

• To provide hands-on experience with coding and debugging.
• To foster logical thinking and problem-solving skills using programming.
• To familiarize students with programming concepts such as data types, control
structures, functions, and arrays.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course students will be able to

1. Understand basics of computers, the concept of algorithm and algorithmic thinking.

2. Develop the ability to analyze a problem, develop an algorithm to solve it.

3. Proficiently use the C programming language to implement various algorithms.

4. Understand more advanced features of C language.

5. Develop problem-solving skills and the ability to debug and optimize the code.

UNIT I Introduction to Programming and Problem Solving

History of Computers, Basic organization of a computer: ALU, input-output units, memory, program
counter, Introduction to Programming Languages, Basics of a Computer Program- Algorithms,
flowcharts (Using Dia Tool), pseudo code.
Problem solving techniques: Algorithmic approach, characteristics of algorithm, Problem solving
strategies : Top-down approach, Bottom-up approach, Time and space complexities of algorithms.

Overview of C: History Of C, Basic Structure of C Program, Primitive Data Types, Variables, and
Constants, Basic Input and Output, Operations, Type Conversion, and Casting.

UNIT II Control Structures

Simple sequential programs Conditional Statements (if, if-else, switch), Loops (for, while, do- while)
Break and Continue.

UNIT III Arrays and Strings

Definition of Arrays, Arrays indexing, memory model, programs with array of integers, two dimensional
arrays, Multidimensional Arrays, Introduction to Strings, operations on strings

UNIT IV Functions
Introduction to Functions, Function Declaration and Definition, Function call Return Types and
Arguments, modifying parameters inside functions using pointers, arrays as parameters. Scope and
Lifetime of Variables, Recursion.

UNIT V User Defined Data types, File Handling, Pointers

User-defined data types-Structures- Introduction, Nested Structures, Array of Structures, Structures and
Functions, and Unions, pointers, dereferencing and address operators, pointer and address arithmetic,
array manipulation using pointers. Operations on file handling Self-Referential structures, Linked List
(creation and display)

Text Books:
1. B. A. Forouzan and R. F. Gilberg, Computer Science: A Structured Programming Approach
Using C, 3/e, Cengage Learning, 2007.
2. Problem solving with C, M.T.Somashekara, PHI
3. "The C Programming Language" by Brian W. Kernighan and Dennis M. Ritchie
4. Schaum’s Outline of Programming with C by Byron S Gottfried (1996), McGraw-
Hill Education (ISBN:978-0070240353)

Reference Books:
1. Balagurusamy, E. (2008). Computing fundamentals and C Programming. McGraw-
Hill Education.
2. Programming in C Rema Theraja-2nd edition 2016
3. C Programming, A Problem Solving Approach, Forouzan, Gilberg, Prasad, CENGAGE

4. Jeri R. Hanly, Ellot B. Koffman, Problem Solving and Program Design in C, 5/e, Pearson
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

I B.Tech I Semester (Common to All Branches)

L T P C
3 0 0 3

23AHS04 LINEAR ALGEBRA & CALCULUS

Course Objectives:
• To equip the students with standard concepts and tools at an intermediate to advanced level
mathematics to develop the confidence and ability among the students to handle various real-
world problems and their applications.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to
CO1: Develop and use of matrix algebra techniques that are needed by engineers for practical
applications.
CO2: Utilize mean value theorems to real life problems.
CO3: Familiarize with functions of several variables which is useful in optimization.
CO4: Learn important tools of calculus in higher dimensions.
CO5: Familiarize with double and triple integrals of functions of several variables in two dimensions
using Cartesian and polar coordinates and in three dimensions using cylindrical and spherical
coordinates.

UNIT I Matrices
Rank of a matrix by echelon form, normal form. Cauchy–Binet formulae (without proof). Inverse of
Non- singular matrices by Gauss-Jordan method, System of linear equations: Solving system of
Homogeneous and Non-Homogeneous equations by Gauss elimination method, Jacobi and Gauss
Seidel Iteration Methods.

UNIT II Eigenvalues, Eigenvectors and Orthogonal Transformation

Eigen values, Eigenvectors and their properties, Diagonalization of a matrix, Cayley-Hamilton Theorem
(without proof), finding inverse and power of a matrix by Cayley-Hamilton Theorem,Quadratic forms
and Nature of the Quadratic Forms, Reduction of Quadratic form to canonical forms by Orthogonal
Transformation.

UNIT III Calculus

Mean Value Theorems: Rolle’s Theorem, Lagrange’s mean value theorem with their geometrical
interpretation, Cauchy’s mean value theorem, Taylor’s and Maclaurin theorems with remainders
(without proof), Problems and applications on the above theorems.

UNIT IV Partial differentiation and Applications (Multi variable calculus)

Functions of several variables: Continuity and Differentiability, Partial derivatives, total derivatives,
chain rule, Directional derivative, Taylor’s and Maclaurin’s series expansion of functions of two
variables. Jacobians, Functional dependence, maxima and minima of functionsof two variables, method
of Lagrange multipliers.

UNIT V Multiple Integrals (Multi variable Calculus)

Double integrals, triple integrals, change of order of integration, change of variables to polar, cylindrical
and spherical coordinates. Finding areas (by double integrals) and volumes (by double integrals and
triple integrals).
Textbooks:
1. Higher Engineering Mathematics, B. S. Grewal, Khanna Publishers, 2017, 44th Edition
2. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Erwin Kreyszig, John Wiley & Sons, 2018, 10th
Edition.

Reference Books:
1. Thomas Calculus, George B. Thomas, Maurice D. Weir and Joel Hass, PearsonPublishers,
2018, 14th Edition.
2. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, R. K. Jain and S. R. K. Iyengar, AlphaScience
International Ltd., 2021 5th Edition(9th reprint).
3. Advanced Modern Engineering Mathematics, Glyn James, Pearson publishers, 2018, 5th
Edition.
4. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Micheael Greenberg, , Pearson publishers, 9thedition
5. Higher Engineering Mathematics, H. K Das, Er. Rajnish Verma, S. ChandPublications,2014,
Third Edition (Reprint 2021)
SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY, CHITTOOR
(AUTONOMOUS)

L T P C
23AME02 ENGINEERING WORKSHOP
0 0 3 1.5
(Common to All branches of Engineering)
Course Outcomes:
After completion of this course, the student will be able to.
CO1: Identify workshop tools and their operational capabilities.
CO2: Practice on manufacturing of components using workshop trades including fitting, carpentry,
foundry and welding.
CO3: Apply fitting operations in various applications.
CO4: Apply basic electrical engineering knowledge for House Wiring Practice.

SYLLABUS
1. Demonstration: Safety practices and precautions to be observed in workshop.
2. Wood Working: Familiarity with different types of woods and tools used in wood working and
make following joints.
a) Half– Lap joint b) Mortise and Tenon joint c) Corner Dovetail joint or Bridle
joint.

3. Sheet Metal Working: Familiarity with different types of tools used in sheet metal working,
Developments of following sheet metal job from GI sheets.
a) Tapered tray b) Conical funnel c) Elbow pipe d) Brazing

4. Fitting: Familiarity with different types of tools used in fitting and do the following fitting
exercises.
a) V-fit b) Dovetail fit c) Semi-circular fit d) Bicycle tire puncture
and change of two-wheeler tyre

5. Electrical Wiring: Familiarity with different types of basic electrical circuits and make the
following connections.
a) Parallel and series b) Two-way switch c) Go down lighting d) Tube light
e) Three phase motor f) Soldering of wires

6. Foundry Trade: Demonstration and practice on Moulding tools and processes, Preparation of
Green Sand Moulds for given Patterns.

7. Welding Shop: Demonstration and practice on Arc Welding and Gas welding. Preparation of
Lap joint and Butt joint.

8. Plumbing: Demonstration and practice of Plumbing tools, Preparation of Pipe joints with coupling
for same diameter and with reducer for different diameters.

Textbooks:
1. Basic Workshop Technology: Manufacturing Process, Felix W.; Independently Published, 2019.
Workshop Processes, Practices and Materials; Bruce J. Black, Routledge publishers, 5th Edn. 2015.
2. A Course in Workshop Technology Vol I. & II, B.S. Raghuwanshi, Dhanpath Rai &
Co.,2015&2017.
Reference Books:
1. Elements of Workshop Technology, Vol. I by S. K. Hajra Choudhury & Others, Media Promoters
and Publishers, Mumbai. 2007,14th edition
2. Workshop Practice by H. S. Bawa, Tata-McGraw Hill, 2004.
3. Wiring Estimating, Costing and Contracting; Soni P.M. & Upadhyay P. A.; Atul Prakashan,2021-22.
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
L T P C
0 0 2 1
20AHS06 - COMMUNICATIVE ENGLISH LAB

I B.Tech I Semester (Common to CSE, CSD, CSM, CE & ME)

I B.Tech II Semester (Common to ECE, EEE, CSC, IT, CAI, CSO, CSBS & EBM )

Course Objectives:
The main objective of introducing this course, Communicative English Laboratory, is to expose the
students to a variety of self-instructional, learner friendly modes of language learning. The students will
get trained in basic communication skills and also make them ready to face job interviews.

Course Outcomes:
CO1: Understand the different aspects of the English language proficiency with emphasison LSRW
skills.
CO2: Apply communication skills through various language learning activities.
CO3: Analyze the English speech sounds, stress, rhythm, intonation and syllable divisionfor
better listening and speaking comprehension.
CO4: Evaluate and exhibit professionalism in participating in debates and group discussions.CO5:
Create effective Course Objectives:

List of Topics:
1. Vowels & Consonants
2. Neutralization/Accent Rules
3. Communication Skills & JAM
4. Role Play or Conversational Practice
5. E-mail Writing
6. Resume Writing, Cover letter, SOP
7. Group Discussions-methods & practice
8. Debates - Methods & Practice
9. PPT Presentations/ Poster Presentation
10. Interviews Skills

Suggested Software:
• Young India Films
• Walden Infotech

Reference Books:
1. Raman Meenakshi, Sangeeta-Sharma. Technical Communication. Oxford Press.2018.
2. Taylor Grant: English Conversation Practice, Tata McGraw-Hill Education
India,2016
3. Hewing’s, Martin. Cambridge Academic English (B2). CUP, 2012.
 4. J. Sethi & P.V. Dhamija. A Course in Phonetics and Spoken English, (2nd
Ed),Kindle, 2013

Web Resources:

Spoken English:

1. www.esl-lab.com
2. www.englishmedialab.com
3. www.englishinteractive.net
4. https://www.britishcouncil.in/english/online
5. http://www.letstalkpodcast.com/
6. https://www.youtube.com/c/mmmEnglish_Emma/featured
7. https://www.youtube.com/c/ArnelsEverydayEnglish/featured
8. https://www.youtube.com/c/engvidAdam/featured
9. https://www.youtube.com/c/EnglishClass101/featured
10. https://www.youtube.com/c/SpeakEnglishWithTiffani/playlists
11. https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCV1h_cBE0Drdx19qkTM0WNw

Voice & Accent:

1. https://www.youtube.com/user/letstalkaccent/videos
2. https://www.youtube.com/c/EngLanguageClub/featured
3. https://www.youtube.com/channel/UC_OskgZBoS4dAnVUgJVexc
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCNfm92h83W2i2ijc5Xwp_IA
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
I B.Tech I SEM (Common to CSE, CSD, CSM
II SEM (Common to EEE, ECE, EBM, CAI, CSO, CSC, IT)

23AHS07 CHEMISTRY LAB L T P C

0 0 2 1
Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the students will be able to
CO1: Determine the cell constant and conductance of solutions.
CO2: Prepare advanced polymer Bakelite materials.
CO3: Measure the strength of an acid present.
CO4: Analyse the IR spectra of some organic compounds.
CO5: Calculate strength of acid in Pb-Acid battery.

List of Experiments: (Any 10 experiments)

1. Measurement of 10Dq by spectrophotometric method
2. Conductometric titration of strong acid vs. strong base
3. Conductometric titration of weak acid vs. strong base
4. Determination of cell constant and conductance of solutions
5. Potentiometry - determination of redox potentials and emfs
6. Determination of Strength of an acid in Pb-Acid battery
7. Preparation of Bakelite
8. Verify Lambert-Beer’s law
9. Wavelength measurement of sample through UV-Visible Spectroscopy
10. Identification of simple organic compounds by IR
11. Preparation of nanomaterials by precipitation method
12. Estimation of Ferrous Iron by Dichrometry
13. pH metric Titration of strong acid vs. strong base
14. Determination of Viscosity of a polymer solution using Ostwald Viscometer

Reference: "Vogel's Quantitative Chemical Analysis 6th Edition 6th Edition" Pearson Publications by
J. Mendham, R.C.Denney, J.D.Barnes and B. Sivasankar
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
I B.Tech I Semester
(Common to all branches)
L T P C
- - 3 1.5
23ACS02: COMPUTER PROGRAMMING LAB

Course Objectives:
1. To use basic data types, operators, expressions and expression evaluation mechanisms
using C Programming Language.
2. To implement control flows, construct in C Programming Language and understand
the syntax, semantics and usability contexts of these different constructs.
3. To develop composite data types in C and constructs available to develop their
datatypes, utilize them to model things and dealing with data from and to external
files.
4. To design programs with different variations of the constructs available for practicing
modular programming and understand the pros and cons of using different variants and
apply optimization.

Course Outcomes : At the end of the course, Student will be able to

CO1. Read, understand and trace the execution of programs written in C language.

CO2. Select the right control structure for solving the problem.

CO3. Develop C programs which utilize the memory efficiently using programming
constructs like pointers.
CO4. Develop, Debug and Execute programs to demonstrate the applications of arrays,
functions, basic concepts of pointers in C.

List of Experiments:

WEEK 1
Objective: Getting familiar with the programming environment on the computer and writing
the first program.

Suggested Experiments/Activities:
Tutorial 1: Problem-solving using Computers.
Familiarization with programming environment
i) Basic Linux environment and its editors like Vi, Vim & Emacs etc.

ii) Exposure to Turbo C, gcc

iii) Writing simple programs using printf(), scanf()

WEEK 2
Objective: Getting familiar with how to formally describe a solution to a problem in a series of finite
steps both using textual notation and graphic notation.
Suggested Experiments /Activities:
Tutorial 2: Problem-solving using Algorithms and Flow charts.
Converting algorithms/flow charts into C Source code.
Developing the algorithms/flowcharts for the following sample programs
 i) Sum and average of 3 numbers

ii) Conversion of Fahrenheit to Celsius and vice versa

iii) Simple interest calculation

WEEK 3
Objective: Learn how to define variables with the desired data-type, initialize them with appropriate
values and how arithmetic operators can be used with variables and constants.
Suggested Experiments/Activities:
Tutorial 3: Variable types and type conversions:
Simple computational problems using arithmetic expressions.
i) Finding the square root of a given number

ii) Finding compound interest

iii) Area of a triangle using heron’s formulae

iv) Distance travelled by an object

WEEK 4
Objective: Explore the full scope of expressions, type-compatibility of variables & constants and
operators used in the expression and how operator precedence works.

Suggested Experiments/Activities:
Tutorial4: Operators and the precedence and as associativity:
Simple computational problems using the operator’ precedence and associativity
i) Evaluate the following expressions.

a. A+B*C+(D*E) + F*G

b. A/B*C-B+A*D/3

c. A+++B---A
d. J= (i++) + (++i)
ii) Find the maximum of three numbers using conditional operator

iii) Take marks of 5 subjects in integers, and find the total, average in float

WEEK 5
Objective: Explore the full scope of different variants of “if construct” namely if-else, null- else, if-else
if*-else, switch and nested-if including in what scenario each one of them can be used and how to use
them. Explore all relational and logical operators while writing conditionals for “if construct”.

Suggested Experiments/Activities:
Tutorial 5: Branching and logical expressions:
Problems involving if-then-else structures.
i) Write a C program to find the max and min of four numbers using if-else.

ii) Write a C program to generate electricity bill.

iii) Find the roots of the quadratic equation.

iv) Write a C program to simulate a calculator using switch case.

v) Write a C program to find the given year is a leap year or not.

WEEK 6
Objective: Explore the full scope of iterative constructs namely while loop, do-while loop and for
loop in addition to structured jump constructs like break and continue including when each of these
statements is more appropriate to use.

Suggested Experiments/Activities:
Tutorial 6: Loops, while and for loops
Iterative problems e.g., the sum of series
i) Find the factorial of given number using any loop.

ii) Find the given number is a prime or not.

iii) Compute sine and cos series

iv) Checking a number palindrome

v) Construct a pyramid of numbers.

WEEK 7:
Objective: Explore the full scope of Arrays construct namely defining and initializing 1-D and 2-D and
more generically n-D arrays and referencing individual array elements from the defined array. Using
integer 1-D arrays, explore search solution linear search.

Suggested Experiments/Activities:
Tutorial 7: 1 D Arrays: searching.
D Array manipulation, linear search
i) Find the min and max of a 1-D integer array.

ii) Perform linear search on1D array.

iii) The reverse of a 1D integer array

iv) Find 2’s complement of the given binary number.

v) Eliminate duplicate elements in an array.

WEEK 8:
Objective: Explore the difference between other arrays and character arrays that can be used as
Strings by using null character and get comfortable with string by doing experiments that will reverse
a string and concatenate two strings. Explore sorting solution bubble sort using integer arrays.

Suggested Experiments/Activities:
Tutorial 8: 2 D arrays, sorting and Strings.
Matrix problems, String operations, Bubble sort
i) Addition of two matrices

ii) Multiplication two matrices

iii) Sort array elements using bubble sort

iv) Concatenate two strings without built-in functions

v) Reverse a string using built-in and without built-in string functions

WEEK 9:
Objective: Explore the Functions, sub-routines, scope and extent of variables, doing some experiments
by parameter passing using call by value. Basic methods of numerical integration
Suggested Experiments/Activities:
Tutorial 9: Functions, call by value, scope and extent,
Simple functions using call by value, solving differential equations using Eulers theorem
i) Write a C function to calculate NCR value

ii) Write a C function to find the length of a string

iii) Write a C function to transpose of a matrix

iv) Write a C function to demonstrate numerical integration of differential equations using Euler’s
method

WEEK 10:
Objective: Explore how recursive solutions can be programmed by writing recursive functions that can
be invoked from the main by programming at-least five distinct problems that have naturally recursive
solutions.

Suggested Experiments/Activities:
Tutorial 10: Recursion, the structure of recursive calls
Recursive functions
i) Write a recursive function to generate Fibonacci series

ii) Write a recursive function to find the lcm of two numbers

iii) Write a recursive function to find the factorial of a number

iv) Write a C Program to implement Ackermann function using recursion

v) Write a recursive function to find the sum of series.

WEEK 11:
Objective: Explore the basic difference between normal and pointer variables, Arithmetic operations
using pointers and passing variables to functions using pointers

Suggested Experiments/Activities:
Tutorial 11: Call by reference, dangling pointers
Simple functions using Call by reference, Dangling pointers
i) Write a C program to swap two numbers using call by reference

ii) Demonstrate Dangling pointer problem using a C program

iii) Write a C program to copy one string into another using pointer

iv) Write a C program to find no of lowercase, uppercase, digits and other characters using
pointers.

WEEK12:
Objective: Explore pointers to manage a dynamic array of integers, including memory allocation &amp;
value initialization, resizing changing and reordering the contents of an array and memory de-allocation
using malloc (), calloc (), realloc () and free () functions. Gain experience processing command-line
arguments received by C

Suggested Experiments/Activities:
Tutorial 12: Pointers, structures and dynamic memory allocation Pointers and structures, memory
dereference.
i) Write a C program to find the sum of a 1D array using malloc()
 ii) Write a C program to find the total, average of n students using structures

iii) Enter n students data using calloc() and display failed students list

iv) Read student name and marks from the command line and display the student details
along with the total.
v) Write a C program to implement realloc()

WEEK 13:
Objective: Experiment with C Structures, Unions, bit fields and self-referential structures (Singly
linked lists) and nested structures

Suggested Experiments/Activities:
Tutorial 13: Bitfields, Self-Referential Structures, Linked lists Bitfields, linked lists
Read and print a date using dd/mm/yyyy format using bit-fields and differentiate the same without
using bit- fields
i) Create and display a singly linked list using self-referential structure.

ii) Demonstrate the differences between structures and unions using a C program.

iii) Write a C program to shift/rotate using bitfields.

iv) Write a C program to copy one structure variable to another structure of the same type.

WEEK14:
Objective: To understand data files and file handling with various file I/O functions. Explore the
differences between text and binary files.

Suggested Experiments/Activities:
Tutorial 14: File handling
File operations
i) Write a C program to write and read text into a file.

ii) Write a C program to write and read text into a binary file using fread() and fwrite()

iii) Copy the contents of one file to another file.

iv) Write a C program to merge two files into the third file using command-line arguments.
v) Find no. of lines, words and characters in a file

vi) Write a C program to print last n characters of a given file.

Text Books
1. Ajay Mittal, Programming in C: A practical approach, Pearson.

2. Byron Gottfried, Schaum&#39; s Outline of Programming with C, McGraw Hill

Reference Books
1. Brian W. Kernighan and Dennis M. Ritchie, The C Programming Language, Prentice- Hall of
India
2. C Programming, A Problem-Solving Approach, Forouzan, Gilberg, Prasad, CENGAGE
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
I B.Tech I Semester (Common to All Branches)
L T P C
0 0 1 0.5

23AHS10: HEALTH AND WELLNESS, YOGA AND SPORTS

Course Objectives:

The main objective of introducing this course is to make the students maintain their mental
andphysical wellness by balancing emotions in their life. It mainly enhances the essential
traits required for the development of the personality.

Course Outcomes: After completion of the course the student will be able to
CO1: Understand the importance of yoga and sports for Physical fitness and sound health.
CO2: Demonstrate an understanding of health-related fitness components.
CO3: Compare and contrast various activities that help enhance their health.
CO4: Assess current personal fitness levels.
CO5: Develop Positive Personality

UNIT I

Concept of health and fitness, Nutrition and Balanced diet, basic concept of immunity
Relationship between diet and fitness, Globalization and its impact on health, Body Mass
Index(BMI) of all age groups.

Activities:

i) Organizing health awareness programmes in community

ii) Preparation of health profile
iii) Preparation of chart for balance diet for all age groups

UNIT II

Concept of yoga, need for and importance of yoga, origin and history of yoga in Indian context,
classification of yoga, Physiological effects of Asanas- Pranayama and meditation, stress
management and yoga, Mental health and yoga practice.

Activities:

Yoga practices – Asana, Kriya, Mudra, Bandha, Dhyana, Surya Namaskar

UNIT III

Concept of Sports and fitness, importance, fitness components, history of sports, Ancient and
Modern Olympics, Asian games and Commonwealth games.

Activities:
 i) Participation in one major game and one individual sport viz., Athletics, Volleyball,
Basketball, Handball, Football, Badminton, Kabaddi, Kho-kho, Table tennis, Cricket
etc.
Practicing general and specific warm up, aerobics
ii) Practicing cardiorespiratory fitness, treadmill, run test, 9 min walk, skipping and
running.

Reference Books:
1. Gordon Edlin, Eric Golanty. Health and Wellness, 14th Edn. Jones & Bartlett
Learning,2022
2. T.K.V.Desikachar. The Heart of Yoga: Developing a Personal Practice
3. Archie J.Bahm. Yoga Sutras of Patanjali, Jain Publishing Company, 1993
4. Wiseman, John Lofty, SAS Survival Handbook: The Ultimate Guide to
SurvivingAnywhere Third Edition, William Morrow Paperbacks, 2014
5. The Sports Rules Book/ Human Kinetics with Thomas Hanlon. -- 3rd ed.
HumanKinetics, Inc.2014

General Guidelines:

1. Institutes must assign slots in the Timetable for the activities of Health/Sports/Yoga.
2. Institutes must provide field/facility and offer the minimum of five choices of as
manyas Games/Sports.
3. Institutes are required to provide sports instructor / yoga teacher to mentor the students.

Evaluation Guidelines:

• Evaluated for a total of 100 marks.

• A student can select 6 activities of his/her choice with a minimum of 01 activity per
unit. Each activity shall be evaluated by the concerned teacher for 15 marks, totalling
to 90 marks.
• A student shall be evaluated by the concerned teacher for 10 marks by conducting
vivavoce on the subject.

SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

 (AUTONOMOUS)
I B. Tech I Semester (Common to EEE, ECE, IT, CAI, CSO, CSC, EBM & CSBS)
I B. Tech II Semester (Common to CE, ME, CSE, CSE (DS) & CSE(AI &ML))

L T P C
3 0 0 3
23AHS05 ENGINEERING PHYSICS

COURSE OBJECTIVES
1. Bridging the gap between the Physics in school at 10+2 level and UG level engineering courses.
2. To identify the importance of the optical phenomenon i.e. interference, diffraction and
polarization related to its Engineering applications.
3. Enlighten the periodic arrangement of atoms in Crystalline solids by Bragg’s law – Learning the
structural analysis through X-ray diffraction techniques.
4. Enlightenment of the concepts of Quantum Mechanics and to provide fundamentals of de
Broglie matter waves, quantum mechanical wave equation and its application, the importance of
free electron theory for metals.
5. To Understand the Physics of Semiconductors and their working mechanism, Concepts
utilization of transport phenomenon of charge carriers in semiconductors. To give an impetuson
the subtle mechanism of superconductors using the concept of BCS theory and their fascinating
applications.
6. To explain the significant concepts of dielectric and magnetic materials that leads to potential
applications in the emerging micro devices.

COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Explain the need of coherent sources and the conditions for sustained interference (L2).
Identify the applications of interference in engineering (L3). Analyze the differences between
interference and diffraction with applications (L4). Illustrate the concept of polarization of
light and its applications (L2). Classify ordinary refracted light and extraordinary refracted
rays by their states of polarization (L2)
CO2: Interpret various crystal systems (L2) and Analyze the characterization of materials
by XRD (L4). Identify the important properties of crystals like the presence of long-range
order and periodicity, structure determination using X-ray diffraction technique (L3).
Analysis of structure of the crystals by Laue’s method (L2).
CO3: Describe the dual nature of matter (L1). Explain the significance of wave function
(L2).Identify the role of Schrodinger’s time independent wave equation in studying particle
in one-dimensional infinite potential well (L3). Identify the role of classical and quantum
free electron theory in the study of electrical conductivity (L3).
CO4: Classify the crystalline solids (L2). Outline the properties of charge carriers in
semiconductors (L2). Identify the type of semiconductor using Hall effect (L2). Classify
superconductors based on Meissner’s effect (L2). Explain Meissner’s effect, BCS theory &
Josephson effect in superconductors (L2).
CO5: Explain the concept of dielectric constant and polarization in dielectric materials (L2).
Summarize various types of polarization of dielectrics (L2). Interpret Lorentz field and
Claussius-Mosotti relation in dielectrics (L2). Classify the magnetic materials based on
susceptibility (L2).
Unit-I: Wave Optics
Interference- Principle of superposition – Interference of light – Conditions for sustained interference
- Interference in thin films (Reflection Geometry) – Colors in thin films – Newton’s Rings –
Determination of wavelength and refractive index.
Diffraction- Introduction – Fresnel and Fraunhofer diffraction – Fraunhofer diffraction due to
singleslit, double slit and N-slits (qualitative) – Diffraction Grating - Dispersive power and resolving
power of Grating (Qualitative).
Polarization- Introduction – Types of polarization – Polarization by reflection, refraction and double
refraction - Nicol’s Prism - Half wave and Quarter wave plates.

Unit II: Crystallography and X-ray diffraction 8hrs

Crystallography: Space lattice, Basis, Unit Cell and lattice parameters – Crystal systems - Bravais
Lattices –– Coordination number - Packing fraction of SC, BCC & FCC - Miller indices –
Separationbetween successive (h k l) planes.
X- ray diffraction: Bragg’s law - X-ray Diffractometer – Crystal structure determination by
Laue’s method.

Unit-III: Quantum Mechanics and Free Electron Theory 9hrs

Quantum Mechanics: Dual nature of matter – Heisenberg’s Uncertainty Principle - Schrodinger’s
time independent and dependent wave equation – Significance and properties of wave function –
Particle in a one-dimensional infinite potential well.
Free Electron Theory- Classical free electron theory (Qualitative with discussion of merits and
demerits) – Quantum free electron theory – Equation for electrical conductivity based on quantum free
electron theory – Fermi-Dirac distribution – Fermi energy - Failures of free electron theory.

Unit – IV: Semiconductors and Superconductors 8hrs

Semiconductors: Formation of energy bands – classification of crystalline solids - Intrinsic
semiconductors: Density of charge carriers – Electrical conductivity – Fermi level – Extrinsic
semiconductors: density of charge carriers - Drift and diffusion currents – Einstein’s equation - Hall
effect and its Applications.
Superconductors: Introduction – Properties of superconductors – Meissner effect– Type I and Type
II superconductors – AC and DC Josephson effects – BCS theory (qualitative treatment) – High Tc
superconductors – Applications of superconductors.

Unit–V: Dielectric and Magnetic Materials 8hrs

Dielectric Materials- Introduction – Dielectric polarization – Dielectric polarizability, Susceptibility
and Dielectric constant and Displacement Vector – Relation between the electric vectors - Types of
polarizations- Electronic (Quantitative), Ionic (Quantitative) and Orientation polarizations
(Qualitative) -Lorentz field - Clausius-Mossotti equation - Dielectric loss.
Magnetic Materials- Introduction – Magnetic dipole moment – Magnetization – Magnetic
susceptibility and Permeability – Atomic origin of magnetism – Classification of magnetic materials:
Dia, Para, Ferro, Ferri & Antiferro – Domain concept of Ferromagnetism (Qualitative) – Hysteresis –
Soft and Hard magnetic materials.

Text books:
1. Engineering Physics by M. N. Avadhanulu, P.G. Kshirsagar & TVS Arun Murthy
S.ChandPublications, 11th Edition 2019.
2. Engineering Physics” by D.K. Bhattacharya and Poonam Tandon, Oxford press (2018).
3. Applied Physics by P.K. Palanisamy ,SciTech publications (2018)

Reference Books:
1. “Engineering Physics” - B.K. Pandey and S. Chaturvedi, Cengage Learning
2. “Fundamentals of Physics” - Halliday, Resnick and Walker, John Wiley &Sons.
3. “Fundamentals of Physics with Applications”, Arthur Beiser, Samarjit Sengupta, Schaum
Series.
4. “Engineering Physics” - Shatendra Sharma, Jyotsna Sharma, Pearson Education, 2018.
5. “Engineering Physics” - Sanjay D. Jain, D. Sahasrabudhe and Girish, University Press.
6. “Semiconductor physics and devices: Basic principle” - A. Donald, Neamen, Mc GrawHill.
7. “Solid state physics” – A.J.Dekker , Pan Macmillan publishers
8. “Introduction to Solid State Physics” -Charles Kittel ,Wiley

Mapping between Course Outcomes and Programme Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 3 3 1
CO2 3 3 1
CO3 3 2 1 2
CO4 3 3 1 2 1 1 1 1
CO5 3 2 2 1 2 1 1
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY,
(AUTONOMOUS)

L T P C
I B.Tech I Semester
3 0 0 3

23AEE01 BASIC ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

(Common to All branches of Engineering)
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To expose to the field of Electrical & Electronics Engineering, laws and principles of electrical/ electronic
engineering and to acquire fundamental knowledge in the relevant field.

PART A: BASIC ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

UNIT I DC & AC Circuits
DC Circuits: Electrical circuit elements (R, L and C), Ohm’s Law and its limitations, KCL & KVL,
series, parallel, series-parallel circuits, Super Position theorem, Simple numerical problems.
AC Circuits: A.C. Fundamentals: Equation of AC Voltage and current, waveform, time period,
frequency, amplitude, phase, phase difference, average value, RMS value, form factor, peak factor,
Voltage and current relationship with phasor diagrams in R, L, and C circuits, Concept of Impedance,
Active power, reactive power and apparent power, Concept of power factor (Simple Numerical
problems).

UNIT II Machines and Measuring Instruments

Machines: Construction, principle and operation of (i) DC Motor, (ii) DC Generator, (iii) Single Phase
Transformer, (iv) Three Phase Induction Motor and (v) Alternator, Applications of electrical machines.
Measuring Instruments: Construction and working principle of Permanent Magnet Moving Coil
(PMMC), Moving Iron (MI) Instruments and Wheat Stone bridge.

UNIT III Energy Resources, Electricity Bill & Safety Measures

Energy Resources: Conventional and non-conventional energy resources; Layout and operation of
various Power Generation systems: Hydel, Nuclear, Solar & Wind power generation.
Electricity bill: Power rating of household appliances including air conditioners, PCs, Laptops, Printers,
etc. Definition of “unit” used for consumption of electrical energy, two-part electricity tariff, calculation
of electricity bill for domestic consumers.
Equipment Safety Measures: Working principle of Fuse and Miniature circuit breaker (MCB), merits
and demerits. Personal safety measures: Electric Shock, Earthing and its types, Safety Precautions to
avoid shock.

COURSE OUTCOMES:
After the completion of the course students will be able to
CO1: Remember the fundamental laws, operating principles of motors, generators, MC and MI
instruments.
CO2: Understand the problem solving concepts associated to AC and DC circuits, construction and
operation of AC and DC machines, measuring instruments; different power generation mechanisms,
Electricity billing concept and important safety measures related to electrical operations.
CO3: Apply mathematical tools and fundamental concepts to derive various equations related to
machines, circuits and measuring instruments; electricity bill calculations and layout representation of
electrical power systems.
CO4: Analyze different electrical circuits, performance of machines and measuring instruments.
CO5: Evaluate different circuit configurations, Machine performance and Power systems operation

Text Books:
1. Basic Electrical Engineering, D. C. Kulshreshtha, Tata McGraw Hill, 2019, First Edition
2. Power System Engineering, P.V. Gupta, M.L. Soni, U.S. Bhatnagar and A. Chakrabarti, Dhanpat Rai
& Co, 2013
3. Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering, Rajendra Prasad, PHI publishers, 2014, Third Edition

Reference Books:
1. Basic Electrical Engineering, D. P. Kothari and I. J. Nagrath, Mc Graw Hill, 2019, Fourth Edition
2. Principles of Power Systems, V.K. Mehtha, S.Chand Technical Publishers, 2020
3. Basic Electrical Engineering, T. K. Nagsarkar and M. S. Sukhija, Oxford University Press, 2017
4. Basic Electrical and Electronics Engineering, S. K. Bhatacharya, Person Publications, 2018, Second
Edition.

Web Resources:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108105053
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108108076
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
(Common to All branches of Engineering)

23AME01 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS

L T P C
Course Outcomes: After completion of this course, the student will be able to 1 0 4 3
CO1: Understand the principles of engineering drawing, including engineering
curves, scales,orthographic and isometric projections.
CO2: Draw and interpret orthographic projections of points, lines, planes and solids in front,top and
side views.
CO3: Understand and draw projection of solids in various positions in first quadrant.
CO4: Explain principles behind development of surfaces.
CO5: Prepare isometric and perspective sections of simple solids.

UNIT I
Introduction: Lines, Lettering and Dimensioning, Geometrical Constructions and Constructing
regular polygons by general methods.
Curves: construction of ellipse, parabola and hyperbola by general, Cycloids, Involutes, Normal and
tangent to Curves.
Scales: Plain scales, diagonal scales and vernier scales.

UNIT II
Orthographic Projections: Reference plane, importance of reference lines or Plane,Projections of a
point situated in any one of the four quadrants.
Projections of Straight Lines: Projections of straight lines parallel to both reference planes,
perpendicular to one reference plane and parallel to other reference plane, inclined to one reference plane
and parallel to the other reference plane. Projections of Straight Line Inclined to both the reference planes.
Projections of Planes: regular planes Perpendicular to both reference planes, parallel to one reference
plane and inclined to the other reference plane; plane inclined to both the reference planes.

UNIT III
Projections of Solids: Types of solids: Polyhedra and Solids of revolution. Projections of solidsin simple
positions: Axis perpendicular to horizontal plane, Axis perpendicular to vertical planeand Axis parallel to
both the reference planes, Projection of Solids with axis inclined to one reference plane and parallel to
another plane.

UNIT IV
Sections of Solids: Perpendicular and inclined section planes, Sectional views and True shape of
section, Sections of solids in simple position only.
Development of Surfaces: Methods of Development: Parallel line development and radial line
development. Development of a cube, prism, cylinder, pyramid and cone.

UNIT V
Conversion of Views: Conversion of isometric views to orthographic views; Conversion of
orthographic views to isometric views.
Computer graphics: Creating 2D&3D drawings ofobjects including PCB and Transformationsusing
Auto CAD (Not for end examination).

Note: The practice will be carried out by using AutoCAD software.

Text Books:
1. N. D. Bhatt, Engineering Drawing, Charotar Publishing House, 2016.

Reference Books:
1. Engineering Drawing, K.L. Narayana and P. Kannaiah, Tata McGraw Hill, 2013.
2. Engineering Drawing, M.B.Shah and B.C. Rana, Pearson Education Inc,2009.
3. Engineering Drawing with an Introduction to AutoCAD, Dhananjay Jolhe, TataMcGraw Hill,
2017.
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
I B.Tech II Semester (Common to All Branches)
L T P C
3 0 0 3

23AHS11 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS AND VECTOR CALCULUS

Course Objectives:
• To enlighten the learners in the concept of differential equations and multivariable
calculus.
• To furnish the learners with basic concepts and techniques at plus two level to lead them into
advanced level by handling various real-world applications.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to
CO1: Solve the differential equations related to various engineering fields.
CO2: Identify solution methods for partial differential equations that model physical processes.
CO3: Interpret the physical meaning of different operators such as gradient, curl and divergence.
CO4: Estimate the work done against a field, circulation and flux using vector calculus.

UNIT I Differential equations of first order and first degree

Linear differential equations – Bernoulli’s equations- Exact equations and equations reducibleto exact
form. Applications: Newton’s Law of cooling – Law of natural growth and decay- Electrical circuits-
Orthogonal trajectories.

UNIT II Linear differential equations of higher order (Constant Coefficients)

Definitions, homogenous and non-homogenous, complimentary function, general solution, particular
integral, Wronskian, Method of variation of parameters. Simultaneous linear equations, Applications to
L-C-R Circuit problems and Simple Harmonic motion.

UNIT III Partial Differential Equations

Introduction and formation of Partial Differential Equations by elimination of arbitrary constants and
arbitrary functions, solutions of first order linear equations using Lagrange’s method. Homogeneous
Linear Partial differential equations with constant coefficients.

UNIT IV Vector differentiation

Scalar and vector point functions, vector operator Del, Del applies to scalar point functions- Gradient,
Directional derivative, del applied to vector point functions-Divergence and Curl, vector identities.

UNIT V Vector integration

Line integral -Circulation-work done, surface integral-flux, Green’s theorem in the plane (without
proof), Stoke’s theorem (without proof), volume integral, Divergence theorem (without proof) and
related problems.

Textbooks:
1. Higher Engineering Mathematics, B. S. Grewal, Khanna Publishers, 2017, 44th Edition
2. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Erwin Kreyszig, John Wiley & Sons, 2018, 10th
Edition.

Reference Books:
1. Thomas Calculus, George B. Thomas, Maurice D. Weir and Joel Hass, PearsonPublishers,
2018, 14th Edition.
2. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Dennis G. Zill and Warren S. Wright, Jones andBartlett,
2018.
3. Advanced Modern Engineering Mathematics, Glyn James, Pearson publishers, 2018,5th
Edition.
4. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, R. K. Jain and S. R. K. Iyengar, Alpha Science
International Ltd., 2021 5th Edition (9th reprint).
5. Higher Engineering Mathematics, B. V. R Ramana, , McGraw Hill Education, 2017
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY,
(AUTONOMOUS)

L T P C
I B.Tech I Semester
0 0 3 1.5

23AEE02 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING WORKSHOP

(Common to All branches of Engineering)
Course Objectives:
To impart knowledge on the fundamental laws & theorems of electrical circuits, functions of electrical
machines and energy calculations.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
At the end of this course students will demonstrate the ability to
Course Outcomes:
CO1: Understand the Electrical circuit design concept; measurement of resistance, power, power
factor; concept of wiring and operation of Electrical Machines and Transformer.
CO2: Apply the theoretical concepts and operating principles to derive mathematical models for
circuits, Electrical machines and measuring instruments; calculations for the measurement of
resistance, power and power factor.
CO3: Apply the theoretical concepts to obtain calculations for the measurement of resistance, power
and power factor.
CO4: Analyse various characteristics of electrical circuits, electrical machines and measuring
instruments.
CO5: Design suitable circuits and methodologies for the measurement of various electrical parameters;
Household and commercial wiring.

Activities:
1. Familiarization of commonly used Electrical & Electronic Workshop Tools: Bread board,
Solder, cables, relays, switches, connectors, fuses, Cutter, plier, screwdriver set, wire stripper,
flux, knife/blade, soldering iron, de-soldering pump etc. Provide some exercises so that
hardware tools and instruments are learned to be used by the students.
2. Familiarization of Measuring Instruments like Voltmeters, Ammeters, multimeter, LCR-Q
meter, Power Supplies, CRO, DSO, Function Generator, Frequency counter.
3. Provide some exercises so that measuring instruments are learned to be used by the students.
4. Components:
5. Familiarization/Identification of components (Resistors, Capacitors, Inductors, Diodes,
transistors, IC’s etc.) – Functionality, type, size, colour coding package, symbol, cost etc.
6. Testing of components like Resistor, Capacitor, Diode, Transistor, ICs etc. -Compare values of
components like resistors, inductors, capacitors etc with the measured values by using
instruments

PART A: ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING LAB

List of experiments:
1. Verification of KCL and KVL
2. Verification of Superposition theorem
3. Measurement of Resistance using Wheat stone bridge
4. Magnetization Characteristics of DC shunt Generator
5. Measurement of Power and Power factor using Single-phase wattmeter
6. Measurement of Earth Resistance using Megger
7. Calculation of Electrical Energy for Domestic Premises

Reference Books:
1. Basic Electrical Engineering, D. C. Kulshreshtha, Tata McGraw Hill, 2019, First Edition
2. Power System Engineering, P.V. Gupta, M.L. Soni, U.S. Bhatnagar and A. Chakrabarti, Dhanpat Rai
& Co, 2013
3. Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering, Rajendra Prasad, PHI publishers, 2014, Third Edition

Note: Minimum Six Experiments to be performed.

Reference Books:
1. Basic Electrical Engineering, D. C. Kulshreshtha, Tata McGraw Hill, 2019, First Edition
2. Power System Engineering, P.V. Gupta, M.L. Soni, U.S. Bhatnagar and A. Chakrabarti,
Dhanpat Rai & Co, 2013
3. Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering, Rajendra Prasad, PHI publishers, 2014, Third Edition
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(Autonomous)
I B.Tech I Semester
23AIT01 IT WORKSHOP
(Common to all branches) L T P C
0 0 2 1
Course Objectives
1. To introduce the internal parts of a computer, peripherals, I/O ports, connecting
cables
2. To teach basic command line interface commands on Linux.
3. To teach the usage of Internet for productivity and self-paced life-long learning
4. To introduce Compression, Multimedia and Antivirus tools and Office Tools such as
Word processors, Spread sheets and Presentation tools.

Course Outcomes:
CO1. Perform Hardware troubleshooting.

CO2. Understand Hardware components and inter dependencies.

CO3. Safeguard computer systems from viruses/worms.

CO4. Document/ Presentation preparation.

CO5. Perform calculations using spreadsheets.

PC HARDWARE
Task 1: Identify the peripherals of a computer, components in a CPU and its functions. Draw the block
diagram of the CPU along with the configuration of each peripheral and submit to your instructor.

Task 2: Every student should disassemble and assemble the PC back to working condition. Lab
instructors should verify the work and follow it up with a Viva. Also students need to go through the
video which shows the process of assembling a PC. A video would be given as part of the course
content. Differentiate RAM & ROM.

Task 3: Every student should individually install MS windows on the personal computer. Lab instructor
should verify the installation and follow it up with a Viva.

Task 4: Every student should install Linux on the computer. This computer should have windows
installed. The system should be configured as dual boot with both Windows and Linux. Lab instructors
should verify the installation and follow it up with a Viva

INTERNET & WORLD WIDE WEB

Task 1: Orientation & Connectivity Boot Camp: Students should get connected to their Local Area
Network and access the Internet. In the process they configure the TCP/IP setting. Finally students
should demonstrate, to the instructor, how to access the websites and email. If there is no internet
connectivity preparations need to be made by the instructors to simulate the WWW on the LAN.

Task 2: Web Browsers, Surfing the Web: Students customize their web browsers with the LAN proxy
settings, bookmarks, search toolbars and pop up blockers. Also, plug-ins like Macromedia Flash and
JRE for applets should be configured.
Task 3: Search Engines & Netiquette: Students should know what search engines are and how to use
the search engines. A few topics would be given to the students for which they need to search on Google.
This should be demonstrated to the instructors by the student.

Task 4: Cyber Hygiene: Students would be exposed to the various threats on the internet and would be
asked to configure their computer to be safe on the internet. They need to customize their browsers to
block pop ups, block active x downloads to avoid viruses and/or worms.
LaTeX and WORD
Task 1: Word Orientation: The mentor needs to give an overview of La TeX and Microsoft (MS) office
or equivalent (FOSS) tool word: Importance of La TeX and MS office or equivalent (FOSS) tool Word
as word Processors, Details of the four tasks and features that would be covered in each, Using La
TeXand word – Accessing, overview of toolbars, saving files, Using help and resources, rulers, format
painter in word.

Task 2: Using La TeX and Word to create a project certificate. Features to be covered:- Formatting
Fonts in word, Drop Cap in word, Applying Text effects, Using Character Spacing, Borders and Colors,
Inserting Header and Footer, Using Date and Time option in both La TeX and Word.

Task 3: Creating project abstract Features to be covered:-Formatting Styles, Inserting table, Bullets and
Numbering, Changing Text Direction, Cell alignment, Footnote, Hyperlink, Symbols, Spell Check,
Track Changes.

Task 4: Creating a Newsletter: Features to be covered:- Table of Content, Newspaper columns, Images
from files and clipart, Drawing toolbar and Word Art, Formatting Images, Textboxes, Paragraphs and
Mail Merge in word.

EXCEL
Excel Orientation: The mentor needs to tell the importance of MS office or equivalent (FOSS) tool
Excel as a Spreadsheet tool, give the details of the four tasks and features that would be covered in each.
Using Excel – Accessing, overview of toolbars, saving excel files, Using help and resources.

Task 1: Creating a Scheduler - Features to be covered: Gridlines, Format Cells, Summation, auto fill,
Formatting Text

Task 2: Calculating GPA - .Features to be covered:- Cell Referencing, Formulae in excel – average,
std. deviation, Charts, Renaming and Inserting worksheets, Hyper linking, Count function.

Task 3: Split cells, freeze panes, group and outline, Sorting, Boolean and logical operators, Conditional
formatting Power point

LOOKUP/VLOOKUP
Task 1: Students will be working on basic power point utilities and tools which help them create basic
power point presentations. PPT Orientation, Slide Layouts, Inserting Text, Word Art, Formatting Text,
Bullets and Numbering, Auto Shapes, Lines and Arrows in PowerPoint.

Task 2: Interactive presentations - Hyperlinks, Inserting –Images, Clip Art, Audio, Video, Objects,
Tables and Charts.

Task 3: Master Layouts (slide, template, and notes), Types of views (basic, presentation, slide slotter,
notes etc), and Inserting – Background, textures, Design Templates, Hidden slides.

AI TOOLS – ChatGPT
Task 1: Prompt Engineering: Experiment with different types of prompts to see how the model
responds. Try asking questions, starting conversations, or even providing incomplete sentences to see
how the model completes them.
• Ex: Prompt: "You are a knowledgeable AI. Please answer the following question: What is the capital
of France?"

Task 2: Creative Writing: Use the model as a writing assistant. Provide the beginning of a story or a
description of a scene, and let the model generate the rest of the content. This can be a fun way to
brainstorm creative ideas
• Ex: Prompt: "In a world where gravity suddenly stopped working, people started floating upwards.
Write a story about how society adapted to this new reality."
Task 3: Code Generation: Test the model's ability to generate code by giving it partial code snippets
and asking it to complete them. You can also ask the model to explain programming concepts or help
you debug code.
• Ex:Prompt: "Complete the following Python code to swap the values of two variables:
\npython\na = 5\nb = 10\ntemp = a\na = b\nb = temp\n"
Task 4: Language Translation: Experiment with translation tasks by providing a sentence in one
language and asking the model to translate it into another language. Compare the output to see how
accurate and fluent the translations are.
• Ex:Prompt: "Translate the following English sentence to French: 'Hello, how are you doing today?'"

Task 5: Summarization: Provide a long piece of text, such as an article or a blog post, and ask the model
to summarize it. Compare the model's summary with the original text to assess its ability to condense
information effectively.
• Ex: Prompt: "Summarize the article titled ‘Ramayanam' in 3-4 sentences."

Task 6: Futuristic Predictions: Have fun by asking the model to predict future technological
advancements, societal changes, or even hypothetical scenarios. Compare its responses with your own
ideas.
• Ex:Prompt: "Predict how artificial intelligence will transform everyday life in the next 20 years."

Task 7: Technical Explanations: Challenge the model with technical questions from different domains.
Ask it to explain scientific concepts, mathematical theorems, or complex algorithms in simple terms.
• Ex:Prompt: "Explain the concept of neural networks in machine learning, including their layers and
the process of backpropagation."
Reference Books:
1. Comdex Information Technology course tool kit Vikas Gupta, WILEY Dream tech.
2. The Complete Computer upgrade and repair book, 3rd edition Cheryl A Schmidt,
WILEY Dream tech.
3. Introduction to Information Technology, ITL Education Solutions limited, Pearson
Education.
4. PC Hardware - A Handbook – Kate J. Chase PHI (Microsoft).
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
I B.Tech II Semester
(Common to CSE,CSD,CSM,CSC,CAI,CSO,IT,CSBS))

L T P C
3 - - 3
DATA STRUCTURES
23ACS03:
Course Objectives:
1. Understand the significance of linear data structures in problem-solving and basic time/space
complexity analysis.
2. Create and manage linked lists to efficiently organize and manipulate data, emphasizing
memory efficiency.
3. Implement and apply stacks to manage program flow and solve problems involving expression
evaluation and backtracking.
4. Utilize queues to model real-world scenarios, such as process scheduling and breadth- first
search algorithms and understand the versatility of deques and prioritize data management
using priority queues.
5. Explore basic concepts of hashing and apply it to solve problems requiring fast data retrieval
and management.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, Student will be able to

CO1. Explain the role of linear data structures in organizing and accessing data efficiently in
algorithms.
CO2. Design, implement, and apply linked lists for dynamic data storage, demonstrating
understanding of memory allocation.
CO3. Develop programs using stacks to handle recursive algorithms, manage program states, and
solve related problems.
CO4. Apply queue-based algorithms for efficient task scheduling and breadth-first traversal in graphs
and distinguish between deques and priority queues, and apply them appropriately to solve data
management challenges.
CO5. Recognize scenarios where hashing is advantageous, and design hash-based solutions for
specific problems.

UNIT I
Introduction to Data Structures:
Linear Data Structures- Definition and importance of linear data structures, Abstract data types (ADTs)
and their implementation, Overview of time and space complexity analysis for linear data structures. Non-
Linear Data Structures- Definition and importance of nonlinear data structures, Types and properties of
nonlinear data structures

UNIT II
Linked Lists: Singly linked lists: representation and operations, Doubly linked lists and circular linked
lists, Comparing arrays and linked lists, Applications of linked lists.
. Searching Techniques: Linear & Binary Search, Sorting Techniques: Bubble sort, Selection sort,
Insertion Sort
UNIT III
Stacks: Introduction to stacks: properties and operations, Implementing stacks using arrays and linked
lists, Applications of stacks in expression evaluation, backtracking, reversing list etc.
Trees: Introduction to Trees, Binary Search Tree – Insertion, Deletion & Traversal, AVL Trees.

UNIT IV
Queues: Introduction to queues: properties and operations, Implementing queues using arrays and linked
lists, Applications of queues in breadth-first search, scheduling, etc.
Deques: Introduction to deques (double-ended queues), Operations on deques and their applications.

UNIT V
Graph Theory: Data Structures for Graphs- Adjacency Matrix Structure, Graph Traversals,
Shortest Paths, Minimum Spanning Trees- Prims’ Algorithm, Kruskal’s Algorithm.
Hashing: Brief introduction to hashing and hash functions, Collision resolution techniques: chaining
and open addressing, Hash tables: basic implementation and operations, Applications of hashing in
unique identifier generation, caching, etc.

Text Books:
1. Data Structures and algorithm analysis in C, Mark Allen Weiss.
2. Fundamentals of data structures in C, Ellis Horowitz, Sartaj Sahni, Dinesh Mehta.

3. Classic Data Structures, Debasis Samantha, Second Edition, 2009, PHI

Reference Books:
1. Algorithms and Data Structures: The Basic Toolbox by Kurt Mehlhorn and PeterSanders

2. C Data Structures and Algorithms by Alfred V. Aho, Jeffrey D. Ullman, and John E.
Hopcroft
3. Problem Solving with Algorithms and Data Structures" by Brad Miller and David
Ranum
4. Introduction to Algorithms by Thomas H. Cormen, Charles E. Leiserson, Ronald L.
Rivest, and Clifford Stein
5. Algorithms in C, Parts 1-5 (Bundle): Fundamentals, Data Structures, Sorting, Searching,
and Graph Algorithms" by Robert Sedgewick.
6. Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in C, Mark Allen Weiss, Second Edition, 2002,
Pearson.
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
I B.Tech I Semester (Common to EEE, ECE, IT, CAI, CSO, CSC, EBM & CSBS)
I B.Tech II Semester (Common to CE, ME, CSE, CSE(DS) & CSE(AI &ML))

L T P C
0 0 2 1
23AHS09 ENGINEERING PHYSICS LAB
Course Objectives:
• Understands the concepts of interference, diffraction and their applications.
• Understand the role of optical fiber parameters in communication.
• Recognize the importance of energy gap in the study of conductivity and Hall Effect in
asemiconductor.
• Illustrates the magnetic and dielectric materials applications.
• Apply the principles of semiconductors in various electronic devices.
Course Outcomes:
The students will be able to
CO1. Operate optical instruments like microscope and spectrometer
CO2. Estimate the wavelength of different colors using diffraction grating and resolving
power
CO3. Plot the intensity of the magnetic field of circular coil carrying current with distance
CO4. Determine the resistivity of the given semiconductor using four probe method
CO5. Identify the type of semiconductor i.e., n-type or p-type using hall effect
Calculate the band gap of a given semiconductor
(Any TEN of the following listed experiments)
List of Engineering Physics Experiments
1. Determination of radius of curvature of a given plano convex lens by Newton’s rings.
2. Determination of wavelengths of different spectral lines in mercury spectrum using
diffractiongrating in normal incidence configuration.
3. Determination of dispersive power of prism.
4. Verification of Brewster’s law
5. Determination of the resistivity of semiconductor by four probe method.
6. Determination of energy gap of a semiconductor using p-n junction diode.
7. Determination of Hall voltage and Hall coefficient of a given semiconductor using Hall
effect.
8. Determination of dielectric constant using charging and discharging method.
9. Study the variation of B versus H by magnetizing the magnetic material (B-H curve).
10. Magnetic field along the axis of a current carrying circular coil by Stewart & Gee’s
Method.
11. Determination of wavelength of Laser light using diffraction grating.
12. Estimation of Planck’s constant using photoelectric effect.
13. Determination of temperature coefficients of a thermistor.
14. Determination of acceleration due to gravity and radius of Gyration by using a
compoundpendulum.
 15. Determination of rigidity modulus of the material of the given wire using Torsional pendulum.
16. Sonometer: Verification of laws of stretched string.
17. Determination of young’s modulus for the given material of wooden scale by non-
uniformbending (or double cantilever) method.
18. Determination of Frequency of electrically maintained tuning fork by Melde’s experiment.

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 3 2
CO2 3 2 2 1
CO3 3 1 2
CO4 3 3 3 2 1 1

References: 1. S. Balasubramanian, M.N. Srinivasan “A Text book of Practical Physics”- S.Chand

Publishers, 2017.

URL:www.vlab.co.in
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
I B.Tech II Semester
(Common to CSE,CSD,CSM,CSC,CAI,CSO,IT,CSBS ))

L T P C
- - 3 1.5
23ACS04: DATA STRUCTURES LAB

Course Objectives:
1. Understand the significance of linear data structures in problem-solving and basic time/space
complexity analysis.
2. Create and manage linked lists to efficiently organize and manipulate data, emphasizing
memory efficiency.
3. Implement and apply stacks to manage program flow and solve problems involving expression
evaluation and backtracking.
4. Utilize queues to model real-world scenarios, such as process scheduling and breadth- first
search algorithms and understand the versatility of deques and prioritize data management
using priority queues.
5. Explore basic concepts of hashing and apply it to solve problems requiring fast data retrieval
and management.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, Student will be able to

CO1. Explain the role of linear data structures in organizing and accessing data efficiently in
algorithms.
CO2. Design, implement, and apply linked lists for dynamic data storage, demonstrating
understanding of memory allocation.
CO3. Develop programs using stacks to handle recursive algorithms, manage program states, and
solve related problems.
CO4. Apply queue-based algorithms for efficient task scheduling and breadth-first traversal in
graphs and distinguish between deques and priority queues, and apply them appropriately
to solve data management challenges.
CO5. Recognize scenarios where hashing is advantageous, and design hash-based solutions
for specific problems.
List of Experiments:

1: Array Manipulation
i) Implement basic operations on arrays: insertion, deletion, searching.

ii) Create a program to find the maximum and minimum elements in an array.

iii) Write a program to reverse an array.

2: Linked List Implementation

i) Implement a singly linked list and perform insertion and deletion operations.
ii) Develop a program to reverse a linked list iteratively and recursively.
iii) Solve problems involving linked list traversal and manipulation.

3: Linked List Applications

i) Create a program to detect and remove duplicates from a linked list.

ii) Implement a linked list to represent polynomials and perform addition.

iii) Implement a double-ended queue (deque) with essential operations.

4: Doubly Linked List Implementation

i) Implement a doubly linked list and perform various operations to understand its
properties and applications.
ii) Implement a circular linked list and perform insertion, deletion, and traversal.

5: Stack Operations
i) Implement a stack using arrays and linked lists.
ii) Write a program to evaluate a postfix expression using a stack.

iii) Implement a program to check for balanced parentheses using a stack.

6: Queue Operations
i) Implement a queue using arrays and linked lists.

ii) Develop a program to simulate a simple printer queue system.

iii) Solve problems involving circular queues.

7: Stack and Queue Applications

i) Use a stack to evaluate an infix expression and convert it to postfix.
ii) Create a program to determine whether a given string is a palindrome or not.

iii) Implement a stack or queue to perform comparison and check for symmetry.

8: Hashing
i) Implement a hash table with collision resolution techniques.

ii) Write a program to implement a simple cache using hashing.

Text Books:
1. Data Structures and algorithm analysis in C, Mark Allen Weiss.

2. Fundamentals of data structures in C, Ellis Horowitz, Sartaj Sahni, Dinesh Mehta.

Reference Books:
1. Algorithms and Data Structures: The Basic Toolbox by Kurt Mehlhorn and PeterSanders
2. C Data Structures and Algorithms by Alfred V. Aho, Jeffrey D. Ullman, and John E.
Hopcroft
3. Problem Solving with Algorithms and Data Structures" by Brad Miller and David Ranum
4. Introduction to Algorithms by Thomas H. Cormen, Charles E. Leiserson, Ronald L.Rivest,
and Clifford Stein
5. Algorithms in C, Parts 1-5 (Bundle): Fundamentals, Data Structures, Sorting, Searching, and
Graph Algorithms by Robert Sedgewick.
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
I B.Tech II Semester (Common to All Branches)
L T P C
0 0 1 0.5
23AHS12 : NSS/NCC/SCOUTS & GUIDES/COMMUNITY SERVICE

Course Objectives:
The objective of introducing this course is to impart discipline, character, fraternity,
teamwork,social consciousness among the students and engaging them in selfless service.

Course Outcomes: After completion of the course the students will be able to
CO1: Understand the importance of discipline, character and service motto.
CO2: Solve some societal issues by applying acquired knowledge, facts, and techniques.
CO3: Explore human relationships by analyzing social problems.
CO4: Determine to extend their help for the fellow beings and downtrodden people.
CO5: Develop leadership skills and civic responsibilities.

UNIT I Orientation
General Orientation on NSS/NCC/ Scouts & Guides/Community Service activities,
careerguidance.

Activities:
i) Conducting –ice breaking sessions-expectations from the course-knowing
personaltalents and skills
ii) Conducting orientations programs for the students –future plans-activities-
releasingroad map etc.
iii) Displaying success stories-motivational biopics- award winning movies on
societalissues etc.
iv) Conducting talent show in singing patriotic songs-paintings- any other contribution.

UNIT II Nature &

CareActivities:
i) Best out of waste competition.
ii) Poster and signs making competition to spread environmental awareness.
iii) Recycling and environmental pollution article writing competition.
iv) Organising Zero-waste day.
v) Digital Environmental awareness activity via various social media platforms.
vi) Virtual demonstration of different eco-friendly approaches for sustainable living.
vii) Write a summary on any book related to environmental issues.

UNIT III Community

ServiceActivities:
 i) Conducting One Day Special Camp in a village contacting village-area leaders-
Surveyin the village, identification of problems- helping them to solve via media-
authorities-experts-etc.
ii) Conducting awareness programs on Health-related issues such as General Health,
Mental health, Spiritual Health, HIV/AIDS,
iii) Conducting consumer Awareness. Explaining various legal provisions etc.
iv) Women Empowerment Programmes- Sexual Abuse, Adolescent Health and
PopulationEducation.
v) Any other programmes in collaboration with local charities, NGOs etc.

Reference Books:

1. Nirmalya Kumar Sinha & Surajit Majumder, A Text Book of National Service Scheme
Vol;.I, Vidya Kutir Publication, 2021 ( ISBN 978-81-952368-8-6)
2. Red Book - National Cadet Corps – Standing Instructions Vol I & II,
DirectorateGeneral of NCC, Ministry of Defence, New Delhi
3. Davis M. L. and Cornwell D. A., “Introduction to Environmental Engineering”,
McGraw Hill, New York 4/e 2008
4. Masters G. M., Joseph K. and Nagendran R. “Introduction to Environmental
Engineering and Science”, Pearson Education, New Delhi. 2/e 2007
5. Ram Ahuja. Social Problems in India, Rawat Publications, New Delhi.

General Guidelines:

1. Institutes must assign slots in the Timetable for the activities.

2. Institutes are required to provide instructor to mentor the students.

Evaluation Guidelines:

• Evaluated for a total of 100 marks.

• A student can select 6 activities of his/her choice with a minimum of 01 activity per
unit. Each activity shall be evaluated by the concerned teacher for 15 marks, totalling
to 90 marks.
• A student shall be evaluated by the concerned teacher for 10 marks by conducting
vivavoce on the subject.

SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY

(AUTONOMOUS)
 II B.Tech I Semester
(Common to CSE,CSD,CSM,CSC,CAI,CSO,IT,CSBS ))
L T P C
0 0 3 1.5
23AHS17: DISCRETE MATHEMATICS & GRAPH THEORY

Course Outcomes: After successful completion of this course, the students should be able
to:
Blooms
COs Statements
level
CO1 Apply mathematical logic to solve problems. L2, L3
CO2 Understand the concepts and perform the operations related to sets, relations and L3, L5
functions.
Gain the conceptual background needed and identify structures of algebraic nature.
CO3 Apply basic counting techniques to solve combinatorial problems. L3
CO4 Formulate problems and solve recurrence relations. L2, L3
CO5 Apply Graph Theory in solving computer science problems L3, L5

UNIT I Mathematical Logic

Introduction, Statements and Notation, Connectives, Well-formed formulas, Tautology, Duality law,
Equivalence, Implication, Normal Forms, Functionally complete set of connectives, Inference
Theory of Statement Calculus, Predicate Calculus, Inference theory of Predicate Calculus.

UNIT II Set theory

The Principle of Inclusion- Exclusion, Pigeon hole principle and its application, Functions
composition of functions, Inverse Functions, Recursive Functions, Lattices and its properties.
Algebraic structures: Algebraic systems-Examples and General Properties, Semi groups and
Monoids, groups, sub groups, homomorphism, Isomorphism.

UNIT III Elementary Combinatorics

Combinations and Permutations, Enumeration of Combinations and Permutations, Enumerating
Combinations and Permutations with Repetitions, Enumerating Permutations with Constrained
Repetitions, Binomial Coefficients, The Binomial and Multinomial Theorems.

UNITIV: Recurrence Relations

Generating Functions of Sequences, Calculating Coefficients of Generating Functions, Recurrence
relations, Solving Recurrence Relations by Substitution and Generating functions, The Method of
Characteristic roots, Solutions of Inhomogeneous, Recurrence Relations.

UNIT V Graphs
Basic Concepts, Isomorphism and Subgraphs, Trees and their Properties, Spanning Trees, Directed
Trees, Binary Trees, Planar Graphs, Euler’s Formula, Multigraphs and Euler Circuits, Hamiltonian
Graphs.

Textbooks:
1. J.P. Tremblay and R. Manohar, Discrete Mathematical Structures with Applications to
Computer Science, Tata McGraw Hill, 2002.
 2. Kenneth H. Rosen, Discrete Mathematics and its Applications with Combinatorics
and Graph Theory, 7th Edition, McGraw Hill Education (India) Private Limited.

Reference Books:
1. Joe L. Mott, Abraham Kandel and Theodore P. Baker, Discrete Mathematics for
Computer Scientists & Mathematicians, 2nd Edition, Pearson Education.
2. Narsingh Deo, Graph Theory with Applications to Engineering and Computer Science.

Online Learning Resources:

http://www.cs.yale.edu/homes/aspnes/classes/202/notes.pdf
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
II B.Tech I Semester
L T P C
2 1 0 3
23AMB01: UNIVERSAL HUMAN VALUES – UNDERSTANDING HARMONY AND
ETHICAL HUMAN CONDUCT
(Common to All Branches of Engineering)
)

Course Objectives:
• To help the students appreciate the essential complementary between 'VALUES' and
'SKILLS' to ensure sustained happiness and prosperity which are the core aspirations
of all human beings.
• To facilitate the development of a Holistic perspective among students towards life and
profession as well as towards happiness and prosperity based on a correct understanding
of the Human reality and the rest of existence. Such holistic perspective forms the basis
of Universal Human Values and movement towards value-based living in a natural
way.
• To highlight plausible implications of such a Holistic understanding in terms of ethical
human conduct, trustful and mutually fulfilling human behaviour and mutually
enriching interaction with Nature.

COURSE OUTCOMES: At the end of the course, students will be able to Blooms Level
CO1 Define the terms like Natural Acceptance, Happiness and Prosperity L1, L2
CO2 Identify one’s self, and one’s surroundings (family, society nature) L1, L2
CO3 Apply what they have learnt to their own self in different day-to-day L3
settings in real life
CO4 Relate human values with human relationship and human society. L4
CO5 Justify the need for universal human values and harmonious existence L5
CO6 Develop as socially and ecologically responsible engineers L3, L6

Course Topics
The course has 28 lectures and 14 tutorials in 5 modules. The lectures and tutorials are of 1- hour
duration. Tutorial sessions are to be used to explore and practice what has been proposed during
the lecture sessions.
The Teacher’s Manual provides the outline for lectures as well as practice sessions. The teacher
is expected to present the issues to be discussed as propositions and encourage the students to
have a dialogue.

UNIT I Introduction to Value Education (6 lectures and 3 tutorials for practice session)
Lecture 1: Right Understanding, Relationship and Physical Facility (Holistic Development and
the Role of Education)
Lecture 2: Understanding Value Education
Tutorial 1: Practice Session PS1 Sharing about Oneself Lecture 3: self-
exploration as the Process for Value Education
Lecture4: Continuous Happiness and Prosperity – the Basic Human Aspirations
Tutorial 2: Practice Session PS2 Exploring Human Consciousness Lecture 5:
Happiness and Prosperity – Current Scenario
Lecture 6: Method to Fulfill the Basic Human Aspirations Tutorial 3: Practice
Session PS3 Exploring Natural Acceptance

UNIT II Harmony in the Human Being (6 lectures and 3 tutorials for practice session)
Lecture 7: Understanding Human being as the Co-existence of the self and the body.
Lecture 8: Distinguishing between the Needs of the self and the body
Tutorial 4: Practice Session PS4 Exploring the difference of Needs of self and body.
Lecture 9: The body as an Instrument of the self Lecture 10:
Understanding Harmony in the self
Tutorial 5: Practice Session PS5 Exploring Sources of Imagination in the self Lecture 11:
Harmony of the self with the body
Lecture 12: Programme to ensure self-regulation and Health
Tutorial 6: Practice Session PS6 Exploring Harmony of self with the body

UNIT III Harmony in the Family and Society (6 lectures and 3 tutorials for
practice session)
Lecture 13: Harmony in the Family – the Basic Unit of Human Interaction Lecture 14: 'Trust' –
the Foundational Value in Relationship
Tutorial 7: Practice Session PS7 Exploring the Feeling of Trust Lecture 15: 'Respect' –
as the Right Evaluation
Tutorial 8: Practice Session PS8 Exploring the Feeling of Respect Lecture 16: Other
Feelings, Justice in Human-to-Human Relationship Lecture 17: Understanding
Harmony in the Society
Lecture 18: Vision for the Universal Human Order
Tutorial 9: Practice Session PS9 Exploring Systems to fulfil Human Goal

UNIT IV Harmony in the Nature/Existence (4 lectures and 2 tutorials for practice

session)
Lecture 19: Understanding Harmony in the Nature
Lecture 20: Interconnectedness, self-regulation and Mutual Fulfilment among the Four Orders
of Nature
Tutorial 10: Practice Session PS10 Exploring the Four Orders of Nature Lecture 21: Realizing
Existence as Co-existence at All Levels
Lecture 22: The Holistic Perception of Harmony in Existence
Tutorial 11: Practice Session PS11 Exploring Co-existence in Existence

UNIT V Implications of the Holistic Understanding – a Look at Professional Ethics (6

lectures and 3 tutorials for practice session)
Lecture 23: Natural Acceptance of Human Values Lecture 24:
Definitiveness of (Ethical) Human Conduct
Tutorial 12: Practice Session PS12 Exploring Ethical Human Conduct
Lecture 25: A Basis for Humanistic Education, Humanistic Constitution and Universal Human
Order
Lecture 26: Competence in Professional Ethics
Tutorial 13: Practice Session PS13 Exploring Humanistic Models in Education Lecture 27:
Holistic Technologies, Production Systems and Management Models-Typical Case Studies
Lecture 28: Strategies for Transition towards Value-based Life and ProfessionTutorial 14: Practice
Session PS14 Exploring Steps of Transition towards Universal Human Order

Practice Sessions for UNIT I – Introduction to Value Education PS1

Sharing about Oneself
PS2 Exploring Human Consciousness PS3
Exploring Natural Acceptance

Practice Sessions for UNIT II – Harmony in the Human Being PS4

Exploring the difference of Needs of self and body
PS5 Exploring Sources of Imagination in the self PS6
Exploring Harmony of self with the body

Practice Sessions for UNIT III – Harmony in the Family and Society PS7
Exploring the Feeling of Trust
PS8 Exploring the Feeling of Respect
PS9 Exploring Systems to fulfil Human Goal

Practice Sessions for UNIT IV – Harmony in the Nature (Existence) PS10

Exploring the Four Orders of Nature
PS11 Exploring Co-existence in Existence

Practice Sessions for UNIT V – Implications of the Holistic Understanding – a Look at

Professional Ethics
PS12 Exploring Ethical Human Conduct
PS13 Exploring Humanistic Models in Education
PS14 Exploring Steps of Transition towards Universal Human Order

READINGS:
Textbook and Teachers Manual
a. The Textbook
R R Gaur, R Asthana, G P Bagaria, A Foundation Course in Human Values and Professional
Ethics, 2nd Revised Edition, Excel Books, New Delhi, 2019. ISBN 978-93-87034-47-1
b. The Teacher’s Manual
R R Gaur, R Asthana, G P Bagaria,Teachers’ Manual for A Foundation Course in Human Values
and Professional Ethics, 2nd Revised Edition, Excel Books, New Delhi, 2019. ISBN 978-93-
87034-53-2

Reference Books
1. JeevanVidya: EkParichaya, A Nagaraj, JeevanVidyaPrakashan, Amarkantak, 1999.
2. Human Values, A.N. Tripathi, New Age Intl. Publishers, New Delhi, 2004.
3. The Story of Stuff (Book).
4. The Story of My Experiments with Truth - by Mohandas Karamchand Gandhi
5. Small is Beautiful - E. F Schumacher.
6. Slow is Beautiful - Cecile Andrews
7. Economy of Permanence - J C Kumarappa
8. Bharat Mein Angreji Raj – PanditSunderlal
9. Rediscovering India - by Dharampal
10. Hind Swaraj or Indian Home Rule - by Mohandas K. Gandhi
11. India Wins Freedom - Maulana Abdul Kalam Azad
 12. Vivekananda - Romain Rolland (English)
13. Gandhi - Romain Rolland (English)

Mode of Conduct:
Lecture hours are to be used for interactive discussion, placing the proposals about the topics at
hand and motivating students to reflect, explore and verify them.
Tutorial hours are to be used for practice sessions.
While analyzing and discussing the topic, the faculty mentor’s role is in pointing to essential
elements to help in sorting them out from the surface elements. In other words, help the students
explore the important or critical elements.
In the discussions, particularly during practice sessions (tutorials), the mentor encourages the
student to connect with one’s own self and do self-observation, self-reflection and self-
exploration.
Scenarios may be used to initiate discussion. The student is encouraged to take up ”ordinary”
situations rather than” extra-ordinary” situations. Such observations and their analyses are shared
and discussed with other students and faculty mentor, in a group sitting.

Tutorials (experiments or practical) are important for the course. The difference is that the
laboratory is everyday life, and practical are how you behave and work in real life. Depending
on the nature of topics, worksheets, home assignment and/or activity are included. The practice
sessions (tutorials) would also provide support to a student in performing actions commensurate
to his/her beliefs. It is intended that this would lead to development of commitment, namely
behaving and working based on basic human values.
It is recommended that this content be placed before the student as it is, in the form of a basic
foundation course, without including anything else or excluding any part of this content.
Additional content may be offered in separate, higher courses. This course is to be taught by
faculty from every teaching department, not exclusively by any one department.
Teacher preparation with a minimum exposure to at least one 8-day Faculty Development
Program on Universal Human Values is deemed essential.

Online Resources

1. https://fdp-si.aicte-india.org/UHV-
II%20Class%20Notes%20&%20Handouts/UHV%20Handout%201-
Introduction%20to%20Value%20Education.pdf
2. https://fdp-si.aicte-india.org/UHV-
II%20Class%20Notes%20&%20Handouts/UHV%20Handout%202-
Harmony%20in%20the%20Human%20Being.pdf
3. https://fdp-si.aicte-india.org/UHV-
II%20Class%20Notes%20&%20Handouts/UHV%20Handout%203-
Harmony%20in%20the%20Family.pdf
4. https://fdp-si.aicte-
india.org/UHV%201%20Teaching%20Material/D3-
S2%20Respect%20July%2023.pdf
5. https://fdp-si.aicte-india.org/UHV-
II%20Class%20Notes%20&%20Handouts/UHV%20Handout%205-
Harmony%20in%20the%20Nature%20and%20Existence.pdf
 6. https://fdp-si.aicte-india.org/download/FDPTeachingMaterial/3-days%20FDP-
SI%20UHV%20Teaching%20Material/Day%203%20Handouts/UHV%203D%20D3-
S2A%20Und%20Nature-Existence.pdf
7. https://fdp-si.aicte-
india.org/UHV%20II%20Teaching%20Material/UHV%20II%20Lecture%2023-
25%20Ethics%20v1.pdf
8. https://www.studocu.com/in/document/kiet-group-of-institutions/universal-
human- values/chapter-5-holistic-understanding-of-harmony-on-professional-
ethics/62490385
https://onlinecourses.swayam2.ac.in/aic22_ge23/preview
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
II B.Tech I Semester
(Common to CSE,CSD,CSC,CAI,CSO,IT,CSBS ))
L T P C
3 0 0 3
23AEC06: DIGITAL LOGIC & COMPUTER ORGANIZATION

Course Objectives: The main objective of the course is to

• provide students with a comprehensive understanding of digital logic design
principles and computer organization fundamentals
• Describe memory hierarchy concepts
• Explain input/output (I/O) systems and their interaction with the CPU, memory, and
peripheral devices

Course Outcomes: After completion of the course, students will be able to

CO1: Differentiate between combinational and sequential circuits based on their characteristics
and functionalities. (L2)
CO2: Demonstrate an understanding of computer functional units. (L2)
CO3: Analyze the design and operation of processors, including instruction execution,
pipelining, and control unit mechanisms, to comprehend their role in computer systems.(L3)
CO4: Describe memory hierarchy concepts, including cache memory, virtual memory, and
secondary storage, and evaluate their impact on system performance and scalability. (L3)
CO5: Explain input/output (I/O) systems and their interaction with the CPU, memory, and
peripheral devices, including interrupts, DMA, and I/O mapping techniques. (L3)
CO6: Design Sequential and Combinational Circuits (L6)

UNIT – I:
Data Representation: Binary Numbers, Fixed Point Representation. Floating Point
Representation. Number base conversions, Octal and Hexadecimal Numbers, components,
Signed binary numbers, Binary codes
Digital Logic Circuits-I: Basic Logic Functions, Logic gates, universal logic gates,
Minimization of Logic expressions. K-Map Simplification, Combinational Circuits, Decoders,
Multiplexers

UNIT – II:
Digital Logic Circuits-II: Sequential Circuits, Flip-Flops, Binary counters, Registers, Shift
Registers, Ripple counters
Basic Structure of Computers: Computer Types, Functional units, Basic operational concepts,
Bus structures, Software, Performance, multiprocessors and multi computers, Computer
Generations, Von- Neumann Architecture

UNIT – III:
Computer Arithmetic : Addition and Subtraction of Signed Numbers, Design of Fast Adders,
Multiplication of Positive Numbers, Signed-operand Multiplication, Fast Multiplication, Integer
Division, Floating-Point Numbers and Operations
Processor Organization: Fundamental Concepts, Execution of a Complete Instruction,
Multiple-Bus Organization, Hardwired Control and Multi programmed Control
UNIT – IV:
The Memory Organization: Basic Concepts, Semiconductor RAM Memories, Read-Only
Memories, Speed, Size and Cost, Cache Memories, Performance Considerations, Virtual
Memories, Memory Management Requirements, Secondary Storage

UNIT – V:
Input /Output Organization: Accessing I/O Devices, Interrupts, Processor Examples, Direct
Memory Access, Buses, Interface Circuits, Standard I/O Interfaces

Textbooks:
1. Computer Organization, Carl Hamacher, ZvonkoVranesic, SafwatZaky, 6th edition,
McGraw Hill, 2023.
2. Digital Design, 6th Edition, M. Morris Mano, Pearson Education, 2018.
3. Computer Organization and Architecture, William Stallings, 11thEdition, Pearson,
2022.

Reference Books:
1. Computer Systems Architecture, M.Moris Mano, 3rdEdition, Pearson, 2017.
2. Computer Organization and Design, David A. Paterson, John L. Hennessy, Elsevier,
2004.
3. Fundamentals of Logic Design, Roth, 5thEdition, Thomson, 2003.

Online Learning Resources:

https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/103/106103068/
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
II B.Tech I Semester
(Common to CSE,CSD,CSM,CSC,CAI,CSO,IT,CSBS ))
L T P C
3 0 0 3
23ACS05: ADVANCED DATA STRUCTURES & ALGORITHM ANALYSIS

Course Objectives: The main objective of the course is to

● provide knowledge on advance data structures frequently used in Computer Science
domain
● Develop skills in algorithm design techniques popularly used
● Understand the use of various data structures in the algorithm design

Course Outcomes: After completion of the course, students will be able to

CO1: Illustrate the working of the advanced tree data structures and their applications (L2)
CO2: Understand the Graph data structure, traversals and apply them in various contexts. (L2)
CO3: Use various data structures in the design of algorithms (L3)
CO4: Recommend appropriate data structures based on the problem being solved (L5)
CO5: Analyze algorithms with respect to space and time complexities (L4)
CO6: Design new algorithms (L6)

UNIT – I:
Introduction to Algorithm Analysis, Space and Time Complexity analysis, Asymptotic
Notations.
AVL Trees – Creation, Insertion, Deletion operations and Applications B-
Trees – Creation, Insertion, Deletion operations and Applications

UNIT – II:
Heap Trees (Priority Queues) – Min and Max Heaps, Operations and Applications
Graphs – Terminology, Representations, Basic Search and Traversals, Connected
Components and Biconnected Components, applications
Divide and Conquer: The General Method, Quick Sort, Merge Sort, Strassen’s matrix
multiplication, Convex Hull

UNIT – III:
Greedy Method: General Method, Job Sequencing with deadlines, Knapsack Problem, Minimum
cost spanning trees, Single Source Shortest Paths
Dynamic Programming: General Method, All pairs shortest paths, Single Source Shortest Paths
– General Weights (Bellman Ford Algorithm), Optimal Binary Search Trees, 0/1 Knapsack,
String Editing, Travelling Salesperson problem

UNIT – IV:
Backtracking: General Method, 8-Queens Problem, Sum of Subsets problem, Graph Coloring,
0/1 Knapsack Problem
Branch and Bound: The General Method, 0/1 Knapsack Problem, Travelling Salesperson problem

UNIT – V:
NP Hard and NP Complete Problems: Basic Concepts, Cook’s theorem
NP Hard Graph Problems: Clique Decision Problem (CDP), Chromatic Number Decision
Problem (CNDP), Traveling Salesperson Decision Problem (TSP)
NP Hard Scheduling Problems: Scheduling Identical Processors, Job Shop Scheduling

Textbooks:
1. Fundamentals of Data Structures in C++, Horowitz, Ellis; Sahni, Sartaj; Mehta,
Dinesh 2nd Edition Universities Press
2. Computer Algorithms/C++ Ellis Horowitz, SartajSahni, SanguthevarRajasekaran2nd
Edition University Press

Reference Books:
1. Data Structures and program design in C, Robert Kruse, Pearson Education Asia
2. An introduction to Data Structures with applications, Trembley & Sorenson, McGraw
Hill
3. The Art of Computer Programming, Vol.1: Fundamental Algorithms, Donald E Knuth,
Addison-Wesley, 1997.
4. Data Structures using C & C++: Langsam, Augenstein&Tanenbaum, Pearson, 1995
5. Algorithms + Data Structures &Programs:,N.Wirth, PHI
6. Fundamentals of Data Structures in C++: Horowitz Sahni& Mehta, Galgottia Pub.
7. Data structures in Java:, Thomas Standish, Pearson Education Asia

Online Learning Resources:

1. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/advanced_data_structures/index.asp
2. http://peterindia.net/Algorithms.html
3. Abdul Bari,1. Introduction to Algorithms (youtube.com)
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
II B.Tech I Semester
(Common to CSE,CSD,CSM,CSC,CAI,CSO,IT,CSBS ))
L T P C
3 0 0 3
23ACS06: OBJECT-ORIENTED PROGRAMMING THROUGH JAVA

Course Objectives: The learning objectives of this course are to:

• Identify Java language components and how they work together in applications
• Learn the fundamentals of object-oriented programming in Java, including defining
classes, invoking methods, using class libraries.
• Learn how to extend Java classes with inheritance and dynamic binding and how
to use exception handling in Java applications
• Understand how to design applications with threads in Java
• Understand how to use Java apis for program development

Course Outcomes: After completion of the course, students will be able to

CO1: Analyze problems, design solutions using OOP principles, and implement them
efficiently in Java. (L4)
CO2: Design and implement classes to model real-world entities, with a focus on
attributes, behaviors, and relationships between objects (L4)
CO3: Demonstrate an understanding of inheritance hierarchies and polymorphic
behaviour, including method overriding and dynamic method dispatch. (L3)
CO4: Apply Competence in handling exceptions and errors to write robust and fault-tolerant
code. (L3)
CO5: Perform file input/output operations, including reading from and writing to files using
Java I/O classes, graphical user interface (GUI) programming using JavaFX. (L3)
CO6: Choose appropriate data structure of Java to solve a problem (L6)

UNIT I: Object Oriented Programming: Basic concepts, Principles, Program Structure in Java:
Introduction, Writing Simple Java Programs, Elements or Tokens in Java Programs, Java
Statements, Command Line Arguments, User Input to Programs, Escape Sequences Comments,
Programming Style.
Data Types, Variables, and Operators :Introduction, Data Types in Java, Declaration of
Variables, Data Types, Type Casting, Scope of Variable Identifier, Literal Constants, Symbolic
Constants, Formatted Output with printf() Method, Static Variables and Methods, Attribute Final,
Introduction to Operators, Precedence and Associativity of Operators, Assignment Operator (
= ), Basic Arithmetic Operators, Increment (++) and Decrement (- -) Operators, Ternary Operator,
Relational Operators, Boolean Logical Operators, Bitwise Logical Operators.
Control Statements: Introduction, if Expression, Nested if Expressions, if–else Expressions,
Ternary Operator?:, Switch Statement, Iteration Statements, while Expression, do–while Loop,
for Loop, Nested for Loop, For–Each for Loop, Break Statement, Continue Statement.

UNIT II: Classes and Objects: Introduction, Class Declaration and Modifiers, Class Members,
Declaration of Class Objects, Assigning One Object to Another, Access Control for Class
Members, Accessing Private Members of Class, Constructor Methods for Class, Overloaded
Constructor Methods, Nested Classes, Final Class and Methods, Passing Arguments by Value
and by Reference, Keyword this.
Methods: Introduction, Defining Methods, Overloaded Methods, Overloaded Constructor
Methods, Class Objects as Parameters in Methods, Access Control, Recursive Methods, Nesting
of Methods, Overriding Methods, Attributes Final and Static.
UNIT III: Arrays: Introduction, Declaration and Initialization of Arrays, Storage of Array
in Computer Memory, Accessing Elements of Arrays, Operations on Array Elements, Assigning
Array
to Another Array, Dynamic Change of Array Size, Sorting of Arrays, Search for Values in Arrays,
Class Arrays, Two-dmensional Arrays, Arrays of Varying Lengths, Three-dimensional Arrays,
Arrays as Vectors.
Inheritance : Introduction, Process of Inheritance, Types of Inheritances, Universal Super Class-
Object Class, Inhibiting Inheritance of Class Using Final, Access Control and Inheritance,
Multilevel Inheritance, Application of Keyword Super, Constructor Method and Inheritance,
Method Overriding, Dynamic Method Dispatch, Abstract Classes, Interfaces and Inheritance.
Interfaces: Introduction, Declaration of Interface, Implementation of Interface, Multiple
Interfaces, Nested Interfaces, Inheritance of Interfaces, Default Methods in Interfaces, Static
Methods in Interface, Functional Interfaces, Annotations.

UNIT IV: Packages and Java Library: Introduction, Defining Package, Importing Packages
and Classes into Programs, Path and Class Path, Access Control, Packages in Java SE, Java.lang
Package and its Classes, Class Object, Enumeration, class Math, Wrapper Classes, Auto-boxing
and Auto- unboxing, Java util Classes and Interfaces, Formatter Class, Random Class, Time
Package, Class Instant (java.time.Instant), Formatting for Date/Time in Java, Temporal Adjusters
Class, Temporal Adjusters Class.
Exception Handling: Introduction, Hierarchy of Standard Exception Classes, Keywords throws
and throw, try, catch, and finally Blocks, Multiple Catch Clauses, Class Throwable, Unchecked
Exceptions, Checked Exceptions.
Java I/O and File: Java I/O API, standard I/O streams, types, Byte streams, Character streams,
Scanner class, Files in Java(Text Book 2)

UNIT V: String Handling in Java:Introduction, Interface Char Sequence, Class String,

Methods for Extracting Characters from Strings,Comparison, Modifying, Searching; Class String
Buffer.
Multithreaded Programming:Introduction, Need for Multiple Threads Multithreaded
Programming for Multi-core Processor, Thread Class, Main Thread-Creation of New Threads,
Thread States, Thread Priority-Synchronization, Deadlock and Race Situations, Inter-thread
Communication - Suspending, Resuming, and Stopping of Threads.
Java Database Connectivity:Introduction, JDBC Architecture, Installing MySQL and MySQL
Connector/J, JDBC Environment Setup, Establishing JDBC Database Connections, ResultSet
Interface
Java FX GUI: Java FX Scene Builder, Java FX App Window Structure, displaying text and
image, event handling, laying out nodes in scene graph, mouse events (Text Book 3)

Text Books:
1. JAVA one step ahead, Anitha Seth, B.L.Juneja, Oxford.
2. Joy with JAVA, Fundamentals of Object Oriented Programming, DebasisSamanta,
MonalisaSarma, Cambridge, 2023.
3. JAVA 9 for Programmers, Paul Deitel, Harvey Deitel, 4th Edition, Pearson.
References Books:
1. The complete Reference Java, 11thedition, Herbert Schildt,TMH
2. Introduction to Java programming, 7th Edition, Y Daniel Liang, Pearson
Online Resources:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/105/106105191/
2. https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/app/toc/lex_auth_012880464547618816347
_shared/overview
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
II B.Tech I Semester
(Common to CSE,CSM,CSC,CAI,CSO,IT,CSBS ))
L T P C
0 0 3 1.5

23ACS07: ADVANCED DATA STRUCTURES & ALGORITHM ANALYSIS LAB

Course Objectives: The objective of the course is to

• acquire practical skills in constructing and managing Data structures
• apply the popular algorithm design methods in problem-solving scenarios

Course Outcomes: After completion of the course, students will be able to

CO1: Design and develop programs to solve real world problems with the popular algorithm
design methods. (L5)
CO2: Demonstrate an understanding of Non-Linear data structures by developing
implementing the operations on AVL Trees, B-Trees, Heaps and Graphs. (L2)
CO3: Critically assess the design choices and implementation strategies of algorithms and
data structures in complex applications. (L5)
CO4: Utilize appropriate data structures and algorithms to optimize solutions for specific
computational problems. (L3)
CO5: Compare the performance of different of algorithm design strategies (L4)
CO6: Design algorithms to new real world problems (L6)

Experiments covering the Topics:

• Operations on AVL trees, B-Trees, Heap Trees
• Graph Traversals
• Sorting techniques
• Minimum cost spanning trees
• Shortest path algorithms
• 0/1 Knapsack Problem
• Travelling Salesperson problem
• Optimal Binary Search Trees
• N-Queens Problem
• Job Sequencing

Sample Programs:
1. Construct an AVL tree for a given set of elements which are stored in a file. And
implement insert and delete operation on the constructed tree. Write contents of tree
into a new file using in-order.
2. Construct B-Tree an order of 5 with a set of 100 random elements stored in array.
Implement searching, insertion and deletion operations.
3. Construct Min and Max Heap using arrays, delete any element and display the content
of the Heap.
 4. Implement BFT and DFT for given graph, when graph is represented by
a) Adjacency Matrix b) Adjacency Lists
5. Write a program for finding the bi-connected components in a given graph.
6. Implement Quick sort and Merge sort and observe the execution time for various input
sizes (Average, Worst and Best cases).
7. Compare the performance of Single Source Shortest Paths using Greedy method when
the graph is represented by adjacency matrix and adjacency lists.
8. Implement Job sequencing with deadlines using Greedy strategy.
9. Write a program to solve 0/1 Knapsack problem Using Dynamic Programming.
10. Implement N-Queens Problem Using Backtracking.
11. Use Backtracking strategy to solve 0/1 Knapsack problem.
12. Implement Travelling Sales Person problem using Branch and Bound approach.

Reference Books:
1. Fundamentals of Data Structures in C++, Horowitz Ellis, SahniSartaj, Mehta, Dinesh,
2ndEdition, Universities Press
2. Computer Algorithms/C++ Ellis Horowitz, SartajSahni, SanguthevarRajasekaran,
2ndEdition, University Press
3. Data Structures and program design in C, Robert Kruse, Pearson Education Asia
4. An introduction to Data Structures with applications, Trembley& Sorenson, McGraw
Hill

Online Learning Resources:

1. http://cse01-iiith.vlabs.ac.in/
2. http://peterindia.net/Algorithms.html
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
II B.Tech I Semester
(Common to CSE,CSD,CSM,CSC,CAI,CSO,IT,CSBS ))
L T P C
0 0 3 1.5

23ACS08: OBJECT-ORIENTED PROGRAMMING THROUGH JAVA LAB

Course Objectives: The aim of this course is to

• Practice object-oriented programming in the Java programming language
• Implement Classes, Objects, Methods, Inheritance, Exception,
Runtime Polymorphism, User defined Exception handling mechanism
• Illustrate inheritance, Exception handling mechanism, JDBC connectivity
• Construct Threads, Event Handling, implement packages, Java FX GUI

Course Outcomes: After completion of the course, students will be able to

CO1: Demonstrate a solid understanding of Java syntax, including data types, control
structures, methods, classes, objects, inheritance, polymorphism, and exception handling.
(L2)
CO2: Apply fundamental OOP principles such as encapsulation, inheritance,
polymorphism, and abstraction to solve programming problems effectively. (L3)
CO3: Familiar with commonly used Java libraries and APIs, including the Collections
Framework, Java I/O, JDBC, and other utility classes. (L2)
CO4: Develop problem-solving skills and algorithmic thinking, applying OOP concepts to
design efficient solutions to various programming challenges. (L3)
CO5: Proficiently construct graphical user interface (GUI) applications using JavaFX (L4)
CO6: Develop new programs for solving typical computer science problems (L6)

Experiments covering the Topics:

● Object Oriented Programming fundamentals- data types, control structures
● Classes, methods, objects, Inheritance, polymorphism,
● Exception handling, Threads, Packages, Interfaces
● Files, I/O streams, JavaFX GUI

Sample Experiments:
Exercise – 1:
a) Write a JAVA program to display default value of all primitive data type of JAVA
b) Write a java program that display the roots of a quadratic equation ax2+bx=0. Calculate the
discriminate D and basing on value of D, describe the nature of root.

Exercise - 2
a) Write a JAVA program to search for an element in a given list of elements using
binary search mechanism.
b) Write a JAVA program to sort for an element in a given list of elements using bubble sort
c) Write a JAVA program using String Buffer to delete, remove character.
Exercise - 3
a) Write a JAVA program to implement class mechanism. Create a class, methods and
invoke them inside main method.
b) Write a JAVA program implement method overloading.
c) Write a JAVA program to implement constructor.
d) Write a JAVA program to implement constructor overloading.

Exercise - 4
a) Write a JAVA program to implement Single Inheritance
b) Write a JAVA program to implement multi level Inheritance
c) Write a JAVA program for abstract class to find areas of different shapes

Exercise - 5
a) Write a JAVA program give example for “super” keyword.
b) Write a JAVA program to implement Interface. What kind of Inheritance can be achieved?
c) Write a JAVA program that implements Runtime polymorphism

Exercise - 6
a) Write a JAVA program that describes exception handling mechanism
b) Write a JAVA program Illustrating Multiple catch clauses
● Write a JAVA program for creation of Java Built-in Exceptions
● Write a JAVA program for creation of User Defined Exception

Exercise - 7
a) Write a JAVA program that creates threads by extending Thread class. First thread display
“Good Morning “every 1 sec, the second thread displays “Hello “every 2 seconds and the third
display “Welcome” every 3 seconds, (Repeat the same by implementing Runnable)
b) Write a program illustrating is Alive and join ()
c) Write a Program illustrating Daemon Threads.
d) Write a JAVA program Producer Consumer Problem

Exercise – 8
a) Write a JAVA program that import and use the user defined packages
b) Without writing any code, build a GUI that display text in label and image in an
ImageView (use JavaFX)
c)Build a Tip Calculator app using several JavaFX components and learn how to respond
to user interactions with the GUI

Exercise – 9
a) Write a java program that connects to a database using JDBC
b) Write a java program to connect to a database using JDBC and insert values into it.
c) Write a java program to connect to a database using JDBC and delete values from it
Textbooks:
1. JAVA one step ahead, Anitha Seth, B.L.Juneja, Oxford.
2. Joy with JAVA, Fundamentals of Object Oriented Programming, DebasisSamanta,
MonalisaSarma, Cambridge, 2023.
3. JAVA 9 for Programmers, Paul Deitel, Harvey Deitel, 4th Edition, Pearson.

References Books:
1. The complete Reference Java, 11th edition, Herbert Schildt,TMH
2. Introduction to Java programming, 7th Edition, Y Daniel Liang, Pearson
Online Resources:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/105/106105191/
2. https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/app/toc/lex_auth_012880464547
618816347_shared/overview
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
II B.Tech I Semester
(Common to CSE,CSD,CSM,CSC,CAI,CSO,IT,CSBS,ME,ECE ))
L T P C
0 0 3 1.5
PYTHON PROGRAMMING
23ACS08: (SKILL ENHANCEMENT COURSE)

Course Objectives :The main objectives of the course are to

• Introduce core programming concepts of Python programming language.
• Demonstrate about Python data structures like Lists, Tuples, Sets and dictionaries
• Implement Functions, Modules and Regular Expressions in Python Programming
and to create practical and contemporary applications using these

Course Outcomes: After completion of the course, students will be able to

CO1: Classify data structures of Python (L4)
CO2: Apply Python programming concepts to solve a variety of computational problems (L3)
CO3: Understand the principles of object-oriented programming (OOP) in Python, including
classes, objects, inheritance, polymorphism, and encapsulation, and apply them to design and
implement Python programs (L3)
CO4: Become proficient in using commonly used Python libraries and frameworks such as JSON,
XML NumPy, pandas (L2)
CO5: Exhibit competence in implementing and manipulating fundamental data structures
such as lists, tuples, sets, dictionaries (L3)
CO6: Propose new solutions to computational problems (L6)

UNTI-I: History of Python Programming Language, Thrust Areas of Python, Installing

Anaconda Python Distribution, Installing and Using Jupyter Notebook.
Parts of Python Programming Language: Identifiers, Keywords, Statements and Expressions,
Variables, Operators, Precedence and Associativity, Data Types, Indentation, Comments,
Reading Input, Print Output, Type Conversions, the type () Function and Is Operator, Dynamic
and Strongly Typed Language.
Control Flow Statements: if statement, if-else statement, if...elif…else, Nested if statement,
while Loop, for Loop, continue and break Statements, Catching Exceptions Using try and except
Statement.

Sample Experiments:
1.Write a program to find the largest element among three Numbers.
2.Write a Program to display all prime numbers within an interval
3Write a program to swap two numbers without using a temporary variable.
4.Demonstrate the following Operators in Python with suitable examples.
i) Arithmetic Operators ii) Relational Operators iii) Assignment Operatorsiv) Logical
Operators v) Bit wise Operators vi) Ternary Operator vii) Membership Operators
viii) Identity Operators
5.Write a program to add and multiply complex numbers
6.Write a program to print multiplication table of a given number.
UNIT-II: Functions: Built-In Functions, Commonly Used Modules, Function Definition and
Calling the function, return Statement and void Function, Scope and Lifetime of Variables,
Default Parameters, Keyword Arguments, *args and **kwargs, Command Line Arguments.
Strings: Creating and Storing Strings, Basic String Operations, Accessing Characters in
String by Index Number, String Slicing and Joining, String Methods, Formatting Strings.
Lists: Creating Lists, Basic List Operations, Indexing and Slicing in Lists, Built-In Functions
Used on Lists, List Methods, del Statement.

Sample Experiments:
7.Write a program to define a function with multiple return values.
8.Write a program to define a function using default arguments.
9.Write a program to find the length of the string without using any library functions.
10.Write a program to check if the substring is present in a given string or not.
11.Write a program to perform the given operations on a list:
i. Addition ii. Insertion iii. slicing
12.Write a program to perform any 5 built-in functions by taking any list.

UNIT-III: Dictionaries: Creating Dictionary, Accessing and Modifying key:value Pairs in

Dictionaries, Built-In Functions Used on Dictionaries, Dictionary Methods, del Statement.
Tuples and Sets: Creating Tuples, Basic Tuple Operations, tuple() Function, Indexing and
Slicing in Tuples, Built-In Functions Used on Tuples, Relation between Tuples and Lists,
Relation between Tuples and Dictionaries, Using zip() Function, Sets, Set Methods, Frozenset.
Sample Experiments:
13.Write a program to create tuples (name, age, address, college) for at least two members and
concatenate the tuples and print the concatenated tuples.
14Write a program to count the number of vowels in a string (No control flow allowed).
15.Write a program to check if a given key exists in a dictionary or not.
16.Write a program to add a new key-value pair to an existing dictionary.
17.Write a program to sum all the items in a given dictionary.

UNIT-IV: Files: Types of Files, Creating and Reading Text Data, File Methods to Read and
Write Data, Reading and Writing Binary Files, Pickle Module, Reading and Writing CSV Files,
Python os and os.path Modules.
Object-Oriented Programming: Classes and Objects, Creating Classes in Python, Creating
Objects in Python, Constructor Method, Classes with Multiple Objects, Class Attributes Vs Data
Attributes, Encapsulation, Inheritance, Polymorphism.
Sample Experiments:
18Write a program to sort words in a file and put them in another file. The output file should
have only lower-case words, so any upper-case words from source must be lowered.
19.Python program to print each line of a file in reverse order.
20.Python program to compute the number of characters, words and lines in a file.
21Write a program to create, display, append, insert and reverse the order of the items in the
array.
22.Write a program to add, transpose and multiply two matrices.
23.Write a Python program to create a class that represents a shape. Include methods to
calculate its area and perimeter. Implement subclasses for different shapes like circle, triangle,
and square.
UNIT-V: Introduction to Data Science: Functional Programming, JSON and XML in
Python, NumPy with Python, Pandas.
Sample Experiments:
24.Python program to check whether a JSON string contains complex object or not.
25.Python Program to demonstrate NumPy arrays creation using array () function.
26.Python program to demonstrate use of ndim, shape, size, dtype.
27.Python program to demonstrate basic slicing, integer and Boolean indexing.
28.Python program to find min, max, sum, cumulative sum of array
29.Create a dictionary with at least five keys and each key represent value as a list where this
list contains at least ten values and convert this dictionary as a pandas data frame and explore
the data through the data frame as follows:
a) Apply head () function to the pandas data frame
b) Perform various data selection operations on Data Frame
30.Select any two columns from the above data frame, and observe the change in one attribute
with respect to other attribute with scatter and plot operations in matplotlib

Reference Books:
1. Gowrishankar S, Veena A., Introduction to Python Programming, CRC Press.
2. Python Programming, S Sridhar, J Indumathi, V M Hariharan, 2ndEdition, Pearson,
2024
3. Introduction to Programming Using Python, Y. Daniel Liang, Pearson.

Online Learning Resources/Virtual Labs:

1. https://www.coursera.org/learn/python-for-applied-data-science-ai
2. https://www.coursera.org/learn/python?specialization=python#syllabus
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
II B.Tech I Semester
L T P C
2 0 0 0

23AHS18 ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE

(common to all branches)

Course Objectives:
• To make the students to get awareness on environment.
• To understand the importance of protecting natural resources, ecosystems for future
generations and pollution causes due to the day to day activities of human life
• To save earth from the inventions by the engineers.
UNIT I
Multidisciplinary Nature of Environmental Studies: – Definition, Scope and Importance –
Need for Public Awareness.

Natural Resources : Renewable and non-renewable resources – Natural resources and associated
problems – Forest resources – Use and over – exploitation, deforestation, case studies – Timber
extraction – Mining, dams and other effects on forest and tribal people – Water resources – Use
and over utilization of surface and ground water – Floods, drought, conflicts over water, dams –
benefits and problems – Mineral resources: Use and exploitation, environmental effects of
extracting and using mineral resources, case studies – Food resources: World food problems,
changes caused by agriculture and overgrazing, effects of modern agriculture, fertilizer-pesticide
problems, water logging, salinity, case studies. – Energy resources:

UNIT II
Ecosystems: Concept of an ecosystem. – Structure and function of an ecosystem – Producers,
consumers and decomposers – Energy flow in the ecosystem – Ecological succession – Food
chains, food webs and ecological pyramids – Introduction, types, characteristic features, structure
and function of the following ecosystem:
a. Forest ecosystem.
b. Grassland ecosystem
c. Desert ecosystem.
d. Aquatic ecosystems (ponds, streams, lakes, rivers, oceans, estuaries)

Biodiversity and its Conservation : Introduction 0 Definition: genetic, species and ecosystem
diversity – Bio-geographical classification of India – Value of biodiversity: consumptive use,
Productive use, social, ethical, aesthetic and option values – Biodiversity at global, National and
local levels – India as a mega-diversity nation – Hot-sports of biodiversity – Threats to
biodiversity: habitat loss, poaching of wildlife, man-wildlife conflicts – Endangered and endemic
species of India – Conservation of biodiversity: In-situ and Ex-situ conservation of biodiversity.

UNIT III
Environmental Pollution: Definition, Cause, effects and control measures of :
a. Air Pollution.
b. Water pollution
c. Soil pollution
 d. Marine pollution
e. Noise pollution
f. Thermal pollution
g. Nuclear hazards

Solid Waste Management: Causes, effects and control measures of urban and industrial wastes
– Role of an individual in prevention of pollution – Pollution case studies – Disaster management:
floods, earthquake, cyclone and landslides.

UNIT IV
Social Issues and the Environment: From Unsustainable to Sustainable development – Urban
problems related to energy – Water conservation, rain water harvesting, watershed management
– Resettlement and rehabilitation of people; its problems and concerns. Case studies –
Environmental ethics: Issues and possible solutions – Climate change, global warming, acid rain,
ozone layer depletion, nuclear accidents and holocaust. Case Studies – Wasteland reclamation. –
Consumerism and waste products. – Environment Protection Act. – Air (Prevention and Control
of Pollution) Act. – Water (Prevention and control of Pollution) Act – Wildlife Protection Act –
Forest Conservation Act – Issues involved in enforcement of environmental legislation – Public
awareness.
UNIT V
Human Population and the Environment: Population growth, variation among nations.
Population explosion – Family Welfare Programmes. – Environment and human health – Human
Rights – Value Education – HIV/AIDS – Women and Child Welfare – Role of information
Technology in Environment and human health – Case studies.
Field Work: Visit to a local area to document environmental assets River/forest
grassland/hill/mountain – Visit to a local polluted site-Urban/Rural/Industrial/Agricultural Study
of common plants, insects, and birds – river, hill slopes, etc..

Textboks:
1. Textbook of Environmental Studies for Undergraduate Courses Erach Bharucha for
University Grants Commission, Universities Press.
2. Palaniswamy, “Environmental Studies”, Pearson education
3. S.Azeem Unnisa, “Environmental Studies” Academic Publishing Company
4. K.Raghavan Nambiar, “Text book of Environmental Studies for Undergraduate
Courses as per UGC model syllabus”, Scitech Publications (India), Pvt. Ltd.
References:

1. Deeksha Dave and E.Sai Baba Reddy, “Textbook of Environmental Science”,

Cengage Publications.
2. M.Anji Reddy, “Text book of Environmental Sciences and Technology”, BS
Publication.
3. J.P.Sharma, Comprehensive Environmental studies, Laxmi publications.
4. J. Glynn Henry and Gary W. Heinke, “Environmental Sciences and Engineering”,
Prentice hall of India Private limited
5. G.R.Chatwal, “A Text Book of Environmental Studies” Himalaya Publishing House
Gilbert M. Masters and Wendell P. Ela, “Introduction to Environmental Engineering
and Science, Prentice hall of India Private
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
II B.Tech – I Semester L T P C
2 0 0 0
20AHS11 QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE AND REASONING – I
(Audit course) (Common to all Branches)
COURSE OUTCOMES:
After successful completion of the course, the student will be able to
1. Develop the thinking ability to meet the challenges in solving Logical Reasoning
problems.
2. Solve campus placements aptitude papers covering Quantitative Ability and Verbal
Ability.
3. Apply different placement practice techniques.

UNIT-I 9 Hours
QUANTITATIVE ABILITY – I: Vedic Maths – Square - Square root – Cube - Cube root –Higher
Roots - Fractions (+, -, ×, ÷)– Decimal Fractions(+, -, ×, ÷) –LCM and HCF – VBODMAS Rule -
Simplifications - Number System [ Introduction –p/q forms –Factors – Multiples – Prime Numbers
– Composite Numbers – Twin Primes – Co-Primes,Different Types of Numbers, Number of factors
– Sum of factors – Unit’s place value – Remainder theorem – Number of Zeros at the end of the
product - Divisibility Rules –Prime Number Checking –Relation among Quotient, Divident, Divisor
& Remainder - Formulae, Application type of problems]

UNIT-II 9 Hours
QUANTITATIVE ABILITY – II: Ratio, Proportion & Variation [Definition of ratio, Types of
Ratios, Principles of Ratios, Comparison of Ratios, Definition of Proportion, Types of Proportion,
Principle of Proportion, Properties of Proportion, Variation & Types of variations]– Partnership &
Share[Definition of partnership, Types of partnership, Simple Partnership & Compound
Partnership, profits ratio, Application type of problems] – Average & Ages[Definition of
Average, Average of Natural Numbers, Even Numbers, Odd Numbers, Prime Numbers,
Application type of problems] – Mixture & Alligation [Definition of Mixture & Alligation,
Mixture Formula, Alligation Rule, Application type of Problems]

UNIT-III 9 Hours
REASONING ABILITY I: Number Series – Number Analogy – Number Odd Man Out –
Wrong Number – Letter Series – Letter Analogy – Letter Odd Man

UNIT-IV 9 Hours
VERBAL I: Verbal analogy - Types - Parts of Speech – Noun, Pronoun, Adjective, Verb,
Adverb, Preposition, Conjunction and Interjection - Prepositions –Preposition of Place,
Preposition of Placement, Preposition of Time and Preposition of Duration - Articles – Usage of a,
an, the, Omission of articles - Sentences - Pattern and Types.

UNIT-V 9 Hours
SOFT SKILL I: Communication Skills - Self-Confidence - Introductions & Greetings -
Presentation Skills - Self- Motivation
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Quantitative Aptitude, Logic Reasoning & Verbal Reasoning, R S Agarwal, S.Chand
Publications.

2. Quantitative Aptitude for Competitive Examinations, R S Agarwal, S.Chand

Publications
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
II B.Tech II Semester
(Common to all branches )

L T P C
2 0 0 2

23AMB02: MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

Course Objectives:
• To inculcate the basic knowledge of microeconomics and financial accounting
• To make the students learn how demand is estimated for different products, input-
output relationship for optimizing production and cost
• To Know the Various types of market structure and pricing methods and strategy
• To give an overview on investment appraisal methods to promote the students to learn
how to plan long-term investment decisions.
• To provide fundamental skills on accounting and to explain the process of preparing
financial statements.

Course Outcomes:
CO1: Define the concepts related to Managerial Economics, financial accounting and
management(L2)
CO2: Understand the fundamentals of Economics viz., Demand, Production, cost, revenue
and markets (L2)
CO3: Apply the Concept of Production cost and revenues for effective Business decision
(L3)
CO4: Analyze how to invest their capital and maximize returns (L4)
CO5: Evaluate the capital budgeting techniques. (L5)
CO6: Develop the accounting statements and evaluate the financial performance of business
entity (L5)

UNIT - I Managerial Economics

Introduction – Nature, meaning, significance, functions, and advantages. Demand-Concept,
Function, Law of Demand - Demand Elasticity- Types – Measurement. Demand Forecasting-
Factors governing Forecasting, Methods. Managerial Economics and Financial Accounting and
Management.

UNIT - II Production and Cost Analysis

Introduction – Nature, meaning, significance, functions and advantages. Production Function–
Least- cost combination– Short run and long run Production Function- Isoquants and Is costs,
Cost & Break-Even Analysis - Cost concepts and Cost behaviour- Break-Even Analysis (BEA) -
Determination of Break-Even Point (Simple Problems).

UNIT - III Business Organizations and Markets

Introduction – Forms of Business Organizations- Sole Proprietary - Partnership - Joint Stock
Companies - Public Sector Enterprises. Types of Markets - Perfect and Imperfect Competition -
Features of Perfect Competition Monopoly- Monopolistic Competition– Oligopoly-Price-Output
Determination - Pricing Methods and Strategies
UNIT - IV Capital Budgeting
Introduction – Nature, meaning, significance. Types of Working Capital, Components, Sources
of Short-term and Long-term Capital, Estimating Working capital requirements. Capital
Budgeting– Features, Proposals, Methods and Evaluation. Projects – Pay BackMethod,
Accounting Rate of Return (ARR) Net Present Value (NPV) Internal Rate Return (IRR) Method
(sample problems)

UNIT - V Financial Accounting and Analysis

Introduction – Concepts and Conventions- Double-Entry Bookkeeping, Journal, Ledger, Trial
Balance- Final Accounts (Trading Account, Profit and Loss Account and Balance Sheet with
simple adjustments). Introduction to Financial Analysis - Analysis and Interpretation of Liquidity
Ratios, Activity Ratios, and Capital structure Ratios and Profitability.

Textbooks:
1. Varshney & Maheswari: Managerial Economics, Sultan Chand.
2. Aryasri: Business Economics and Financial Analysis, 4/e, MGH.

Reference Books:
1. Ahuja Hl Managerial economics Schand.
2. S.A. Siddiqui and A.S. Siddiqui: Managerial Economics and Financial Analysis, New
Age International.
3. Joseph G. Nellis and David Parker: Principles of Business Economics, Pearson, 2/e,
New Delhi.
4. Domnick Salvatore: Managerial Economics in a Global Economy, Cengage.

Online Learning Resources:

https://www.slideshare.net/123ps/managerial-economics-ppt
https://www.slideshare.net/rossanz/production-and-cost-45827016
https://www.slideshare.net/darkyla/business-organizations-19917607
https://www.slideshare.net/balarajbl/market-and-classification-of-market
https://www.slideshare.net/ruchi101/capital-budgeting-ppt-59565396
https://www.slideshare.net/ashu1983/financial-accounting
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
II B.Tech II Semester
(Common to all branches )

L T P C
2 0 0 2

23AMB03: ORGANISATIONAL BEHAVIOUR

Course Objectives:
• To enable student’s comprehension of organizational behavior
• To offer knowledge to students on self-motivation, leadership and management
• To facilitate them to become powerful leaders
• To Impart knowledge about group dynamics
• To make them understand the importance of change and development
Course Outcomes:
CO1: Define the Organizational Behaviour, its nature and scope. (L2)
CO2: Understand the nature and concept of Organizational behaviour (L2)
CO3: Apply theories of motivation to analyse the performance problems (L3)
CO4: Analyse the different theories of leadership (L4)
CO5: Evaluate group dynamics (L5)
CO6: Develop as powerful leader (L5)
UNIT - I Introduction to Organizational Behavior
Meaning, definition, nature, scope and functions - Organizing Process – Making organizing
effective -Understanding Individual Behaviour –Attitude -Perception - Learning – Personality.
UNIT - II Motivation and Leading
Theories of Motivation- Maslow’s Hierarchy of Needs - Hertzberg’s Two Factor Theory -
Vroom’s theory of expectancy – Mc Cleland’s theory of needs–Mc Gregor’s theory X and theory
Y– Adam’s equity theory.
UNIT - III Organizational Culture
Introduction – Meaning, scope, definition, Nature - Organizational Climate - Leadership - Traits
Theory–Managerial Grid - Transactional Vs Transformational Leadership - Qualities of good
Leader - Conflict Management -Evaluating Leader.
UNIT - IV Group Dynamics
Introduction – Meaning, scope, definition, Nature- Types of groups - Determinants of group
behaviour - Group process – Group Development - Group norms - Group cohesiveness - Small
Groups - Group decision making - Team building - Conflict in the organization– Conflict
resolution
UNIT - V Organizational Change and Development
Introduction –Nature, Meaning, scope, definition and functions- Organizational Culture -
Changing the Culture – Change Management – Work Stress Management - Organizational
management – Managerial implications of organization’s change and development

Textbooks:
1. Luthans, Fred, Organisational Behaviour, McGraw-Hill, 12 Th edition.
2. P Subba Ran, Organisational Behaviour, Himalya Publishing House.
 3. Reference Books:
4. McShane, Organizational Behaviour, TMH
5. Nelson, Organisational Behaviour, Thomson.
6. Robbins, P. Stephen, Timothy A. Judge, Organisational Behaviour, Pearson.
7. Aswathappa, Organisational Behaviour, Himalaya.

Online Learning Resources:

1. https://www.slideshare.net/Knight1040/organizational-culture
9608857s://www.slideshare.net/AbhayRajpoot3/motivation-165556714
https://www.slideshare.net/harshrastogi1/group-dynamics-159412405
2. https://www.slideshare.net/vanyasingla1/organizational-change-development-
26565951
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
II B.Tech II Semester
(Common to all branches)
L T P C
2 0 0 2

23AMB04: BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT

Course Objectives:
• To make the student to understand about the business environment
• To enable them in knowing the importance of fiscal and monitory policy
• To facilitate them in understanding the export policy of the country
• To Impart knowledge about the functioning and role of WTO
• To Encourage the student in knowing the structure of stock markets

Course Outcomes:
CO1: Define Business Environment and its Importance. (L2)
CO2: Understand various types of business environment. (L2)
CO3: Apply the knowledge of Money markets in future investment (L3)
CO4: Analyse India’s Trade Policy (L4)
CO5: Evaluate fiscal and monitory policy (L5)
CO6: Develop a personal synthesis and approach for identifying business opportunities (L5)

UNIT - I Overview of Business Environment

Introduction – meaning Nature, Scope, significance, functions and advantages. Types-
Internal &External, Micro and Macro. Competitive structure of industries -Environmental
analysis- advantages & limitations of environmental analysis.
UNIT - II Fiscal & Monetary Policy
Introduction – Nature, meaning, significance, functions and advantages. Public Revenues -
Public Expenditure - Evaluation of recent fiscal policy of GOI. Highlights of Budget-
Monetary Policy - Demand and Supply of Money –RBI -Objectives of monetary and credit
policy - Recent trends- Role of Finance Commission.

UNIT - III India’s Trade Policy

Introduction – Nature, meaning, significance, functions and advantages. Magnitude and
direction of Indian International Trade - Bilateral and Multilateral Trade Agreements - EXIM
policy and role of EXIM bank -Balance of Payments– Structure & Major components - Causes
for Disequilibrium in Balance of Payments - Correction measures.

UNIT - IV World Trade Organization

Introduction – Nature, significance, functions and advantages. Organization and Structure - Role
and functions of WTO in promoting world trade - GATT -Agreements in the Uruguay Round –
TRIPS, TRIMS - Disputes Settlement Mechanism - Dumping and Anti-dumping Measures.

UNIT - V Money Markets and Capital Markets

Introduction – Nature, meaning, significance, functions and advantages. Features and
components of Indian financial systems - Objectives, features and structure of money markets
and capital markets - Reforms and recent development – SEBI – Stock Exchanges
- Investor protection and role of SEBI, Introduction to international finance.
Textbooks:
1. Francis Cherunilam, International Business: Text and Cases, Prentice Hall of India.
2. K. Aswathappa, Essentials of Business Environment: Texts and Cases & Exercises 13th
Revised Edition.HPH

Reference Books:

1. K. V. Sivayya, V. B. M Das, Indian Industrial Economy, Sultan Chand

Publishers, New Delhi, India.
2. Sundaram, Black, International Business Environment Text and Cases, Prentice Hall
of India, New Delhi, India.
3. Chari. S. N, International Business, Wiley India.
4. E. Bhattacharya, International Business, Excel Publications, New Delhi.

Online Learning Resources: https://www.slideshare.net/ShompaDhali/business-

environment-53111245 https://www.slideshare.net/rbalsells/fiscal-policy-ppt
https://www.slideshare.net/aguness/monetary-policy-presentationppt
https://www.slideshare.net/DaudRizwan/monetary-policy-of-india-69561982
https://www.slideshare.net/ShikhaGupta31/indias-trade-policyppt
https://www.slideshare.net/viking2690/wto-ppt-60260883
https://www.slideshare.net/prateeknepal3/ppt-mo
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
II B.Tech II Semester
(Common to CSE,CSD,CSM,CSC,CAI,CSO,IT,CSBS ))
L T P C
2 0 0 2

23AHS21: PROBABILITY & STATISTICS

(Common to CSE, CSE (AI &ML), CSE(IoT), CSE(AI),AI&ML, CS, IT)

Course Outcomes: After successful completion of this course, the students should be able to:

Statements Blooms
COs level
CO1 Acquire knowledge in finding the analysis of the data quantitatively or L2, L3
categorically and various statistical elementary
tools.
CO2 Develop skills in designing mathematical models involving probability, randomL3, L5
variables and the critical thinking in the theory of probability and its applications in
real life problems.

CO3 Apply the theoretical probability distributions like binomial, Poisson, and Normal L3
in the relevant application areas.

CO4 Analyze to test various hypotheses included in theory and types of errors for large L2, L3
samples.

CO5 Apply the different testing tools like t-test, F-test, chi-square test to analyze the L3,L5
relevant real life problems.

UNITI : Descriptive statistics

Statistics Introduction, Population vs Sample, Collection of data, primary and secondary data,
Measures of Central tendency, Measures of Variability (spread or variance) Skewness, Kurtosis,
correlation, correlation coefficient, rank correlation, regression coefficients, method of least
squares, regression lines.

UNIT II Probability
Probability, probability axioms, addition law and multiplicative law of probability, conditional
probability, Baye’s theorem, random variables (discrete and continuous), probability density
functions, properties, mathematical expectation.

UNITIII Probability distributions

Probability distributions: Binomial, Poisson and Normal-their properties (Chebyshevs
inequality). Approximation of the binomial distribution to normal distribution.

UNIT IV Estimation and Testing of hypothesis, large sample tests

Estimation-parameters, statistics, sampling distribution, point estimation, Formulation of null
hypothesis, alternative hypothesis, the critical and acceptance regions, level of significance, two
types of errors and power of the test. Large Sample Tests: Test for single proportion, difference
of proportions, test for single mean and difference of means. Confidence interval for parameters
in one sample and two sample problems

UNIT V Small sample tests

Student t-distribution (test for single mean, two means and paired t-test), testing of equality of
variances (F-test), χ2 - test for goodness of fit, χ2 - test for independence of attributes.

Textbooks:
1. Miller and Freunds, Probability and Statistics for Engineers,7/e, Pearson, 2008.
2. S.C. Gupta and V.K. Kapoor, Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics, 11/e, Sultan
Chand & Sons Publications, 2012.

Reference Books:
1. S. Ross, a First Course in Probability, Pearson Education India, 2002.
2. W. Feller, an Introduction to Probability Theory and its Applications, 1/e, Wiley,
1968.
3. B. V. Ramana, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Mc Graw Hill Education.

Online Learning Resources:

1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_ma74/preview
2. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc22_mg31/preview
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
II B.Tech II Semester
(Common to CSE,CSE(CS),CSE(IOT),CSBS,IT)
L T P C
3 0 0 3

23ACS11: OPERATING SYSTEMS

Course Objectives: The main objectives of the course is to make student

• Understand the basic concepts and principles of operating systems, including process
management, memory management, file systems, and Protection
• Make use of process scheduling algorithms and synchronization techniques to achieve
better performance of a computer system.
• Illustrate different conditions for deadlock and their possible solutions.

Course Outcomes: After completion of the course, students will be able to

CO1: Describe the basics of the operating systems, mechanisms of OS to handle processes,
threads, and their communication. (L1)
CO2: Understand the basic concepts and principles of operating systems, including process
management, memory management, file systems, and Protection. (L2)
CO3: Make use of process scheduling algorithms and synchronization techniques to achieve
better performance of a computer system. (L3)
CO4: Illustrate different conditions for deadlock and their possible solutions. (L2)
CO5: Analyze the memory management and its allocation policies. (L4)

UNIT - I
Operating Systems Overview: Introduction, Operating system functions, Operating systems
operations, Computing environments, Free and Open-Source Operating Systems System
Structures: Operating System Services, User and Operating-System Interface, system calls,
Types of System Calls, system programs, Operating system Design and Implementation,
Operating system structure, Building and Booting an Operating System, Operating system
debugging

UNIT - II
Processes: Process Concept, Process scheduling, Operations on processes, Inter-process
communication. Threads and Concurrency: Multithreading models, Thread libraries,
Threading issues. CPU Scheduling: Basic concepts, Scheduling criteria, Scheduling algorithms,
Multiple processor scheduling.

UNIT – III
Synchronization Tools: The Critical Section Problem, Peterson’s Solution, Mutex Locks,
Semaphores, Monitors, Classic problems of Synchronization. Deadlocks: system Model,
Deadlock characterization, Methods for handling Deadlocks, Deadlock prevention, Deadlock
avoidance, Deadlock detection, Recovery from Deadlock.

UNIT - IV
Memory-Management Strategies: Introduction, Contiguous memory allocation, Paging,
Structure of the Page Table, Swapping. Virtual Memory Management: Introduction, Demand
paging, Copy-on-write, Page replacement, Allocation of frames, Thrashing. Storage
Management: Overview of Mass Storage Structure, HDD Scheduling.
UNIT - V
File System: File System Interface: File concept, Access methods, Directory Structure; File
system Implementation: File-system structure, File-system Operations, Directory
implementation, Allocation method, Free space management; File-System Internals: File- System
Mounting, Partitions and Mounting, File Sharing. Protection: Goals of protection, Principles of
protection, Protection Rings, Domain of protection, Access matrix.

Textbooks:
1. Operating System Concepts, Silberschatz A, Galvin P B, Gagne G, 10th Edition,
Wiley, 2018.
2. Modern Operating Systems, Tanenbaum A S, 4th Edition, Pearson , 2016

Reference Books:
1. Operating Systems -Internals and Design Principles, Stallings W, 9th edition, Pearson,
2018
2. Operating Systems: A Concept Based Approach, D.M Dhamdhere, 3rd Edition,
McGraw- Hill, 2013

Online Learning Resources:

1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/106/106106144/
2. http://peterindia.net/OperatingSystems.html
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
II B. Tech II Semester
(Common to CSE, CSD, CSM, CSC, CAI, CSO, IT, CSBS))
L T P C
3 0 0 3

23ACS12: DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

(COMMON TO CSE, CSE(DS), CSE(CS), CSE(IOT)

Course Objectives: The main objective of the course is to

• Introduce database management systems and to give a good formal foundation on the
relational model of data and usage of Relational Algebra
• Introduce the concepts of basic SQL as a universal Database language
• Demonstrate the principles behind systematic database design approaches by covering
conceptual design, logical design through normalization
• Provide an overview of physical design of a database system, by discussing Database
indexing techniques and storage techniques

Course Outcomes: After completion of the course, students will be able to

CO1: Understand the basic concepts of database management systems (L2)
CO2: Analyze a given database application scenario to use ER model for conceptual design of
the database (L4)
CO3: Utilize SQL proficiently to address diverse query challenges (L3).
CO4: Employ normalization methods to enhance database structure (L3)
CO5: Assess and implement transaction processing, concurrency control and database
recovery protocols in databases. (L4)

UNIT I: Introduction: Database system, Characteristics (Database Vs File System), Database

Users, Advantages of Database systems, Database applications. Brief introduction of different
Data Models; Concepts of Schema, Instance and data independence; Three tier schema
architecture for data independence; Database system structure, environment, Centralized and
Client Server architecture for the database.
Entity Relationship Model: Introduction, Representation of entities, attributes, entity set,
relationship, relationship set, constraints, sub classes, super class, inheritance, specialization,
generalization using ER Diagrams.

Unit II: Relational Model: Introduction to relational model, concepts of domain, attribute, tuple,
relation, importance of null values, constraints (Domain, Key constraints, integrity constraints)
and their importance, Relational Algebra, Relational Calculus.

UNIT III: BASIC SQL:Simple Database schema, data types, table definitions (create, alter),
different DML operations (insert, delete, update),Basic SQL querying (select and project) using
where clause, arithmetic & logical operations, SQL functions(Date and Time, Numeric, String
conversion).Creating tables with relationship, implementation of key and integrity constraints,
nested queries, sub queries, grouping, aggregation, ordering, implementation of different types of
joins, view(updatable and non-updatable), relational set operations.

UNIT IV: Introduction to PL/SQL programming – Advantages of PL/SQL, The generic

PL/SQL block, Character set, Literals , Data types, Variables, Constants, Comments, Conditional
and Control statements, Iterative statements, Exception handling, Procedures, Functions ,Cursors
,Triggers.. Schema Refinement (Normalization): Purpose of Normalization or schema
refinement, concept of functional dependency, normal forms based on functional dependency
Lossless join and dependency preserving decomposition, (1NF, 2NF and 3 NF), concept of
surrogate key, Boyce-Codd normal form(BCNF), MVD, Fourth normal form(4NF), Fifth Normal
Form (5NF).
UNIT V: Transaction Concept: Transaction State, ACID properties, Concurrent Executions,
Serializability, Recoverability, Implementation of Isolation, Testing for Serializability, lock
based, time stamp based, optimistic, concurrency protocols, Deadlocks, Failure Classification,
Storage, Recovery and Atomicity, Recovery algorithm.

Textbooks:
1. Database Management Systems, 3rd edition, Raghuram Krishnan, Johannes Gehrke,
TMH (For Chapters 2, 3, 4)
2. Database System Concepts,5th edition, Silberschatz, Korth, Sudarsan, TMH (For
Chapter 1 and Chapter 5)

Reference Books:
1. Introduction to Database Systems, 8thedition, C J Date, Pearson.
2. Database Management System, 6th edition, Ramez Elmasri, Shamkant B. Navathe,
Pearson
3. Database Principles Fundamentals of Design Implementation and Management,
Corlos Coronel, Steven Morris, Peter Robb, Cengage Learning.

Web-Resources:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/105/106105175/
2. https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/app/toc/lex_auth_0127580666728202
2456_shared/overview
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
II B.Tech II Semester
(Common to CSE, CSD, CSM, CSC, CAI,CSO,IT,CSBS ))
L T P C
3 0 0 3

23AIT02: SOFTWARE ENGINEERING

(COMMON TO CSE, CSE(DS),CSE(CS),CSE(IOT)

Course Objectives: The objectives of this course are to introduce

• Software life cycle models, Software requirements and SRS document.
• Project Planning, quality control and ensuring good quality software.
• Software Testing strategies, use of CASE tools, Implementation issues, validation &
verification procedures.

Course Outcomes: After completion of the course, students will be able to

CO1: Perform various life cycle activities like Analysis, Design, Implementation, Testing
and Maintenance (L3)
CO2: Analyse various software engineering models and apply methods for design and
development of software projects. (L4)
CO3: Develop system designs using appropriate techniques. (L3)
CO4: Understand various testing techniques for a software project. (L2)
CO5: Apply standards, CASE tools and techniques for engineering software projects (L3)

UNIT I:
Introduction: Evolution, Software development projects, Exploratory style of software
developments, Emergence of software engineering, Notable changes in software development
practices, Computer system engineering.
Software Life Cycle Models: Basic concepts, Waterfall model and its extensions, Rapid
application development, Agile development model, Spiral model.

UNIT II:
Software Project Management: Software project management complexities, Responsibilities of
a software project manager, Metrics for project size estimation, Project estimation techniques,
Empirical Estimation techniques, COCOMO, Halstead’s software science, risk management.
Requirements Analysis And Specification: Requirements gathering and analysis, Software
Requirements Specification (SRS), Formal system specification, Axiomatic specification,
Algebraic specification, Executable specification and 4GL.

UNIT III:
Software Design: Overview of the design process, How to characterize a good software design?
Layered arrangement of modules, Cohesion and Coupling. approaches to software design.
Agility: Agility and the Cost of Change, Agile Process, Extreme Programming (XP), Other Agile
Process Models, Tool Set for the Agile Process (Text Book 2)
Function-Oriented Software Design: Overview of SA/SD methodology, Structured analysis,
Developing the DFD model of a system, Structured design, Detailed design, and Design Review.
User Interface Design: Characteristics of a good user interface, Basic concepts, Types of user
interfaces, Fundamentals of component-based GUI development, and user interface design
methodology.
UNIT IV:
Coding And Testing: Coding, Code review, Software documentation, Testing, Black-box
testing, White-Box testing, Debugging, Program analysis tools, Integration testing, Testing
object-oriented programs, Smoke testing, and Some general issues associated with testing.
Software Reliability And Quality Management: Software reliability. Statistical testing,
Software quality, Software quality management system, ISO 9000. SEI Capability maturity
model. Few other important quality standards, and Six Sigma.

UNIT V:
Computer-Aided Software Engineering (Case): CASE and its scope, CASE environment,
CASE support in the software life cycle, other characteristics of CASE tools, Towards second
generation CASE Tool, and Architecture of a CASE Environment.
Software Maintenance: Characteristics of software maintenance, Software reverse engineering,
Software maintenance process models and Estimation of maintenance cost.
Software Reuse: reuse- definition, introduction, reason behind no reuse so far, Basic issues in
any reuse program, A reuse approach, and Reuse at organization level.

Text Books:
1. Fundamentals of Software Engineering, Rajib Mall, 5th Edition, PHI.
2. Software Engineering A practitioner’s Approach, Roger S. Pressman, 9th Edition, Mc-
Graw Hill International Edition.

Reference Books:
1. Software Engineering, Ian Sommerville,10th Edition, Pearson.
2. Software Engineering, Principles and Practices, Deepak Jain, Oxford
University Press.

e- Resources:
1) https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/105/106105182/
2) https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/app/toc/lex_auth_012605895063871
48827_shared/overview
3) https://infyspringboard.onwingspan.com/web/en/app/toc/lex_auth_013382690411003
904735_shared/overview
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
II B.Tech II Semester
(Common to CSE,CSD,CSM,CSC,CAI,CSO,IT,CSBS ))
L T P C
0 0 3 1.5

23ACS13: OPERSTING SYSTEMS LAB

(COMMON TO CSE,CSE(DS),CSE(CS),CSE(IOT)

Course Objectives: The main objectives of the course are to

• Provide insights into system calls, file systems, semaphores,
• Develop and debug CPU Scheduling algorithms, page replacement algorithms, thread
implementation
• Implement Bankers Algorithms to Avoid the Dead Lock

Course Outcomes: After completion of the course, students will be able to

CO1: Trace different CPU Scheduling algorithms (L2).
CO2: Implement Bankers Algorithms to Avoid the Dead Lock (L3).
CO3: Evaluate Page replacement algorithms (L5).
CO4: Illustrate the file organization techniques (L4).
CO5: Illustrate Inter process Communication and concurrent execution of threads (L4)

Experiments covering the Topics:

• UNIX fundamentals, commands & system calls
• CPU Scheduling algorithms, thread processing
• IPC, semaphores, monitors, deadlocks
• Page replacement algorithms, file allocation strategies
• Memory allocation strategies

Sample Experiments:
1. Practicing of Basic UNIX Commands.
2. Write programs using the following UNIX operating system calls
fork, exec, getpid, exit, wait, close, stat, opendir and readdir
3. Simulate UNIX commands like cp, ls, grep, etc.,
4. Simulate the following CPU scheduling algorithms
a) FCFS b) SJF c) Priority d) Round Robin
5. Control the number of ports opened by the operating system with
a) Semaphore b) Monitors.
6. Write a program to illustrate concurrent execution of threads using pthreads library.
7. Write a program to solve producer-consumer problem using Semaphores.
 8. Implement the following memory allocation methods for fixed partition
a) First fit b) Worst fit c) Best fit
9. Simulate the following page replacement algorithms
a) FIFO b) LRU c) LFU
10. Simulate Paging Technique of memory management.
11. Implement Bankers Algorithm for Dead Lock avoidance and prevention
12. Simulate the following file allocation strategies
a) Sequential b) Indexed c) Linked

Reference Books:
1. Operating System Concepts, Silberschatz A, Galvin P B, Gagne G, 10th Edition, Wiley,
2018.
2. Modern Operating Systems, Tanenbaum A S, 4th Edition, Pearson, 2016
3. Operating Systems -Internals and Design Principles, Stallings W, 9th edition, Pearson,
2018
4. Operating Systems: A Concept Based Approach, D.M Dhamdhere, 3rd Edition,
McGraw- Hill, 2013

Online Learning Resources:

1. https://www.cse.iitb.ac.in/~mythili/os/
2. http://peterindia.net/OperatingSystems.html
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
II B.Tech II Semester
(Common to CSE,CSD,CSM,CSC,CAI,CSO,IT,CSBS ))
L T P C
0 0 3 1.5

23ACS13: DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS LAB

(COMMON TO CSE,CSE(DS),CSE(CS),CSE(IOT)

Course Objectives: This Course will enable students to

• Populate and query a database using SQL DDL/DML Commands
• Declare and enforce integrity constraints on a database
• Writing Queries using advanced concepts of SQL
• Programming PL/SQL including procedures, functions, cursors and triggers.

Course Outcomes: After completion of the course, students will be able to

CO1: Utilizing Data Definition Language (DDL), Data Manipulation Language (DML), and
Data Control Language (DCL) commands effectively within a database environment (L3)
CO2: Constructing and execute queries to manipulate and retrieve data from databases. (L3)
CO3: Develop application programs using PL/SQL. (L3)
CO4: Analyze requirements and design custom Procedures, Functions, Cursors, and Triggers,
leveraging their capabilities to automate tasks and optimize database functionality (L4)
CO5: Establish database connectivity through JDBC (Java Database Connectivity) (L3)
Experiments covering the topics:
• DDL, DML, DCL commands
• Queries, nested queries, built-in functions,
• PL/SQL programming- control structures
• Procedures, Functions, Cursors, Triggers,
• Database connectivity- ODBC/JDBC
Sample Experiments:
1. Creation, altering and droping of tables and inserting rows into a table (use constraints
while creating tables) examples using SELECT command.
2. Queries (along with sub Queries) using ANY, ALL, IN, EXISTS, NOTEXISTS,
UNION, INTERSET, Constraints. Example:- Select the roll number and name of the
student who secured fourth rank in the class.
3. Queries using Aggregate functions (COUNT, SUM, AVG, MAX and MIN), GROUP
BY, HAVING and Creation and dropping of Views.
4. Queries using Conversion functions (to_char, to_number and to_date), string functions
(Concatenation, lpad, rpad, ltrim, rtrim, lower, upper, initcap, length, substr and instr),
date functions (Sysdate, next_day, add_months, last_day, months_between, least,
greatest, trunc, round, to_char, to_date)
5.
i. Create a simple PL/SQL program which includes declaration section,
executable section and exception –Handling section (Ex. Student marks can be
 selected from the table and printed for those who secured first class and an
exception can be raised if no records were found)
ii. Insert data into student table and use COMMIT, ROLLBACK and SAPOINT
in PL/SQL block.
6. Develop a program that includes the features NESTED IF, CASE and CASE
expression. The program can be extended using the NULLIF and COALESCE
functions.
7. Program development using WHILE LOOPS, numeric FOR LOOPS, nested loops
using ERROR Handling, BUILT –IN Exceptions, USE defined Exceptions, RAISE-
APPLICATION ERROR.
8. Programs development using creation of procedures, passing parameters IN and OUT
of PROCEDURES.
9. Program development using creation of stored functions, invoke functions in SQL
Statements and write complex functions.
10. Develop programs using features parameters in a CURSOR, FOR UPDATE CURSOR,
WHERE CURRENT of clause and CURSOR variables.
11. Develop Programs using BEFORE and AFTER Triggers, Row and Statement Triggers
and INSTEAD OF Triggers
12. Create a table and perform the search operation on table using indexing and non-
indexing techniques.
13. Write a Java program that connects to a database using JDBC
14. Write a Java program to connect to a database using JDBC and insert values into it
15. Write a Java program to connect to a database using JDBC and delete values from it

Text Books/Suggested Reading:

1. Oracle: The Complete Reference by Oracle Press
2. Nilesh Shah, "Database Systems Using Oracle”, PHI, 2007
3. Rick F Vander Lans, “Introduction to SQL”, Fourth Edition, Pearson Education, 2007
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
II B.Tech II Semester
(Common to CSE,CSD,CSM,CSC,CAI,CSO,IT,CSBS ))
L T P C
0 1 2 2

23ACS15: FULL STACK DEVELOPMENT – 1(Skill Enhancement Course)

(COMMON TO CSE,CSE(DS),CSE(CS),CSE(IOT)

Course Objectives: The main objectives of the course are to

• Make use of HTML elements and their attributes for designing static web pages
• Build a web page by applying appropriate CSS styles to HTML elements
• Experiment with JavaScript to develop dynamic web pages and validate forms

Course Outcomes:
CO1: Design Websites. (L6)
CO2: Apply Styling to web pages. (L4)
CO3: Make Web pages interactive. (L6)
CO4: Design Forms for applications. (L6)
CO5: Choose Control Structure based on the logic to be implemented. (L3)
CO6: Understand HTML tags, Attributes and CSS properties (L2)

Experiments covering the Topics:

● Lists, Links and Images
● HTML Tables, Forms and Frames
● HTML 5 and Cascading Style Sheets, Types of CSS
● Selector forms
● CSS with Color, Background, Font, Text and CSS Box Model
● Applying JavaScript - internal and external, I/O, Type Conversion
● JavaScript Conditional Statements and Loops, Pre-defined and User-defined Objects
● JavaScript Functions and Events
● Node.js
Sample Experiments:
1. Lists, Links and Images
a. Write a HTML program, to explain the working of lists.
Note: It should have an ordered list, unordered list, nested lists and ordered list in an
unordered list and definition lists.
b. Write a HTML program, to explain the working of hyperlinks using <a> tag and href, target
Attributes.
c. Create a HTML document that has your image and your friend’s image with a specific
height and width. Also when clicked on the images it should navigate to their respective
profiles.
 d. Write a HTML program, in such a way that, rather than placing large images on a page, the
preferred technique is to use thumbnails by setting the height and width parameters to
something like to 100*100 pixels. Each thumbnail image is also a link to a full sized version
of the image. Create an image gallery using this technique

2. HTML Tables, Forms and Frames

● Write a HTML program, to explain the working of tables. (use tags: <table>, <tr>, <th>,
<td> and attributes: border, rowspan, colspan)
● Write a HTML program, to explain the working of tables by preparing a timetable. (Note:
Use <caption> tag to set the caption to the table & also use cell spacing, cell padding, border,
rowspan, colspan etc.).
● Write a HTML program, to explain the working of forms by designing Registration form.
(Note: Include text field, password field, number field, date of birth field, checkboxes, radio
buttons, list boxes using <select>&<option> tags, <text area> and two buttons ie: submit
and reset. Use tables to provide a better view).
● Write a HTML program, to explain the working of frames, such that page is to be divided
into 3 parts on either direction. (Note: first frame image, second frame paragraph, third
frame ◻ hyperlink. And also make sure of using “no frame” attribute such that frames to be
fixed).

3. HTML 5 and Cascading Style Sheets, Types of CSS

a. Write a HTML program, that makes use of <article>, <aside>, <figure>, <figcaption>,
<footer>, <header>, <main>, <nav>, <section>, <div>, <span> tags.
b. Write a HTML program, to embed audio and video into HTML web page.
c. Write a program to apply different types (or levels of styles or style specification formats)
- inline, internal, external styles to HTML elements. (identify selector, property and value).

4. Selector forms
a. Write a program to apply different types of selector forms
● Simple selector (element, id, class, group, universal)
● Combinator selector (descendant, child, adjacent sibling, general sibling)
● Pseudo-class selector
● Pseudo-element selector
● Attribute selector

5. CSS with Color, Background, Font, Text and CSS Box Model
a. Write a program to demonstrate the various ways you can reference a color in CSS.
b. Write a CSS rule that places a background image halfway down the page, tilting it
horizontally. The image should remain in place when the user scrolls up or down.
c. Write a program using the following terms related to CSS font and text:
i. font-size ii. font-weight iii. font-style
iv. text-decoration v. text-transformation vi. text-alignment
d. Write a program, to explain the importance of CSS Box model using
i. Content ii. Border iii. Margin iv. padding

6. Applying JavaScript - internal and external, I/O, Type Conversion

a. Write a program to embed internal and external JavaScript in a web page.
b. Write a program to explain the different ways for displaying output.
c. Write a program to explain the different ways for taking input.
d. Create a webpage which uses prompt dialogue box to ask a voter for his name and age.
Display the information in table format along with either the voter can vote or not

7. JavaScript Pre-defined and User-defined Objects

a. Write a program using document object properties and methods.
b. Write a program using window object properties and methods.
c. Write a program using array object properties and methods.
d. Write a program using math object properties and methods.
e. Write a program using string object properties and methods.
f. Write a program using regex object properties and methods.
g. Write a program using date object properties and methods.
h. Write a program to explain user-defined object by using properties, methods, accessors,
constructors and display.
8. JavaScript Conditional Statements and Loops
a. Write a program which asks the user to enter three integers, obtains the numbers from the
user and outputs HTML text that displays the larger number followed by the words
“LARGER NUMBER” in an information message dialog. If the numbers are equal, output
HTML text as “EQUAL NUMBERS”.
b. Write a program to display week days using switch case.
c. Write a program to print 1 to 10 numbers using for, while and do-while loops.
d. Write aprogram to print data in object using for-in, for-each and for-of loops
e. Develop a program to determine whether a given number is an ‘ARMSTRONG NUMBER’
or not. [Eg: 153 is an Armstrong number, since sum of the cube of the digits is equal to the
number i.e.,13 + 53+ 33 = 153]
f. Write a program to display the denomination of the amount deposited in the bank in terms
of 100’s, 50’s, 20’s, 10’s, 5’s, 2’s & 1’s. (Eg: If deposited amount is Rs.163, the output
should be 1-100’s, 1-50’s, 1- 10’s, 1-2’s & 1-1’s)
9. Javascript Functions and Events
a. Design a appropriate function should be called to display
● Factorial of that number
● Fibonacci series up to that number
● Prime numbers up to that number
● Is it palindrome or not
 b. Design a HTML having a text box and four buttons named Factorial, Fibonacci, Prime,
and Palindrome. When a button is pressed an appropriate function should be called to
display
Factorial of that number
Fibonacci series up to that number
Prime numbers up to that number
Is it palindrome or not
c. Write a program to validate the following fields in a registration page
i. Name (start with alphabet and followed by alphanumeric and the length should not
be less than 6 characters)
ii. Mobile (only numbers and length 10 digits)
iii. E-mail (should contain format like [email protected])

Textbooks:
1. Programming the World Wide Web, 7th Edition, Robet W Sebesta, Pearson, 2013.
2. Web Programming with HTML5, CSS and JavaScript, John Dean, Jones & Bartlett
Learning, 2019 (Chapters 1-11).
3. Pro MERN Stack: Full Stack Web App Development with Mongo, Express, React, and
Node, Vasan Subramanian, 2nd edition, APress, O’Reilly.
Web Links:
1. https://www.w3schools.com/html
2. https://www.w3schools.com/css
3. https://www.w3schools.com/js/
4. https://www.w3schools.com/nodejs
5. https://www.w3schools.com/typescript
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
II B.Tech II Semester
(Common to CSE,CSD,CSM,CSC,CAI,CSO,IT,CSBS ))
L T P C
1 0 2 2

23ACS15: DESIGN THINKING FOR INNOVATION

Course Objectives:
The objective of this course is to familiarize students with design thinking process as a tool for
breakthrough innovation. It aims to equip students with design thinking skills and ignite the minds
to create innovative ideas, develop solutions for real-time problems.

Course Outcomes:
CO1: Define the concepts related to design thinking. (L1, L2)
CO2: Explain the fundamentals of Design Thinking and innovation (L1, L2)
CO3: Apply the design thinking techniques for solving problems in various sectors. (L3)
CO4: Analyse to work in a multidisciplinary environment (L4)
CO5: Evaluate the value of creativity (L5)
CO6: Formulate specific problem statements of real time issues (L3, L6)

UNIT I Introduction to Design Thinking

Introduction to elements and principles of Design, basics of design-dot, line, shape, form as
fundamental design components. Principles of design. Introduction to design thinking, history of
Design Thinking, New materials in Industry.

UNIT II Design Thinking Process

Design thinking process (empathize, analyze, idea & prototype), implementing the process in
driving inventions, design thinking in social innovations. Tools of design thinking - person,
costumer, journey map, brainstorming, product development
Activity: Every student presents their idea in three minutes, Every student can present design
process in the form of flow diagram or flow chart etc. Every student should explain about product
development.

UNIT III Innovation

Art of innovation, Difference between innovation and creativity, role of creativity and innovation
in organizations- Creativity to Innovation- Teams for innovation- Measuring the impact and value
of creativity.
Activity: Debate on innovation and creativity, Flow and planning from idea to innovation, Debate
on value-based innovation.

UNIT IV Product Design

Problem formation, introduction to product design, Product strategies, Product value, Product
planning, product specifications- Innovation towards product design- Case studies
Activity: Importance of modelling, how to set specifications, Explaining their own product
design.

UNIT V Design Thinking in Business Processes

Design Thinking applied in Business & Strategic Innovation, Design Thinking principles that
redefine business – Business challenges: Growth, Predictability, Change, Maintaining Relevance,
Extreme competition, Standardization. Design thinking to meet corporate needs-
Design thinking for Startups- Defining and testing Business Models and Business Cases- Developing &
testing prototypes.
Activity: How to market our own product, About maintenance, Reliability and plan for startup.

Textbooks:
1. Tim Brown,Change by design, Harper Bollins (2009)
2. Idris Mootee, Design Thinking for Strategic Innovation, 2013, John Wiley & Sons.

Reference Books:
1. David Lee, Design Thinking in the Classroom, Ulysses press
2. Shrutin N Shetty, Design the Future, Norton Press
3. William Lidwell,Universal Principles of Design- Kritinaholden, Jill Butter.
4. Chesbrough.H, The Era of Open Innovation – 2013

Online Learning Resources: https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110/106/110106124/

https://nptel.ac.in/courses/109/104/109104109/
https://swayam.gov.in/nd1_noc19_mg60/preview
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
II B.Tech – II Semester
L T P C
2 - - -
20AHS15 QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE AND REASONING – II
(Audit course) (Common to all Branches)
COURSE OUTCOMES:
After successful completion of the course, the student will be able to
1. Develop the thinking ability to meet the challenges in solving Logical Reasoning problems.

2. Solve campus placements aptitude papers covering Quantitative Ability and Verbal Ability.

3. Apply different placement practice techniques.

UNIT-I 9 Hours
QUANTITATIVE ABILITY III: Percentage [Percentage values from ½ to 1/30 , Successive increase / Decrease,
Increased / Decreased percentage, How much % more / less, Population Problems, Election Problems,
Application type of problems] – Profit & Loss[ Cost Price , Selling Price , Retail Price , Marked Price / List Price
/ Printed price, Discounts, Error problems, Application type of problems] –Simple Interest[Principle, Time
period, Rate of interest, Interest, Amount, Annual Payment, Application type of problems]- Compound
Interest[Principle, Time period, Rate of interest, Interest, Different formulae of amount, Annual Payment,
Differences between C.I & S.I for 1 year, 2years & 3years]
UNIT-II 9 Hours
QUANTITATIVE ABILITY IV: Time and Work [One person is working, 2 persons are working, 3 persons are
working, Relation among Men, days, hours & Work, Alternate days, Graphical method, Application type of
problems] – Pipes & Cisterns[Inlet, Outlet or leakage, Alternate hours, Application type of problems] – Time,
Speed and Distance[Relation among time, speed & distance, Relative Speed, Average Speed, Problems on trains,
Application type of problems] –Boats and Streams[Still water, Stream, Current rate, Boat’s rate, Downstream,
Upstream, Downstream Speed, Upstream speed, Application type of problems] – Races & Circular Tracks [2
persons are running around a circular track, 3 persons are running around a circular track]
UNIT-III 9 Hours
REASONING ABILITY II: Alphabet - Coding & Decoding - Directions - Ranking Test – Blood Relations -
Inserting the missing number – Venn diagrams – Symbols and Notations - Syllogism – Statement and
Conclusion– Data Arrangement – Linear and Circular arrangement
UNIT-IV 9 Hours
VERBAL II: Tense – Present Tense, Past Tense, Future Tense - Voice – Active voice, Passive voice and Active
to Passive Voice Conversion Rules – Speech – Direct Speech, Indirect Speech and Direct to Indirect Speech
Conversion Rules –Essay Writing – Types, Steps, Format.

UNIT V 9 Hours
SOFT SKILL II: Time Management - Stress Management - Team Work - Accent and Voice Communication -
Interview Skills.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Quantitative Aptitude, Logic Reasoning & Verbal Reasoning, R S Agarwal, S.Chand Publications.

2. Quantitative Aptitude for Competitive Examinations, R S Agarwal, S.Chand Publications.

 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

III B. Tech-I Semester CSE

L T P C
3 0 0 3
23ACA10: INTRODUCTION TO ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE
Professional Core-Common to IT, IOT, CSE
Professional Elective-I-CSE(CS)

Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course, students will be able to
• Apply searching techniques for solving a problem
• Design Intelligent Agents
• Develop Natural Language Interface for Machines
• Design mini robots
• Summarize past, present and future of Artificial Intelligence.

UNIT-I Introduction Lecture 9Hrs

Introduction: What is AI, Foundations of AI, History of AI, The State of Art.
Intelligent Agents: Agents and Environments, Good Behaviour: The Concept of Rationality, The Nature of
Environments, The Structure of Agents.

UNIT-II Solving Problems by searching Lecture 9 Hrs

Problem Solving Agents, Example problems, Searching for Solutions, Uninformed Search Strategies,
Informed search strategies, Heuristic Functions, Beyond Classical Search: Local Search Algorithms and
Optimization Problems, Local Search in Continues Spaces, Searching with Nondeterministic Actions,
Searching with partial observations, online search agents and unknown environments.

UNIT-III Reinforcement Learning & Natural Language Processing Lecture 8Hrs

Reinforcement Learning: Introduction, Passive Reinforcement Learning, Active Reinforcement Learning,
Generalization in Reinforcement Learning, Policy Search, applications of RL
Natural Language Processing: Language Models, Text Classification, Information Retrieval, Information
Extraction.

UNIT-IV Natural Language for Communication Lecture 8 Hrs

Natural Language for Communication: Phrase structure grammars, Syntactic Analysis, Augmented
Grammars and semantic Interpretation, Machine Translation, Speech Recognition
Perception: Image Formation, Early Image Processing Operations, Object Recognition by appearance,
Reconstructing the 3D World, Object Recognition from Structural information, Using Vision.

UNIT-V Robotics Lecture 10Hrs

Robotics: Introduction, Robot Hardware, Robotic Perception, planning to move, planning uncertain
movements, Moving, Robotic software architectures, application domains
Philosophical foundations: Weak AI, Strong AI, Ethics and Risks of AI, Agent Components, Agent
Architectures, Are we going in the right direction, What if AI does succeed.

Textbooks:
1.Stuart J.Russell, Peter Norvig, “Artificial Intelligence A Modern Approach”, 3rd Edition, Pearson Education,
2019.
1
Reference Books:
1. Nilsson, Nils J., and Nils Johan Nilsson. Artificial intelligence: a new synthesis. Morgan Kaufmann, 1998.
2. Johnson, Benny G., Fred Phillips, and Linda G. Chase. "An intelligent tutoring system for the accounting
cycle: Enhancing textbook homework with artificial intelligence." Journal of Accounting Education 27.1
(2009): 3039.
Online Learning Resources:
http://peterindia.net/AILinks.html
http://nptel.ac.in/courses/106106139/
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/105/106105152/

2
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

III B.Tech-I Semester(Common to CSE,IT)

L T P C
3 0 0 3
23ACS16: COMPUTER NETWORKS

Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
CO1: Identify the software and hardware components of a computer network
CO2: Design software for a computer network
CO3: Develop new routing, and congestion control algorithms
CO4: Assess critically the existing routing protocols
CO5: Explain the functionality of each layer of a computer network
CO6: Choose the appropriate transport protocol based on the application requirements

UNIT-I :
Introduction: Types of Computer Networks, Broadband Access Networks, Mobile and Wireless Access
Networks, Content Provider Networks, Transit networks, Enterprise Networks, Network technology from
local to global, Personal Area Networks, Local Area Networks, Home Networks, Metropolitan Area
Networks, Wide Area Networks, Internetworks, Network Protocols, Design Goals, Protocol Layering,
Connections and Reliability, Service Primitives, The Relationship of Services to Protocols ,Reference
Models, The OSI Reference Model, The TCP/IP Reference Model, A Critique of the OSI Model and
Protocols, A Critique of the TCP/IP Reference Model and Protocols.

UNIT II:
The Data Link Layer: Guided Transmission Media, Persistent Storage, Twisted Pairs, Coaxial Cable,
Power Lines, Fiber Optics, Data Link Layer Design Issues, Services Provided To The Network Layer,
Framing Error Control, Flow Control, Error Detection And Correction, Error- Correcting Codes, Error-
Detecting Codes, Elementary Data Link Protocols, Initial Simplifying Assumptions Basic Transmission
And Receipt, Simplex Link-Layer Protocols, Improving Efficiency, Bidirectional Transmission,
Multiple Frames In Flight, Examples Of Full-Duplex, Sliding Window Protocols, The Channel
Allocation Problem, Static Channel Allocation, Assumptions For Dynamic Channel Allocation, Multiple
Access Protocols, Aloha, Carrier Sense Multiple Access Protocols, Collision-Free Protocols, Limited-
Contention Protocols, Wireless LAN Protocols, Ethernet, Classic Ethernet Physical Layer, Classic
Ethernet Mac Sublayer Protocol, Ethernet Performance, Switched Ethernet, Fast Ethernet, Gigabit
Ethernet, 10-Gigabit Ethernet,40- And 100-Gigabit Ethernet, Retrospective On Ethernet.

UNIT III:
The Network Layer: Network Layer Design Issues, Store-And-Forward Packet Switching, Services
Provided To The Transport Layer, Implementation Of Connectionless Service, Implementation Of
Connection-Oriented Service, Comparison Of Virtual-Circuit And Datagram Networks, Routing
Algorithms In A Single Network, The Optimality Principle, Shortest Path Algorithm, Flooding, Distance
Vector Routing, Link State Routing, Hierarchical Routing Within a Network, Broadcast Routing,
Multicast Routing, Anycast Routing, Traffic Management at The Network Layer, The Need for Traffic
Management: Congestion, Approaches To 3Traffic Management, Internetworking, Internetworks: An
Overview, How Networks differ, Connecting Heterogeneous Networks, Connecting Endpoints Across
Heterogeneous Networks, Internetwork Routing: Routing Across Multiple Networks Supporting
Different Packet Sizes: Packet Fragmentation, The Network Layer In The Internet, The IP Version 4
Protocol, IP Addresses,
 IP Version 6, Internet Control Protocols, Label Switching and MPLS, OSPF—An Interior Gateway
Routing Protocol, BGP—The Exterior Gateway Routing Protocol, Internet Multicasting.

UNIT IV:
The Transport Layer: The Transport Service, Services Provided To The Upper Layers, Transport
Service Primitives, Berkeley Sockets, An Example Of Socket Programming: An Internet File Server,
Elements Of Transport Protocols, Addressing, Connection Establishment, Connection Release, Error
Control And Flow Control, Multiplexing, Crash Recovery, Congestion Control, Desirable Bandwidth
Allocation, Regulating The Sending Rate, Wireless Issues, The Internet Transport Protocols: UDP,
Introduction To UDP, Remote Procedure Call, Real-Time Transport Protocols, The Internet Transport
Protocols: TCP, Introduction To TCP, The TCP Service Model, The TCP Protocol, The TCP Segment
Header, TCP Connection Establishment, TCP Connection Release.

UNIT V:
The Application Layer: Electronic Mail, Architecture and Services, The User Agent, Message Formats,
Message Transfer, Final Delivery, The World Wide Web, Architectural Overview, Static Web Objects,
Dynamic Web Pages and Web Applications, HTTP and HTTPS, Web Privacy, Content Delivery, Content
and Internet Traffic, Server Farms and Web Proxies, Content Delivery Networks, Peer-To-Peer
Networks, Evolution of The Internet.

Textbooks:
1. Andrew Tanenbaum, David Wetherall, Computer Networks, 6th Edition, PEARSON.

Reference Books:
1. Forouzan, Data communications and Networking, 5th Edition, McGraw Hill Publication.
2. Youlou Zheng, Shakil Akthar, ―Networks for Computer Scientists and Engineers‖, Oxford
Publishers,
2016.
3. James F. Kurose, Keith W. Ross, ―Computer Networking: A Top-Down Approach‖, 6th edition,
Pearson, 2019
Online Learning Resources:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105183/25
2. http://www.nptelvideos.in/2012/11/computer-networks.html
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105183/3

4
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
(Autonomous)
III B. Tech I Semester (Common to CSE, IT, IOT, CSC, CSD)

L T P C
23AIT05 AUTOMATA THEORY AND COMPILER DESIGN
3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the students will be able to:
CO1: Design and implement a compiler.
CO2: Use LEX and YACC tools for scanner/parser.
CO3: Design LL and LR parsers.
CO4: Optimize code for performance.
CO5: Generate machine code algorithms.

UNIT-I Lecture 8 Hrs

Formal Language and Regular Expressions: Languages, Definition Languages regular expressions, Finite
Automata – DFA, NFA. Conversion of regular expression to NFA, NFA to DFA. Applications of Finite
Automata to lexical analysis, lex tools.
UNIT-II Lecture 8 Hrs
Context Free grammars and parsing: Context free grammars, derivation, parse trees, ambiguity LL(K)
grammars and LL (1) parsing, bottom-up parsing handle pruning LR Grammar Parsing, LALR parsing, parsing
ambiguous grammars, YACC programming specification.

UNIT-III Lecture 8 Hrs

Semantics: Syntax directed translation, S-attributed and L-attributed grammars, Intermediate code – abstract
syntax tree, translation of simple statements and control flow statements.
Context Sensitive features – Chomsky hierarchy of languages and recognizers. Type checking, type
conversions, equivalence of type expressions, overloading of functions and operations.
UNIT-IV Lecture 8 Hrs
Run time storage: Storage organization, storage allocation strategies scope access to now local names,
parameters, language facilities for dynamics storage allocation.
Code optimization: Principal sources of optimization, optimization of basic blocks, peephole optimization, flow
graphs, Data flow analysis of flow graphs.
UNIT-V Lecture 8 Hrs
Code generation: Machine dependent code generation, object code forms, generic code generation algorithm,
Register allocation and assignment. Using DAG representation of Block.
TEXT BOOKS:

1. Hopcroft, J.E., Motwani, R., & Ullman, J.D., "Introduction to Automata Theory, Languages and
Computation", Pearson, 3rd Edition, 2008.
2. Aho, A.V., Sethi, R., & Ullman, J.D., "Compilers: Principles, Techniques, and Tools", Pearson Education,
2nd Edition, 2007.

REFERENCES: 5
1) Louden: ―Compiler Construction, Principles & Practice‖, 1st Edition, Thomson Press, 2006.
2) Tremblay J P, Sorenson G P: ―The Theory & Practice of Compiler writing‖, 1st Edition, BSP publication,
2010.
3) Theory of Computation, V. Kulkarni, Oxford University Press, 2013
 e- Resources:
1) https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/104/106104028/
2) https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/104/106104123/

CO-PO Mapping:

CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 2 3 2 2 3 2
CO2 3 2 3 2 3 3 2
CO3 3 3 3 2 2 3 3
CO4 3 3 3 2 2 2 3
CO5 3 2 3 2 2 3 2

6
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

III B. Tech-I Semester (Common to all Branches)

L T P C
3 0 0 3
23ACS27: INTRODUCTION TO QUANTUM TECHNOLOGIES AND APPLICATIONS

Course Outcomes (CO):

C01: Explain core quantum principles in a non-mathematical manner.
C02: Compare classical and quantum information systems.
CO3: Identify theoretical issues in building quantum computers.
C04: Discuss quantum communication and computing concepts.
CO5: Recognize applications, industry trends, and career paths in quantum technology.
Unit 1: Introduction to Quantum Theory and Technologies
The transition from classical to quantum physics, Fundamental principles explained conceptually:
Superposition, Entanglement, Uncertainty Principle, Wave-particle duality, Classical vs Quantum mechanics –
theoretical comparison, Quantum states and measurement: nature of observation, Overview of quantum systems:
electrons, photons, atoms, The concept of quantization: discrete energy levels, Why quantum? Strategic,
scientific, and technological significance, A snapshot of quantum technologies: Computing, Communication,
and Sensing, National and global quantum missions: India’s Quantum Mission, EU, USA, China

Unit 2: Theoretical Structure of Quantum Information Systems

What is a qubit? Conceptual understanding using spin and polarization, Comparison: classical bits vs quantum
bits, Quantum systems: trapped ions, superconducting circuits, photons (non-engineering view),Quantum
coherence and decoherence – intuitive explanation, Theoretical concepts: Hilbert spaces, quantum states,
operators – only interpreted in abstract, The role of entanglement and non-locality in systems, Quantum
information vs classical information: principles and differences, Philosophical implications: randomness,
determinism, and observer role

Unit 3: Building a Quantum Computer – Theoretical Challenges and Requirements

What is required to build a quantum computer (conceptual overview)?,Fragility of quantum systems:
decoherence, noise, and control, Conditions for a functional quantum system: Isolation, Error management,
Scalability, Stability, Theoretical barriers:
Why maintaining entanglement is difficult, Error correction as a theoretical necessity, Quantum hardware
platforms (brief conceptual comparison), Superconducting circuits, Trapped ions, Photonics, Visionvs reality:
what’s working and what remains elusive, The role of quantum software in managing theoretical complexities

Unit 4: Quantum Communication and Computing – Theoretical Perspective

Quantum vs Classical Information, Basics of Quantum Communication, Quantum Key Distribution
(QKD),Role of Entanglement in Communication, The Idea of the Quantum Internet – Secure Global
Networking, Introduction to Quantum Computing, Quantum Parallelism (Many States at Once),Classical vs
Quantum Gates, Challenges: Decoherence and Error Correction, Real-World Importance and Future Potential

Unit 5: Applications, Use Cases, and the Quantum Future

Real-world application domains: Healthcare (drug discovery),Material science, Logistics and optimization,
Quantum sensing and precision timing, Industrial case studies: IBM, Google, Microsoft, PsiQuantum7,Ethical,
societal, and policy considerations, Challenges to adoption: cost, skills, standardization,Emerging careers in
quantum: roles, skillsets, and preparation pathways,Educational and research landscape – India's opportunity in
the global quantum race
Textbooks:

1. Michael A. Nielsen, Isaac L. Chuang, Quantum Computation and Quantum Information,

Cambridge University Press, 10th Anniversary Edition, 2010.
2. Eleanor Rieffel and Wolfgang Polak, Quantum Computing: A Gentle Introduction, MIT Press,
2011.
3. Chris Bernhardt, Quantum Computing for Everyone, MIT Press, 2019.

Reference Books:

1. David McMahon, Quantum Computing Explained, Wiley, 2008.

2. Phillip Kaye, Raymond Laflamme, Michele Mosca, An Introduction to Quantum Computing,
Oxford University Press, 2007.
3. Scott Aaronson, Quantum Computing Since Democritus, Cambridge University Press, 2013.
4. Alastair I.M. Rae, Quantum Physics: A Beginner's Guide, Oneworld Publications, Revised
Edition, 2005.
5. Eleanor G. Rieffel, Wolfgang H. Polak, Quantum Computing: A Gentle Introduction, MIT Press,
2011.
6. Leonard Susskind, Art Friedman, Quantum Mechanics: The Theoretical Minimum, Basic
Books, 2014.
7. Bruce Rosenblum, Fred Kuttner, Quantum Enigma: Physics Encounters Consciousness, Oxford
University Press, 2nd Edition, 2011.
8. GiulianoBenenti, GiulioCasati, GiulianoStrini, Principles of Quantum Computation and
Information, Volume I: Basic Concepts, World Scientific Publishing, 2004.
9. K.B. Whaley et al., Quantum Technologies and Industrial Applications: European Roadmap and
Strategy Document, Quantum Flagship, European Commission, 2020.
10. Department of Science & Technology (DST), Government of India, National Mission on
Quantum Technologies & Applications – Official Reports and Whitepapers, MeitY/DST
Publications, 2020 onward.

Online Learning Resources:

• IBM Quantum Experience and Qiskit Tutorials

• Coursera – Quantum Mechanics and Quantum Computation by UC Berkeley
• edX – The Quantum Internet and Quantum Computers
• YouTube – Quantum Computing for the Determined by Michael Nielsen
• Qiskit Textbook – IBM Quantum

8
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
(Autonomous)
III B. Tech I Semester

OBJECT ORIENTED ANALYSIS AND DESIGN L T P C

23AIT06 (Professional Elective – I) 3 0 0 3

COURSE OUTCOMES:
At the end of the course, student will be able to
CO1: Understand the importance of UML modeling.
CO2: Compare OO models with E-R/EER.
CO3: Design use case and deployment diagrams.
CO4: Build real-world apps using UML.

UNIT – I Lecture 8 Hrs

Introduction to UML: Importance of modelling, principles of modelling, object- oriented modelling,
conceptual model of the UML, Architecture, Software Development Life Cycle.

UNIT – II Lecture 8 Hrs

Basic Structural Modelling: Classes, Relationships, common Mechanisms, and diagrams. Advanced
Structural Modelling: Advanced classes, advanced relationships, Interfaces, Types and Roles, Packages.
Class & Object Diagrams: Terms, concepts, modelling techniques for Class & Object Diagrams.
UNIT – III Lecture 8 Hrs
Basic Behavioral Modelling-I: Interactions, Interaction diagrams.
Basic Behavioral Modelling-II: Use cases, Use case Diagrams, Activity Diagrams.

UNIT – IV Lecture 8 Hrs

Advanced Behavioral Modelling: Events and signals, state machines, processes and Threads, time and
space, state chart diagrams. Architectural Modelling: Component, Deployment, Component diagrams and
Deployment diagrams.
UNIT – V Lecture 8 Hrs
Patterns and Frameworks, Artifact Diagrams. Case Study: The Unified Library application.
Text Books:
1. Booch, G., Rumbaugh, J., & Jacobson, I., "The Unified Modeling Language User Guide", Pearson
Education, 2nd Edition, 2005.
2. Satzinger, J.W., Jackson, R.B., & Burd, S.D., "Object-Oriented Analysis and Design with the Unified
Process", Cengage Learning, 1st Edition, 2004.

Reference Books:
1. Meilir Page-Jones: Fundamentals of Object-Oriented Design in UML, Pearson Education.
2. Pascal Roques: Modelling Software Systems Using UML2, WILEY-Dreamtech India Pvt. Ltd.
3. Atul Kahate: Object Oriented Analysis & Design, The McGraw-Hill Companies.
4. Mark Priestley: Practical Object-Oriented Design with UML, TMH.
5. Appling UML and Patterns: An introduction to Object – Oriented Analysis and Design and
Unified Process, Craig Larman, Pearson Education.

9
 CO-PO Mapping:

CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 2 2 3 2 2 3 2
CO2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2
CO3 3 2 3 2 2 3 3
CO4 3 3 3 2 2 3 3
CO5 2 2 3 2 2 3 2

10
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
(Autonomous)
III B. Tech I Semester (Common to CSE, CSM, CSD, CAI, AI)

SOFT COMPUTING L T P C
23AIT07
(Professional Elective – I) 3 0 0 3
1. .

COURSE OUTCOMES:
At the end of the course, student will be able to
CO1: Understand AI vs CI.
CO2: Use fuzzy logic and reasoning.
CO3: Apply classification techniques.
CO4: Perform GA and rough set operations.

UNIT – I Lecture 8 Hrs

Introduction to Soft Computing: Evolutionary Computing, "Soft" computing versus "Hard"
computing, Soft Computing Methods, Recent Trends in Soft Computing, Characteristics of
Soft computing, Applications of Soft Computing Techniques.

UNIT – II Lecture 8 Hrs

Fuzzy Systems: Fuzzy Sets, Fuzzy Relations, Fuzzy Logic, Fuzzy Rule-Based Systems

UNIT – III Lecture 8 Hrs

Fuzzy Decision Making, Particle Swarm Optimization.

UNIT – IV Lecture 8 Hrs

Genetic Algorithms: Basic Concepts, Basic Operators for Genetic Algorithms, Crossover and
Mutation Properties, Genetic Algorithm Cycle, Fitness Function, Applications of Genetic
Algorithm.
UNIT – V Lecture 8 Hrs

Rough Sets, Rough Sets, Rule Induction, and Discernibility Matrix, Integration of Soft
Computing Techniques.
TEXT BOOK:
1. Tripathy, B.K., & Anuradha, J., "Soft Computing – Advances and Applications",
Cengage Learning, 1st Edition, 2015.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. S. N. Sivanandam & S. N. Deepa, ―Principles of Soft Computing‖, 2nd edition, Wiley

India, 2008.
2. David E. Goldberg, ―Genetic Algorithms-In Search, optimization and Machine
learning‖, Pearson Education.
3. J. S. R. Jang, C.T. Sun and E. Mizutani, ―Neuro-Fuzzy and Soft Computing‖, Pearson
Education, 2004.
4. G.J. Klir & B. Yuan, ―Fuzzy Sets & Fuzzy Logic‖, PHI, 1995.
5. Melanie Mitchell, ―An Introduction to Genetic Algorithm‖, PHI, 1998.
6. Timothy J. Ross, ―Fuzzy Logic with Engineering Applications‖, McGraw- Hill
11
International editions, 1995.
 CO-PO Mapping:

CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 2 2 2 1 2 2
CO2 3 3 2 2 2 3 2
CO3 3 2 3 2 2 3 3
CO4 3 2 3 2 3 3 3
CO5 3 2 2 2 1 2 2

12
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
III B. Tech - I Semester (Common to ECE, EBM, CSE, CS, CSIT)
III B. Tech - II Semester (EEE)
Course Code: 23AEC18
MICROPROCESSORS AND INTRFACING
L T P C
3 0 0 3
Course Outcomes:
After successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
CO1: Learn the fundamental architectural concepts of microprocessors.
CO2: Gain knowledge about assembly language programming concepts.
CO3: Understand the concepts of 8086 interfacing.
CO4: Learn the fundamentals of the 8051 Microcontroller.
CO5: Know the interfacing with the 8051 Microcontroller.
UNIT- I:
8086 Architecture: Main features, pin diagram/description, 8086 microprocessor family, internal
architecture, bus interfacing unit, execution unit, interrupts and interrupt response, 8086 system timing,
minimum mode and maximum mode configuration.
UNIT –II:
8086 Programming: Program development steps, instructions, addressing modes, assembler directives,
writing simple programs with an assembler, assembly language program development tools.
UNIT –III:
8086 Interfacing: Semiconductor memories interfacing (RAM, ROM), Intel 8255 programmable
peripheral interface, Interfacing switches and LEDS, Interfacing seven segment displays, software and
hardware interrupt applications, Intel 8251 USART architecture and interfacing, Intel 8237a DMA
controller, stepper motor, A/D and D/A converters, Need for 8259 programmable interrupt controllers.
UNIT- IV:
Microcontroller : Architecture of 8051 – Special Function Registers(SFRs) - I/O Pins Ports and Circuits
- Instruction set - Addressing modes - Assembly language programming.
UNIT -V
Interfacing Microcontroller: - Programming 8051 Timers - Serial Port Programming - Interrupts
Programming – LCD & Keyboard Interfacing - ADC, DAC & Sensor Interfacing - External Memory
Interface- Stepper Motor and Waveform generation - Comparison of Microprocessor, Microcontroller,
PIC and ARM processors
Text Books: 13

1. Microprocessors and Interfacing – Programming and Hardware by Douglas V Hall,

SSSP Rao, Tata McGraw Hill Education Private Limited, 3rdEdition,1994.
 2. K M Bhurchandi, A K Ray, Advanced Microprocessors and Peripherals, 3rd
edition, McGraw Hill Education, 2017.
3. Raj Kamal, Microcontrollers: Architecture, Programming, Interfacing and System
Design, 2nd edition, Pearson, 2012.
References:
1. Ramesh S Gaonkar, Microprocessor Architecture Programming and Applications
with the 8085, 6th edition, Penram International Publishing, 2013.
2. Kenneth J. Ayala, The 8051 Microcontroller, 3rd edition, Cengage Learning, 2004.

14
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

III B. Tech-I Semester (Common to CSE, IT)

L T P C
3 0 0 3
23ACS19: DATA WAREHOUSING &DATA MINING

Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
CO1: Design a Data warehouse system and perform business analysis with OLAP tools
CO2: Apply suitable pre-processing and visualization techniques for data analysis (L3)
CO3: Apply frequent pattern and association rule mining techniques for data analysis
CO4: Design appropriate classification and clustering techniques for data analysis (L6)
CO5: Infer knowledge from raw data (L4)

UNIT- I: Lecture 9Hr

Basic Concepts – Data Warehousing Components – Building a Data Warehouse –Database Architectures
for Parallel Processing – Parallel DBMS Vendors – Multidimensional Data Model – Data Warehouse
Schemas for Decision Support, Concept Hierarchies Characteristics of OLAP Systems – Typical OLAP
Operations, OLAP and OLTP.

UNIT- II: Lecture 9Hrs

Introduction to Data Mining Systems – Knowledge Discovery Process – Data Mining Techniques – Issues
– applications- Data Objects and attribute types, Statistical description of data, Data Preprocessing –
Cleaning, Integration, Reduction, Transformation and discretization, Data Visualization, Data similarity
and dissimilarity measures.

UNIT- III: Lecture 8 Hrs

Mining Frequent Patterns, Associations and Correlations – Mining Methods- Pattern Evaluation Method –
Pattern Mining in Multilevel, Multi-Dimensional Space – Constraint Based Frequent Pattern Mining,
Classification using Frequent Patterns.

UNIT- IV: Lecture 9Hrs

Decision Tree Induction – Bayesian Classification – Rule Based Classification – Classification by Back
Propagation – Support Vector Machines –– Lazy Learners – Model Evaluation and Selection Techniques
to improve Classification Accuracy. Clustering Techniques – Cluster Analysis-Partitioning Methods –
Hierarchical Methods – Density Based Methods – Grid Based Methods – Evaluation of clustering –
Clustering high dimensional data- Clustering with constraints, Outlier analysis-outlier detection methods.

UNIT- V: WEKA TOOL Lecture 8Hrs

Datasets – Introduction, Iris plants database, Breast cancer database, Auto imports database – Introduction
to WEKA, The Explorer – Getting started, Exploring the explorer, Learning algorithms, Clustering
algorithms, Association–rule learners.

TEXT BOOK:
15
1. Jiawei Han and Micheline Kamber, ―Data Mining Concepts and Techniques, Third E dition,
Elsevier, 2012.
REFERENCES:
1.Alex Berson and Stephen J.Smith, ―Data Warehousing, Data Mining & OLAP‖, Tata McGraw – Hill
Edition, 35th Reprint 2016.
3..K.P. Soman, Shyam Diwakar and V. Ajay, ―Insight into Data Mining Theory and Practice, Eastern
Economy Edition, Prentice Hall of India, 2006.
3. Ian H.Witten and Eibe Frank, ―Data Mining: Practical Machine Learning Tools and Techniques,
Elsevier, Second Edition.

16
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
III Year B.Tech. CSE–I Semester
L T P C
3 0 0 3

23ACE30 GREEN BUILDINGS

(OPEN ELECTIVE -I)

Course Outcomes (COs)

Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to:
1. Understand the importance of green buildings, their necessity, and sustainable features.
2. Analyze various green building practices, rating systems, and their impact on environmental
sustainability.
3. Apply principles of green building design to enhance energy efficiency and incorporate
renewable energy sources.
4. Evaluate HVAC systems, energy-efficient air conditioning techniques, and their role in
sustainable building design.
5. Assess material conservation techniques, waste reduction strategies, and indoor air quality
management in green buildings.

UNIT– I

Introduction to Green Building– Necessity of Green Buildings, Benefits of Green Buildings, Green
Building Materials and Equipment in India, Key Requisites for Constructing A Green Building,
Important Sustainable Features for Green Buildings.

UNIT– II

Green Building Concepts and Practices– Indian Green Building Council, Green Building Movement in
India, Benefits Experienced in Green Buildings, Launch of Green Building Rating Systems, Residential
Sector, Market Transformation; Green Building Opportunities and Benefits: Opportunities of Green
Buildings, Green Building Features, Material and Resources, Water Efficiency, Optimum Energy
Efficiency, Typical Energy-Saving Approaches in Buildings, LEED India Rating System, and Energy
Efficiency.

UNIT– III
Green Building Design– Introduction, Reduction in Energy Demand, Onsite Sources and Sinks,
Maximizing System Efficiency, Steps to Reduce Energy Demand and Use Onsite Sources and Sinks,
Use of Renewable Energy Sources, Eco-Friendly Captive Power Generation for Factories, Building
Requirements.

UNIT– IV
Air Conditioning– Introduction, CII Godrej Green Business Centre, Design Philosophy, Design
Interventions, Energy Modeling, HVAC System Design, Chiller Selection, Pump Selection, Selection
of Cooling towers, Selection of Air Handling Units, Pre-Cooling ofFresh Air, Interior Lighting Systems,
Key Features of The Building, Eco-Friendly Captive Power Generation for Factories, Building
Requirements.
UNIT– V 17
Material Conservation– Handling of Non-Process Waste, Waste Reduction During Construction,
Materials With Recycled Content, Local Materials, Material Reuse, Certified Wood, Rapidly
Renewable Building Materials and Furniture. Indoor Environment Quality and Occupational Health–
Air Conditioning, Indoor Air Quality, Sick Building Syndrome, tobacco Smoke.
TEXT BOOKS:

1. Handbook on Green Practices published by Indian Society of Heating Refrigerating and Air
conditioning Engineers, 2009.
2. Green Building Hand Book by tomwoolley and Samkimings, 2009.

REFRENCE BOOKS:
1. Complete Guide to Green Buildings by Trish riley
2. Standard for the design for High Performance Green Buildings by Kent Peterson, 2009
3. Energy Conservation Building Code–ECBC-2020, published by BEE

CO - PO Articulation Matrix
Course PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PS PS
Out 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2
comes
CO-1 3 - - - - 2 3 - - - - - 3 3
CO-2 - 3 - - 2 - 3 - - - - 2 3 3
CO-3 - - 3 3 3 - 3 - - - - - 3 3
CO-4 - - 3 3 3 - 3 - - - - - 3 3
CO-5 - - - - - 3 3 3 2 - - - - 3

18
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
III Year B.Tech. CSE–I Semester
L T P C
3 0 0 3

23ACE31 CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGY AND MANAGEMENT

(OPEN ELECTIVE– I)
Course Outcomes (COs):
Up on successful completion of the course, students will be able to:
1. Understand (Cos)project management fundamentals, organizational structures, and leadership
principles in construction.
2. Analyze manpower planning, equipment management, and cost estimation in civil engineering
projects.
3. Apply planning, scheduling, and project management techniques such as CPM and PERT.
4. Evaluate various contract types, contract formation, and legal aspects in construction
management.
5. Assess safety management practices, acid entprevention strategies, and quality management
systems in construction.

UNIT– I
Introduction: Project forms, Management Objectives and Functions; Organizational Chart of A
Construction Company; Manager's Duties and Responsibilities; Public Relations; Leadership and
Team - Work; Ethics, Morale, Delegation and Accountability.

UNIT– II
Man and Machine: Man-Power Planning, Training, Recruitment, Motivation, Welfare Measures and
Safety Laws; Machinery for Civil Engineering., Earth Movers and Hauling Costs, Factors Affecting
Purchase, Rent, and Lease of Equipment, and Cost Benefit Estimation.

UNIT– III
Planning, Scheduling and Project Management: Planning Stages, Construction Schedules and Project
Specification, Monitoring and Evaluation; Bar-Chart, CPM, PERT, Network- formulation and Time
Computation.

UNIT– IV
Contracts: Types of Contracts, formation of Contract – Contract Conditions – Contract for Labour,
Material, Design, Construction – Drafting of Contract Documents Based On IBRD/ MORTH Standard
Bidding Documents – Construction Contracts – Contract Problems – Arbitration and Legal
Requirements Computer Applications in Construction Management: Software for Project Planning,
Scheduling and Control.
UNIT– V
Safety Management – Implementation and Application of QMS in Safety Programs, ISO 9000 Series,
Accident Theories, Cost of Accidents, Problem Areas in Construction Safety, Fall Protection,
Incentives, Zero Accident Concepts, Planning for Safety, Occupational Health and Ergonomics.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Construction Project Management, SK. Sears, GA. Sears, RH. Clough, John Wiley and S1o9ns,
6th Edition, 2016.
2. Construction Project Scheduling and Control by Saleh Mubarak, 4th Edition, 2019
3. Pandey,I.M(2021) Financial Management 12thedition.PearsonIndiaEducation Services Pvt.
Ltd.
REFRENCE BOOKS:

1. Brien,J.O.and Plotnick,F.L.,CP Min Construction Management, McgrawHill,2010.

2. Punmia,B.C.,and Khandelwal,K.K.,ProjectPlanningandcontrolwithPERTand CPM, Laxmi
Publications, 2002.
3. Construction Methods and Management: Pearson New International Edition 8th Edition
Stephens Nunnally.
4. Rhoden,M and CatoB, Construction Management and Organizational Behaviour, Wiley-
Blackwell, 2016.

CO–PO Articulation Matrix

Course PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PS PS
Out 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2
comes
CO-1 3 - - - - 2 - 2 2 - - - 3 3
CO-2 - 3 - - 2 - - - - - - 2 3 3
CO-3 - - 3 3 3 - - - - 2 - - 3 3
CO-4 - - 3 3 3 - - 2 - - - - 3 3
CO-5 - - - - - 3 3 3 2 - - - - 3

20
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

III B. Tech-I Semester CSE

L T P C
0 0 3 1.5
23AEE23: ELECTRICAL SAFETY PRACTICES AND STANDARDS
(Open Elective-I)

COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1: Understanding the Fundamentals of Electrical Safety -L2
CO2: Identifying and Applying Safety Components -L3
CO3: Analyzing Grounding Practices and Electrical Bonding
CO4: Applying Safety Practices in Electrical Installations and Environments- L4
CO5: Evaluating Electrical Safety Standards and Regulatory Compliance -L5

UNIT I Introduction To Electrical Safety:

Fundamentals of Electrical safety-Electric Shock- physiological effects of electric current - Safety
requirements –Hazards of electricity- Arc - Blast- Causes for electrical failure.

UNIT II Safety Components:

Introduction to conductors and insulators- voltage classification -safety against over voltages- safety
against static electricity-Electrical safety equipment’s - Fire extinguishers for electrical safety.

UNIT III Grounding:

General requirements for grounding and bonding- Definitions- System grounding-Equipment
grounding - The Earth - Earthing practices- Determining safe approach distance-Determining arc
hazard category.

UNIT IV Safety Practices:

General first aid- Safety in handling hand held electrical appliances tools- Electrical safety in train
stations-swimming pools, external lighting installations, medical locations-Case studies.

UNIT V Standards For Electrical Safety:

Electricity Acts- Rules & regulations- Electrical standards-NFPA 70 E-OSHA standards-IEEE
standards-National Electrical Code 2005 – National Electric Safety code NESC-Statutory
requirements from electrical inspectorate

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Massimo A.G.Mitolo, “Electrical Safety of Low-Voltage Systems”, McGraw Hill, USA, 2009.
2. Mohamed El-Sharkawi, “Electric Safety - Practice and Standards”, CRC Press, USA, 2014

REFERENCES:
1. Kenneth G.Mastrullo, Ray A. Jones, “The Electrical Safety Program Book”, Jones and
Bartlett Publishers, London, 2nd Edition, 2011.
2. Palmer Hickman, “Electrical Safety-Related Work Practices”, Jones & Bartlett Publishers, London, 2009.
21
3. Fordham Cooper, W., “Electrical Safety Engineering”, Butterworth and Company, London, 1986.
4. John Cadick, Mary Capelli-Schellpfeffer, Dennis K. Neitzel, “Electrical Safety Hand book, McGraw-
Hill, New York, USA, 4th edition, 2012.
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
III B. Tech - I Semester
(Common to CE, EEE, ECE, EBM, CSE, CSC, CSM, CAI, CSD, CSBS, AI, AI& DS, IT, IOT)

Open Elective 1
L T P C
3 0 0 3
23AME23: SUSTAINBLE ENERGY TECHNOLOGIES

Course Outcomes:
CO1: Illustrate the importance of solar radiation and solar PV modules.
CO2: Discuss the storage methods in PV systems
CO3: Explain the solar energy storage for different applications
CO4: Understand the principles of wind energy, and bio-mass energy.
CO5: Attain knowledge in geothermal energy, ocean energy and fuel cells.

UNIT – 1
SOLAR RADIATION: Role and potential of new and renewable sources, the solar energy option,
Environmental impact of solar power, structure of the sun, the solar constant, sun-earth relationships, coordinate
systems and coordinates of the sun, extraterrestrial and terrestrial solar radiation, solar radiation on titled
surface, instruments for measuring solar radiation and sun shine, solar radiation data, numerical problems.

SOLAR PV MODULES AND PV SYSTEMS:

PV Module Circuit Design, Module Structure, Packing Density, Interconnections, Mismatch and Temperature
Effects, Electrical and Mechanical Insulation, Lifetime of PV Modules, Degradation and Failure, PV Module
Parameters, Efficiency of PV Module, Solar PV Systems-Design of Off Grid Solar Power Plant. Installation
and Maintenance.

UNIT – 2
STORAGE IN PV SYSTEMS:
Battery Operation, Types of Batteries, Battery Parameters, Application and Selection of Batteries for Solar PV
System, Battery Maintenance and Measurements, Battery Installation for PV System.

UNIT – 3
SOLAR ENERGY COLLECTION: Flat plate and concentrating collectors, classification of concentrating
collectors, orientation.
SOLAR ENERGY STORAGE AND APPLICATIONS: Different methods, sensible, latent heat and
stratified storage, solar ponds, solar applications- solar heating/cooling technique, solar distillation and drying,
solar cookers, central power tower concept and solar chimney.

UNIT – 4
WIND ENERGY: Sources and potentials, horizontal and vertical axis windmills, performance characteristics,
betz criteria, types of winds, wind data measurement.
BIO-MASS: Principles of bio-conversion, anaerobic/aerobic digestion, types of bio-gas digesters, gas yield,
utilization for cooking, bio fuels, I.C. engine operation and economic aspects.

UNIT – 5
GEOTHERMAL ENERGY: Origin, Applications, Types of Geothermal Resources, Relative Merits.
OCEAN ENERGY: Ocean Thermal Energy; Open Cycle & Closed Cycle OTEC Plants, Environmental
Impacts, Challenges.

FUEL CELLS: Introduction, Applications, Classification, Different Types of Fuel Cells Such as Phosphoric
Acid Fuel Cell, Alkaline Fuel Cell, PEM Fuel Cell, MC Fuel Cell.
22
Text Books:
1. Solar Energy – Principles of Thermal Collection and Storage/Sukhatme S.P. and J.K. Nayak/TMH
2. Non-Conventional Energy Resources- Khan B.H/ Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2006
References:
1. Principles of Solar Engineering - D. Yogi Goswami, Frank Krieth& John F Kreider / Taylor & Francis
2. Non-Conventional Energy - Ashok V Desai /New Age International (P) Ltd
3. Renewable Energy Technologies -Ramesh & Kumar /Narosa
4. Non-conventional Energy Source- G.D Roy/Standard Publishers

Online Learning Resources:

• https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112106318
• https://youtube.com/playlist?list=PLyqSpQzTE6M-ZgdjYukayF6QevPv7WE-r&si=-mwIa2X-SuSiNy13
• https://youtube.com/playlist?list=PLyqSpQzTE6M-ZgdjYukayF6QevPv7WE-r&si=Apfjx6oDfz1Rb_N3
• https://youtu.be/zx04Kl8y4dE?si=VmOvp_OgqisILTAF

23
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
III B. Tech - I Semester (Common to all branches except ECE, EBM)
Course Code: 23AEC30
ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS
L T P C
3 0 0 3
Course Outcomes:
After successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
CO1: Understand semiconductor diodes, their characteristics and applications.
CO2: Explore the operation, configurations, and biasing of BJTs.
CO3: Gain knowledge about the operation, analysis, and coupling techniques of BJT
amplifiers.
CO4: Learn the operation, applications and uses of feedback amplifiers and oscillators.
CO5: Analyze the characteristics, configurations, and applications of operational amplifiers.
UNIT-I:
Semiconductor Diode and Applications: Diode as a switch and Diode as a rectifier, Positive and Negative
Clipping and Clamping circuits (Qualitative treatment only).
Special Diodes: Principle of operation and characteristics of Tunnel Diode, Varactor Diode, Silicon Control
Rectifier (SCR), Uni-Junction Transistor (UJT), Semiconductor photo devices-LED & Photo Diode.

UNIT-II:
Bipolar Junction Transistor (BJT): Transistor Biasing and Stabilization - Operating point, DC & AC load lines,
Biasing - Fixed Bias, Self Bias, Bias Stability, Bias Compensation using Diodes.
Field Effect Transistors: The Junction Field-Effect Transistor, The JFET Volt-Ampere Characteristics, The FET
as a Voltage Variable Resistor (VVR), Comparison of JFET and BJT, The Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field
Effect Transistor (MOSFET)-Enhancement and Depletion Modes-Construction and Volt-Ampere characteristics.
(Qualitative treatment only).

UNIT-III:
Single stage amplifiers: Classification of Amplifiers - Distortion in amplifiers, Analysis of CE, CC and CB
configurations with simplified hybrid model.
Multistage amplifiers: Different Coupling Schemes used in Amplifiers - RC coupled amplifiers, Transformer
Coupled Amplifier, Direct Coupled Amplifier; Multistage RC coupled BJT amplifier (Qualitative treatment only).

UNIT-IV:
Feedback amplifiers: Concepts of feedback, Classification of feedback amplifiers, Effect of feedback on
amplifier characteristics, Voltage Series, Voltage Shunt, Current Series and Current Shunt Feedback
Configurations (Qualitative treatment only).
Oscillators: Classification of oscillators, Condition for oscillations, RC Phase shift Oscillators, Generalized
analysis of LC Oscillators-Hartley and Colpitts Oscillators, Wien Bridge Oscillator.

UNIT-V:
Op-amp: Classification of IC’S, basic information of Op-amp, ideal and practical Op-amp, 741 op-amp and its
features, modes of operation-inverting, non-inverting, differential.
24
Applications of op-amp: Summing, scaling and averaging amplifiers, Integrator, Differentia t or, phase shift
oscillator and comparator.
Text Books:
1. Electronics Devices and Circuits, J.Millman and Christos. C. Halkias, 3rd edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2006.
2. Electronics Devices and Circuits Theory, David A. Bell, 5th Edition, Oxford University press. 2008.
Reference Books:
1. Electronics Devices and Circuits Theory, R.L.Boylestad, LousisNashelsky and K.Lal Kishore, 12th edition,
2006, Pearson, 2006.
2. Electronic Devices and Circuits, N.Salivahanan, and N.Suresh Kumar, 3rd Edition, TMH, 2012
3. Microelectronic Circuits, S.Sedra and K.C.Smith, 5th Edition, Oxford University Press.

25
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

III B.Tech-I Semester CSE

L T P C
0 0 3 1.5
23AHS26: MATHEMATICS FOR MACHINE LEARNING AND AI
(Open Elective 1)

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students should be able to:

CO1 Apply linear algebra concepts to ML techniques like PCA and regression.
CO2 Analyze probabilistic models and statistical methods for AI applications.
CO3 Implement optimization techniques for machine learning algorithms.
CO4 Utilize vector calculus and transformations in AI-based models.
CO5 Develop graph-based AI models using mathematical representations.

UNIT I: Linear Algebra for Machine Learning (08)

Review of Vector spaces, basis, linear independence, Vector and matrix norms, Matrix factorization techniques,
Eigenvalues, eigenvectors, diagonalization, Singular Value Decomposition (SVD) and Principal Component Analysis (PCA).

UNIT II: Probability and Statistics for AI (08)

Probability distributions: Gaussian, Binomial, Poisson. Bayes’ Theorem, Maximum Likelihood Estimation (MLE), and
Maximum a Posteriori (MAP).Entropy and Kullback-Leibler (KL) Divergence in AI, Cross entropy loss, Markov chains.
UNIT III: Optimization Techniques for ML (08)
Multivariable calculus: Gradients, Hessians, Jacobians. Constrained optimization: Lagrange multipliers and KKT
conditions. Gradient Descent and its variants (Momentum, Adam) Newton’s method, BFGS method.
UNIT IV: Vector Calculus & Transformations (08)
Vector calculus: Gradient, divergence, curl. Fourier Transform & Laplace Transform in ML applications.
UNIT V: Graph Theory for AI(08)
Graph representations: Adjacency matrices, Laplacian matrices. Bayesian Networks & Probabilistic Graphical Models.
Introduction to Graph Neural Networks (GNNs).
Textbooks:
1. Mathematics for Machine Learning by Marc Peter Deisenroth, A. Aldo Faisal, Cheng Soon Ong, Cambridge
University Press, 2020.
2. Pattern Recognition and Machine Learningby Christopher Bishop, Springer.

Reference Books:

26
 1. Gilbert Strang, Linear Algebra and Its Applications, Cengage Learning, 2016.
2. Jonathan Gross, Jay Yellen, Graph Theory and Its Applications, CRC Press, 2018.

Web References:
• MIT– Mathematics for Machine Learning https://ocw.mit.edu
• Stanford CS229 – Machine Learning Course https://cs229.stanford.edu/

DeepAI – Mathematical Foundations for AI https://deepai.org

Course Articulation Matrix:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 3 3 2 2 1 - - - - - - 1
CO2 3 3 2 3 2 - - - - - - 2
CO3 3 3 3 3 2 1 - - - - - 2
CO4 3 3 2 2 1 - - - - - - 1
CO5 3 3 3 3 2 - - - - - - 2
• 3 = Strong Mapping, 2 = Moderate Mapping, 1 = Slight Mapping, - = No Mapping

27
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY (AUTONOMOUS)
(Open Elective-I)
III B. Tech I Semester (Common to all branches) (Open Elective-Interdisciplinary)

L T P C
3 0 0 3

23AHS27: MATERIALS CHARACTERIZATION TECHNIQUES

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successful completion of the course, the students will be able to,
CO1: Analyze the crystal structure and crystallite size by various methods
CO2: Analyze the morphology of the sample by using a Scanning Electron Microscope
CO3: Analyze the morphology and crystal structure of the sample by using Transmission Electron Microscope
CO4: Explain the principle and experimental arrangement of various spectroscopic techniques
CO5: Identify the construction and working principle of various Electrical & Magnetic
Characterization technique

UNIT- I: Structure analysis by Powder X-Ray Diffraction 9hrs

Introduction, Bragg‘s law of diffraction, Intensity of Diffracted beams, Factors affecting Diffraction, Intensities,
Structure of polycrystalline Aggregates, Determination of crystal structure, Crystallite size by Scherer and
Williamson-Hall (W-H) Methods, Small angle X- ray scattering (SAXS) (in brief).

UNIT- II: Microscopy technique-1–Scanning Electron Microscopy (SEM) 9hrs

Introduction, Principle, Construction and working principle of Scanning Electron Microscopy, Specimen
preparation, Different types of modes used (Secondary Electron and Backscatter Electron), Advantages, limitations
and applications of SEM.

UNIT- III: Microscopy Technique-2-Transmission Electron Microscopy (TEM) 9hrs

Construction and Working principle, Resolving power and Magnification, Bright and dark fields, Diffraction and
image formation, Specimen preparation, Selected Area Diffraction, Applications of Transmission Electron
Microscopy, Difference between SEM and TEM, Advantage and Limitations of Transmission Electron Microscope

UNIT- IV: Spectroscopy techniques

9hrs
Principle, Experimental arrangement, Analysis and advantages of the spectroscopic techniques – (i) UV-Visible
spectroscopy (ii) Raman Spectroscopy, (iii) Fourier Transform infrared (FTIR) spectroscopy, (iv) X-ray
photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS).

UNIT- V: Electrical & Magnetic Characterization techniques 9hrs

Electrical Properties analysis techniques (DC conductivity, AC conductivity) Activation Energy, Effect of 2M8agnetic
field on the electrical properties (Hall Effect). Magnetization measurement by induction method, vibrating sample
Magnetometer (VSM) and SQUID.

Textbooks:
1. Material Characterization: Introduction to Microscopic and Spectroscopic Methods – Yang Leng
– John Wiley & Sons (Asia) Pvt. Ltd. 2013.
2. Microstructural Characterization of Materials-David Brandon, Wayne D Kalpan, John Wiley &
Sons Ltd., 2008

Reference Books:
1. Fundamentals of Molecular Spectroscopy–I VEd.–Colin Neville Banwell and Elaine M. McCash, Tata
McGraw-Hill,2008.
2. Elements of X-ray diffraction–Bernard Dennis Cullity & Stuart R stocks, Prentice Hall , 2001 –
Science.
3. Practical Guide to Materials Characterization: Techniques and Applications - Khalid Sultan – Wiley –
2021.
4. Materials Characterization Techniques-Sam Zhang, Lin Li, Ashok Kumar-CRC Press – 2008

NPTEL courses link :

1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/115/103/115103030/
2. https://nptel.ac.in/content/syllabus_pdf/113106034.pdf
3. https://nptel.ac.in/noc/courses/noc19/SEM1/noc19-mm08/

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 3 3 2 2 1 - - - - - - -
CO2 3 3 2 1 1 - - - - - - -
CO3 3 3 2 1 1 - - - - - - -
CO4 3 2 1 1 - - - - - - - -
CO5 3 3 1 1 - - - - - - - -

29
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY (AUTONOMOUS)
(Open Elective-I)
III B.Tech I Semester (Common to all branches) (Open Elective-Interdisciplinary)

L T P C
3 0 0 3
23AHS28: CHEMISTRY OF ENERGY SYSTEMS
COURSE OUTCOMES
➢ Solve the problems based on electrode potential, Describe the Galvanic Cell
CO1
➢ Differentiate between Lead acid and Lithium ion batteries, Illustrate the electrical double layer
➢ Describe the working Principle of Fuel cell, Explain the efficiency of the fuel cell
CO2
➢ Discuss about the Basic design of fuel cells, Classify the fuel cell
➢ Differentiate between Photo and Photo electrochemical Conversions,
CO3 Illustrate the photochemical cells, Identify the applications of photochemical reactions,
➢ Interpret advantages of photoelectron catalytic conversion.
➢ Apply the photo voltaic technology, Demonstrate about solar energy and prospects
CO4
➢ Illustrate the Solar cells, Discuss about concentrated solar power
➢ Differentiate Chemical and Physical methods of hydrogen storage, Discuss the metal
CO5 organic frame work, Illustrate the carbon and metal oxide porous structures
➢ Describe the liquification methods.

UNIT-1: Electrochemical Systems: Galvanic cell, Nernst equation, standard electrode potential, application of
EMF, electrical double layer, polarization, Batteries- Introduction ,Lead-acid ,Nickel- cadmium, Lithium ion
batteries and their applications.
UNIT-2: Fuel Cells: Fuel cell- Introduction, Basic design of fuel cell, working principle, Classification of fuel
cells, Polymer electrolyte membrane (PEM) fuel cells, Solid-oxide fuel cells (SOFC), Fuel cell efficiency and
applications.
UNIT-3: Photo and Photo electrochemical Conversions: Photochemical cells Introduction and applications of
photochemical reactions, specificity of photo electrochemical cell, advantage of photoelectron catalytic
conversions and their applications.
UNIT-4: Solar Energy: Introduction and prospects, photovoltaic (PV) technology, concentrated solar power
(CSP), Solar cells and applications. .
UNIT-5: Hydrogen Storage: Hydrogen storage and delivery: State-of-the art, Established technologies,
Chemical and Physical methods of hydrogen storage, Compressed gas storage, Liquid hydrogen storage, Other
storage methods, Hydrogen storage in metal hydrides, metal organic frameworks (MOF), Metal oxide porous
structures, hydrogel , and Organic hydrogen carriers.
Text books
1. Physical chemistry by Ira N. Levine
2. Essentials of Physical Chemistry, Bahl and Bahl and Tuli.
3. Inorganic Chemistry, Silver and Atkins
Reference Books:
1. Fuel Cell Hand Book 7th Edition, by US Department of Energy (EG&G technical services
And corporation)
2. Hand book of solar energy and applications by ArvindTiwari and Shyam. 30
3. Solar energy fundamental, technology and systems by Klaus Jagar et.al.
4.Hydrogen storage by Levine Klebonoff

31
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY (AUTONOMOUS)
(Open Elective-I)
III B.Tech I Semester CSE
L T P C
3 0 0 3
23AHS29: ENGLISH FOR COMPETITIVE EXAMINATIONS
(Open Elective-I)
(Common to All Branches of Engineering)

Course Outcomes (CO):

By the end of the program students will be able to
CO1: Identify the basics of English grammar and its importance
CO2: Explain the use of grammatical structures in sentences
CO3: Demonstrate the ability to use various concepts in grammar and vocabulary and
applications in everyday use and in competitive exams
CO4: Analyze an unknown passage and reach conclusions about it
CO5: Choose the appropriate form of verbs in framing sentences
CO6: Develop speed reading and comprehending ability thereby perform better in
competitive exams

UNIT-I GRAMMAR-1
Nouns-classification-errors-Pronouns-types-errors-Adjectives-types-errors-Articles-definite-
indefinite-Degrees of Comparison-Adverbs-types- errors-Conjunctions-usage-
Prepositions-usage-Tag Questions, types-identifying errors- Practice

UNIT-II VERBAL ABILITY

Sentence completion-Verbal analogies-Word groups-Instructions-Critical reasoning-Verbal
deduction-Select appropriate pair-Reading Comprehension-Paragraph-Jumbles-Selecting the proper
statement by reading a given paragraph.

UNIT-III G R A M M A R -2
Verbs-tenses- structure-usages- negatives- positives- time adverbs-Sequence of tenses--If Clause-
Voice-active voice and passive voice- reported Speech-Agreement- subject and verb-Modals-
Spotting Errors-Practices

UNIT-IV R E A D I N G COMPREHENSION AND VOCUBULARY

Competitive Vocabulary: Word Building – Memory Techniques-Synonyms, Antonyms, Affixes-
Prefix &Suffix-One-word substitutes-Compound words-Phrasal Verbs-Idioms and Phrases-
Homophones-Linking Words-Modifiers-Intensifiers - Mastering Competitive Vocabulary- Cracking
the unknowing passage-speed reading techniques- Skimming & Scanning-types of answering–
Elimination methods.

32
 UNIT-V W R I T I N G FOR COMPETITIVE EXAMINATIONS
Punctuation- Spelling rules- Word order-Sub Skills of Writing- Paragraph meaning-salient features-
types - Note-making, Note-taking, summarizing-precise writing- Paraphrasing-Expansion of
proverbs- Essay writing-types

Textbooks:

1. Wren & Martin, English for Competitive Examinations, S.Chand & Co, 2021
2. Objective English for Competitive Examination, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2014.

Reference Books:
1. Hari Mohan Prasad, Objective English for Competitive Examination, Tata McGraw
Hill, New Delhi, 2014.
2. Philip Sunil Solomon, English for Success in Competitive Exams, Oxford 2016
3. Shalini Verma , Word Power Made Handy, S Chand Publications
4. Neira, Anjana Dev & Co. Creative Writing: A Beginner's Manual. Pearson
Education India, 2008.
5. Abhishek Jain,Vocabulary Learning Techniques Vol.I& II,RR Global Publishers 2013.

Online Resources:

1. https://www.grammar.cl/english/parts-of-speech.htm
2. https://academicguides.waldenu.edu/writingcenter/grammar/partsofspeech
3. https://learnenglish.britishcouncil.org/grammar/english-grammar-reference/active-
passive- voice
4. https://languagetool.org/insights/post/verb-tenses/
5. https://www.britishcouncil.in/blog/best-free-english-learning-resources-british-council

https://www.careerride.com/post/social-essays-for-competitive-exams-586.aspx

33
SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY (AUTONOMOUS)
(Open Elective-I)
III B. Tech I Semester CSE
L T P C
3 0 0 3
23AMB06: ENTREPRENEURSHIP AND NEW VENTURE CREATION
(Open Elective-I)

COURSE OUTCOMES: At the end of the course, students will be able to BTL
CO1 Develop an entrepreneurial mindset and appreciate the concept of L3
entrepreneurship

CO2 Comprehend the process of problem-opportunity identification through design L3

thinking, identify market potential and customers while developing a compelling
value proposition solution
CO3 Analyze and refine business models to ensure sustainability and profitability L3
CO4 Build Prototype for Proof of Concept and validate MVP of their practice venture L4
idea
CO5 Create business plan, conduct financial analysis and feasibility analysis to assess L5
the financial viability of a venture
CO6 Prepare and deliver an investible pitch deck of their practice venture to attract L6
stakeholders

UNIT-I: Entrepreneurship Fundamentals and context

Meaning and concept, attributes and mindset of entrepreneurial and intrapreneurial leadership, role models in each
and their role in economic development. An understanding of how to build entrepreneurial mindset, skill sets,
attributes and networks while on campus. Core Teaching Tool: Simulation, Game, Industry Case Studies
(Personalized for students – 16industries to choose from), Venture Activity

LEARNING OUTCOMES
At the end of the Unit, the learners will be able to
➢ Understand the concept of Entrepreneur and Entrepreneurship in India
➢ Analyze recent trends in Entrepreneurship role in economic development
➢ Develop a creative mind set and personality in starting a business.
Unit II: Problem & Customer Identification
Understanding and analyzing the macro-Problem and Industry perspective - technological, socioeconomic and
urbanization trends and their implication on new opportunities - Identifying passion - identifying and defining
problem using Design thinking principles - Analyzing problem and validating with the potential customer -
Understanding customer segmentation, creating and validating customer personas.
Core Teaching Tool: Several types of activities including Class, game, Gen AI, ‘Get out of the Building’ and
Venture Activity.
LEARNING OUTCOMES
At the end of the Unit, the learners will be able to

➢ Understand the problem and Customer identification. 34

➢ Analyze problem and validating with potential customer
➢ Evaluate customer segmentation and customer personas

Unit III: Solution design, Prototyping & Opportunity Assessment and Sizing
 Understanding Customer Jobs-to-be-done and crafting innovative solution design to map to customer’s needs
and create a strong value proposition - Understanding prototyping and Minimum Viable product (MVP) -
Developing a feasibility prototype with differentiating value, features and benefits - Assess relative market position
via competition analysis - Sizing the market and assess scope and potential scale of the opportunity.
Core Teaching Tool: Venture Activity, no-code Innovation tools, Class activity

LEARNING OUTCOMES
At the end if the Unit, the learners will be able to
➢ Analyze jobs-to-be-done
➢ Evaluate customer needs to create a strong value proposition
➢ Design and draw prototyping and MVP

UNIT-IV: Business & Financial Model, Go-to-Market Plan

Introduction to Business model and types, Lean approach, 9 block lean canvas model, riskiest
assumptions to Business models. Importance of Build - Measure – Lean approach.

Business planning: components of Business plan- Sales plan, People plan and financial plan.
Financial Planning: Types of costs, preparing a financial plan for profitability using financial template,
understanding basics of Unit economics and analysing financial performance.
Introduction to Marketing and Sales, Selecting the Right Channel, creating digital presence, building customer
acquisition strategy.
Choosing a form of business organization specific to your venture, identifying sources of funds: Debt& Equity,
Map the Start-up Life-cycle to Funding Options.
Core Teaching Tool: Founder Case Studies – Sama and Securely Share; Class activity and
discussions; Venture Activities.

LEARNING OUTCOMES
At the end of the Unit, the learners will be able to:
➢ Understand lean approach in business models
➢ Apply business plan, sales plan and financial plan
➢ Analyze financial planning, marketing channels of distribution.
➢ Design their own venture and source of funds.

UNIT-V: Scale Outlook and Venture Pitch readiness

Understand and identify potential and aspiration for scale vis-a-vis your venture idea.
Persuasive Storytelling and its key components. Build an Investor ready pitch deck.

Core Teaching Tool: Expert talks; Cases; Class activity and discussions; Venture Activities.

LEARNING OUTCOMES
At the end of the Unit, the learners will be able to
➢ Understand aspiration for scale
➢ Analyze venture idea and its key components
➢ Evaluate and build investors ready pitch
35
TEXT BOOKS
1. Robert D. Hisrich, Michael P. Peters, Dean A. Shepherd, Sabyasachi Sinha .Entrepreneurship, McGrawHill,
11th Edition.(2020)
 2. Ries, E. The Lean Startup: How Today's Entrepreneurs Use Continuous Innovation to Create Radically
Successful Businesses. Crown Business,(2011).
3. Osterwalder, A., & Pigneur, Y. Business Model Generation: A Handbook for Visionaries, Game Changers,
and Challengers. John Wiley & Sons. (2010).
REFERENCES
1. Simon Sinek,Start with Why, Penguin Books limited. (2011)
2. Brown Tim,Change by Design Revised & Updated: How Design Thinking
3. Transforms Organizations and Inspires Innovation, Harper Business.(2019)
4. Namita Thapar (2022) The Dolphin and the Shark: Stories on Entrepreneurship, Penguin Books Limited
5. Saras D. Sarasvathy, (2008) Effectuation: Elements of Entrepreneurial Expertise, Elgar Publishing Ltd.
E-RESOURCES
Learning resource- Ignite 5.0 Course Wadhwani platform (Includes 200+ components of
custom created modular content + 500+ components of the most relevant curated content)
BTL: Bloom’s Taxonomy Level

36
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

III B. Tech-I Semester (Common to CSE. CSO, CS)

L T P C
0 0 3 1.5
23ACA11: INTRODUCTION TO ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE LAB

Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course, students will be able to
• Implement search algorithms
• Solve Artificial intelligence problems
• Design chatbot and virtual assistant
List of Experiments:

1. Write a program to implement DFS and BFS

2. Write a Program to find the solution for traveling salesman Problem
3. Write a program to implement Simulated Annealing Algorithm
4. Write a program to find the solution for the wumpus world problem
5. Write a program to implement 8 puzzle problem
6. Write a program to implement Towers of Hanoi problem
7. Write a program to implement A* Algorithm
8. Write a program to implement Hill Climbing Algorithm
9. Build a Chatbot using AWS Lex, Pandora bots.
10. Build a bot that provides all the information related to your college.
11. Build a virtual assistant for Wikipedia using Wolfram Alpha and Python
12. The following is a function that counts the number of times a string occurs in another string: # Count the number
of times string s1 is found in string s2 defcountsubstring(s1,s2):
count = 0
for i in range(0,len(s2)-len(s1)+1): if s1 ==
s2[i:i+len(s1)]:
count += 1 return count
For instance, count substring (’ab’,’cabalaba’) returns 2.
Write a recursive version of the above function. To get the rest of a string (i.e. everything but the first character).

12. Higher order functions. Write a higher-order function count that counts the number of elements in a list
that satisfy a given test. For instance: count (lambda x: x>2, [1, 2, 3, 4, 5]) should return 3, as there are three
elements in the list larger than 2. Solve this task without using any existing higher order function.

13. Brute force solution to the Knapsack problem. Write a function that allows you to generate random
problem instances for the knapsack program. This function should generate a list of items containing N items that
each have a unique name, a random size in the range 1 ....... 5 and a random value in the range 1. 31 70 .

Next, you should perform performance measurements to see how long the given knapsack solver take to solve
different problem sizes. You should perform at least 10 runs with different randomly generated problem
instances for the problem sizes 10,12,14,16,18,20 and 22. Use a backpack size of 2:5 x N for each value
 problem size N. Please note that the method used to generate random numbers can also affect performance,
since different distributions of values can make the initial conditions of the problem slightly more or less
demanding.

How much longer time does it take to run this program when we increase the number of items? Does the backpack
size affect the answer?

Try running the above tests again with a backpack size of 1 x N and with 4:0 x N.

14. Assume that you are organising a party for N people and have been given a list L of people who, for social reasons,
should not sit at the same table. Furthermore, assume that you have C tables (that are infinitely large).

Write a function layout (N,C,L) that can give a table placement (i.e. a number from 0 : : :C -1) for each guest such
that there will be no social mishaps.

For simplicity we assume that you have a unique number 0 ......N-1 for each guest and that the list of
restrictions is of the form [(X, Y) ...] denoting guests X, Y that are not allowed to sit together. Answer with a
dictionary mapping each guest into a table assignment, if there are no possible layouts of the guests you should
answer False.

References:
1. David Poole, Alan Mack worth, Randy Goebel,” Computational Intelligence: a logical approach”,
Oxford University Press, 2004.
2. G. Luger, “Artificial Intelligence: Structures and Strategies for complex problem solving”, Fourth
Edition, Pearson Education, 2002.
3. J. Nilsson, “Artificial Intelligence: A new Synthesis”, Elsevier Publishers, 1998.
4. Artificial Neural Networks, B. Yagna Narayana, PHI
5. Artificial Intelligence, 2nd Edition, E.Rich and K.Knight, TMH.
6. Artificial Intelligence and Expert Systems, Patterson, PHI.

Online Learning Resources/Virtual Labs:

https://www.tensorflow.org/https://pytorch.org/
https://github.com/pytorch
https://keras.io/ https://github.com/kerasteam
http://deeplearning.net/software/theano/
https://github.com/Theano/Theanohttps://caffe2.ai/ https://github.com/caffe2
https://deeplearning4j.org/Scikit-learn:
https://scikit-learn.org/stable/
https://github.com/scikit-learn/scikit-learn
https://www.deeplearning.ai/
https://opencv.org/
https://github.com/qqwweee/keras-yolo3
https://www.pyimagesearch.com/2018/11/12/yolo-object-detection-with-opencv/
https://developer.nvidia.com/cuda-math-library http://vlabs.iitb.ac.in/vlabs-
dev/labs/machine_learning/labs/index.php

38
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

III B. Tech-I Semester (Common to CSE, IT )

L T P C
0 0 3 1.5
23ACS17: COMPUTER NETWORKS LAB

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the course, the student will be able to

CO1: Design scripts for Wired network simulation
CO2: Design scripts of static and mobile wireless networks simulation
CO3: Analyze the data traffic using tools
CO4: Design JAVA programs for client-server communication
CO5: Construct a wired and wireless network using the real hardware

List of Experiments:
1. Study different types of Network cables (Copper and Fiber) and prepare cables Straight and Cross) to
connect Two or more systems. Use crimping tool to connect jacks. Use LAN tester to connect the cables.
- Install and configure Network Devices: HUB, Switch and Routers Consider both manageable and
non-manageable switches. Do the logical configuration of the system. Set the bandwidth of different
ports.
- Install and Configure Wired and Wireless NIC and transfer files between systems in Wired LAN and
Wireless LAN. Consider both adhoc and infrastructure mode of operation.
2. Work with the commands Ping, Tracert, Ipconfig, pathping, telnet, ftp, getmac, ARP, Hostname, Nbtstat,
netdiag, and Nslook up
3. Find all the IP addresses on your network. Unicast, Multicast, and Broadcast on your network
4. Use Packet tracer software to build network topology and configure using Distance vector routing
protocol.
5. Use Packet tracer software to build network topology and configure using Link State routing protocol.
6. Using JAVA RMI Write a program to implement Basic Calculator
7. Implement a Chatting application using JAVA TCP and UDP sockets.
8. Hello command is used to know whether the machine at the other end is working or not. Echo command
is used to measure the round-trip time to the neighbour. Implement Hello and Echo commands using
JAVA.
9. Using Wire shark perform the following operations:
-Inspect HTTP Traffic
- .Inspect HTTP Traffic from a Given IP Address,
- Reject Packets to Given IP Address,
- Monitor Apache and My SQL Network Traffic.
10. Install Network Simulator 2/3. Create a wired network using dumbbell topology. Attach
agents, generate both FTP and CBR traffic, and transmit the traffic. Vary the data rates and
evaluate the performance using metric throughput, delay, jitter and packet loss.
11. Create a static wireless network. Attach agents, generate both FTP and CBR traffic, and
transmit the traffic. Vary the data rates and evaluate the performance using throughput,
delay, jitter and packet loss.
12. Create a mobile wireless network. Attach agents, generate both FTP and CBR traffic, and
transmit the traffic. Vary the data rates and evaluate the performance using metric
throughput, delay, jitter and packet loss.

39
 References:
1. Shivendra S.Panwar, Shiwen Mao, Jeong- dong Ryoo, and Yihan Li, ―TCP/IP Essentials A Lab-Based
Approach‖, Cambridge University Press, 2004.
2. Cisco Networking Academy, ―CCNA1 and CCNA2 Companion Guide‖, Cisco Networking Academy
Program, 3rd edition, 2003.
3. Elloitte Rusty Harold, ―Java Network Programming‖, 3rd edition, O‘REILLY, 2011.
Online Learning Resources/Virtual Labs:
https://www.netacad.com/courses/packet-tracer- Cisco Packet Tracer.
Ns Manual, Available at: https://www.isi.edu/nsnam/ns/ns-documentation.html, 2011.
https://www.wireshark.org/docs/wsug_html_chunked/-Wireshark.
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105183/25
http://www.nptelvideos2012/11.in//computer-networks.html
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105183/3
http://vlabs.iitb.ac.in/vlabs-dev/labs_local/computer-networks/labs/explist.php

40
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

III B. Tech-I Semester (Common to CSE, IT, CSO, CSM. CAI, AI)
L T P C
0 1 2 2
23ACS20: FULL STACK DEVELOPMENT – II

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the course, the student will be able to

CO1: Building fast and interactive UIs
CO2: Applying Declarative approach for developing web apps
CO3: Understanding ES6 features to embrace modern JavaScript
CO4: Building reliable APIs with Express. js
Experiments covering the Topics:

• Introduction to DOM (Document Object Model), Ecma Script (ES6) standards and features like
Arrow functions, Spread operator, Rest operator, Type coercion, Type hoisting, String literals,
Array and Object Destructuring.
• Basics of React. js like React Components, JSX, Conditional rendering Differences between Real
DOM and Virtual DOM.
• Important React.js concepts like React hooks, Props, React forms, Fetch API, Iterative rendering
using JavaScript map() function.
• JavaScript runtime environment node. js and its uses, Express. js and Routing, Micro-Services
architecture and MVC architecture, database connectivity using (My SQL)
• Introduction to My SQL, setting up MySQL and configuring, Databases, My SQL queries,
subqueries, creating My SQL driver for database connectivity to Express. js server.
• Introduction to Git and GitHub and upload project& team collaboration
Sample Experiments:
1. Introduction to Modern JavaScript and DOM
a. Write a JavaScript program to link JavaScript file with the HTML page
b. Write a JavaScript program to select the elements in HTML page using selectors
c. Write a JavaScript program to implement the event listeners
d. Write a JavaScript program to handle the click events for the HTML button elements
e. Write a JavaScript program to With three types of functions
i. Function declaration
ii. Function definition
iii. Arrow functions
2. Basics of React. Js
a. Write a React program to implement a counter button using react class components
b. Write a React program to implement a counter button using react functional components
c. Write a React program to handle the button click events in functional component
d. Write a React program to conditionally render a component in the browser
e. Write a React program to display text using String literals
3. Important concepts of React. Js 41
a. Write a React program to implement a counter button using React use State hook
b. Write a React program to fetch the data from an API using React use Effect hook
c. Write a React program with two react components sharing data using Props.
 d. Write a React program to implement the forms in react
e. Write a React program to implement the iterative rendering using map() function.

4. Introduction to Git and GitHub

a. Setup
• Install Git on local machine.
• Configure Git (user name, email).
• Create GitHub account and generate a personal access token.
b. Basic Git Workflow
• Create a local repository using git init
• Create and add files → git add .
• Commit files → git commit -m "Initial commit"
• Connect to GitHub remote → git remote add origin <repo_url>
• Push to GitHub → git push -u origin main
c. Branching and Collaboration
• Create a branch → git checkout -b feature1
• Merge branch to main → git merge feature1
• Resolve merge conflicts (guided)

5. Upload React Project to GitHub

• Create a new React app using npx create-react-app myapp
• Initialize a git repo and push to GitHub
• Use .gitignore to exclude node_modules
• Create multiple branches: feature/navbar, feature/form
• Practice merge and pull requests (can use GitHub GUI)

6. Introduction to Node. js and Express. Js

a. Write a program to implement the ‗hello world‘ message in the route through the browser using
Express
b. Write a program to develop a small website with multiple routes using Express. js
c. Write a program to print the ‗hello world‘ in the browser console using Express. js
d. Write a program to implement the CRUD operations using Express. js
e. Write a program to establish the connection between API and Database using Express – My SQL
driver
7. Introduction to My SQL
a. Write a program to create a Database and table inside that database using My SQL Command line
client
b. Write a My SQL queries to create table, and insert the data, update the data in the table
c. Write a My SQL queries to implement the subqueries in the My SQL command line client
d. Write a My SQL program to create the script files in the My SQL workbench
e. Write a My SQL program to create a database directory in Project and initialize a database. sql file
to
integrate the database into API

8. Team Collaboration Using GitHub

42
• Form groups of 2–3 students
• Create a shared GitHub repo
• Assign tasks and work in branches
• Use Issues, Pull Requests, and Code Reviews
 • Document code with README.md

Textbooks:
1. Web Design with HTML, CSS, JavaScript and JQuery Set Book by Jon Duckett Professional
JavaScript for Web Developers Book by Nicholas C. Zakas
2. John Dean, Web Programming with HTML5, CSS and JavaScript, Jones & Bartlett Learning, 2019.
3. Pro MERN Stack: Full Stack Web App Development with Mongo, Express, React, and Node,
Vasan Subramanian, 2nd edition, APress, O‘Reilly.
4. Learning PHP, MySQL, JavaScript, CSS & HTML5: A Step-by-Step Guide to Creating Dynamic
Websites by Robin Nixon
5. AZAT MARDAN, Full Stack Java Script: Learn Back bone. js, Node.jsand Mongo DB.2015

Reference Books:
1. Full-Stack JavaScript Development by Eric Bush
2. Programming the World Wide Web, 7th Edition, Robet W Sebesta, Pearson, 2013.
3. Tomasz Dyl , Kamil Przeorski , Maciej Czarnecki, Mastering Full Stack React Web Development
2017

43
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

III B. Tech-I Semester (Common to all Branches)

L T P C
0 0 2 1
23AC003: TINKERING LAB
Course Outcomes: The students will be able to experiment, innovate, and solve real-world
challenges.

The aim of tinkering lab for engineering students is to provide a hands-on learning environment where
students can explore, experiment, and innovate by building and testing prototypes. These labs are
designed to demonstrate practical skills that complement theoretical knowledge.

These labs bridge the gap between academia and industry, providing students with the practical
experience. Some students may also develop entrepreneurial skills, potentially leading to start-ups or
innovation-driven careers. Tinkering labs aim to cultivate the next generation of engineers by giving
them the tools, space, and mind-set to experiment, innovate, and solve real-world challenges.
List of experiments:
1) Make your own parallel and series circuits using breadboard for any application of your choice.
2) Demonstrate a traffic light circuit using breadboard.
3) Build and demonstrate automatic Street Light using LDR.
4) Simulate the Arduino LED blinking activity in Tinkercad.
5) Build and demonstrate an Arduino LED blinking activity using Arduino IDE.
6) Interfacing IR Sensor and Servo Motor with Arduino.
7) Blink LED using ESP32.
8) LDR Interfacing with ESP32.
9) Control an LED using Mobile App.
10) Design and 3D print a Walking Robot
11) Design and 3D Print a Rocket.
12) Build a live soil moisture monitoring project, and monitor soil moisture levels of a remote plan in your
computer dashboard.
13) Demonstrate all the steps in design thinking to redesign a motor bike.

Students need to refer to the following links:

1) https://aim.gov.in/pdf/equipment-manual-pdf.pdf
2) https://atl.aim.gov.in/ATL-Equipment-Manual/
3) https://aim.gov.in/pdf/Level-1.pdf
4) https://aim.gov.in/pdf/Level-2.pdf
5) https://aim.gov.in/pdf/Level-3.pdf

44
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

III B.Tech - I Semester

L T P C
2 0 0 0
23AHS30 QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE AND REASONING - III

(Common to All Branches)

Course Outcomes:
After successful completion of the course, the student will be able to
CO1: Develop the thinking ability to meet the challenges in solving Logical Reasoning problems.
CO2: Solve campus placements aptitude papers covering Quantitative Ability and Verbal Ability.
CO3: Apply different placement practice techniques.

UNIT 1: QUANTITATIVE ABILITY V

Time and Work – Equal Efficiency – Different Efficiency – Combined work – Alternate work – Partial work – Negative
work - Pipes and Cistern – Simple Interest – Compound Interest - Year Zero – Difference between SI and CI – Clocks
– Angle of the Clock –Minutes hand Loss or Gain – Calendars – Leap Year – Non Leap year – Odd days – Days of the
week

UNIT 2: QUANTITATIVE ABILITY VI

Mensuration 2D – Area and Perimeter - Mensuration 3D – Volume - Total Surface area – Lateral Surface Area –
Statistics- Mean - Mean Deviation – Median – Mode - Range – Variance - – Standard Deviation - Set theory

UNIT 3: REASONING ABILITY III

Puzzles – Cubes & Dices – Algebra – Selection Decision table – Visual reasoning - Inequalities

UNIT 4: VERBAL III

Vocabulary - Synonyms, Antonyms, One Word Substitution, and Spelling - Sentence Correction - Sentence Selection,
Error Identification, Sentence Improvement, Sentence completion – Cloze Test, Types,Strategies - Para jumbles- Types,
Strategies.

UNIT 5: SOFT SKILLS III

Written Communication - Listening Skills - Mentoring & Coaching - Decision Making - Competitiveness - Inspiring &
Motivating.

Text Books:
1. Quantitative Aptitude, Logic Reasoning & Verbal Reasoning, R S Agarwal, S.Chand
Publications-2022.
2. Quantitative Aptitude for Competitive Examinations, R S Agarwal, S.Chand 45
Publications-2022.
 PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

CO1 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -

CO2 1 2 - - - - - - - - - -

CO3 2 - - - - - - - - - - -

3-High Mapping 2- Medium Mapping 1-Low Mapping

46
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

III B. Tech I Semester Common to all branches

Course Code: 23AHS31 FRENCH LANGUAGE

(Audit Course)
L T P C
2 0 0 0
COURSE OUTCOMES:
After completion of the course the student will be able to:

CO1: Understand basic knowledge of French language and several core competencies.
CO2: Develop and improve comprehensive capabilities and apply simple phrases & sentences in
real-life conversation.
CO3: Analyse ability to ask and answer questions about the self, personal interest, everyday life,
and the immediate environment.
CO4: Demonstrate knowledge of tenses in making sentences for day-to-day conversations in
different time frame.

UNIT-1
INTRODUCTION & PRESENTATION:
Introduction, Alphabets & Accents Culture, Formal & Informal – Use of ‘tu’ and ‘vous’, Map
of France: Geographical, Administrative Greeting, Presenting oneself & others, Asking &
giving identity, Days of the week, Months of the year, Numbers, Nationality, Profession,
Making a visiting card salutations, Gestures & Handshakes.

UNIT-2 RENDEZVOUS:
Conversations, approaching someone, Tele conversation, Buying a train ticket, Numbers the formula to
write a post card, Culture and Life in France.

UNIT-3
AGENDA & INVITATION:
Conversations, Time, Fixing a meeting, Alimentation, Moments of the day (from morning to night),
Punctuality, Good moments of the day, Inviting someone, Accepting & Refusing Invitations, Family
tree, Describing a house interior.

UNIT-4
VACATION & SHOPPING:
Describing an event, Reservations at a Hotel, Describing a person, Expressing opinion, Indication
of time: Depuis & pendant, Gestures: Polite & Impolite, A French vacation, Culture, Making a
purchase, Choosing & Paying, Trying a dress on, Talking about weather, Understanding a Weather
Bulletin, Comparison, Dress & weather, Dialogue between a client and an employee of a store and
Money in everyday life in France: Parking ticket / telephone card.

UNIT-5
ITINERARY, EXCURSION & WEEKEND:
Asking for & giving directions, Giving order / advice / prohibition, Reservation at a restaurant,
Taking an order , Asking for bill at a Restaurant, Expression of Quantity, Alimentation: Shop4p7ing
list (portions), Making Suggestion & Proposal, Going for an outing, Acceptance & Refusal of an
invitation, Giving arguments: favour & against, A French Weekend.
Text Books:
1. CAMPUS 1 Methode de Francais, Jacky Girardet, CLE International Paris, Nouvelle
Edition, 2002.
2. La France de toujours: Civilisation, Nelly Mauchamp; CLE International, 2004.
Reference Books:
1. Declic 1: method francais; Jacques Balnc, Jean-Michel Cartier, Pierre Lederlion; CLE
International, 2004.
2. Nouveau Sans Frontieres; P Dominique, Jacky Girardet , et al. – Vols. 1, 2 & 3. French
Edition, 1989.

48
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING &TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

III B. Tech I Semester (Common to all branches)

23AHS32: GERMAN LANGUAGE

(AUDIT COURSE) L T P C
2 0 0 0
COURSE OUTCOMES: After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CO1: Understand fundamentals of German language, sounds, pronunciations, sentence structures
and the verb conjugation.
CO2: Comprehend and apply the knowledge of vocabulary and phrases in day-to-day real-life
conversation.
CO3: Analyze various sentence structures by examining the rules of grammar in speaking and
writing.
CO4: Demonstrate various verb structures of English and German language effectively in
professional writing.
UNIT-1 GERMAN SOUNDS
Vowels, consonants, diphthongs, umlaut, the nouns, gender distinctions, cases, definite and
indefinite articles, conjugation of verbs, verbs with separable and inseparable prefixes, modal
verbs, personal pronouns, possessive pronouns, reflexive pronouns, cases nominative,
accusative and dative. Structure of sentence and categories of sentences, subordinate clause,
causative and conditional sentences; A very interesting slideshow presentation is held to
enlighten the students about the culture, people, and lifestyle in Germany.

UNIT-2 SENTENCE FORMATION

Infinite sentences, use of conjunctive-I and conjunctive-II, plusquam perfect, modal verb,
Conjunction, temporal, subordinate clauses & complex sentences.

UNIT-3 GERMAN BASIC GRAMMAR

Verbs: Different forms, past tense and present perfect tense, adjectives and their declension,
degrees of comparison; Prepositions, genitive case conjunctive. Different conjunctions
(coordinating and subordinating), simple, complex and compound sentences, active and passive
voice, relative pronouns.

UNIT-4 PURPOSE OF LANGUAGE STUDY

Pictures and perceptions, conflicts and solutions, change and the future, the purpose of the study
of the German language, listening, understanding, reacting, speaking, communicating, use of
language, pronunciation and intonation, reading, reading and understanding, writing, text
writing, text forming, use of language, language reflection, building up the language, language
comparison, culture reflection, other cultures and cultural identity.

UNIT-5 GERMAN ADVANCED COMMUNICATION LEVEL - 1

The significance of language study, Speaking and thinking, Self – discovery, Communication,
Language Competence, Language and culture, Language changes, Connection with other areas
of study, The mother language and the other languages.
Text Books:
1. Korbinian, Lorenz Nieder Deutschals Fremdsprache IA. Ausländer, “German
Language”, Perfect Paperback Publishers, 1st Edition, 1992.
2. Deutschals Fremdsprache, IB, Erganzungskurs, “German Language”, Front Cover. Klett,
Glossar Deutsch-Spanisch Publishers, 1st Edition, 1981.
49
Reference Books:
1. Griesbach, “Moderner Gebrauch der deutschen Sprache”, Schulz Publishers, 10th Edition,
2011.
2. Anna Quick, Hermann Glaser U.A, “Intermediate German: A Grammar and workbook”,
Paperback, 1st Edition, 2006

50
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

III B. Tech I Semester (Common to all branches)

3AHS33:JAPANESE LANGUAGE
(AUDIT COURSE)
L T P C
2 0 0 0

Course Outcomes:
CO1: Remember and understand Japanese alphabet and demonstrate basic structures of sentences in
reading and writing.
CO2: Examine the limitations of language by examining pronouns, verbs form, adjectives and
conjunctions.
CO3: Analyze the skills of vocabulary and apply it to learn time and dates and express them in Japanese.
CO4: Demonstrate the formation of simple questions and answers in Japanese to know the Japanese
culture and etiquette.
UNIT – 1
INTRODUCTION TO JAPANESE SYLLABLES AND GREETINGS – Introduction of Japanese
language, alphabets; Hiragana, katakana, and Kanji Pronunciation, vowels and consonants. Hiragana
– writing and reading; Vocabulary: 50 Nouns and 20pronouns, Greetings.
UNIT – 2
DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS, VERBS AND SENTENCE FORMATION - Grammar: N1 wa
N2 desu, Japanese Numerals, Demonstrative pronoun - Kore, Sore, Are and Dore (This, That, Over there,
which) Kono, sono, Ano and Dono (this, that, over there, which) Kochira, Sochira, Achira and Dochira.
this way....) Koko, Soko, Asoko and Doko (Here, There,...location), Classification of verbs Be verb desu
Present and Present negative Basic structure of sentence (Subject+ Object+ Verb) Katakana- reading and
writing

UNIT - 3
CONJUNCTION, ADJECTIVES, VOCABULARY AND ITS MEANING - Conjunction-
Ya…..nado Classification of Adjectives ‘I’ and ‘na’-ending Set phrase – Onegaishimasu – Sumimasen,
wakarimasen Particle –Wa, Particle-Ni ‘Ga imasu’ and ‘Ga arimasu’ for Existence of living things and
non-living things Particle- Ka, Ni, Ga, Days/ Months /Year/Week (Current, Previous, Next, Next to
Next); Nation, People and Language Relationship of family (look and learn); Simple kanji recognition.

UNIT - 4
FORMING QUESTIONS AND GIVING ANSWERS - Classification of Question words (Dare, Nani, Itsu,
Doyatte, dooshite, Ikutsu, Ikura); Classification of Te forms, Polite form of verbs.
UNIT - 5
EXPRESSING TIME, POSITION AND DIRECTIONS – Classification of question words
(Doko, Dore, Dono, Dochira); Time expressions (Jikan), Number of hours, Number of months,
calendar of a month; Visiting the departmental store, railway stations, Hospital (Byoki), office and
University.

51
Text Book:
1. Easy Japanese: Learn to Speak Japanese Quickly, Emiko Koromi, Tuttle Publishing, 2018.
Reference Book:
1. Japanese Hiragana and Katakana Made Easy: An Easy Step-By-Step Workbook to Learn the
Japanese Writing System, Lingo Mastery, 2022.

52
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
23ACM06- INTRODUCTION TO MACHINE LEARNING L T P C
III B. Tech - I Semester (Professional Core)-CSE, B.Tech -AI&DS
III B. Tech - II Semester (Professional Core)-IT 3 0 0 3
III B. Tech - II Semester (Professional Core)-CSE(IOT)

Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course, students will be able to:

• Understand and distinguish among different types of learning methods.

• Apply supervised and unsupervised learning algorithms to datasets.
• Analyze model performance using cross-validation and error metrics.
• Build, test, and improve machine learning models for classification and prediction.
• Use Python-based libraries (e.g., Scikit-learn) to implement ML algorithms.

UNIT I: Introduction to Machine Learning and Linear Models

Definition and Scope of Machine Learning, Applications and Types of Learning: Supervised, Unsupervised,
Reinforcement, Linear Regression: Least Squares, Cost Function, Gradient Descent, Polynomial Regression and
Overfitting, Evaluation Metrics: RMSE, MAE, R² Score, Bias-Variance Trade off.

UNIT II: Classification Algorithms

Classification Overview and Decision Boundaries, Logistic Regression: Sigmoid Function and Cost, K-Nearest
Neighbors (KNN), Naïve Bayes Classifier, Decision Trees and Random Forests, Model Evaluation: Confusion Matrix,
Precision, Recall, F1-Score.

UNIT III: Support Vector Machines and Ensemble Methods

Support Vector Machines: Concepts, Kernels, Hyperplane and Margin Concepts, Kernel Tricks: RBF and Polynomial,
Ensemble Learning: Bagging, Boosting, and Voting, Gradient Boosting, AdaBoost, and XGBoost, Model Tuning and
Hyperparameter Optimization.

UNIT IV: Unsupervised Learning Techniques

Clustering Overview: Applications, K-Means Clustering Algorithm, Hierarchical Clustering, DBSCAN and Density-
Based Methods, Principal Component Analysis (PCA) for Dimensionality Reduction, Silhouette Score, Davies-Bouldin
Index for Cluster Validation.

UNIT V: Advanced Topics and Applications

Reinforcement Learning Basics and Markov Decision Processes, Introduction to Neural Networks and Deep Learning,
Cross-Validation Techniques: k-Fold, Leave-One-Out, Feature Engineering and Feature Selection, Deployment of ML
Models (Flask, Streamlit, etc.), Case Studies: Medical Diagnosis, Spam Detection, Credit Scoring.

Textbooks:

1. Tom Mitchell, Machine Learning, McGraw-Hill Education.

2. Aurélien Géron, Hands-On Machine Learning with Scikit-Learn, Keras, and TensorFlow, O’Reilly Media.
3. Ethem Alpaydin, Introduction to Machine Learning, MIT Press.

53
 Reference Books:

1. Trevor Hastie, Robert Tibshirani, Jerome Friedman, The Elements of Statistical Learning, Springer.
2. Kevin P. Murphy, Machine Learning: A Probabilistic Perspective, MIT Press.
3. Christopher Bishop, Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning, Springer.

Online Learning Resources:

1. Coursera – Machine Learning by Andrew Ng (Stanford University)

2. Scikit-learn Documentation
3. Kaggle Learn – Machine Learning
4. Google’s Machine Learning Crash Course
5. YouTube – StatQuest with Josh Starmer

54
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

III B. Tech-II Semester (CSE, IT, CSO, CSD(PE-III))

III B. Tech-I Semester CSC

L T P C
3 0 0 3
23ACS24: CLOUD COMPUTING
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
CO1: Ability to create cloud computing environment
CO2: Ability to design applications for Cloud environment
CO3: Design & develop back up strategies for cloud data based on features.
CO4: Use and examine different cloud computing services.
CO5: Apply different cloud programming model as perneed.

UNITI: Basics of Cloud computing Lecture8Hrs

Introduction to cloud computing: Introduction, Character is tics of cloud computing, Cloud Models, Cloud
Services Examples, Cloud Based services and applications
Cloud concepts and Technologies: Virtualization, Load balancing, Scalability and Elasticity, Deployment,
Replication, Monitoring, Software defined, Network function virtualization, Map Reduce, Identity and Access
Management, services level Agreements, Billing.
Cloud Services and Plat forms: Compute Services, Storage Services, Data, base Services, Application services,
Content delivery services Analytics Services, Deployment and Management Services, Identity and Access
Management services, Open-Source Private Cloud software.

UNIT II: Hadoop and Python Lecture 9Hrs

Hadoop Map Reduce: Apache Hadoop, Hadoop Map Reduce Job Execution, Hadoop Schedulers, Hadoop
Cluster set up. Cloud Application Design: Reference Architecture for Cloud Applications, Cloud Application
Design Methodologies, Data Storage Approaches. Python Basics: Introduction, Installing Python, Python data
Types & Data Structures, Control flow, Function, Modules,Packages,Filehandling, Date /Time Operations,
Classes.

UNIT III : Python for Cloud computing Lecture 8Hrs

Python for Cloud: Python for Amazon web services, Python for Google Cloud Platform, Python for windows
Azure, Python for Map Reduce, Python packages of Interest, Python web Application Frame work, Designing
a REST ful web API.
Cloud Application Development in Python: Design Approaches, Image Processing APP, Document Storage
App, Map Reduce App, Social Media Analytics App.

UNIT IV: Big data, multimedia and Tuning Lecture8Hrs

Big Data Analytics: Introduction, Clustering Big Data, Classification of Big data Recommendation of
Systems
Multimedia Cloud: Introduction, Case Study: Live video Streaming App, Streaming Protocols, case Study:
Video Trans coding App.
Cloud Application Bench marking and Tuning: Introduction, Work load Character is tics, Application
Performance Metrics, Design Considerations for a Bench marking Methodology, Bench marking Tools,
Deployment Prototyping, Load Testing & Bottleneck Detection case Study, Hadoop bench marking case
Study.

55
UNIT V: Applications and Issues in Cloud Lecture 9Hrs
Cloud Security: Introduction, CSA Cloud Security Architecture, Authentication, Authorization, Identity
Access Management, Data Security, Key Management, Auditing.
Cloud for Industry, Health care & Education: Cloud Computing for Health care, Cloud computing for Energy
Systems, Cloud Computing for Transportation Systems, Cloud Computing for Manufacturing Industry, Cloud
computing for Education.
Migrating in to a Cloud: Introduction, Broad Approaches to migrating into the cloud, the seven– step model
of migration in to a cloud.
Organizational readiness and Change Management in The Cloud Age: Introduction, Basic concepts of
Organizational Readiness, Drivers for changes: A frame work to comprehend the competitive environment,
common change management models, change management maturity models, Organizational readiness self–
assessment.
Legal Issues in Cloud Computing: Introduction, Data Privacy and security Issues, cloud contracting models,
Jurisdictional issues raised by virtualization and at a location, commercial and business considerations, Special
Topics.

Text books:
1. Cloud computing A hands - on Approach ‖By Arshdeep Bahga, Vijay Madisetti, Universities Press,
2016
2. Cloud Computing Principles and Paradigms: By Rajkumar Buyya, James Broberg, Andrzej
Goscinski, Wiley, 2016

Reference Books:
1. Mastering g Cloud Computing by Rajkumar Buyya, Christian Vecchiola, S Thamarai Selvi, TMH
2. Cloud computing A Hands-On Approach by Arshdeep Bhaga and Vijay Madisetti.
3. Cloud Computing: A Practical Approach, Anthony T.Velte, To by J.Velte, Robert Elsenpeter, Tata
Mc Graw Hill,rp 2011.
4. Enterprise Cloud Computing, Gautam Shroff, Cambridge University Press, 2010.
5. Cloud Application Architectures: Building Applications and Infrastructure in the Cloud, George
Reese,O‗Reilly, SPD, rp 2011.
6. Essentials of Cloud Computing by K.Chandrasekaran. CRC Press.

Online Learning Resources:

Cloud computing – Course (nptel.ac.in)

56
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY

(AUTONOMOUS)
III B. Tech - II Semester (Common to CSE.CSC.IT)
III B. Tech - I Semester (Common to CS0(PE-I), CSD(PE-III))
L T P C
3 0 0 3
23ACC04: CRYPTOGRAPHY & NETWORK SECURITY
Course outcomes:
At the end of the course students will be able to
CO1: Identify information security goals, classical encryption technique and acquire fundamental knowledge
on the concepts off in tie fields and number theory
CO2: Compare and apply different encryption and decryption techniques to solve problems related to
confidentiality and authentication
CO3: Apply the knowledge of cryptographic checksum and evaluate the performance of different message
digest algorithms for verifying the integrity of varying message sizes.
CO4: Apply different digital signature algorithms to achieve authentication and create secure applications
CO5: Apply network security basics, analyze different attack son networks and evaluate the
performance of fire walls and security protocols like TLS, IPSec, and PGP
CO6: Apply the knowledge of cryptographic utilities and authentication mechanisms to design secure
applications.

UNIT-I Lecture 9Hrs

Computer and Network Security Concepts: Computer Security Concepts, Theo‘s Security Architecture, Security
Attacks, Security Services, Security Mechanisms, A Model for Network Security, Classical Encryption Techniques:
Symmetric Cipher Model, Substitution Techniques Transposition Techniques, Steganography, Block Ciphers:
Traditional Block Cipher Structure, The Data Encryption Standard, Advanced Encryption Standard: AES Structure,
AES Transformation Functions

UNIT-II: Lecture 9Hrs

Number Theory: The Euclidean Algorithm, Modular Arithmetic, Fermat‘s and Euler‘s Theorems, The Chinese
Remainder Theorem, Discrete Logarithms, Finite Fields: Finite Fields of the Form

GF(p), Finite Fields of the Form GF(2n). Public Key Cryptography: Principles, Public Key
Cryptography Algorithms, RSA Algorithm, Daffy Hellman Key Exchange, Elliptic Curve Cryptography.

UNIT-III: Lecture 9Hrs

Cryptographic Hash Functions: Application o f Cryptographic Hash Functions, Requirements & Security, Secure
57
Hash Algorithm, Message Authentication Functions, Requirements & Security, HMAC & CMAC. Digital
Signatures: NIST Digital Signature Algorithm, Distribution of Public Keys, X.509 Certificates, Public- Key
Infrastructure

UNIT-IV: Lecture 9Hrs

User Authentication: Remote Use r Authentication Principles, Kerberos. Electronic Mail Security: Pretty Good
Privacy (PGP) Ands /MIME.IP Security: I P Security Overview, IP Security Policy, Encapsulating Security Payload,
Combining Security Associations, Internet Key Exchange.

UNIT-V: Lecture 8Hrs

Transport Level Security: Web Security Requirements, Transport Layer Security (TLS), HTTPS, Secures hell (SSH)
Firewalls: Fire wall Characteristics and Access Policy, Types of Fire walls, Fire wall ovation and Configurations.
Textbooks:
1. Cryptography and Network Security-William Stallings, Pearson Education,8th Edition.
2. Cryptography, network Security and Cyber Laws–Bernard Menaces, Engage Learning, 2010 edition.
Reference Books:
1. Cryptography and Network Security- Beerhouse Frozen, Debden Mukhopadhyaya,

Mc –Grow Hill, 3rd Edition, 2015.

2. Network Security Illustrated, Jason Albanese and Wes Scone Reich, MGH Publishers, 2003.
Online Learning Resources:
1) https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/105/106105031/lecture
2) https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/105/106105162/lecturebyDr.SouravMukhopadhyay
IITKharagpur[VideoLecture]
3) https://www.mitel.com/articles/web-communication-cryptography-and-network- security web articles by
Mitel Power Connections

58
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
(Autonomous)

III B. Tech II Semester (Common to CSE, IT)

L T P C
3 0 0 3

23AIT11: SOFTWARE TESTING METHODOLOGIES

(Professional Elective-II)

COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1: Understand basic testing concepts.
CO2: Detect and fix bugs.
CO3: Apply flow-based testing.
CO4: Use domain/path/logic-based tests.
UNIT-I Lecture 8 Hrs
Introduction: -Purpose of testing, Dichotomies, model for testing, consequences of bugs, taxonomy
of bugs, Flow graphs and Path testing: - Basics concepts of path testing, predicates, path predicates
and achievable paths, path sensitizing, path instrumentation, application of path testing.

UNIT-II Lecture 8 Hrs

Transaction Flow Testing:-transaction flows, transaction flow testing techniques. Dataflow testing:
- Basics of dataflow testing, strategies in dataflow testing, application of dataflow testing.

UNIT-III Lecture 8 Hrs

Domain Testing:-domains and paths, Nice & ugly domains, domain testing, domains and interfaces
testing, domain and interface testing, domains and testability.

UNIT-IV Lecture 8 Hrs

Paths, Path products and Regular expressions: - path products &path expression, reduction
procedure, applications, regular expressions & flow anomaly detection. Logic Based Testing: -over
view, decision tables, path expressions, kv charts, specifications.

UNIT-V Lecture 8 Hrs

State, State Graphs and Transition testing: - state graphs, good & bad state graphs, state testing,
Testability tips. Graph Matrices and Application:-Motivational overview, matrix of graph,
relations, power of a matrix, node reduction algorithm, building tools

TEXT BOOKS
1. Beizer, B., "Software Testing Techniques", Dreamtech Press, 2nd Edition, 2003.
2. Prasad, K.V.K.K., "Software Testing Tools", Dreamtech Press, 1st Edition, 2005.

REFERENCES BOOKS:
1. The craft of software testing – Brian Marick, Pearson Education.
2. Software Testing Techniques – SPD(Oreille)
3. Software Testing in the Real World – Edward Kit, Pearson.
59
 4. Effective methods of Software Testing, Perry, John Wiley.
5. Art of Software Testing – Meyers, John Wiley.

CO-PO Mapping:

CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 2 2 2 2 3 2
CO2 3 3 3 2 2 3 3
CO3 3 3 2 3 3 3 3
CO4 3 2 3 2 2 3 2
CO5 3 2 2 2 2 3 2

60
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
III B. Tech - I Semester -CSE(CS)-PE(II)
L T P C
23ACC10: CYBER SECURITY 3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course, students will be able to

• Classify the cybercrimes and understand the Indian ITA 2000

• Analyse the vulnerabilities in any computing system and find the solutions
• Predict the security threats of the future
• Investigate the protection mechanisms
• Design security solutions for organizations

UNIT I Introduction to Cybercrime Lecture 8Hrs

Introduction, Cybercrime, and Information Security, Who are Cybercriminals, Classifications of Cybercrimes, And
Cybercrime: The legal Perspectives and Indian Perspective, Cybercrime and the Indian ITA 2000, A Global Perspective
on Cybercrimes.
UNIT II Cyber Offenses: How Criminals Plan Them Lecture 9Hrs
Introduction, How Criminals plan the Attacks, Social Engineering, Cyber stalking, Cyber cafe and Cybercrimes, Botnets:
The Fuel for Cybercrime, Attack Vector, Cloud Computing
UNIT III Cybercrime: Mobile and Wireless Devices Lecture 9Hrs
Introduction, Proliferation of Mobile and Wireless Devices, Trends in Mobility, Credit card Frauds in Mobile and
Wireless Computing Era, Security Challenges Posed by Mobile Devices, Registry Settings for Mobile Devices,
Authentication service Security, Attacks on Mobile/Cell Phones,
Mobile Devices:
Security Implications for Organizations, Organizational Measures for Handling Mobile, Organizational Security Policies
an Measures in Mobile Computing Era, Laptops.
UNIT IV Tools and Methods Used in Cybercrime Lecture 8Hrs
Introduction, Proxy Servers and Anonymizers, Phishing, Password Cracking, Keyloggers and Spywares, Virus and
Worms, Trojan Horse and Backdoors, Steganography, DoS and DDoS attacks, SQL Injection, Buffer Overflow.
UNIT V Cyber Security: Organizational Implications Lecture 8Hrs
Introduction, Cost of Cybercrimes and IPR issues, Web threats for Organizations, Security and Privacy Implications,
Social media marketing: Security Risks and Perils for Organizations, Social Computing and the associated challenges
for Organizations.
Text books:
1. Cyber Security: Understanding Cyber Crimes, Computer Forensics and Legal Perspectives, Nina Godbole and Sunil
Belapure, Wiley INDIA.

61
Reference Books:
1. Cyber Security Essentials, James Graham, Richard Howard and Ryan Otson, CRC Press.
2. Introduction to Cyber Security, Chwan- Hwa(john) Wu,J. David Irwin.CRC Press T&F Group
Online Learning Resources:
http://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105031/40
http://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105031/39
http://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105031/38

62
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

III B. Tech-II Semester (Common to CSE, IT,CSC) (PE-II)

IV B. Tech-I Semester CSD (PE-IV)

L T P C
3 0 0 3
23ACS28: DEVOPS
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
CO1: Enumerate the principles of continuous development and deployment, automation of
configuration management, inter-team collaboration, and IT serviceability
CO2: Describe Dev Ops &Dev Sec Ops methodologies and their key concepts
CO3: Illustrate the types of version control systems, continuous integration tools, continuous
monitoring tools, and cloud models
CO4: Set up complete private infrastructure using version control systems and CI/CD tools

UNIT I Lecture 8 Hrs

Dev Ops: An Overview, Dev Ops: Origins, Dev Ops: Roots, Dev Ops: Practices Dev Ops: Culture. Adopting
Dev Ops: Developing the Playbook. Developing a Business Case for a Dev Ops: Developing the Business
Case

UNIT II Lecture 9 Hrs

Completing the Business Model Canvas, Customer Segments, Value Segments, Value Propositions, Channels,
Customer Relationships, Revenue Streams, Key Resources, Key Activities, Key Partnerships, Cost Structures.
Dev Ops Plays for Optimizing the delivery Pipeline: Dev Ops as an optimization Exercise, Core Themes, The
Dev Ops Plays, Specializing Core Plays

UNIT III Lecture 8Hrs

Dev Ops Plays for Driving Innovation: Optimize to Innovate, The Uber Syndrome, Innovation and the Role
of Technology, Core Themes, play: Build a Dev Ops Platform, play: Deliver Micro services Architectures,
play: DevOps an API Economy, play: Organizing for Innovation.

UNIT IV Lecture 10 Hrs

Scaling DevOps for the Enterprise: Core Themes, play: Dev Ops Center of Competency, play: Developing
Culture of Innovation at Scale, play: Developing a Culture of continuous Improvement, play: Team Models for
Dev Ops, play: Standardization of Tools and Process, play: Security Considerations for Dev Ops, Play: Dev Ops
and Outsourcing.

UNIT V Lecture 10 Hrs

Leading Dev Ops Adoption in the Enterprise: Play: Dev Ops as a transformation Exercise, play: Developing
a Culture of Collaboration and Trust, play: Dev Ops Thinking for the Line of Business, play: starting with Pilot
Projects, Play: Rearing Unicorns on an Aircrafts Carrier. Appendix Case Study: Example Dev Ops Adoption
Roadmap Organization Background, Roadmap Structure, Adoption Roadmap.

Text books:
Sanjeev Sharma, The Dev Ops Adoption Playbook, Published by John Wiley & Sons, Inc.2017
Reference Books:
1. Sanjeev Sharma & Bernie Coyne, Dev Ops for Dummies, Published by John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
2. Michael Huttermann, Dev Ops for Developers, Apress publishers,2012.
Online Learning Resources:
Learning Dev Ops with Terra form Infrastructure Automation Course | Udemy
63
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
III B. Tech - I Semester (IOT)
III B. Tech –II Semester (CSE, CSIT)
23AEC29: EMBEDDED SYSTEMS

L T P C
3 0 0 3
Course Outcomes:
After successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
CO1: Classify embedded systems based on their purpose, generation, and complexity.
CO2: Identify and select appropriate hardware components for an embedded system design.
CO3: Differentiate and implement various communication protocols like I2C, SPI, and
CAN.
CO4: Develop firmware using assembly and high-level programming languages.
CO5: Analyze and apply RTOS-based task scheduling and synchronization techniques.
UNIT-I:
Introduction to Embedded Systems
History of embedded systems, Classification of embedded systems based on generation and complexity,
Purpose of embedded systems, The embedded system design process-requirements, specification, architecture
design, designing hardware and software, components, system integration, Applications of embedded systems,
and characteristics of embedded systems.
UNIT-II:
Typical Embedded System
Core of the embedded system-general purpose and domain specific processors, ASICs, PLDs, COTs; Memory-
ROM, RAM, memory according to the type of interface, memory shadowing, memory selection for embedded
systems, Sensors, actuators, I/O components: seven segment LED, relay, piezo buzzer, push button switch,
other sub-systems: reset circuit, brownout protection circuit, oscillator circuit real time clock, watch dog timer.
UNIT-III:
Communication Interface
Onboard communication interfaces-I2C, SPI, CAN, parallel interface; External communication interfaces-
RS232 and RS485, USB, infrared, Bluetooth, Wi-Fi, ZigBee, GPRS, GSM.
UNIT-IV:
Embedded Firmware Design and Development
Embedded firmware design approaches-super loop based approach, operating system based approach;
embedded firmware development languages-assembly language based development, high level language
based development.
UNIT-V:
RTOS based Embedded System Design
Operating system basics, types of operating systems, tasks, process and threads, multiprocessing and
multitasking, task scheduling: non-pre-emptive and pre-emptive scheduling; task communication-shared
memory, message passing, Remote Procedure Call and Sockets, Task Synchronization: Task Communication/
64
Synchronization Issues, Task Synchronization Techniques.
Textbooks:
1. Introduction to Embedded Systems - Shibu KV, Mc Graw Hill Education.
2. Computers as Components –Wayne Wolf, Morgan Kaufmann (second edition).

References:
1. Embedded System Design -Frank Vahid, Tony Grivargis, john Wiley.
2. Embedded Systems- An integrated approach - Lyla b das, Pearson education 2012.
3. Embedded Systems – Raj Kamal, TMH

65
SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
(Autonomous)
III B. Tech II Semester (Common to CSE, IT, CSC)
III B. Tech I Semester CSBS(PE-I),

SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT L T P C

23AIT10 (Professional Elective-III) 3 0 0 3

COURSE OUTCOMES:
After completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Describe the fundamentals of Project Management
CO2: Recognize and use Project Scheduling Techniques
CO3: Familiarize with Project Control Mechanisms
CO4: Understand Team Management
CO5: Recognize the importance of Project Documentation and Evaluation

UNIT-I Lecture 8 Hrs

Conventional Software Management: The water fall model, conventional software Management
performance Evolution of Software Economics: software Economics. Pragmatic Software Cost
Estimation Improving Software Economics: Reducing Software Product Size, Improving
Software Processes, Improving Team Effectiveness, Improving Automation, Achieving Required
Quality, Peer Inspections.

UNIT-II Lecture 8 Hrs

The old way and the new: The principles of convention al software Engineering, principles of
modern software management, transitioning to an iterative process. Lifecycle phases: Engineering
and production stages, inception, Elaboration, construction, transition phases. Artifacts of the
process: The artifact sets, Management artifacts, Engineering artifacts, programmatic artifacts

UNIT-III Lecture 8 Hrs

Work Flows of the process: Software process work flows, Inter Trans work flows. Check points
of the Process: Major Mile Stones, Minor Milestones, Periodic status assessments. Iterative
Process Planning: work break down structures, planning guidelines, cost and schedule estimating,
Iteration planning process, Pragmatic planning

UNIT-IV Lecture 8 Hrs

Process Automation: Automation Building Blocks, The Project Environment. Project Control and
Process instrumentation: The seven core Metrics, Management indicators, quality indicators
Tailoring the Process: Process discriminants. Managing people and organizing teams.

UNIT-V Lecture 8 Hrs

66
 Project Organizations and Responsibilities: Line - of-Business Organizations, Project
Organizations, evolution of Organizations. Future Software Project Management: modern Project
Profiles, Next generation Software economics, modern process transitions. Case Study: The
Command Center Processing and Display System-Replacement (CCPDS-R)

Text books:
1. Walker Royce, Software Project Management, Pearson Education, 2012.
2. Bob Hughes, Mike Cotterell, and Rajib Mall, Software Project Management, 6th Edition,
McGraw-Hill Education, 2017.

Reference Books:
1. Pankaj Jalote, Software Project Management in Practice, 5th Edition, Pearson Education,
2017.
2. Murali K. Chemuturi and Thomas M. Cagley Jr., Mastering Software Project Management:
Best Practices, Tools and Techniques, J. Ross Publishing, 2010.
3. Sanjay Mohapatra, Software Project Management, Cengage Learning, 2011.

Online Learning Resources:

http://nptel.ac.in/courses/106101061/29

CO-PO Mapping:

CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 3 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2
CO2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
CO3 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2
CO4 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
CO5 3 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2

67
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

III B. Tech-II Semester(Common to CSE, IT,CSO)

L T P C
3 0 0 3

23ACS29: MOBILE ADHOC

NETWORKS
Course Outcomes: (Professional Elective-III)

At the end of the course, the student will be able to

CO1: Describe the unique issues in ad-hoc/sensor networks.
CO2: Describe current technology trends for the implementation and deployment of wireless ad
hoc/sensor networks.
CO3: Discuss the challenges in designing MAC, routing and transport protocols for wireless ad
hoc/sensor networks.
CO4: Discuss the challenges in designing routing and transport protocols for wireless Ad
hoc/sensor networks.
CO5: Comprehend the various sensor network Platforms, tools and applications
UNIT- I
Introduction to Ad Hoc Networks:
Characteristics of MANETs, Applications of MANETs and challenges of MANETs -Routing in MANETs:
Criteria for classification, Taxonomy of MANET routing algorithms, Topology based routing algorithms,
Position based routing algorithms, Other routing algorithms.

UNIT -II
Data Transmission:
Broadcast storm problem, Broadcasting, Multicasting and Geocaching -TC Pover Ad Hoc:
TCP protocol overview, TCP and MANETs, Solutions for TCP over Ad hoc

UNIT- III
Basics of Wireless, Sensors and Applications:
Applications, Classification of sensor networks, Architecture of sensor network, Physical layer, MAC layer, Link
layer.

UNIT- IV
Data Retrieval in Sensor Networks:
Routing layer, Transport layer, High-level application layer support, Adapting to the inherent dynamic nature of
WSNs, Sensor Networks and mobile robots-Security: Security in Ad Hoc networks, Key management, Secure
routing, Cooperation in MANETs, Intrusion Detection systems.

UNIT- V
Sensor Network Platforms and Tools: Sensor Network Hardware, Berkeley motes, Sensor Network
Programming Challenges, Node-Level Software Platforms -Operating System: Tiny OS -Imperative Language:
nesC, Data flow style language: Tiny GALS, Node Level Simulators, ns2 and its sensor network extension.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Ad Hoc and Sensor Networks –Theory and Applications, Carlos Corderio Dharma P. Aggarwal, World
Scientific Publications, March 2006,ISBN –981-256-681-3
2. Wireless Sensor Networks: An Information Processing Approach, Feng Zhao, Leonidas Guibas,
Elsevier Science, ISBN –978-1-55860-914-3 ( Morgan Kauffman)
68
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

III B. Tech-II Semester

L T P C
3 0 0 3

23ACM12-NATURAL LANGUAGE PROCESSING

(Professional Elective-III)
Common to CSE, CSE(DS), CSE(CS), CSBS, IT
Course Out comes:
After completion of the course, students will be able to
• Understand the various NLP Applications and Organization of Natural language, able to learn and implement
realistic applications using Python.
• Apply the various Parsing techniques, Bayes Rule, Shannon game, Entropy and Cross Entropy.
• Understand the fundamentals of CFG and parsers and mechanisms in ATN’s.
• Apply Semantic Interpretation and Language Modelling.
• Apply the concept of Machine Translation and multilingual Information Retrieval systems and Automatic
Summarization.
UNIT- I Introduction to Natural language
The Study of Language, Applications of NLP, Evaluating Language Understanding Systems, Different Levels
of Language Analysis, Representations and Understanding, Organization of Natural language Understanding
Systems, Linguistic Back ground: An outline of English Syn tax.
UNIT- II Grammars and Parsing
Grammars and Parsing – Top – Down and Bottom-Up Parsers, Transition Network Grammars, Feature Systems
and Augmented Grammars, Morphological l Analysis and the Lexicon, Parsing with Features, Augmented
Transition Networks, Bayes Rule, Shannon game, Entropy and Cross Entropy.

UNIT- III Grammars for Natural Language

Grammars for Natural Language, Movement Phenomenon in Language, Gap Threading, Human Preferences in
Parsing, Shift Reduce Parsers, Deterministic Parsers.

UNIT-IV
Semantic Interpretation
Semantic & Logical form, Word senses & ambiguity, The basic logical form language, encoding ambiguity in
the logical Form, Verbs & States in logical form, The Matic roles, Speech acts & embedded sentences, Defining
semantics structure model theory.

Language Modelling:
Introduction,n-GramModels, Language model Evaluation, Parameter Estimation, Language Model Adaption,
Types of Language Models, Language-Specific Modelling Problems, Multilingual and Cross lingual
Language Modelling.

69
 UNIT-V
Machine Translation
Survey: Introduction, Problems of Machine Translation, Is Machine Translation Possible, Brief History, Possible
Approaches, Current Status. Anusarakaor Language Accessor: Background, Cutting the Gordian Knot, The Problem,
Structure of Anusaraka System, User Interface, Linguistic Area, Giving up Agreement in Anusaraka Output,
Language Bridges.

Multilingual Information Retrieval

Introduction, Document Pre-processing, Monolingual Information Retrieval, CLIR, MLIR, Evaluation in Information
Retrieval, Tools, Software and Resources.
Multilingual Automatic Summarization
Introduction, Approach esto Summarization, Evaluation, How to Build a Summarizer, Competitions and Datasets.

Textbooks:
1. James Allen, Natural Language Understanding, 2nd Edition, 2003, Pearson Education.
2. Multilingual Natural Language Processing Applications: From Theory To Practice- Daniel M.Bikel and
ImedZitouni, Pearson Publications.
3. Natural Language Processing, A panini an perspective, Akshar Bharathi, Vineet Chaitanya, Prentice –Hall of
India.
Reference Books:
1. Charniack, Eugene, Statistical Language Learning, MITPress,1993.
2. Jurafsky, Dan and Martin, James, Speech and Language Processing, 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall,2008.
3. Manning, Christopher and Hen rich, Schutze, Foundations of Statistical Natural Language Processing, MIT
Press,1999.
Online Learning Resources:
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/105/106105158/http://www.nptelvideos.in/2012/11/natural-language-processing.html

70
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

III B. Tech-II Semester CSE

L T P C
3 0 0 3
23ACS30: DISTRIBUTED OPERATING SYSTEMS

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the course, the student will be able to

CO1: Understand the design approaches of advanced operating systems
CO2: Analyze the design issues of distributed operating systems.
CO3: Evaluate design issues of multi processor operating systems.
CO4: Identify the requirements Distributed File System and Distributed Shared Memory.
CO5: Formulate the solutions to schedule the real time applications.

UNIT - I
Architectures of Distributed Systems: System Architecture Types, Distributed Operating Systems, Issues in Distributed
Operating Systems, Communication Primitives. Theoretical Foundations: Inherent Limitations of a Distributed System,
Lam port‘s Logical Clocks, Vector Clocks, Causal Ordering of Messages, Termination Detection.

UNIT - II
Distributed Mutual Exclusion: The Classification of Mutual Exclusion Algorithms, Non-Token –Based Algorithms:
Lamport ‘s Algorithm, The Ricart-Agrawalsa Algorithm, Maekawa‘s Algorithm,TokenBased Algorithms: Suzuki-
Kasami‘s Broadcast Algorithm, Singhal‘s Heuristic Algorithm, Raymond’s Heuristic Algorithm.

UNIT - III
Distributed Deadlock Detection: Preliminaries, Deadlock Handling Strategies in Distributed Systems, Issues in
Deadlock Detection and Resolution, Control Organizations for Distributed Deadlock Detection, Centralized- Deadlock
– Detection Algorithms, Distributed Deadlock Detection Algorithms, Hierarchical Deadlock Detection Algorithms

UNIT - IV
Multiprocessor System Architectures: Introduction, Motivation for multiprocessor Systems, Basic Multiprocessor
System Architectures Multi Processor Operating Systems: Introduction, Structures of Multiprocessor Operating
Systems, Operating Design Issues, Threads, Process Synchronization, Processor Scheduling. Distributed File Systems:
Architecture, Mechanisms for Building Distributed File Systems, Design Issues

UNIT - V
Distributed Scheduling: Issues in Load Distributing, Components of a Load Distributed Algorithm, Stability, Load
Distributing Algorithms, Requirements for Load Distributing, Task Migration, Issues in task Migration Distributed
Shared Memory: Architecture and Motivation, Algorithms for Implementing DSM, Memory Coherence, Coherence
Protocols, Design Issues

TEXT BOOK:

1. Advanced Concepts in Operating Systems, Mukesh Singhal, Niranjan G. Shivaratri, Tata Mc Graw- Hill Edition 2001

REFERENCE BOOK:
1. Distributed Systems: Andrew S. Tanenbaum, Maarten Van Steen, Pearson Prentice Hall, Edition – 2,
2007

71
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
III Year B.Tech. CSE–II Semester
L T P C
3 0 0 3

23ACE44 DISASTER MANAGEM ENT

(OPEN ELECTIVE-II)

Course Outcomes:
After successful completion of this course, students will be able to:

1. Understand the fundamental concepts of natural disasters, their occurrence, and disaster risk
reduction strategies.
2. Analyze the impact of cyclones on structures and explore retrofitting techniques for adaptive
reconstruction.
3. Apply wind engineering principles and computational techniques in designing wind-resistant
structures.
4. Evaluate earthquake effects on buildings and develop strategies for seismic retrofitting.
5. Assess seismic safety planning, design considerations, and innovative construction materials for
disaster-resistant structures.

UNIT– I

Introduction to Natural Disasters– Brief Introduction to Different Types of Natural Disasters,

Occurrence of Disasters in Different Climatic and Geographical Regions, Hazard Maps (Earthquake
and Cyclone) of The World and India, Regulations for Disaster Risk Reduction, Post-Disaster Recovery
and Rehabilitation (Socioeconomic Consequences).

UNIT– II
Cyclones and Their Impact–Climate Change and Its Impact On Tropical Cyclones, Nature of Cyclonic
Wind, Velocities and Pressure, Cyclone Effects, Storm Surges, Floods, and land slides. Behavior of
Structures in Past Cyclones and Windstorms, Case Studies. Cyclonic Retrofitting, Strengthening of
Structures, and Adaptive Sustainable Reconstruction. Life-Line Structures Such as Temporary Cyclone
Shelters.

UNIT– III
Wind Engineering and Structural Response– Basic Wind Engineering, Aerodynamics of Bluff Bodies,
Vortex Shedding, and Associated Unsteadiness Along and Across Wind forces. Lab: Wind Tunnel
Testing and Its Salient Features. Introduction to Computational Fluid Dynamics (CFD). General
Planning and Design Considerations Under Windstorms and Cyclones. Wind Effects On Buildings,
towers, Glass Panels, Etc., and Wind-Resistant Features in Design. Codal Provisions, Design Wind
Speed, Pressure Coefficients. Coastal Zoning Regulations for Construction and Reconstruction in
Coastal Areas. Innovative Construction Materials and Techniques, Traditional Construction
Techniques in Coastal Areas.

UNIT– IV
Seismology and Earthquake Effects– Causes of Earthquakes, Plate Tectonics, Faults, Seismic Waves;
Magnitude, Intensity, Epicenter, Energy Release, and Ground Motions. Earthquake Effects– On
7 2
Ground, Soil Rupture, Liquefaction, Landslides. Performance of Ground and Building s in Past
Earthquakes– Behavior of Various Types of Buildings and Structures, Collapse Patterns; Behavior of
Non-Structural Elements Such as Services, Fixtures, and Mountings – Case Studies. Seismic
Retrofitting– Weakness in Existing Buildings, Aging, Concepts in Repair, Restoration, and Seismic
Strengthening.

UNIT– V
Planning and Design Considerations for Seismic Safety– General Planning and Design Considerations;
Building forms, Horizontal and Vertical Eccentricities, Mass and Stiffness Distribution, Soft Storey
Effects, Etc.; Seismic Effects Related to Building Configuration. Plan and Vertical Irregularities,
Redundancy, and Setbacks. Construction Details– Various Types of Foundations, Soil Stabilization,
Retaining Walls, Plinth Fill, Flooring, Walls, Openings, Roofs, Terraces, Parapets, Boundary Walls,
Underground and Overhead Tanks, Staircases, and Isolation of Structures. Innovative Construction
Materials and Techniques. Local Practices– Traditional Regional Responses. Computational
Investigation Techniques.

TEXT BOOKS

1. David Alexander, Natural Disasters, 1st Edition, CRC Press, 2017.

2. Edward A. Keller and Duane E. DeVecchio, Natural Hazards: Earth's Processes as Hazards,
Disasters, and Catastrophes, 5th Edition, Routledge, 2019.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Ben Wisner, J.C. Gaillard, and Ilan Kelman (Editors), Handbook of Hazards and Disaster Risk
Reduction and Management, 2nd Edition, Routledge, 2012.
2. Damon P. Coppola, Introduction to International Disaster Management, 4th Edition,
Butterworth-Heinemann, 2020.
3. Bimal Kanti Paul, Environmental Hazards and Disasters: Contexts, Perspectives and
Management, 2nd Edition, Wiley-Blackwell, 2020.

CO–PO Articulation Matrix

Course PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PS PS
out 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2
comes
CO-1 3 - - - - 2 - 2 2 - - - 3 3
CO-2 - 3 - - 2 - - - - - - 2 3 -
CO-3 3 - - 3 - - 3 - - 2 - - - 3
CO-4 - - 3 - 3 - - 2 - - - - 3 -
CO-5 - - - 3 - 3 3 3 2 - - - - 3

73
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
III Year B.Tech. CE–II Semester
L T P C
3 0 0 3

23ACE45 SUSTAINABILIT Y IN ENGINEERING PRACTICES

(OPEN ELECTIVE-II)

Course Outcomes:
After successful completion of this course, students will be able to:

1. Understand the fundamentals of sustainability, the carbon cycle, and the environmental impact of
construction materials.
2. Analyze sustainable construction materials, their durability, and life cycle assessment.
3. Apply energy calculations in construction materials and assess their embodied energy.
4. Evaluate green building standards, energy codes, and performance ratings.
5. Assess the environmental effects of energy use, climate change, and global warming.

UNIT– I

INTRODUCTION
Introduction and Definition of Sustainability - Carbon Cycle - Role of Construction Material:
Concrete and Steel, Etc. - CO2Contribution From Cement and Other Construction Materials.

UNIT– II
MATERIALS USED IN SUSTAINABLE CONSTRUCTION
Construction Materials and Indoor Air Quality - No/Low Cement Concrete – Recycled and
Manufactured Aggregate - Role of QC and Durability - Life Cycle and Sustainability.

UNIT– III
ENERGYCALCULATIONS
Components of Embodied Energy - Calculation of Embodied Energy for Construction Materials
- Energy Concept and Primary Energy - Embodied Energy Via-A-Vis Operational Energy in
Conditioned Building - Life Cycle Energy Use

UNIT– IV
GREEN BUILDINGS
Control of Energy Use in Building- ECBC Code, Codes in Neighboring Tropical Countries
- OTTV Concepts and Calculations – Features of LEED and TERI – GRIHA Ratings –Role of
Insulation and Thermal Properties of Construction Materials - Influence of Moisture Content and
Modeling - Performance Ratings of Green Buildings - Zero Energy Building

UNIT– V
ENVIRONMENTALEFFECTS
Non-Renewable Sources of Energy and Environmental Impact– Energy Norm, Coal, Oil, Natural
Gas-Nuclear Energy-Global Temperature, Green House Effects, Global Warming - Acid Rain:
74
Causes, Effects and Control Methods - Regional Impacts of Temperature Change.

EXT BOOKS:

1. Charles J. Kibert, Sustainable Construction: Green Building Design & Delivery, 4th
Edition, Wiley Publishers, 2016.
2. Steve Goodhew, Sustainable Construction Process, Wiley Blackwell, UK, 2016.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Craig A. Langston & Grace K. C. Ding, Sustainable Practices in the Built Environment,
Butterworth-Heinemann Publishers, 2011.
2. William P. Spence, Construction Materials, Methods & Techniques (3rd Edition), Yesdee
Publication Pvt. Ltd., 2012.

CO – PO Articulation Matrix
Course
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PS PS
Out
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2
comes
CO-1 3 - - - - 2 3 2 - - - - 3 3
CO-2 - 3 - - 2 - 3 - - - - 2 3 3
CO-3 - - 3 3 3 - 2 - - 2 - - 3 3
CO-4 - - 3 3 3 - 3 2 - - - - 3 3
CO-5 - - - - - 3 3 3 - - - - - 3

75
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

III B.Tech. II Semester CSE

L T P C
3 0 0 3
23AEE33: RENEWABLE ENERGY SOURCES
(Open Elective-II)

Course Outcomes (CO): At the end of the course the student will be able to:
CO 1: Understand principle operation of various renewable energy sources. L1
CO 2: Identify site selection of various renewable energy sources. L2
CO 3: Analyze various factors affecting on solar energy measurements, wind energy conversion techniques,
Geothermal, Biomasss, Tidal Wave and Fuel cell energies L3
CO 4: Design of Solar PV modules and considerations of horizontal and vertical axis Wind energy systems. L5
CO 5: Apply the concepts of Geo Thermal Energy, Ocean Energy, Bio mass and Fuel Cells for generation of power.
L4

UNIT I Solar Energy:

Solar radiation - beam and diffuse radiation, solar constant, Sun at Zenith, attenuation and measurement of solar
radiation, local solar time, derived solar angles, sunrise, sunset and day length. flat plate collectors, concentrating
collectors, storage of solar energy-thermal storage.

UNIT II PV Energy Systems:

Introduction, The PV effect in crystalline silicon basic principles, the film PV, Other PV technologies, Solar PV
modules from solar cells, mismatch in series and parallel connections design and structure of PV modules,
Electrical characteristics of silicon PV cells and modules, Stand-alone PV system configuration, Grid connected
PV systems.

UNIT III Wind Energy:

Principle of wind energy conversion; Basic components of wind energy conversion systems; wind mill
components, various types and their constructional features; design considerations of horizontal and vertical axis
wind machines: analysis of aerodynamic forces acting on wind mill blades; wind data and energy estimation and
site selection considerations.

UNIT IV Geothermal Energy:

Estimation and nature of geothermal energy, geothermal sources and resources like hydrothermal, geo-pressured
hot dry rock, magma. Advantages, disadvantages and application of geothermal energy, prospects of geothermal
energy in India.

UNIT – V Miscellaneous Energy Technologies:

Ocean Energy: Tidal Energy-Principle of working, Operation methods, advantages and limitations. Wave
Energy-Principle of working, energy and power from waves, wave energy conversion devices, advantages and
limitations.
Bio mass Energy: Biomass conversion technologies, Biogas generation plants, Classification, advantages and
disadvantages, constructional details, site selection, digester design consideration
Fuel cell: Principle of working of various types of fuel cells and their working, performance and limitations.

Text books:
1.G. D. Rai, “Non-Conventional Energy Sources”, 4th Edition, Khanna Publishers, 2000.
2.Chetan Singh Solanki “Solar Photovoltaics fundamentals, technologies and applications” 2nd E7d6ition PHI
Learning Private Limited. 2012.
Reference Books:
1. Stephen Peake, “Renewable Energy Power for a Sustainable Future”, Oxford International Edition, 2018.
2. S. P. Sukhatme, “Solar Energy”,3rd Edition, Tata Mc Graw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd, 2008.
3. B H Khan , “ Non-Conventional Energy Resources”, 2nd Edition, Tata Mc Graw Hill Education Pvt Ltd, 2011.
4. S. Hasan Saeed and D.K.Sharma,“Non-Conventional Energy Resources”,3rd Edition, S.K.Kataria& Sons, 2012.
5. G. N. Tiwari and M.K.Ghosal, “Renewable Energy Resource: Basic Principles and Applications”, Narosa Publishing
House, 2004.

Online Learning Resources:

1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/103103206
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108108078

77
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

III B. Tech - II Semester

(Common to CE, EEE, ECE, EBM, CSE, CSC, CSM, CAI, CSD, CSBS, AI, AI& DS, IT, IOT)

Open Elective - II
L T P C
3 0 0 3
23AME39: AUTOMATION AND ROBOTICS

Course Outcomes:
CO1: Understand and analyze the structure and functions of automated manufacturing systems, and evaluate
hardware components for efficient production.
CO2: Analyze and design automated flow lines with or without buffer storage, perform quantitative
evaluations, apply assembly line balancing techniques.
CO3: Classify robot configurations, select suitable actuators and sensors, analyze and apply automation and
robotics principles to optimize production efficiency and flexibility.
CO4: Apply kinematic and dynamic modeling using D-H notation and select appropriate hardware and
control strategies for real-world industrial scenario to analyze and design automated and robotic systems. CO5:
Design, program, and implement robotic systems, understand and apply robotics technology to manufacturing
tasks.

UNIT-I
Introduction to Automation:
Introduction to Automation, Need, Types, Basic elements of an automated system, Manufacturing Industries, Types
of production, Functions in manufacturing, Organization and information processing in manufacturing, Automation
strategies and levels of automation, Hardware components for automation and process control, mechanical
feeders, hoppers, orienters, high speed automatic insertion devices.

UNIT –II
Automated flow lines:
Automated flow lines, Part transfer methods and mechanisms, types of Flow lines, flow line with/without buffer
storage, Quantitative analysis of flow lines. Assembly line balancing: Assembly process and systems assembly line,
line balancing methods, ways of improving line balance, flexible assembly lines.

UNIT- III
Introduction to Industrial Robotics:
Introduction to Industrial Robotics, Classification of Robot Configurations, functional line diagram, degrees of
freedom. Components common types of arms, joints grippers, factors to be considered in the design of grippers. Robot
actuators and Feedback components: Actuators, Pneumatic, Hydraulic actuators, Electric & Stepper motors,
comparison. Position sensors - potentiometers, resolvers, encoders - velocity sensors, Tactile sensors, Proximity
sensors.

UNIT- IV
Manipulator Kinematics:
Manipulator Kinematics, Homogenous transformations as applicable to rotation and transition - D-H notation,
Forward inverse kinematics.
Manipulator Dynamics: Differential transformations, Jacobians, Lagrange - Euler and Newton – Euler
formations. Trajectory Planning: Trajectory Planning and avoidance of obstacles path planning, skew motion, joint
integrated motion - straight line motion.

UNIT- V 78
Robot Programming:
Robot Programming, Methods of programming - requirements and features of programming languages,
software packages. Problems with programming languages.
Robot Application in Manufacturing: Material Transfer - Material handling, loading and unloading - Process spot
and continuous arc welding & spray painting - Assembly and Inspection.

Text Books:
1. Automation, Production systems and CIM, M.P. Groover /Pearson Edu.
2. Industrial Robotics - M.P. Groover, TMH.
References:
1. Robotics, Fu K S, McGraw Hill, 4th edition, 2010.
2. An Introduction to Robot Technology, P. Coiffet and M. Chaironze, Kogam Page Ltd. 1983 London.
3. Robotic Engineering, Richard D. Klafter, Prentice Hall
4. Robotics, Fundamental Concepts and analysis – Ashitave Ghosal, Oxford Press, 1/e, 2006
5. Robotics and Control, Mittal R K &Nagrath I J, TMH.

Online Learning Resources:

• https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=yxZm9WQJUA0&list=PLRLB5WCqU54UJG45UnazSY mn
mhl-gt76o
• https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6f3bvIhSWyM&list=PLRLB5WCqU54X5Vy4Dwjf
SODT3ZJgwEjyE

79
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
III B. Tech - I Semester (EEE)
III B. Tech – II Semester (Common to all branches except ECE, EBM and EEE)
Course Code: 23AEC26
DIGITAL CIRCUITS

L T P C
3 0 0 3
Course Outcomes:
After successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
CO1: Learn Boolean algebra, logic simplification techniques, and combinational circuit
design. L1
CO2: Analyze combinational circuits like adders, subtractors, and code converters. L2
CO3: Explore combinational logic circuits and their applications in digital design. L3
CO4: Understand sequential logic circuits, including latches, flip-flops, counters, and shift
registers.L1
CO5: Gain knowledge about programmable logic devices and digital IC’s. L3

UNIT-I:

Logic Simplification and Combinational Logic Design: Review of Boolean Algebra and De Morgan’s
Theorem, SOP & POS forms, Canonical forms, Introduction to Logic Gates, Ex-OR, Ex-NOR operations,
Minimization of Switching Functions: Karnaugh map method, Logic function realization: AND-OR, OR-AND
and NAND/NOR realizations.
UNIT-II:

Introduction to Combinational Design 1: Binary Adders, Subtractors and BCD adder, Code
converters - Binary to Gray, Gray to Binary, BCD to excess3, BCD to Seven Segment display.
UNIT-III:

Combinational Logic Design 2: Decoders, Encoders, Priority Encoder, Multiplexers,

Demultiplexers, Comparators, Implementations of Logic Functions using Decoders and Multiplexers.
UNIT-IV:

Sequential Logic Design: Latches, Flip-flops, S-R, D, T, JK and Master-Slave JK FF, Edge triggered
FF, set up and hold times, Ripple counters, Shift registers.

UNIT-V: 80
Programmable Logic Devices: ROM, Programmable Logic Devices (PLA and PAL).
Digital IC’s: Decoder (74x138), Priority Encoder (74x148), multiplexer (74x151) and de-multiplexer
(74x155), comparator (74x85).
Text Books:
1. Digital Design, M.Morris Mano & Michel D. Ciletti, 5th Edition, Pearson Education, 1999.
2. Switching theory and Finite Automata Theory, Zvi Kohavi and Nirah K.Jha, 2nd Edition, Tata
McGraw Hill, 2005.

Reference Books:
1. Fundamentals of Logic Design, Charles H Roth,Jr., 5th Edition, Brooks/cole Cengage

Learning, 2004

81
SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY (AUTONOMOUS)
(Open Elective-II)
III B.Tech II Semester (Common to all branches)

L T P C
3 0 0 3

23AHS37: PHYSICS OF ELECTRONIC MATERIALS AND DEVICES

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successful completion of the course, the students will be able to,

CO1: Understand crystal growth and thin film preparation

CO2: Summarize the basic concepts of semiconductors
CO3: Illustrate the working of various semiconductor devices
CO4: Analyze various luminescent phenomena and the devices based on these concepts
CO5: Explain the working of different display devices

UNIT-I: Fundamentals of Materials Science 9hrs

Introduction, Phase rule, Phase Diagram, Elementary idea of Nucleation and Growth, Methods of crystal
growth. The basic idea of point, line, and planar defects. Concept of thin films, preparation of thin films,
Deposition of thin film using sputtering methods (RF and glow discharge).

UNIT- II: Semiconductors 9hrs

Introduction, charge carriers in semiconductors, effective mass, Diffusion and drift, Diffusion and
recombination, Diffusion length. The Fermi level & Fermi-Dirac distribution, Electron and Hole in quantum
well, Change of electron-hole concentration- Qualitative analysis, Temperature dependency of carrier
concentration, Conductivity and mobility, Effects of temperature and doping on mobility, High field effects.

UNIT- III: Physics of Semiconductor Devices 9hrs

Introduction, Band structure, PN junctions and their typical characteristics under equilibrium and under bias,
Heterojunctions, Transistors, MOSFETs.

UNIT- IV: Excitons and Luminescence: 9hrs

Luminescence: Different types of luminescence, basic definitions, Light emission in solids, Inter- band
luminescence, Direct and indirect gap materials.
Photoluminescence : General Principles of photo luminescence, Excitation and relaxation, OLED, Quantum-
dot.Electro-luminescence: General Principles of electro luminescence, light emitting
diode, diode laser.

UNIT- V: Display devices 9hrs

82
LCD, three-dimensional display: Holographic display, light-field displays: Head-mounted display,
MOEMS (Micro-Opto-Electro-Mechanical Systems) and MEMS displays.

Text books:
1. Principles of Electronic Materials and Devices- S.O. Kasap, McGraw-Hill
Education (India) Pvt. Ltd., 4thedition, 2021.
2. Semi conductor physics & devices: basic principles, 4thEdition, McGraw-Hill,2012.

Reference Books:

1. Solid State Electronic Devices- B.G. Street man and S. Banerjee, PHIL earning, 6th edition
2. Electronic Materials Science-Eugene A.Irene, Wiley, 2005
3. Electronic Components and Materials, Grover and Jamwal, Dhanpat Raiand Co., New
Delhi.,2012.
4. An Introduction to Electronic Materials for Engineers-Wei Gao, Zhengwei Li, Nigel Sammes,
World Scientific Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd. 2nd Edition, 2011

NPTEL course links:

https://nptel.ac.in/courses/113/106/113106062/
https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc20_ph24/preview

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 3 3 2 2 1 - - - - - - -
CO2 3 3 2 1 1 - - - - - - -
CO3 3 3 2 1 1 - - - - - - -
CO4 3 2 1 1 - - - - - - - -
CO5 3 3 1 1 - - - - - - - -

83
SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY (AUTONOMOUS)
(Open Elective-II)
III B.Tech II Semester (Common to all branches)

L T P C
3 0 0 3

23AHS38: CHEMISTRY OF POLYMERS AND APPLICATIONS

Course Outcomes
Classify the polymers, Explain polymerization mechanism, Differentiate addition, condensation
CO1
polymerizations, Describe measurement of molecular weight of polymer
CO2 Describe the physical and chemical properties of natural polymers and Modified cellulosics.
CO3 Differentiate Bulk, solution, Suspension and emulsion polymerization, Describe fibers and
elastomers, Identify the thermosetting and thermo polymers.
Identify types of polymer networks, Describe methods involve in hydrogel preparation, Explain
CO4
applications of hydrogels in drug delivery,
CO5 Explain classification and mechanism of conducting and degradable polymers.
Unit – I: Polymers-Basics and Characterization:-

Basic concepts: monomers, repeating units, degree of polymerization, linear, branched and network polymers,
classification of polymers, Polymerization: addition, condensation, copolymerization and coordination polymerization.
Average molecular weight concepts: number, weight and viscosity average molecular weights, polydispersity and
molecular weight distribution. Measurement of molecular weight: End group, viscosity, light scattering, osmotic and
ultracentrifugation methods, analysis and testing of polymers.

Unit – II: Natural Polymers & Modified cellulosics

Natural Polymers: Chemical & Physical structure, properties, source, important chemical modifications, applications of
polymers such as cellulose, lignin, starch, rosin, shellac, latexes, vegetable oils and gums, proteins.

Modified cellulosics: Cellulose esters and ethers such as Ethyl cellulose, CMC, HPMC, cellulose acetals, Liquid
crystalline polymers; specialty plastics- PES, PAES, PEEK, PEA.

Unit – III: Synthetic Polymers

Addition and condensation polymerization processes– Bulk, Solution, Suspension and Emulsion polymerization.
Preparation and significance, classification of polymers based on physical properties. Thermoplastics, Thermosetting
plastics, Fibers and elastomers, General Applications. Preparation of Polymers based on different types of monomers,
Olefin polymers(PE,PVC), Butadiene polymers(BUNA-S,BUNA-N), nylons, Urea-formaldehyde, phenol –
formaldehyde, Melamine Epoxy and Ion exchange resins.

Unit-IV: Hydrogels of Polymer networks

84
Definitions of Hydrogel, polymer networks, Types of polymer networks, Methods involved in hydrogel preparation,
Classification, Properties of hydrogels, Applications of hydrogels in drug delivery.

Unit – V: Conducting and Degradable Polymers:

Conducting polymers: Introduction, Classification, Mechanism of conduction in Poly Acetylene, Poly Aniline, Poly
Thiophene, Doping,Applications.

Degradable polymers: Introduction, Classifications, Examples, Mechanism of degradation, poly lactic acid, Nylon-6,
Polyesters, applications.

Text Books:
1. A Text book of Polymer science, Billmayer

2. Polymer Chemistry – G.S.Mishra

3. Polymer Chemistry – Gowarikar

References Books:
1. Organic polymer Chemistry, K.J.Saunders, Chapman and Hall
2. Advanced Organic Chemistry, B.Miller, Prentice Hall
3. Polymer Science and Technology by Premamoy Ghosh, 3rd edition, McGraw-Hill, 2010.

85
 SRI VEKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS) L T P C
OPEN ELECTIVE – II 3 0 0 3

III B. Tech II SEM (Common to all branches)

23AHS39: ACADEMIC WRITING AND PUBLIC SPEAKING

Course Outcomes (CO):

By the end of the program students will be able to

CO1: Understand various elements of Academic Writing
CO2: Identify sources and avoid plagiarism
CO3: Demonstrate the knowledge in writing a Research paper
CO4: Analyse different types of essays
CO5: Assess the speeches of others and know the positive strengths of speakers
CO6: Build confidence in giving an impactful presentation to the audience

UNIT - I Introduction to Academic Writing

Introduction to Academic Writing – Essential Features of Academic Writing – Courtesy –

Clarity – Conciseness – Correctness – Coherence – Completeness – Types – Descriptive,
Analytical, Persuasive, Critical writing

UNIT - II Academic Journal Article

Art of condensation- summarizing and paraphrasing - Abstract Writing, writing Project

Proposal, writing application for internship, Technical/Research/Journal Paper Writing –
Conference Paper writing - Editing, Proof Reading – Plagiarism

UNIT - III Essay & Writing Reviews

Compare and Contrast – Argumentative Essay – Exploratory Essay – Features and Analysis of
Sample Essays – Writing Book Report, Summarizing, Short Story Writing Book/film Review-
SoP

UNIT - IV Public Speaking

Introduction, Nature, characteristics, significance of Public Speaking – Presentation – 4 Ps of

Presentation– Stage Dynamics – Answering Strategies –Analysis of Impactful Speeches-
Speeches for Academic events

UNIT - V Public Speaking and Non-Verbal Delivery

Body Language – Facial Expressions-Kinesics – Oculesics – Proxemics – Haptics –
Chronemics -Paralanguage – Signs

86
Textbooks:
1. Critical Thinking, Academic Writing and Presentation Skills: MG University
Edition Paperback – 1 January 2010 Pearson Education; First edition (1
January 2010)
2. Pease, Allan & Barbara. The Definitive Book of Body LanguageRHUS Publishers, 2016
Reference Books:
1. Alice Savage, Masoud Shafiei Effective Academic Writing,2Ed.,2014 .Oxford
University Press
2. Shalini Verma, Body Language, S Chand Publications 2011.
3. Sanjay Kumar and Pushpalata,Communication Skills 2E 2015, Oxford.
4. Sharon Gerson, Steven Gerson,Technical Communication Process and Product,
Pearson, New Delhi, 2014
5. Elbow, Peter. Writing with Power. OUP USA, 1998

87
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
L T P C
III B. Tech II Semester 3 0 0 3

23AHS36 MATHEMATICAL FOUNDATION OF QUANTUM TECHNOLOGIES

Open Elective – II (Common to all Branches)

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students should be able to:

CO1 Understand the Transformation theory and Hilbert space.

CO2 Analyze the properties and operators of Hilbert space and apply Eigen values to it.
CO3 Apply statistics to measure theory, uncertainty relations and radiation theory.
CO4 Evaluate problems on reversibility, equilibrium and macroscopic measurements.
CO5 Formulate problems of composite system and measuring process

UNIT I: Introductory Considerations

The origin of the Transformation Theory, The Original Formulation of Quantum Mechanics, The Equivalence of
the two Theories: (i) The Transformation Theory, (ii) Hilbert Space.

UNIT II: Abstract Hilbert Space

The definition of Hilbert space, The Geometry of Hilbert space, Degression on the Conditions A-E, Closed linear
Manifolds, Operators in Hilbert space, The Eigen Value Problem, Continuation, Initial Consideration concerning
the Eigenvalue Problem, Degression on the Existence and Uniqueness of solutions of the Eigenvalue Problems,
Cumulative operators, The Trace.

UNIT III: The Quantum Statistics

The statistical assertions of quantum mechanics, the statistical interpretation, Simultaneous Measurability and
Measurability in General, Uncertainty Relations, Projections as Propositions, Radiation Theory.

UNIT IV: Deductive development of the Theory and general considerations

The fundamental basis of the statistical theory, Conclusions from Experiments.Measurement and reversibility,
Thermodynamics Considerations, Reversibility and equilibrium problems, The Macroscopic Measurement.

UNIT V: The measuring Process

Formulation of the problems, Composite systems, discussion of the Measuring process.
88
Textbooks:
3. John von Neumann and Robert T Beyer, Mathematical Foundations of Quantum Mechanics, Princeton
Univ. Press (1996).
 4. Srinivas, M. D., Measurements and Quantum Probabilities, University Press, Hyderabad (2001).

Reference Books:

3. Leonard Schiff, Quantum Mechanics, Mc, Graw Hill (Education) (2010).

4. Parthasarathy. K. R., Mathematical Foundations of Quantum, Hindustan Book Agency, New Delhi.
5. Gerad Tesch, Mathematical Methods in Quantum Mechanics with application to Schrodinger operators,
Graduate Studies in Mathematics, 99, AMS, Providence, 2009.
Course Articulation Matrix:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 3 3 2 2 1 - - - - - - 1
CO2 3 3 2 3 2 - - - - - - 2
CO3 3 3 3 3 2 1 - - - - - 2
CO4 3 3 2 2 1 - - - - - - 1
CO5 3 3 3 3 2 - - - - - - 2

3-High Mapping 2- Medium Mapping 1-Low Mapping

89
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY

(AUTONOMOUS)

III B. Tech - II Semester -CSE(CS)

L T P C
0 0 3 1.5
23ACC08: CRYPTOGRAPHY AND NETWORK SECURITY LAB
List of Experiments:
1. Write a C program that contains a string (char pointer) with a value ‗Hello world‘. The
program should XOR each character in this string with 0 and displays the result.

2. Write a C program that contains a string (char pointer) with a value ‗Hello world‘. The
program should AND or and XOR each character in this string with 127 and display the result.

3. Write a Java program to perform encryption and decryption using the following algorithms

a. Cease cipher b. Substitution cipher c. Hill Cipher

4. Write a C/JAVA program to implement the DES algorithm logic.

5. Write a C/JAVA program to implement the Blowfish algorithm logic.

6. Write a C/JAVA program to implement the Randal algorithm logic.

7. Write the RC4 logic in Java Using Java cryptography; encrypt the text ―Hello world‖ using
Blowfish. Create your own key using Java key tool.

8. Write a Java program to implement RSA algorithm.

9. Implement the Daffy-Hellman Key Exchange mechanism using HTML and JavaScript.

10. Calculate the message digest of a text using the SHA-1 algorithm in JAVA.

11. Calculate the message digest of a text using the MD5 algorithm in JAVA. 90
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

II B. Tech, II Semester (Common to CE, ME & ECE)

III B. Tech, I Semester (EEE)
III B. Tech, II Semester (Common to CSE, CSE(AI&ML), CSE (DS), CSE(IOT), CSE(SC) &
CSE(CSBS))
L T P S
0 1 2 3
23AHS20: SOFT SKILLS

Course Outcomes:
After successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
CO1: List out various elements of soft skills
CO2: Describe methods for building a professional image
CO3: Apply critical thinking skills in problem-solving
CO4: Analyse the needs of an individual and team for well-being
CO5: Assess the situation and take necessary decisions
CO6: Create a productive workplace atmosphere using social and work-life
Skills ensuring personal and emotional well-being

UNIT- I Soft Skills & Communication Skills

Soft Skills - Introduction, Need - Mastering Techniques of Soft Skills Communication Skills
-Significance, process, types - Barriers of communication - Improving techniques.
Activities:
Intrapersonal Skills- Narration about self-strengths and weaknesses- clarity of thought self- expression
articulating with felicity. (The facilitator can guide the participants before the activity citing examples from the
lives of the great, anecdotes and literary sources) Interpersonal Skills- Group Discussion Debate Team Tasks -
Book and film Reviews by groups - Group leader presenting views (non- controversial and secular) on
contemporary issues or on a given topic. Verbal Communication- Oral Presentations- Extempore- brief addresses
and speeches convincing- negotiating- agreeing and disagreeing with professional grace. Non-verbal
communication Public speaking Mock interviews presentations with an objective to identify non- verbal clues
and remedy the lapses on observation.

UNIT -II Critical Thinking

91
Active Listening Observation Curiosity Introspection Analytical Thinking Open- mindedness Creative
Thinking - Positive thinking Reflection
Activities:Gathering information and statistics on a topic - sequencing assorting reasoning critiquing
issues placing the problem finding the root cause - seeking viable solution judging with rationale
evaluating the views of others - Case Study, Story Analysis

UNIT -III Problem Solving & Decision Making

Meaning & features of Problem Solving Managing Conflict Conflict resolution Team building - Effective
decision making in teams Methods & Styles
Activities:Placing a problem which involves conflict of interests, choice and views formulating the
problem exploring solutions by proper reasoning Discussion on important professional, career and
organizational decisions and initiate debate on the appropriateness of the decision. Case Study & Group
Discussion

UNIT -IV Emotional Intelligence & Stress Management

Managing Emotions Thinking before Reacting Empathy for Others Self-awareness Self- Regulation Stress
factors Controlling Stress Tips
Activities:Providing situations for the participants to express emotions such as happiness, enthusiasm,
gratitude, sympathy, and confidence, compassion in the form of written or oral presentations. Providing
opportunities for the participants to narrate certain crisis and stress ridden situations caused by failure,
anger, jealousy, resentment and frustration in the form of written and oral presentation, Organizing
Debates

UNIT- V Corporate Etiquette

Etiquette- Introduction, concept, significance - Corporate etiquette - meaning, modern etiquette, benefits - Global
and local culture sensitivity - Gender Sensitivity - Etiquette in interaction- Cell phone etiquette - Dining etiquette –
Netiquette - AI Tools & Ethics - AI- Enhanced Etiquette Practices - Job interview etiquette - Corporate grooming
tips - Overcoming challenges
Activities:Providing situations to take part in the Role Plays where the students will learn about bad and
good manners and etiquette - Group Activities to showcase gender sensitivity, dining etiquette etc. -
Conducting mock job interviews - Case Study - Business Etiquette Games

ote:
1. The facilitator can guide the participants before the activity citing examples from the lives
of the great, anecdotes, epics, scriptures, autobiographies and literary sources which bear
true relevance to the prescribed skill.
2. Case studies may be given wherever feasible for example for Decision Making- The decision
of King Lear.

92
Prescribed Books:
1. Mitra Barun K, Personality Development and Soft Skills, Oxford University Press, Pap/Cdr
edition 2012
2. Dr Shikha Kapoor, Personality Development and Soft Skills: Preparing for Tomorrow,
I K International Publishing House, 2018

Reference Books
1. Sharma, Prashant, Soft Skills: Personality Development for Life Success, BPB
Publications 2018.
2. Alex K,Soft SkillsS.Chand & Co, 2012 (Revised edition).
3. Gajendra Singh Chauhan & Sangeetha Sharma, Soft Skills: An Integrated Approach to Maximise
PersonalityPublished by Wiley, 2013.
4. Pillai, Sabina & Fernandez Agna, Soft Skills and Employability Skills, Cambridge University
Press, 2018
5. Dr. Rajiv Kumar Jain, Dr. Usha Jain,Life Skills(Paperback English)Publisher : Vayu Education of
India, 2014
Online Learning Resources:
1. https://youtu.be/DUlsNJtg2L8?list=PLLy_2iUCG87CQhELCytvXh0E_y-bOO1_q
2. https://youtu.be/xBaLgJZ0t6A?list=PLzf4HHlsQFwJZel_j2PUy0pwjVUgj7KlJ
3. https://youtu.be/-Y-R9hDl7lU
4. https://youtu.be/gkLsn4ddmTs
5. https://youtu.be/2bf9K2rRWwo
6. https://youtu.be/FchfE3c2jzc
7. https://www.businesstrainingworks.com/training-resource/five-free-business-etiquette-
training-games/
8. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc24_hs15/preview
9. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_hs76/preview

93
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY

(AUTONOMOUS)
III B. Tech - II Semester -CSE
L T P C
2 0 0 -
23AMB16: TECHNICAL REPORT WRITING & IPR

Course Outcomes:
On successful completion of this course, the students will be able to:

COURSE OUTCOMES: At the end of the course, students will be able to Blooms
Level
CO1 Identify key secondary literature related to their proposed technical paper writing L1, L2
CO2 Explain various principles and styles in technical writing L1, L2
CO3 Use the acquired knowledge in writing a research/technical paper L3
CO4 Analyse rights and responsibilities of holder of Patent, Copyright, Trademark, International L4
rademark etc.
CO5 Evaluate different forms of IPR available at national & international level L5

CO6 Develop skill of making search of various forms of IPR by using modern tools and techniques. L3, L6

UNIT – I:
Principles of Technical Writing: styles in technical writing; clarity, precision, coherence andlogical sequence in
writing-avoiding ambiguity- repetition, and vague language -highlighting your findings-discussing your limitations -
hedging and criticizing -plagiarism and paraphrasing .

UNIT – II:
Technical Research Paper Writing: Abstract- Objectives-Limitations-Review of Literature- Problemsand Framing
Research Questions- Synopsis
UNIT – III:
Process of research: publication mechanism: types of journals- indexing-seminars- conferences- proof reading –
plagiarism style; seminar & conference paper writing; Methodology-discussion-results- citation rules
UNIT – IV:
Introduction to Intellectual property: Introduction, types of intellectual property, International organizations,
agencies and treaties, importance of intellectual property rights
Trade Marks: Purpose and function of trademarks, acquisition of trade mark rights, protectable matter, selecting
and evaluating trade mark, trade mark registration processes.

94
 UNIT – V:
Law of copy rights: Fundamentals of copy right law, originality of material, rights of reproduction, rights to perform
the work publicly, copy right ownership issues, copy right registration, notice of copy right, international copy right
law
Law of patents: Foundation of patent law, patent searching process, ownership rights and transfer.Patent law,
intellectual property audits.
Textbooks:
1. Deborah. E. Bouchoux, Intellectual Property Rights, Cengage Learning India, 2013
2. Meenakshi Raman, Sangeeta Sharma. Technical Communication: Principles and practices.Oxford.

Reference Books:
1. R.Myneni, Law of Intellectual Property, 9th Ed, Asia law House, 2019.
2. Prabuddha Ganguli,Intellectual Property Rights Tata Mcgraw Hill, 2001
3. P.Naryan,Intellectual Property Law, 3rd Ed ,Eastern Law House, 2007.
4. Adrian Wallwork. English for Writing Research PapersSecond Edition. Springer Cham Heidelberg New York ,2016
5. Dan Jones, Sam Dragga, Technical Writing Style
Online Resources
1. https://theconceptwriters.com.pk/principles-of-technical-writing/
2. https://www.ewh.ieee.org/soc/emcs/acstrial/newsletters/summer10/TechPaperWriting.html
3. https://www.ewh.ieee.org/soc/emcs/acstrial/newsletters/summer10/TechPaperWriting.html
4. https://www.manuscriptedit.com/scholar-hangout/process-publishing-research-paper-journal/
5. https://www.icsi.edu/media/website/IntellectualPropertyRightLaws&Practice.pdf
6. https://lawbhoomi.com/intellectual-property-rights-notes/
7. https://www.extension.purdue.edu/extmedia/ec/ec-723.pdf

95
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

23ACM13-DEEP LEARNING L T P C
IV B. Tech I Semester: Common to Professional core-CSE,
Professional Elective-IV-CSE(CS), 2 1 0 3
III B.Tech II Semester -Professional Elective-II-CSE(DS)
Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course, students will be able to
• Demonstrate the mathematical foundation of neural network
• Describe the machine learning basics
• Differentiate architecture of deep neural network
• Build a convolutional neural network
• Build and train RNN and LSTMs
UNIT-I Lecture 8Hrs
Linear Algebra: Scalars, Vectors, Matrices and Tensors, Matrix operations, types of matrices, Norms, Eigen
decomposition, Singular Value Decomposition, Principal Components Analysis.
Probability and Information Theory: Random Variables, Probability Distributions, Marginal Probability, Conditional
Probability, Expectation, Variance and Covariance, Bayes’ Rule, Information Theory. Numerical Computation:
Overflow and Underflow, Gradient-Based Optimization, Constrained Optimization, Linear Least Squares.

UNIT-II Lecture 9Hrs

Machine Learning: Basics and Under fitting, Hyper parameters and Validation Sets, Estimators, Bias and Variance,
Maximum Likelihood, Bayesian Statistics, Supervised and Unsupervised Learning, Stochastic Gradient Descent,
Challenges Motivating Deep Learning. Deep Feed forward Networks: Learning XOR, Gradient-Based Learning, Hidden
Units, Architecture Design, Back-Propagation and other Differentiation Algorithms.

UNIT-III Lecture 8Hrs

Regularization for Deep Learning: Parameter Norm Penalties, Norm Penalties as Constrained Optimization,
Regularization and Under-Constrained Problems, Dataset Augmentation, Noise Robustness, Semi-Supervised Learning,
Multi-Task Learning, Early Stopping, Parameter Tying and Parameter Sharing, Sparse Representations, Bagging and
Other Ensemble Methods, Dropout, Adversarial Training, Tangent Distance, Tangent Prop and Manifold Tangent
Classifier. Optimization for Training Deep Models: Pure Optimization, Challenges in Neural Network Optimization,
Basic Algorithms, Parameter Initialization Strategies, Algorithms with Adaptive Learning Rates, Approximate Second-
Order Methods, Optimization Strategies and Meta-Algorithms.

UNIT-IV Lecture 9Hrs

Convolutional Networks: The Convolution Operation, Pooling, Convolution, Basic Convolution Functions, Structured
Outputs, Data Types, Efficient Convolution Algorithms, Random or Unsupervised Features, Basis for Convolutional
Networks.

UNIT V Lecture 8Hrs

Sequence Modeling: Recurrent and Recursive Nets: Unfolding Computational Graphs, Recurrent Neural Networks,
Bidirectional RNNs, Encoder-Decoder Sequence-to-Sequence Architectures, Deep Recurrent Networks, Recursive
Neural Networks, Echo State Networks, LSTM, Gated RNNs, Optimization for Long-Term Dependencies, Auto
encoders, Deep Generative Models.

Text books:
1. Ian Good fellow, Yoshua Bengio, Aaron Courville, “Deep Learning”, MIT Press,2016.

96
 2. Josh Patterson and Adam Gibson, “Deep learning: A practitioner's approach”, O'Reilly Media, First
Edition,2017.
Reference Books:
1. Fundamentals of Deep Learning, Designing next-generation machine intelligence algorithms,
Nikhil Buduma, O’Reilly, Shroff Publishers,2019.
2. Deep learning Cook Book, Practical recipes to get started Quickly, Douwe Osinga, O’Reilly,
Shroff Publishers,2019.
Online Learning Resources:
1. https://keras.io/datasets/
2. http://deeplearning.net/tutorial/deeplearning.pdf
3. https://arxiv.org/pdf/1404.7828v4.pdf
4. https://www.cse.iitm.ac.in/~miteshk/CS7015.html
5. https://www.deeplearningbook.org
6. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105215

97
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

III B. Tech-I Semester

L T P C
2 0 0 2
23AMB17: BUSINESS ETHICS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

COURSE OUTCOMES: At the end of the course, students will be able to BTL
CO1 Understand the Ethics and different types of Ethics. L2
CO2 Understand business ethics and ethical practices in management L2
CO3 Understand the role of ethics in management L2
CO4 Apply the knowledge of professional ethics & technical ethics L3
CO5 Analyze corporate law, ethics, codes & principles L4
CO6 Evaluate corporate governance & corporate scams L5

UNIT-I: Ethics
Introduction – Meaning – Nature, Scope, significance, Loyalty, and ethical behavior.. Value systems - Business Ethics
- Types, Characteristics, Factors, Contradictions and Ethical Practices in Management - Corporate
Social Responsibility – Issues of Management – Crisis Management.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: - After completion of this unit student will

➢ Understand the meaning of loyalty and ethical Behaviour
➢ Explain various types of Ethics
➢ Analyze issues & crisis of management
UNIT-II: ETHICS IN MANAGEMENT
Introduction- Ethics in production, finance, Human resource management and Marketing Management - The Ethical
Value System – Universalism, Utilitarianism, Distributive Justice, Social Contracts, Individual Freedom of Choice,
Professional Codes; Culture and Ethics – Ethical Values in different Cultures - Culture and Individual Ethics –
professional ethics and technical ethics.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: - After completion of this unit student will

➢ Understand the meaning of ethics in various areas of management
➢ Compare and contrast professional ethics and technical ethics
➢ Develop ethical values in self and organization

UNIT-III : CORPORATE CULTURE

Introduction - Meaning, definition, Nature, and significance – Key elements of corporate culture, shared values, beliefs
and norms, rituals, symbols and language - Types of corporate culture, hierarchical culture, market driven culture –
Organization leadership and corporate culture, leadership styles and their impact on culture, transformational leadership
and culture change.
LEARNING OUTCOMES: - After completion of this unit student will
➢ Define corporate culture
98
 ➢ Understand the key elements of corporate culture
➢ Analyze organization leadership and corporate culture

UNIT- IV: LEGAL FRAME WORK

Law and Ethics -Agencies enforcing Ethical Business Behaviour - Legal Impact – Environmental Protection,
Fair Trade Practices, legal Compliances, Safeguarding Health and wellbeing of Customers – Corporate law,
Securities and financial regulations, corporate governance codes and principles.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: - After completion of this unit student will

➢ Understand Law and Ethics
➢ Analyze Different fair-trade practices
➢ Make use of Environmental Protection and Fair-Trade Practices

UNIT -V: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Introduction - Meaning – Corporate governance code, transparency & disclosure -Role of auditors, board of directors
and shareholders. Global issues, accounting and regulatory frame work - Corporate scams - Committees in India and
abroad, corporate social
responsibility. BoDs composition, Cadbury Committee - Various committees - Reports - Benefits and Limitations.
LEARNING OUTCOMES:- After completion of this unit student will
➢ Understand corporate governance code
➢ Analyze role of auditors, board of directors and shareholders in corporate governance
➢ Implementing corporate social responsibility in India.

Text books.
1. Murthy CSV: Business Ethics and Corporate Governance, HPH July 2017
2. Bholananth Dutta, S.K. Podder – Corporation Governance, VBH. June 2010
Reference books
1. Dr. K. Nirmala, KarunakaraReaddy. Business Ethics and Corporate Governance, HPH
2. H.R.Machiraju: Corporate Governance, HPH, 2013
3. K. Venkataramana, Corporate Governance, SHBP.
4. N.M.Khandelwal. Indian Ethos and Values for Managers
ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_mg46/
2. https://archive.nptel.ac.in/courses/110/105/110105138/
3. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_mg54/
4. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc22_mg54/
5. https://archive.nptel.ac.in/courses/109/106/109106117/

99
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

III B. Tech-I Semester

L T P C
2 0 0 2
23AMB18: E-BUSINESS

COURSE OUTCOMES: At the end of the course student will be able to BTL
CO1 Remember E-Business & its nature, scope and functions. L1
CO2 Understand E-market-Models which are practicing by the organizations L2
CO3 Apply the concepts of E-Commerce in the present globalized world. L3
CO4 Analyze the various E-payment systems & importance of net banking. L4
CO5 Evaluate market research strategies & E-advertisements. L5
CO6 Understand importance of E-security & control L2

Unit-I: Electronic Business

Introduction – Nature, meaning, significance, functions and advantages - Definition of Electronic Business - Functions
of Electronic Commerce (EC)-Advantages & Disadvantages of E-Commerce –E-Commerce and E-Business, Internet
Services, Online Shopping- E-Commerce Opportunities for Industries.
Learning Outcomes: -After completion of this unit student

➢ Understand the concept of E-Business

➢ Contrast and compare E-Commerce & E-Business
➢ Evaluate opportunities of E-commerce for industry

Unit-II: Electronic Markets and Business Models

Introduction –E-Shops-E-Malls E-Groceries - Portals - Vertical Portals-Horizontal Portals - Advantages of Portals -
Business Models- Business to Business (B2B)-Business to Customers(B2C) - Business to Government(B2G)-Auctions-
B2B Portals in India

Learning Outcomes: -After completion of this unit student will

➢ Understand the concept of business models

➢ Contrast and compare Vertical portal and Horizontal portals
➢ Analyze the B2B,B2C and B2G model

Unit-III: Electronic Payment Systems:

Introduction to electronic payment systems (EPS) -Types of electronic payments - Credit/debit cards, e-wallets, UPI,
and crypto currencies -Smart cards and digital wallets: Features and usage -Electronic Fund Transfer (EFT): Role in
business transactions -Infrastructure requirements and regulatory aspects of e-payments
Learning Outcomes: -After completion of this unit student will

➢ Understand the Electronic payment system

➢ Contrast and compare EFT and smart cards
100
 ➢ Analyze debit card and credit cards
Unit-IV:E-Security
Security risks and challenges in electronic commerce - Cyber threats - Phishing, hacking, identity theft, and malware -
Digital Signatures & Certificates - Security protocols over public networks (HTTP, SSL, TLS) -Firewalls in securing e-
business platforms.
Learning Outcomes: -After completion of this unit student will

➢ Understand E-Security
➢ Contrast and compare security protocols and public network
➢ Evaluate on Digital signature

Unit-V:E-Marketing:
Introduction – Online Marketing – Advantages of Online Marketing – Internet Advertisement – Advertisement Methods
– Conducting Online Market Research– – E-marketing planning: Online branding, social media marketing, and email
marketing - E-business strategies: Digital advertising, content marketing, and analytics – E-Customer Relationship
Management (eCRM) E-supply chain management (e-SCM)

Learning Outcomes: -After completion of this unit student will

➢ Understand the concept of online marketing

➢ Apply the knowledge of online marketing
➢ Compare e-CRM and e-SCM

Text Books:

1. Arati Oturkar&Sunil Khilari. E-Business. Everest Publishing House, 2022

2. P.T.S Joseph. E-Commerce, Fourth Edition, Prentice Hall of India, 2011

References:

1. Debjani, Kamalesh K Bajaj. E-Commerce, Second Edition Tata McGraw-Hill’s, 2005

2. Dave Chaffey.E-Commerce E-Management, Second Edition, Pearson, 2012.
3. Henry Chan. E-Commerce Fundamentals and Application, RaymondLeathamWiley India 2007
4. S. Jaiswal. E-Commerce GalgotiaPublication Pvt Ltd., 2003.
Online Resources:
https://www.slideshare.net/fatimahAlkreem/e-businessppt-67935771
https://www.slideshare.net/VikramNani/e-commerce-business-models
https://www.slideshare.net/RiteshGoyal/electronic-payment-system
https://www.slideshare.net/WelingkarDLP/electronic-security
https://www.slideshare.net/Ankitha2404/emarketing-ppt

101
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

III B. Tech-I Semester

L T P C
2 0 0 2
23AMB19: MANAGEMENT SCIENCE

COURSE OUTCOMES: At the end of the course, students will be able to BTL
CO1 Remember the concepts & principles of management and designs of organization in L1
a practical world
CO2 Understand the knowledge of Work-study principles & Quality Control techniques L2
in industry
CO3 Apply the process of Recruitment & Selection in organization. L3
CO4 Analyze the concepts of HRM & different training methods. L4
CO5 Evaluate PERT/CPM Techniques for projects of an enterprise and estimate time & L5
cost of project & to analyze the business through SWOT.
CO6 Create awareness on contemporary issues in modern management & technology. L3

UNIT- IINTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT

Management - Concept and meaning - Nature-Functions - Management as a Science and Art and both. Schools of
Management Thought - Taylor’s Scientific Theory-Henry Fayol’s principles - Elton Mayo’s Human relations -
Organizational Designs - Line organization - Line & Staff Organization - Functional Organization - Matrix
Organization - Project Organization - Committee form of Organization - Social responsibilities of Management.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: At the end of the Unit, the students will be able to
➢ Understand the concept of management and organization
➢ Apply the concepts & principles of management in real life industry.
➢ Analyze the organization chart & structure of an enterprise.

UNIT - II OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT

Principles and Types of Plant Layout - Methods of Production (Job, batch and Mass Production), Work Study - Statistical
Quality Control- Material Management - Objectives - Inventory-Functions - Types, Inventory Techniques - EOQ-
ABC Analysis - Marketing Management - Concept - Meaning - Nature-Functions of Marketing - Marketing Mix -
Channels of Distribution - Advertisement and Sales Promotion - Marketing Strategies based on Product Life Cycle.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: At the end of the Unit, the students will be able to
➢ Understand the core concepts of Operations Management
➢ Apply the knowledge of Quality Control, Work-study principles in real life industry.
➢ Evaluate Materials departments & Determine EOQ
➢ Analyze Marketing Mix Strategies for an enterprise.
➢ Create and design advertising and sales promotion

UNIT - III HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT (HRM)

102
HRM - Definition and Meaning – Nature - Managerial and Operative functions - Job Analysis - Human Resource
Planning(HRP) - Employee Recruitment-Sources of Recruitment - Employee Selection - Process - Employee Training
and Development - methods - Performance Appraisal Concept - Methods of Performance Appraisal – Placement -
Employee Induction - Wage and Salary Administration

LEARNING OUTCOMES: At the end if the Unit, the students will be able to
➢ Understand the concepts of HRM, Recruitment, Selection, Training & Development
➢ Analyze the need of training
➢ Evaluate performance appraisal
➢ Design the basic structure of salaries and wages

UNIT - IV STRATEGIC & PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Definition& Meaning - Setting of Vision - Mission - Goals - Corporate Planning Process - Environmental Scanning -
Steps in Strategy Formulation and Implementation - SWOT Analysis - Project Management - Network Analysis -
Programme Evaluation and Review Technique (PERT) - Critical Path Method (CPM) Identifying Critical Path -
Probability of Completing the project within given time - Project Cost- Analysis - Project Crashing (Simple problems).

LEARNING OUTCOMES: At the end of the Unit, the students will be able to
➢ Understand Mission, Objectives, Goals & strategies for an enterprise
➢ Apply SWOT Analysis to strengthen the project
➢ Analyze Strategy formulation and implementation
➢ Evaluate PERT and CPM Techniques

UNIT - V CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN MANAGEMENT

Customer Relations Management(CRM) - Total Quality Management (TQM) - Six Sigma Concept - Supply Chain
Management(SCM) - Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) - Performance Management – employee engagement and
retention - Business Process Re-engineering and Bench Marking - Knowledge Management – change management –
sustainability and corporate social responsibility.

LEARNING OUTCOMES At the end if the Unit, the students will be able to
➢ Understand modern management techniques
➢ Apply Knowledge in Understanding in TQM, SCM
➢ Analyze CRM, BPR
➢ Evaluate change management & sustainability

Text Books:
1. Frederick S. Hillier, Mark S. Hillier. Introduction to Management Science, October 26, 2023
2. A.R Aryasri, Management Science, TMH, 2019

References:

1. Stoner, Freeman, Gilbert.Management, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2019.

2. Koontz & Weihrich, Essentials of Management, 6/e, TMH, 2005.
3. Thomas N.Duening & John M.Ivancevich, Management Principles and Guidelines, Biztantra.
4. Kanishka Bedi, Production and Operations Management, Oxford University Press, 2004.
5. Samuel C.Certo, Modern Management, 9/e, PHI, 2005

103
ONLINE RESOUECES:

1. https://www.slideshare.net/slideshow/introduction-to-management-and-organization-
231308043/231308043
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112107238
3. https://archive.nptel.ac.in/courses/110/104/110104068/
4. https://archive.nptel.ac.in/courses/110/105/110105069/
5. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc24_mg112/

104
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
(Autonomous)

IV B.Tech I Semester(Common to CSE,CSC, IT)

SOFTWARE ARCHITECTURE AND DESIGN L T P C

23AIT17 PATTERNS
(Professional Elective –IV) 3 0 0 3

COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1: Understand evolution and purpose of patterns
CO2: Add functionality without complexity
CO3: Know what patterns are/aren’t
CO4: Apply specific design patterns
CO5: Maintain high code quality without overdesign

UNIT-I Lecture 8 Hrs

Envisioning Architecture: The Architecture Business Cycle, what is Software Architecture,
Architectural patterns, reference models, reference architectures, architectural structures, and
views. Creating an Architecture: Quality Attributes, achieving qualities, Architectural styles, and
patterns, designing the Architecture, Documenting software architectures, Reconstructing
Software Architecture.

UNIT- II Lecture 8 Hrs

Analyzing Architectures: Architecture Evaluation, Architecture design decision making, ATAM,
CBAM. Moving from one system to many: Software Product Lines, Building systems from off
the shelf components, Software architecture in future.

UNIT- III Lecture 8 Hrs

Patterns: Pattern Description, organizing catalogs, role in solving design problems, Selection, and
usage. Creational and Structural patterns: Abstract factory, builder, factory method, prototype,
singleton, adapter, bridge, composite, façade, flyweight.

UNIT- IV Lecture 8 Hrs

Behavioural patterns: Chain of responsibility, command, Interpreter, iterator, mediator, memento,
observer, state, strategy. template method, visitor.

UNIT- V Lecture 8 Hrs

Case Studies: A-7E – A case study in utilizing architectural structures, The World Wide Web - a
case study in interoperability, Air Traffic Control – a case study in designing for high availability,
Celsius Tech – a case study in product line development.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. L. Bass, P. Clements, and R. Kazman, Software Architecture in Practice, 2nd ed. Upper Saddle
River, NJ: Pearson Education, 2003.
2. E. Gamma, R. Helm, R. Johnson, and J. Vlissides, Design Patterns: Elements of Reusable
Object‑Oriented Software, Reading, MA: Addison‑Wesley (Pearson Education), 1994.

105
 REFERENCES:
1. L. Hohmann, Beyond Software Architecture. Boston, MA: Addison-Wesley, 2003.
2. D. M. Dikel, D. Kane, and J. R. Wilson, Software Architecture. Upper Saddle River, NJ:
Prentice-Hall PTR, 2001.
3. D. Budgen, Software Design, 2nd ed. Essex, UK: Pearson Education, 2003.
4. E. Freeman and E. Freeman, Head First Design Patterns. Sebastopol, CA: O’Reilly Media,
2007.
5. S. J. Metsker and W. C. Wake, Design Patterns in Java. Essex, UK: Pearson Education, 2006.
6. D. Alur, J. Crupi, and D. Malks, J2EE Patterns. Essex, UK: Pearson Education, 2003.
7. S. J. Metsker, Design Patterns in C#. Essex, UK: Pearson Education, 2004.
8. F. Buschmann, R. Meunier, H. Rohnert, P. Sommerlad, and M. Stal, Pattern‑Oriented Software
Architecture: A System of Patterns. New York, NY: Wiley, 2000.

CO-PO Mapping:

CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 3 2 2 2 1 2 3 3
CO2 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3
CO3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3
CO4 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 3 3
CO5 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 3 3

106
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY (AUTONOMOUS)
IV B. Tech - I Semester -CSE(CS)
IV B. Tech - I Semester -CSE, IT (PE-IV)
L T P C
3 0 0 3
23ACC11: BLOCK CHAIN TECHNOLOGY
Course Outcomes (CO):
At the end of the course students will be able to
CO1: Demonstrate the foundation of the Block chain technology and understand the processes in payment
and funding.
CO2: Identify the risks involved in building Block chain applications.
CO3: Review of legal implications using smart contracts.
CO4: Choose the present landscape of Block chain implementations and Understand Crypto currency
markets Examine how to profit from trading crypto currencies

UNIT - I Introduction Lecture 8Hrs

Introduction, Scenarios, Challenges Articulated, Block chain, Block chain Characteristics, Opportunities
Using Block chain, History of Block chain. Evolution of Block chain: Evolution of Computer
Applications, Centralized Applications, Decentralized Applications, Stages in Block chain Evolution,
Consortia, Forks, Public Blockchain Environments, Type of Players in Block chain Ecosystem, Players
in Market.

UNIT - II Block chain Concepts Lecture 9Hrs

Block chain Concepts: Introduction, Changing of Blocks, Hashing, Markel-Tree, Consensus, Mining
and Finalizing Blocks, Currency aka tokens, security on block chain, data storage on block chain,
wallets, coding on block chain: smart contracts, peer-to-peer network, types of block chain nodes, risk
associated with block chain solutions, life cycle of block chain transaction.

UNIT - III Architecting Block chain solutions Lecture 9Hrs

Architecting Block chain solutions: Introduction, Obstacles for Use of Block chain, Block chain Relevance
Evaluation Framework, Block chain Solutions Reference Architecture, Types of Block chain Applications.
Cryptographic Tokens, Typical Solution Architecture for Enterprise Use Cases, Types of Block chain
Solutions, Architecture Considerations, Architecture with Block chain Platforms, Approach for Designing
Block chain Applications.

UNIT - IV Ethereal Block chain Implementation Lecture 8Hrs

107
Ethereal Block chain Implementation: Introduction, Tuna Fish Tracking Use Case, Ethereal
Ecosystem, Ethereal Development, Ethereal Tool Stack, Ethereal Virtual Machine, Smart Contract
Programming, Integrated Development Environment, Truffle Framework, Gouache, Unit Testing,
Ethereal Accounts, My Ether Wallet, Ethereal Networks/Environments, Inure, Ether scan, Ethereal
Clients, Decentralized Application, Metalmark, Tuna Fish Use Case Implementation, Open Zeppelin in
Contracts

UNIT - V Hyper ledger Block chain Implementation Lecture 8Hrs

Hyper ledger Block chain Implementation: Introduction, Use Case – Car Ownership Tracking, Hyper
ledger Fabric, Hyper ledger Fabric Transaction Flow, Facer Use Case Implementation, Invoking Chain
code Functions Using Client Application.

Advanced Concepts in Block chain: Introduction, Inter Planetary File System (IPFS), Zero Knowledge
Proofs, Oracles, Self-Sovereign Identity, Block chain with IoT and AI/ML Quantum Computing and
Block chain, Initial Coin Offering, Block chain Cloud Offerings, Block chain and its Future Potential.

Textbooks:
1. Armadas, Arched Surfers A riff, Sham ―Block chain for Enterprise Application
Developers‖, Wiley, 2020
2. Andreas M. Antonopoulos, ―Mastering Bit coin: Programming the Open Block chain‖,
O‘Reilly, 2017

Reference Books:
1. Block chain: A Practical Guide to Developing Business, Law, and Technology Solutions,
Joseph Barbara, Paul R. Allen, Mc Grow Hill.
2. Block chain: Blueprint for a New Economy, Melanie Swan, O‘Reilly

Online Learning Resources:

https://github.com/blockchainedindia/resources

108
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

IV B. Tech-I Semester CSE

IV B. Tech-I Semester CSO.CSC(PE-V)
L T P C
3 0 0 3
23ACS32: AUGMENTED REALITY AND VIRTUAL REALITY
(Professional Elective-IV)

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the course, the student will be able to

CO1: Understand the core concepts of Virtual Reality and Augmented Reality, and their
differences
CO2: Learn about the hardware and software components required for VR and AR systems, as
well as the impact of human physiology and perception on the virtual experience.
CO3: Gain knowledge of input devices (trackers, navigation, and gesture interfaces) and output
devices (graphics, sound displays, and haptic feedback).
CO4: Develop skills in modeling techniques, including geometric, kinematics, physical, and
behavior modeling for VR and AR environments.
CO5: Explore the technologies and methodologies used to create Augmented Reality systems,
including marker-based AR and AR software development.

UNIT – I (10 Lectures)

INTRODUCTION TO VIRTUAL REALITY (VR): Defining Virtual Reality, Key elements of virtual
reality experience, Virtual Reality, Telepresence, Augmented Reality and Cyberspace.
Bird's-Eye View: Hardware, Software, Human Physiology and Perception.

UNIT-II (10 Lectures)

Input Devices: (Trackers, Navigation, and Gesture Interfaces): Three-dimensional position trackers,
navigation and manipulation, interfaces and gesture interfaces.
Output Devices: Graphics displays, sound displays & haptic feedback.

UNIT-III (10 Lectures)

Modeling: Geometric modeling, Kinematics modeling, Physical modeling, Behaviour modeling, Model
management.

UNIT-IV (10 Lectures)

Augmented Reality (AR): Taxonomy, Technology and Features of Augmented Reality, AR Vs VR, Challenges
with AR, AR systems and functionality, Augmented Reality Methods, Visualization Techniques for Augmented
Reality, Enhancing interactivity in AR Environments, Evaluating AR systems
AR software development : AR software, Camera parameters and camera calibration, Marker-based
augmented reality, AR Toolkit.

UNIT-V (10 Lectures)

Interaction & Audio:

109
Interaction - Motor Programs and Remapping, Locomotion, Manipulation, Social Interaction. Audio -The
Physics of Sound, The Physiology of Human Hearing, Auditory Perception, Auditory Rendering.
Interaction - Motor Programs and Remapping, Locomotion, Manipulation, Social Interaction.
Audio -The Physics of Sound, The Physiology of Human Hearing, Auditory Perception, Auditory Rendering.
(from Text Book2)

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Virtual Reality Technology, Second Edition, Gregory C. Burdea & Philippe Coiffet, John Wiley &
Sons, Inc, 2017.
2. Virtual Reality, Steven M. LaValle, Cambridge University Press, 2016.

REFERENCES:
1. Rajesh K. Maurya, Computer Graphics with Virtual Reality System, 3rd Edition, Wiley Publication,
2018.
2. William R. Sherman and Alan B. Craig, Understanding Virtual Reality Interface, Application, and
Design, 2nd Edition, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Elsevier, 2019.
3. Grigore C.Burdea, Philippe Coiffet,Virtual Reality Technology, 2nd Edition, Wiley,2017.
4. K.S. Hale and K. M. Stanney, Handbook on Virtual Environments, 2nd Edition, CRC Press, 2015.

WEB REFERENCES:
1. http://vr.cs.uiuc.edu/vrbook.pdf
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/106/106106138/

110
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

IV B. Tech-I Semester CSE

L T P C
3 0 0 3
23ACO01: INTERNET OF THINGS
(Professional Elective –IV)

Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course, students will be able to
• Understand general concepts of Internet of Things.
• Apply design concept to IoT solutions
• Analyze various M2M and IoT architectures
• Evaluate design issues in IoT applications
• Create IoT solutions using sensors, actuators and Devices

UNIT- I Introduction to IoT

Definition and Characteristics of IoT, physical design of IoT, IoT protocols, IoT communication models, IoT
Communication APIs, Communication protocols, Embedded Systems, IoT Levels and Templates

UNIT- II Prototyping IoT Objects using Microprocessor/Microcontroller

Working principles of sensors and actuators, setting up the board – Programming for IoT, Reading from Sensors,
Communication: communication through Bluetooth, Wi-Fi.

UNIT-III IoT Architecture and Protocols

Architecture Reference Model- Introduction, Reference Model and architecture, IoT reference Model,
Protocols- 6LowPAN, RPL, CoAP, MQTT, IoT frameworks- Thing Speak.

UNIT- IV Device Discovery and Cloud Services for IoT

Device discovery capabilities- Registering a device, Deregister a device, Introduction to Cloud Storage models
and communication APIs Web-Server, Web server for IoT.

UNIT- V UAV IoT

Introduction to Unmanned Aerial Vehicles/Drones, Drone Types, Applications: Defense, Civil, Environmental
Monitoring; UAV elements and sensors- Arms, motors, Electronic Speed Controller(ESC), GPS, IMU, Ultra
sonic sensors; UAV Software –Arudpilot, Mission Planner, Internet of Drones(IoD)- Case study FlytBase.

Text books:
1. Vijay Madisetti and Arshdeep Bahga, “ Internet of Things ( A Hands-on-Approach)”, 1st Edition, VPT,
2014.
2. Handbook of unmanned aerial vehicles, K Valavanis; George J Vachtsevanos, New York, Springer,
Boston, Massachusetts : Credo Reference, 2014. 2016.
Reference Books:

111
 1. Jan Holler, Vlasios Tsiatsis, Catherine Mulligan, Stefan Avesand, Stamatis Karnouskos, David Boyle,
“ From Machine-to-Machine to the Internet of Things: Introduction to a New Age of Intelligence”, 1st
Edition, Academic Press, 2014.
2. ArshdeepBahga, Vijay Madisetti - Internet of Things: A Hands-On Approach, Universities Press, 2014.
3. The Internet of Things, Enabling technologies and use cases – Pethuru Raj, Anupama C. Raman, CRC
Press.
4. Francis daCosta, “Rethinking the Internet of Things: A Scalable Approach to Connecting
Everything”, 1st Edition, Apress Publications, 2013
5. Cuno Pfister, Getting Started with the Internet of Things, O‟Reilly Media, 2011, ISBN: 9781-4493- 9357-1
6. DGCA RPAS Guidance Manual, Revision 3 – 2020
7. Building Your Own Drones: A Beginners' Guide to Drones, UAVs, and ROVs, John Baichtal

Online Learning Resources:

1. https://www.arduino.cc/
2. https://www.raspberrypi.org/
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105166/5
4. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108108098/4

112
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
(Autonomous)
IV B.Tech I Semester(Common to CSE, IT)

AGILE METHODOLOGIES L T P C
23AIT14
(Professional Elective –V) 3 0 0 3

COURSE OUTCOMES:
After completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Understand the importance of stakeholder interaction
CO2: Perform iterative software development
CO3: Assess the social impact on software success
CO4: Improve collaboration and software quality
CO5: Perform process improvements; scale agile enterprise-wide.

UNIT I AGILE METHODOLOGY Lecture 8 Hrs

Theories for Agile Management – Agile Software Development – Traditional Model vs. Agile
Model - Classification of Agile Methods – Agile Manifesto and Principles – Agile Project
Management – Agile Team Interactions – Ethics in Agile Teams - Agility in Design, Testing –
Agile
Documentations – Agile Drivers, Capabilities and Values

UNIT II AGILE PROCESSES Lecture 8 Hrs

Lean Production - SCRUM, Crystal, Feature Driven Development- Adaptive Software
Development - Extreme Programming: Method Overview – Lifecycle – Work Products, Roles and
Practices.

UNIT III AGILITY AND KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENT Lecture 8 Hrs

Agile Information Systems – Agile Decision Making - Earl‗S Schools of KM – Institutional
Knowledge Evolution Cycle – Development, Acquisition, Refinement, Distribution, Deployment,
Leveraging – KM in Software Engineering – Managing Software Knowledge – Challenges of
Migrating to Agile Methodologies – Agile Knowledge Sharing – Role of Story-Cards – Story-Card
Maturity Model (SMM).

UNIT IV AGILITY AND REQUIREMENTS ENGINEERING Lecture 8 Hrs

Impact of Agile Processes in RE–Current Agile Practices – Variance – Overview of RE Using
Agile Managing Unstable Requirements – Requirements Elicitation – Agile Requirements
Abstraction Model – Requirements Management in Agile Environment, Agile Requirements
Prioritization – Agile Requirements Modeling and Generation – Concurrency in Agile
Requirements Generation.

113
UNIT V AGILITY AND QUALITY ASSURANCE Lecture 8 Hrs
Agile Product Development – Agile Metrics – Feature Driven Development (FDD) – Financial and
Production Metrics in FDD – Agile Approach to Quality Assurance - Test Driven Development – Agile
Approach in Global Software Development.

Text books:
1. David J. Anderson and Eli Schragenheim, ―Agile Management for Software Engineering:
Applying the Theory of Constraints for Business Results‖, Prentice Hall, 2003.
2. Hazza and Dubinsky, ―Agile Software Engineering, Series: Undergraduate Topics in
Computer Science‖, Springer, 2009.

Reference Books:
1. Craig Larman, ―Agile and Iterative Development: A Managers Guide‖, Addison-Wesley, 2004.
2. Kevin C. Desouza, ―Agile Information Systems: Conceptualization, Construction, and
Management, Butterworth-Heinemann, 2007.

Online Learning Resources:

https://www.nptelvideos.com/video.php?id=904

CO-PO Mapping:

CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
CO2 3 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3
CO3 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 2 2 2
CO4 3 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
CO5 2 2 3 3 3 2 3 3 2 3 3 3

114
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

IV B. Tech-I Semester (Common to CSE, CSC, IT )

L T P C
3 0 0 3
23ACS33: METAVERSE
(Professional Elective-V)

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the course, the student will be able to

CO1: Understand the characteristics, and interdisciplinary nature of the Metaverse, the
opportunities and risks it presents.
CO2: Analyze Metaverse layers, the technologies used in creating them, as well as design
theories and practices for Metaverse.
CO3: Examine and discuss Metaverse platforms, applications and the latest technological
Developments in this area.
CO4: Identify cyber security issues, understand cybercrime, and discuss the open challenges.
CO5: Building Metaverse Applications

Unit-1
Metaverse fundamentals: Metaverse evolution, Metaverse importance and characteristics, the
interdisciplinary nature of the Metaverse, Metaverse opportunities and risks, Computer-mediated
communication (social presence theory, social information processing theory, media richness theory, cyborg
theory), Avatar-mediated communication.

Unit-2
The seven layers of Metaverse: ExperienceDiscovery, Creator economy, Spatial computing,
Decentralization, Human interface, Infrastructure
Metaverse Technologies part I: AR/VR/MR/XR, 3D reconstruction, Game engines, Smart glasses,
wearables, haptic devices, headsets and headwear.

Unit-3
Metaverse technologies part II: Blockchain, smart contracts, tokens, NFTs, Cryptography, Artificial
Intelligence (AI), Internet of Things (IoT), Edge computing and 5G, 6G.Design theories and practices: Social
presence and co-presence, Motion sickness and cybersickness, Uncanny valley, Sense of self- location, sense
of agency and sense of body ownership, Universal simulation principle, Prototyping, Evaluation techniques
(qualitative and quantitative).

Unit-4
Tools and technologies for Metaverse UX and UI: Tools and services for avatar systems, Spatial user
interface design, Cross-platform user experience design, Multimodal user interface, Technologies and
devices for human computer interaction in Metaverse, Metaverse platforms: Decentraland, SANDBOX,
Roblox, Axie Infinity, uHive, Hyper Nation, Nakamoto (NAKA), Metahero (HERO), Star Atlas (ATLAS),
Bloktopia (BLOK), Stageverse, Spatial, PalkaCity, Viverse, Sorare, Illuvium, Upland, Second Life, Sansar,
Sensorium Galaxy

Unit-5
Metaverse applications - part I: Gaming and entertainment, Travel and tourism, Education and learning,
Remote working, Commerce and business, Metaverse applications - part II: Real estate, Banking and
Finance, Healthcare, Social media, Fashion, Metaverse and cyber security: Cyber security concerns in
Metaverse: Social engineering attacks, Data theft, Decentralization vs vulnerabilities, Cyber security risks116
in Metaverse: process, people, technology, Metaverse and cybercrime: Scam and theft, Rug pull, Money
manipulation and wash trading, Money laundering, Metaverse challenges and open issues: Persistency,
Interoperability and scalability, Maturity, Regulation, Usefulness and ease-of-use, Privacy and data security,
Content creation, NFTs and creator economy, Social, legal and ethical issues in the Metaverse
 Text books
The Metaverse, Terry Winters, Independently published, 2021, ISBN: 979-8450959283

Reference Books:
1. Ball, M., 2022, “The Metaverse and How It Will Revolutionize Everything“, Liveright, ISBN: 978-
1324092032
2. Damar, M. (2021). Metaverse shape of your life for future: A bibliometric snapshot. Journal ofMetaverse,
1(1),
1–8.
3. Day, J. (2022) Metaverse will see cyber warfare attacks unlike anything before: ’Massively elevated’,
February
28. https://www.express.co.uk/news/science/1570844/metaverse-news-cyber-warfare-attacks-virtual-
worlds russia-china-spt.
4. Polyviou, A., Sharma K., Pappas, I.O.(2023). Training in the metaverse: Employing physiological data to
improve how we build metaverses for businesses. The next generation internet: The role of metaverses,
AR,
VR, MR, and digital twins, Temple University Institute for Business and Information Technology Link:
https://ibit.temple.edu/nextgenerationinternet
5. QuHarrison T. , Keeney, S., 2022, “The Metaverse Handbook: Innovating for the Internet's
NextTectonic
Shift”, Wiley, ISBN: 978-1119892526
6. The mistocleous, M., Christodoulou, K., & Katelaris, L. (2023). An Educational Metaverse
Experiment: The
first on-chain and in- Metaverse academic course. Information Systems. EMCIS2022. Lecture Notes in
Business Information Processing, Springer, Cham.
7. Stephenson, N., 1992, “Snow Crash”, ISBN: 978-055338

117
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

IV B. Tech-I Semester (Common to CSE, IT)

L T P C
3 0 0 3

23ACD16: COMPUTER VISION

(Professional Elective –V)
Course Outcomes:
After completing the course, you will be able to:
• Identify basic concepts, terminology, theories, models and methods in the field of computer
vision,
• Describe known principles of human visual system,
• Describe basic methods of computer vision related to multi-scale representation, edge detection
and detection of other primitives, stereo, motion and object recognition,
• Suggest a design of a computer vision system for a specific problem

UNIT-I LINEAR FILTERS Lecture 8Hrs

Introduction to Computer Vision, Linear Filters and Convolution, Shift Invariant Linear Systems, Spatial
Frequency and Fourier Transforms, Sampling and Aliasing Filters as Templates, Technique: Normalized
Correlation and Finding Patterns, Technique: Scale and Image Pyramids.

UNIT-II EDGE DETECTION Lecture 9Hrs

Noise- Additive Stationary Gaussian Noise, Why Finite Differences Respond to Noise, Estimating Derivatives
- Derivative of Gaussian Filters, Why Smoothing Helps, Choosing a Smoothing Filter, Why Smooth with a
Gaussian? Detecting Edges-Using the Lap lacian to Detect Edges, Gradient-Based Edge Detectors, Technique:
Orientation Representations and Corners.

UNIT- III TEXTURE Lecture 9Hrs

Representing Texture –Extracting Image Structure with Filter Banks, Representing Texture using the Statistics
of Filter Outputs, Analysis (and Synthesis) Using Oriented Pyramids –The Lap lacian Pyramid, Filters in the
Spatial Frequency Domain, Oriented Pyramids, Application: Synthesizing Textures for Rendering,
Homogeneity, Synthesis by Sampling Local Models, Shape from Texture, Shape from Texture for Planes

UNIT-IV SEGMENTATION BY CLUSTERING Lecture 8Hrs

What is Segmentation, Human Vision: Grouping and Gestalt, Applications: Shot Boundary Detection and
Background Subtraction. Image Segmentation by Clustering Pixels, Segmentation by Graph-Theoretic
Clustering. The Hough Transform, Fitting Lines, Fitting Curves

UNIT-V RECOGNIZATIONBYRELATIONSBETWEENTEMPLATES Lecture 8Hrs

Finding Objects by Voting on Relations between Templates, Relational Reasoning Using Probabilistic Models
and Search, Using Classifiers to Prune Search, Hidden Markov Models, Application: HMM and Sign Language
Understanding, Finding People with HMM.

Text books:
1. David A. Forsyth, Jean Ponce, Computer Vision – A modern Approach, PHI, 2003.
Reference Books:
1. Geometric Computing with Clifford Algebras: Theoretical Foundations and Applications in
Computer Vision and Robotics, Springer;1 edition,2001by Sommer. 118
2. Digital Image Processing and Computer Vision,1/e, by Sonka.

3. Computer Vision and Applications: Concise Edition (With CD) by Jack Academy Press, 2000.

Online Learning Resources:https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105216https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108103174

 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
IV B. Tech I Semester CSE

L T P C
3 0 0 3
23ACC18: CYBER PHYSICAL SYSTEMS
.

Course Out comes: Upon the Successful Completion of the Course, the Students would be able to:
1. Understand the core principles behind CPS
2. Identify Security mechanisms of Cyber physical systems
3. Understand Synchronization in Distributed Cyber-Physical Systems
4. To Understand the Scheduling for Cyber-Physical Systems
5. To understand the various Cyber-Physical System models

UNIT - I
Symbolic Synthesis for Cyber-Physical Systems
Introduction and Motivation, Basic Techniques - Preliminaries, Problem Definition, Solving the Synthesis
Problem, Construction of Symbolic Models, Advanced Techniques: Construction of Symbolic Models,
Continuous-Time Controllers, Software Tools

UNIT - II
Security of Cyber-Physical Systems
Introduction and Motivation, Basic Techniques - Cyber Security Requirements, Attack Model,
Countermeasures, Advanced Techniques: System Theoretic Approaches

UNIT - III
Synchronization in Distributed Cyber-Physical Systems: Challenges in Cyber-Physical Systems, A
Complexity-Reducing Technique for Synchronization, Formal Software Engineering, Distributed Consensus
Algorithms, Synchronous Lockstep Executions, Time-Triggered Architecture, Related Technology,
Advanced Techniques

UNIT - IV
Real-Time Scheduling for Cyber-Physical Systems
Introduction and Motivation, Basic Techniques - Scheduling with Fixed Timing Parameters, Memory
Effects, Multiprocessor/Multicore Scheduling, Accommodating Variability and Uncertainty

UNIT - V
Model Integration in Cyber-Physical Systems
Introduction and Motivation, Causality, Semantic Domains for Time, Interaction Models for Computational
Processes, Semantics of CPS DSMLs, Advanced Techniques, For Spec, The Syntax of CyPhyML,
Formalization of Semantics, Formalization of Language Integration.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Raj Raj kumar, Dion is io De Niz, and Mark Klein, Cyber-Physical Systems, Addison-
Wesley Professional. 119
2. Rajeev Alur, Principles of Cyber-Physical Systems, MIT Press, 2015
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
IV Year B.Tech. CSE –I Semester
L T P C
3 0 0 3

23ACE55 BUILDING MATERIALS AND SERVICES

(OPEN ELECTIVE – III)

Course Objectives:
The objectives of this course are to make the student:

1. To understand the properties, classifications, and applications of building materials like stones,
bricks, tiles, wood, aluminum, glass, paints, and plastics.
2. To analyze the composition, manufacturing process, and properties of cement and admixtures.
3. To apply knowledge of building components such as lintels, arches, walls, stairs, floors, roofs,
foundations, and joinery.
4. To evaluate masonry, mortars, finishing techniques, and formwork systems.
5. To assess various building services including plumbing, ventilation, air conditioning, acoustics, and
fire protection.

Course Outcomes:
Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to:

1. Understand the properties, classifications, and applications of building materials like stones,
bricks, tiles, wood, aluminum, glass, paints, and plastics.
2. Analyze the composition, manufacturing process, and properties of cement and admixtures.
3. Apply knowledge of building components such as lintels, arches, walls, stairs, floors, roofs,
foundations, and joinery.
4. Evaluate masonry, mortars, finishing techniques, and formwork systems.
5. Assess various building services including plumbing, ventilation, air conditioning, acoustics,
and fire protection.

UNIT– I

Stones and Bricks, Tiles: Building Stones – Classifications and Quarrying – Properties – Structural
Requirements – Dressing. Bricks – Composition of Brick Earth – Manufacture and Structural
Requirements, Fly Ash, Ceramics. Timber, Aluminum, Glass, Paints and Plastics: Wood - Structure –
Types and Properties – Seasoning – Defects; Alternate Materials for Timber – GI / Fibre – Reinforced
Glass Bricks, Steel & Aluminum, Plastics.

UNIT– II
Cement &Admixtures: Types of Cement - Ingredients of Cement – Manufacture – Chemical
Composition – Hydration - Field & Lab Tests – Fineness – Consistency– Initial &Final Setting –
Soundness. Admixtures – Mineral & Chemical Admixtures – Uses 120

UNIT– III

Building Components: Lintels, Arches, Walls, Vaults – Stair Cases – Types of Floors, Types of Roofs–
Flat, Curved, Trussed; Foundations –Types; Damp Proof Course; Joinery–Doors – Windows –
Materials – Types.
UNIT– IV
Mortars, Masonry and Finishing‘s Mortars: Lime and Cement Mortars Brick Masonry– Types – Bonds;
Stone Masonry – Types; Composite Masonry – Brick-Stone Composite; Concrete, Reinforced Brick.
Finishers: Plastering, Pointing, Painting, Claddings – Types – Tiles – ACP. form Work: Types:
Requirements – Standards – Scaffolding – Design; Shoring, Underpinning.
UNIT– V
Building Services: Plumbing Services: Water Distribution, Sanitary – Lines &Fittings; Ventilations:
Functional Requirements Systems of Ventilations. Air-Conditioning-Essentials and Types; Acoustics
– Characteristic – Absorption – Acoustic Design; Fire Protection – Fire Hazards – Classification of
Fire Resistant Materials and Constructions.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Building Materials and Construction–Arora & Bindra, Dhanpat Roy Publications.
2. Building Materials and Construction by GCSahu, Joygopal Jena Mc Graw hill Pvt Ltd 2015.

REFRENCEBOOKS:
1. Building Construction by B. C. Punmia, Ashok Kumar Jain andArun Kumar Jain - Laxmi
Publications (P) ltd., New Delh
2. P.C.Varghese, Building Materials, Prentice Hall of India, 2015.
3. N.Subramanian ,Building Materials Testing and Sustainability‖, Oxford Higher
Education, 2019.
4. R.Chudley, Construction Technology, LongmanPublishingGroup,1973.
5. S.K.Duggal, BuildingMaterials,Oxford&IBHPublishingCo.Ltd.,NewDelhi,2019

Course PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PS PS
Out 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2
comes
CO-1 3 - - - 2 - - - - - - - 3 3
CO-2 3 3 - - 2 - - - - - - 2 3 3
CO-3 3 - 3 2 3 - - - - - - - 3 3
CO-4 - - 3 3 3 - 2 - - - - - 3 3
CO-5 - - - - - 3 3 2 - - - - - 3

121
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
IV Year B.Tech. CSE –I Semester
L T P C
3 0 0 3

23ACE26 ENVIRONME NTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

(OPEN ELECTIVE–III)

Course Objectives:

The objectives of this course are to make the student to:

1. Understand the principles, methodologies, and significance of Environmental Impact Assessment

(EIA).
2. Analyze the impact of developmental activities on land use, soil, and water resources.
3. Evaluate the impact of development on vegetation, wildlife, and assess environmental risks.
4. Develop environmental audit procedures and assess compliance with environmental regulations.
5. Understand and apply environmental acts, notifications, and legal frameworks in EIA studies.

Course Outcomes (COs):

Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to:

1. Apply various methodologies for conducting Environmental Impact Assessments.

2. Analyze the impact of land-use changes on soil, water, and air quality.
3. Evaluate the environmental impact on vegetation, wildlife, and conduct risk assessments.
4. Develop environmental audit reports and assess compliance with environmental policies.
5. Interpret and apply environmental acts and regulations related to EIA.

UNIT– I
Concepts and Methodologies of EIA
Initial Environmental Examination, Elements of EIA,-Factors Affecting E-I-A Impact
Evaluation and Analysis, Preparation of Environmental BaseMap, Classification of Environmental
Parameters –Criteria for the Selection of EIA Methodology, EIA Methods, Ad-Hoc Methods, Matrix
Methods, Network Method Environmental Media Quality Index Method, Overlay Methods and
Cost/Benefit Analysis.

UNIT– II
Impact of Developmental Activities and Land Use
Introduction and Methodology for The Assessment of Soil and Ground Water, Delineation of Study
Area, Identification of Actives. Procurement of Relevant Soil Quality, Impact Prediction, Assessment
of Impact Significance, Identification and Incorporation of Mitigation Measures. E I A in Surface
Water, Air and Biological Environment: Methodology for The Assessment of Impacts On Surface
Water Environment, Air Pollution Sources, Generalized Approach for Assessment of Air Pollution
Impact.
122
UNIT– III
Assessment of Impact On Vegetation, Wild life and Risk Assessment
Introduction - Assessment of Impact of Development Activities On Vegetation and Wildlife,
Environmental Impact of Deforestation – Causes and Effects of Deforestation - Risk Assessment and
Treatment of Uncertainty-Key Stages in Performing An Environmental Risk Assessment-
Advantages of Environmental Risk Assessment.

UNIT– IV
Environmental Audit
Introduction - Environmental Audit &Environmental Legislation Objectives of Environmental Audit,
Types of Environmental Audit, Audit Protocol, Stages of Environmental Audit, Onsite Activities,
Evaluation of Audit Data and Preparation of Audit Report
UNIT– V
Environmental Acts and Notifications
The Environmental Protection Act, The Water Preservation Act, The Air (Prevention &Control of
Pollution Act), Wild Life Act - Provisions in The EIA Notification, Procedure for Environmental
Clearance, Procedure for Conducting Environmental Impact Assessment Report- Evaluation of EIA
Report. Environmental Legislation Objectives, Evaluation of Audit Data and Preparation of Audit
Report. Post Audit Activities, Concept of ISO and ISO 14000.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Environmental Impact Assessment Methodologies, by Y. Anjaneyulu, B. S.
Publication, Hyderabad 2nd edition 2011
2. EnvironmentalImpactAssessment,byCanterLarryW.,McGraw-Hilleducation Edi (1996)

REFRENCEBOOKS:
1. Environmental Engineering, by Peavy, H. S, Rowe, D. R, Tchobanoglous, G.Mc-GrawHill
International Editions, New York 1985.
2. EnvironmentalScienceandEngineering,bySureshK.Dhaneja,S.K.,Katania&Sons Publication, New
Delhi
3. Environmental Science and Engineering, by J.GlynnandGary W.HeinKe,Prentice Hall Publishers.
4. Environmental Pollution and Control, byH.S.Bhatia, Galgotia Publication (P)Ltd, Delhi

Course PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PS PS
Out 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2
comes
CO-1 3 2 2 2 2 3 - - - - - 1 2 2
CO-2 3 3 3 2 2 3 - - - - - 1 3 2
CO-3 3 3 3 2 2 3 3 - - - - 1 3 3
CO-4 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 - - - - 1 3 3
CO-5 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 - - - 1 2 2

123
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY, CHITTOOR
(AUTONOMOUS)

L T P C
IV B. Tech I Semester CSE
3 0 0 3

23AEE42: SMART GRID TECHNOLOGIES

(Open Elective-III)

COURSE OUTCOMES:
After the completion of the course students will be able to
CO1. Understanding the Concept and Evolution of Smart Grids. L2
CO2. Analyzing Wide Area Monitoring System and Synchro phasor Technology. L4
CO3. Applying Smart Metering and Advanced Metering Infrastructure (AMI) Concepts. L3
CO4. Evaluating Information and Communication Technology (ICT) Systems in Smart Grids. L5
CO5. Designing Smart Grid Applications and Cyber security Measures. L6
UNIT I Introduction to Smart Grid :
Evolution of Electric Grid – Need for Smart Grid – Difference between conventional & smart grid –
Overview of enabling technologies – International experience in Smart Grid deployment efforts –
Smart Grid road map for India – Smart Grid Architecture.
UNIT II Wide Area Monitoring System :
Fundamentals of Synchro phasor Technology – concept and benefits of Wide Area Monitoring System
– Structure and functions of Phasor Measuring Unit (PMU) and Phasor Data Concentrator (PDC) –
Road Map for Synchrophasor applications (NAPSI) – Operational experience and Blackout analysis
using PMU - Case study on PMU.
UNIT III Smart Meters:
Features and functions of Smart Meters – Functional specification – category of Smart Meters –
Automatic Meter Reading (AMR) and Advanced Metering Infrastructure (AMI) drivers and benefits –
AMI protocol – Demand Side Integration: Peak load, Outage and Power Quality management.
UNIT IV Information and Communication Technology:
Overview of Smart Grid Communication system – Modulation and Demodulation Techniques: Radio
Communication – Mobile Communication – Power Line Communication – Optical Fibre
Communication – Communication Protocol for Smart Grid.
UNIT V
Smart Grid Applications and Cyber Security: Applications:
Overview and concept of Renewable Integration – Introduction to distributed generation - Role of
Protective Relaying in Smart Grid – House Area Network – Advanced Energy Storage Technology:
Flow battery – Fuel cell – SMES – Super capacitors – Plug – in Hybrid electric Vehicles - Cyber
Security: Security issues in DG, Distribution Automation, AMI, Electric Vehicle Management Systems
– Approach to assessment of smart grid cyber security risks – Methodologies. Cyber Security
requirements – Smart Grid Information Model.
TEXTBOOKS:
1. James Momoh, "SMART GRID : Fundamentals of Design and Analysis", John Wiley and S o n 1s 2, 4
New York, 2012.
2. Janaka Ekanayake, Nick Jenkins, Kithsiri Liyanage, Jianzhong Wu, Akihiko Yokoyama, "Smart
Grid: Technology and Applications", John Wiley & Sons, New Jersey, 2012.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Power Grid Corporation of India Limited, "Smart Grid Primer", 1st Edition, Power Grid
Corporation of India Limited, Bangalore, India, 2013.
2. Fereidoon.P.Sioshansi, "Smart Grid – Integrating Renewable, Distributed and Efficient Energy",
1st Edition, Academic Press, USA, 2011.
3. Stuart Borlase, "Smart Grids: Infrastructure, Technology and Solutions", 1st Edition, CRC Press
Publication, England, 2013.
4. Phadke A G, Thorp J S, "Synchronized Phasor Measurements and Their Applications", 1st Edition,
Springer, Newyork, 2012.

125
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

IV B. Tech - I Semester
(Common to CE, EEE, ECE, EBM, CSE, CSC, CSM, CAI, CSD, CSBS, AI, AI& DS, IT, IOT)

Open Elective - III

L T P C
3 0 0 3
23AME52: 3D PRINTING TECHNOLOGIES

Course Outcomes:
CO1: Define and explain the evolution and need for rapid prototyping in modern product development
CO2: Compare and contrast various 3D printing technologies based on working principles, materials, and
limitations.
CO3: Apply knowledge of rapid tooling and reverse engineering techniques for industrial and design
applications.
CO4: Diagnose and interpret different types of errors encountered in 3D printing processes and
recommend solutions.
CO5: Use RP-specific software tools to manipulate STL files and prepare models for printing in real-
world scenarios.

UNIT I
Introduction to 3D Printing
Introduction to Prototyping, Traditional Prototyping Vs. Rapid Prototyping (RP), Need for time compression in
product development, Usage of RP parts, Generic RP process, Distinction between RP and CNC, other related
technologies, Classification of RP.

UNIT II
Solid and Liquid Based RP Systems
Working Principle, Materials, Advantages, Limitations and Applications of Fusion Deposition Modelling
(FDM), Laminated Object Manufacturing (LOM), Stereo lithography (SLA), Direct Light Projection System
(DLP) and Solid Ground Curing (SGC).

UNIT III
Powder Based & Other RP Systems
Powder Based RP Systems: Working Principle, Materials, Advantages, Limitations and Applications of
Selective Laser Sintering (SLS), Direct Metal Laser Sintering (DMLS), Laser Engineered Net Shaping (LENS) and
Electron Beam Melting (EBM).
Other RP Systems: Working Principle, Materials, Advantages, Limitations and Applications of Three-
Dimensional Printing (3DP), Ballastic Particle Manufacturing (BPM) and Shape Deposition Manufacturing
(SDM).

UNIT IV
Rapid Tooling & Reverse Engineering
Rapid Tooling: Conventional Tooling Vs. Rapid Tooling, Classification of Rapid Tooling, Direct and Indirect
Tooling Methods, Soft and Hard Tooling methods.
Reverse Engineering (RE): Meaning, Use, RE – The Generic Process, Phases of RE Scanning, Contact
Scanners and Noncontact Scanners, Point Processing, Application Geometric Model, Development

UNIT V
Errors in 3D Printing and Applications:
Pre-processing, processing and post-processing errors, Part building errors in SLA, SLS, etc. Software: Need for
software, MIMICS, Magics, Surgi Guide, 3-matic, 3D-Doctor, Simplant, Velocity2, VoXim, Solid Vi1e2w6,
3DView, etc., software, Preparation of CAD models, Problems with STL files, STL file manipulation, RP data
formats: SLC, CLI, RPI, LEAF, IGES, HP/GL, CT, STEP. Applications: Design, Engineering Analysis and
planning applications, Rapid Tooling, Reverse Engineering, Medical Applications of RP.
Textbooks:
1. Chee Kai Chua and Kah Fai Leong, ―3D Printing and Additive Manufacturing Principles and
Applications‖ 5/e, World Scientific Publications, 2017.
2. Ian Gibson, David W Rosen, Brent Stucker, ―Additive Manufacturing Technologies: 3D Printing, Rapid
Prototyping, and Direct Digital Manufacturing‖, Springer, 2/e, 2010.
Reference Books:
1. Frank W. Liou, ―Rapid Prototyping & Engineering Applications‖, CRC Press, Taylor & Francis Group,
2011.
2. Rafiq Noorani, ―Rapid Prototyping: Principles and Applications in Manufacturing‖, John Wiley Sons,
2006.

Online Learning Resources:

NPTEL Course on Rapid Manufacturing.
• https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/104/112104265/
• https://www.hubs.com/knowledge-base/introduction-fdm-3d-printing/
• https://slideplayer.com/slide/6927137/
• https://www.mdpi.com/2073-4360/12/6/1334
• https://www.centropiaggio.unipi.it/sites/default/files/course/material/2013-11-29%20-%20FDM.pdf
• https://lecturenotes.in/subject/197
• https://www.cet.edu.in/noticefiles/258_Lecture%20Notes%20on%20RP-ilovepdfcompressed.pdf
• https://www.vssut.ac.in/lecture_notes/lecture1517967201.pdf
• https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NkC8TNts4B4

127
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
III B. Tech - II Semester (ECE)
IV B. Tech - II Semester (common to CSE, CS, CSIT, IOT)
Course Code: 23AEC37
DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING
(PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE-III)
L T P C
3 0 0 3
Course Outcomes:
After successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
CO1: Learn the fundamentals of Image Processing with different Transforms.
CO2: Understand the functions of Intensity Transformations and working fundamentals of Spatial Filters
CO3: Implement various models of Restoring and Reconstruction of Images from filtering projections.
CO4: Grasp the concepts of image compression using different coding &Wavelets and Multi resolution Processes.
CO5: Design the image processing systems using Segmentation techniques for Morphological & Color Images.

UNIT-I:
Introduction: Introduction to Image Processing, Fundamental steps in digital image processing, components
of an image processing system, image sensing and acquisition, image sampling and quantization, some basic
relationships between pixels, an introduction to the mathematical tools used in digital image processing.
Image Transforms: Need for image transforms, Discrete Fourier transform (DFT) of one variable, Extension
to functions of two variables, some properties of the 2-D Discrete Fourier transform, Importance of Phase,
Walsh Transform. Hadamard transform, Haar Transform, Slant transform, Discrete Cosine transform, KL
Transform, SVD and Radon Transform, Comparison of different image transforms.
UNIT-II:
Intensity Transformations and Spatial Filtering: Background, Some basic intensity transformation
functions, histogram processing, fundamentals of spatial filtering, smoothing spatial filters , sharpening
spatial filters, Combining spatial enhancement methods Filtering in the Frequency Domain: Preliminary
concepts, The Basics of filtering in the frequency domain, image smoothing using frequency domain filters,
Image Sharpening using frequency domain filters, Selective filtering.
UNIT-III:
Image Restoration and Reconstruction: A model of the image degradation / Restoration process, Noise
models, restoration in the presence of noise only-Spatial Filtering, Periodic Noise Reduction by frequency
domain filtering, Linear, Position –Invariant Degradations, Estimating the degradation function, Inverse
filtering, Minimum mean square error (Wiener) filtering, constrained least squares filtering, geometric mean
filter ,image reconstruction from projections.
UNIT-IV:
Image compression: Fundamentals, Basic compression methods: Huffman coding, Golomb coding,
Arithmetic coding, LZW coding, Run-Length coding, Symbol-Based coding, Bit-Plane coding, Block
Transform coding, Predictive coding Wavelets and Multiresolution Processing: Image pyramids, subband
coding, Multiresolution expansions, wavelet transforms in one dimensions & two dimensions, Wavelet
coding.
UNIT-V:
Image segmentation: Fundamentals, point, line, edge detection, thresholding, region –based segmentation.
Morphological Image Processing: Preliminaries, Erosion and dilation, opening and closing, basic
morphological algorithms for boundary extraction, thinning, gray-scale morphology, Segmentation using
morphological watersheds. 128

Color image processing: color fundamentals, color models, pseudo color image processing, basics of full
color image processing, color transformations, smoothing and sharpening. Image segmentation based on
color, noise in color images, color image compression.
Textbooks:
1. R. C. Gonzalez and R. E. Woods, Digital Image Processing, 3rd edition, Prentice Hall, 2008.
 2. Jayaraman, S. Esakkirajan, and T. Veerakumar,” Digital Image Processing”, Tata McGraw-Hill
Education, 2011.
Reference books:
1. Anil K.Jain, “Fundamentals of Digital Image Processing”, Prentice Hall of India, 9th Edition, Indian
Reprint, 2002.
2. B.Chanda, D.DuttaMajumder, “Digital Image Processing and Analysis”, PHI, 2009
Online Learning Resources:
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/117105079
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/117105135

129
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
IV Year B.Tech. CSE – I Semester
L T P C
3 0 0 3

23AHS41 WAVELET TRANSFORMS AND ITS APPLICATIONS

(OPEN ELECTIVE-III) (Common to all Branches)

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students should be able to:

1. Understand wavelets and wavelet basis, and characterize continuous and discrete wavelet
transforms.
2. Illustrate the multi resolution analysis and scaling functions.
3. Implement discrete wavelet transforms with multi rate digital filters.
4. Understand multi resolution analysis and identify various wavelets and evaluate their time-
frequency resolution properties.
5. Design certain classes of wavelets to specification and justify the basis of the application of wavelet
transforms to different fields.

UNIT–I Wavelets (08)

Wavelets and Wavelet Expansion Systems - Wavelet Expansion- Wavelet Transform- Wavelet System-
More Specific Characteristics of Wavelet Systems -Haar Scaling Functions and Wavelets - effectiveness
of Wavelet Analysis -The Discrete Wavelet Transform- The Discrete-Time and Continuous Wavelet
Transforms.

UNIT–II A Multi resolution Formulation of Wavelet Systems (08)

Signal Spaces -The Scaling Function –Multi resolution Analysis - The Wavelet Functions - The Discrete
Wavelet Transform- A Parseval's Theorem - Display of the Discrete Wavelet Transform and the Wavelet
Expansion.

UNIT–III Filter Bank sand the Discrete Wavelet Transform (08)

Analysis –From Fine ScaletoCoarseScale-FilteringandDown-SamplingorDecimating-Synthesis - From Coarse

Scale to Fine Scale -Filtering and Up-Sampling or Stretching - Input Coefficients - Lattices and Lifting - -Different
Points of View.

UNIT–IV Time-Frequency and Complexity (08)

Multi resolution versus Time-Frequency Analysis- Periodic versus Non periodic Discrete Wavelet
Transforms -The Discrete Wavelet Transform versus the Discrete-Time Wavelet Transform- Numerical
Complexity of the Discrete Wavelet Transform.

130
UNIT-V Bases and Matrix Examples (08)
Bases, Orthogonal Bases, and Biorthogonal Bases -Matrix Examples - Fourier Series Example - Sine
Expansion Example -Frames and Tight Frames -Matrix Examples -Sine Expansion as a Tight Frame
Example.

TEXTBOOKS:

1. C. Sidney Burrus, Ramesh A. Gopinath, Introduction to Wavelets and Wavelet Transforms, Prentice
Hall, (1997).
2. James S. Walker, A Primer on Wavelets and their Scientific Applications, CRC Press, (1999).

REFERENCES:

1. Raghuveer Rao, Wavelet Transforms, Pearson Education, Asia.

2. C. S. Burrus, Ramesh A. Gopinath, Introduction to Wavelets and Wavelet Transforms, Prentice Hall
Inc.

Course Articulation Matrix:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - 1
CO2 3 2 2 2 - - - - - - - 1
CO3 3 2 2 1 - - - - - - - 1
CO4 2 2 2 1 - - - - - - - 1
CO5 3 3 2 1 - - - - - - - 1
1- Slightly, 2-Moderately, 3-Substantially.

131
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
IV Year B.Tech. CSE– I Semester
L T P C
3 0 0 3

23AHS42 SMART MATERIALS AND DEVICES

(Common to all Branches)
(OPEN ELECTIVE-III)
Course Outcomes
1. Identify key discoveries that led to modern applications of shape memory materials.
2. Describe the two phases in shape memory alloys.
3. Describe how different external stimuli (light, electricity, heat, stress, and magnetism) influence
smart material properties.
4. Summarize various types of synthesis of smart materials.
5. Analyze various characterization techniques used for smart materials.
6. Interpret the importance of smart materials in various devices.

UNIT I – Introduction to Smart Materials (9 Hrs)

Historical account of the discovery and development of smart materials, shape memory materials,
chromoactive materials, magnetorheological materials, photoactive materials, polymers and polymer
composites (Basics).

UNIT II – Properties of Smart Materials (9 Hrs)

Optical, electrical, dielectric, piezoelectric, ferroelectric, pyroelectric and magnetic properties of smart
materials.

UNIT III – Synthesis of Smart Materials (9 Hrs)

Chemical route: Chemical vapour deposition, sol-gel technique, hydrothermal method, mechanical
alloying.
Thin film deposition techniques: Chemical etching, spray pyrolysis.

UNIT IV – Characterization Techniques (9 Hrs)

Powder X-ray diffraction, Raman spectroscopy (RS), UV-Visible spectroscopy, Scanning Electron
Microscopy (SEM), Transmission Electron Microscopy (TEM), Atomic Force Microscopy (AFM).

UNIT V – Smart Materials Based Devices (9 Hrs)

Devices based on smart materials: Shape memory alloys in robotic hands, piezoelectric-based devices,
MEMS and intelligent devices.

Textbooks:

1. Yaser Dahman, Nanotechnology and Functional Materials for Engineers, Elsevier, 2017.
 2. E. Zschech, C. Whelan, T. Mikolajick, Materials for Information Technology: Devices,
Interconnects and Packaging, Springer-Verlag London Limited, 2005.

Reference Books:

1. Gauenzi, P., Smart Structures, Wiley, 2009.

2. Mahmood Aliofkhazraei, Handbook of Functional Nanomaterials, Vol (1 & 2), Nova Publishers,
2014.
3. Handbook of Smart Materials, Technologies, and Devices: Applications of Industry 4.0, Chaudhery
Mustansar Hussain, Paolo Di Sia, Springer, 2022.
4. Mohsen Shahinpoor, Fundamentals of Smart Materials, Royal Society of Chemistry, 2020.

Course Articulation Matrix:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 3 3 2 2 1
CO2 3 3 2 1 1
CO3 3 3 1 1 1
CO4 3 2 1 1 1
CO5 3 3 1 1 -

1-Slightly, 2-Moderately, 3-Substantially.

133
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
IV Year B. Tech CSE-I Semester
L T P C
3 0 0 3

23AHS44 GREEN CHEMISTRY AND CATALYSIS FOR SUSTAINABLE

(Common to all Branches)
(OPEN ELECTIVE-III)
Course Outcomes

1. Apply the Green Chemistry Principles for day-to-day life as well as synthesis. Describe sustainable
development and green chemistry. Explain economic and uneconomic reactions. Demonstrate polymer
recycling.

2. Explain heterogeneous catalysts and their applications in chemical and pharmaceutical industries.
Differentiate between homogeneous and heterogeneous catalysis. Identify the importance of bio-catalysis
and photo-catalysis. Discuss transition metal and phase transfer catalysis.

3. Demonstrate green solvents and their importance. Discuss supercritical carbon dioxide. Explain
supercritical water and recycling of green solvents.

4. Describe the importance of biomass and solar power. Illustrate sonochemistry. Apply green chemistry
for sustainable development; discuss the importance of renewable resources and mechano chemical
synthesis.

UNIT 1

PRINCIPLES AND CONCEPTS OF GREEN CHEMISTRY

Introduction, Green chemistry principles, sustainable development and green chemistry, E-factor, atom
economy. Atom economic reactions: Rearrangement and addition reactions. Atom un-economic reactions:
Substitution, elimination, and Wittig reactions. Reducing toxicity. Waste – Problems and Prevention:
Design for degradation, polymer recycling.

UNIT 2

CATALYSIS AND GREEN CHEMISTRY

Introduction, types of catalysis. Heterogeneous catalysis: Basics of heterogeneous catalysis, zeolite and the
bulk chemical industry, heterogeneous catalysis in the fine chemical and pharmaceutical industries,
catalytic converters. Homogeneous catalysis: Transition metal catalysts with phosphine ligands, greener
Lewis acids, and phase transfer catalysis. Other types: Bio-catalysis and photo-catalysis with examples.

UNIT 3
134
GREEN SOLVENTS IN CHEMICAL SYNTHESIS

Green solvents: Concept, tools and techniques for solvent selection. Supercritical fluids: Supercritical
carbon dioxide, supercritical water. Polyethylene glycol (PEG), ionic liquids, recycling of green solvents.

UNIT 4
 EMERGING GREENER TECHNOLOGIES
Biomass as a renewable resource. Energy: Energy from biomass, solar power.Chemicals from renewable
feedstocks: Chemicals from fatty acids, polymers from renewable resources. Alternative economies: The
syngas economy, the biorefinery. Design for energy efficiency, mechanochemical synthesis.

UNIT 5

ALTERNATIVE GREENER METHODS

Photochemical reactions – examples, advantages and challenges. Photoredox catalysis, single electron
transfer reactions (SET), examples of photochemical reactions. Microwave-assisted reactions and
sonochemical reactions – examples and applications.

Textbooks:

1. M. Lancaster, Green Chemistry: An Introductory Text, Royal Society of Chemistry, 2002.

2. Paul T. Anastas and John C. Warner, Green Chemistry: Theory and Practice, 4th Edition, Oxford
University Press, USA.

References:

1. Green Chemistry for Environmental Sustainability, First Edition, Sanjay K. Sharma and Ackmez
Mudhoo, CRC Press, 2010.
2. Edited by Alvise Perosa and Maurizio Selva, Handbook of Green Chemistry, Volume 8: Green
Nanoscience, Wiley-VCH, 2013.

Mapping between Course Outcomes and Programme Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1
CO2
CO3
CO4
CO5

135
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
IV Year B.Tech. CSE – I Semester
L T P C
3 0 0 3

23AHS45 EMPLOYABILITY SKILLS

(OPEN ELECTIVE-III)
Course Objectives
1. To encourage all-round development of the students by focusing on productive skills.
2. To make the students aware of goal setting and writing skills.
3. To enable them to know the importance of presentation skills in achieving desired goals.
4. To help them develop organizational skills through group activities and to function effectively with
heterogeneous teams.
Course Outcomes(CO):

CO1: Understand the importance of goals and try to achieve them

CO2: Explain the significance of self-management
CO3: Apply the knowledge of writing skills in preparing eye-catchy resumes
CO4: Analyse various forms of presentation skills
CO5: Judge the group behaviour appropriately
CO6: Develop skills required for employability

UNIT-I Goal Setting and Self-Management

Definition, importance, types of Goal Setting–SMART Goal Setting–Advantages-Motivation– Intrinsic
and Extrinsic Motivation – Self-Management - Knowing about self – SWOC Analysis.
UNIT-II Writing Skills
Definition, significance, types of writing skills –Resume writing Vs CV Writing-E-Mail writing, Cover
Letters- E-Mail Etiquette -SoP (Statement of Purpose).
UNIT-III Technical Presentation Skills
Nature, meaning &significance of Presentation Skills–Planning, Preparation, Presentation, Stage
Dynamics –Anxiety in Public speaking (Glossophobia)- PPT & Poster Presentation.
UNIT-IV Group Presentation Skills
Body Language–Group Behaviour –Team Dynamics–Leadership Skills–Personality Manifestation-
Group Discussion-Debate –Corporate Etiquette.
UNIT-V Job Cracking Skills
Nature, characteristics, importance & types of Interviews –Job Interviews – Skills for success –Job
searching skills - STAR method - FAQs- Answering Strategies – Mock Interviews. 136
Text books
1. SabinaPillai, Agna Fernandez .Soft Skills& Employability Skills, 2014.CambridgePublisher.
2. AlkaWadkar.LifeSkillsforSuccess,SagePublications,2016.

Reference Books
1. GangadharJoshi.Campusto Corporate Paperback, SagePublications.2015
2. Sherfield Montogomery Moody, Cornerstone Developing Soft Skills, PearsonPublications.4 Ed. 2008
3. ShikhaKapoor.PersonalityDevelopmentandSoftSkills-PreparingforTomorrow.1Edition, Wiley, 2017.
4. Sengupta, Skills for Employability, InnovativePublication,2019.
5. SteveDuckandDavidTMcMahan, TheBasics Of Communication Skills A Relational Perspective, Sage press,
2012.

137
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
IV Year B.Tech. CSE –I Semester
L T P C
3 0 0 3

23AHS43: INTRODUCTON TO QUANTUM MECHANICS

Open Elective – III

Course Outcomes Blooms

After completing this course, students will be able to: Level

CO1 Explain the key principles of quantum mechanics and wave-particle duality L1, L2
CO2 Apply Schrödinger equations to solve one-dimensional quantum problems L3, L4

CO3 Solve quantum mechanical problems using operator and matrix methods. L2, L4
CO4 Evaluate quantum states using Dirac notation and expectation values. L5
CO5 Analyze angular momentum and spin systems using Pauli matrices and operators. L4, L5

UNIT- I: PRINCIPLES OF QUANTUM MECHANICS

Introduction: Limitations of classical Mechanics, Difficulties with classical theories of black body radiation and origin
of quantum theory of radiation. Wave-particle duality: de Broglie wavelength, Heisenberg uncertainty principle.
Schrödinger time independent and time dependent wave equation, Solution of the time dependent Schrödinger
equation, Concept of stationary states, Physical significance of wave function (ψ), Orthogonal, Normalized and
Orthonormal functions

UNIT- II: ONE DIMENSIONAL PROBLEMS AND SOLUTIONS

Potential step – Reflection and Transmission at the interface. Potential well: Square well potential with rigid walls,
square well potential with finite walls. Potential barrier: Penetration of a potential barrier (tunneling effect). Periodic
potential and Harmonic oscillator, Energy eigen functions and eigen values.

UNIT-III: OPERATOR FORMALISM

Operators, Operator Algebra, Eigen values and Eigen vectors, Postulates of quantum mechanics, Matrix representation
of wave functions and linear operators.

UNIT- IV: MATHEMATICAL TOOLS FOR QUANTUM MECHANICS

The concept of row and column matrices, Matrix algebra, Hermitian operators – definition. Dirac’s bra and ket notation,
Expectation values, Heisenberg (operator) representation of harmonic oscillator, Ladder operators and their
significance.

UNIT- V : ANGULAR MOMENTUM AND SPIN

Angular momentum operators: Definition. Eigen functions and Eigen values of AM operators. Matrix representation
of angular momentum operators, System with spin half(1/2), Spin angular momentum, Pauli’s spin matrices. Clebsch-
Gordon coefficients. Rigid Rotator: Eigen functions and Eigen values.

BOOKS FOR STUDY:

1. Quantum Mechanics. Vol 1, A. MessaiaNoth-Holland Pub. Co., Amsterdam,(1961).
2. A Text Book of Quantum Mechanics. P.M. Mathews and Venkatesan, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi,(1976).
3. Introduction to Quantum Mechanics. R.H.Dicke and J.P.Witke, Addison-Wisley Pub.Co.Inc.,London, (1916308 ) .
4. Quantum Mechanics. S.L.Gupta, V.Kumar, H.V.Sarama and R.C.Sharma, Jai PrakashNath& Co, Meerut, (1996).
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Quantum Mechanics. L.I. Schiff, McGraw Hill Book Co., Tokyo, (1968).
2. Introduction to Quantum Mechanics. Richard L. Liboff, Pearson Education Ltd (Fourth Edn.) 2003.
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
IV Year B.Tech. CSE –I Semester
L T P C
3 0 0 3

23ACE56 GEO-SPATIAL TECHNOLOGIES

(OPEN ELECTIVE – IV)

Course Outcomes:
Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to:

1. Understand raster-based spatial analysis techniques, including query, overlay, and cost-distance
analysis.
2. Analyze vector-based spatial analysis techniques such as topology, overlay, and proximity analysis.
3. Apply network analysis techniques for geocoding, shortest path analysis, and location-allocation
problems.
4. Evaluate surface and geostatistical analysis methods, including terrain modeling, watershed
analysis, and spatial interpolation.
5. Assess GIS customization, Web GIS, and mobile mapping techniques for real-world applications.

UNIT– I

RASTERANALYSIS

Raster Data Exploration: Query Analysis - Local Operations: Map Algebra, Reclassification, Logical and
Arithmetic Overlay Operations—Neighborhood - Operations: Aggregation, Filtering – Extended
Neighborhood-Operations- Zonal Operations - Statistical Analysis – Cost-Distance Analysis-Least Cost
Path.

UNIT– II
VECTOR ANALYSIS
Non-Topological Analysis: Attribute Database Query, Structured Query Language, Co- Ordinate
Transformation, Summary Statistics, Calculation of Area, Perimeter and Distance – topological Analysis:
Reclassification, Aggregation, Overlay Analysis: Point-In-Polygon, Line-In-Polygon,Polygon-On-
Polygon:Clip,Erase,Identity,Union,Intersection –Proximity Analysis: Buffering
UNIT– III
NETWORK ANALYSIS
Network – Introduction - Network Data Model – Elements of Network - BuildingA Network Database -
Geocoding – Address Matching - Shortest Path inA Network – Time and Distance Based Shortest Path
Analysis – Driving Directions – Closest Facility Analysis – Catchment / Service Area Analysis-Location-
Allocation Analysis

UNIT– IV
SURFACE and GEOSTATISTICAL ANALYSIS
Surface Data – Sources of X,Y, Z Data – DEM, TIN – Terrain Analysis – Slope, Aspect, Viewshed,
Watershed Analysis: Watershed Boundary, Flow Direction, Flow Accumulation, Drainage Network,
Spatial Interpolation: IDW, Spline, Kriging, Variogram. 139
UNIT– V
CUSTOMISATION,WEBGIS,MOBILE MAPPING

Customisation of GIS: Need, Uses, Scripting Languages –Embedded Scripts – Use of Python Script - Web
GIS: Web GIS Architecture, Advantages of Web GIS, Web Applications- Location Based Services:
Emergency and Business Solutions - Big Data Analytics.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Kang – Tsung Chang, Introduction to Geographical Information System, 4th Ed., Tata
McGraw Hill Edition, 2008.
2. Lo,C.P.andYeung,AlbertK.W., Concepts and Techniques of Geographic Information Systems
Prentice Hall, 2002.

REFRENCEBOOKS:
1. Michael N. Demers, Fundamentals of Geographic Information Systems,
Wiley,2009
2. Ian Heywood, Sarah Cornelius, Steve Carver, Srinivasa Raju, ―An Introduction to
Geographical Information Systems, Pearson Education, 2nd Edition, 2007.
3. John Peter Wilson, The Handbook of Geographic Information Science, Blackwell Pub.,2008

Course PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PS PS
Out 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2
comes
CO-1 3 - - - 2 - - - - - - - 3 3
CO-2 3 3 - - 2 - - - - - - 2 3 3
CO-3 3 - 3 2 3 - - - - - - - 3 3
CO-4 - - 3 3 3 - 2 - - - - - 3 3
CO-5 - - - - 3 3 3 2 - - - - 3 3

140
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
IV Year B.Tech. CSE –I Semester
L T P C
3 0 0 3

23ACE57 SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT

(OPENELECTIVE – IV)

Course Outcomes:

1. Understand the types, sources, and characteristics of solid waste, along with regulatory frameworks.
2. Analyze engineering systems for solid waste collection, storage, and transportation.
3. Apply resource and energy recovery techniques for sustainable solid waste management.
4. Evaluate landfill design, construction, and environmental impact mitigation strategies.
5. Assess hazardous waste management techniques, including biomedical and e-waste.

UNIT– I
Solid Waste: Definitions, Types of Solid Wastes, Sources of Solid Wastes, Characteristics, and
Perspectives; Properties of Solid Wastes, Sampling of Solid Wastes, Elements of Solid Waste
Management - Integrated Solid Waste Management, Solid Waste Management Rules 2016.

UNIT– II
Engineering Systems for Solid Waste Management: Solid Waste Generation; On-Site Handling, Storage
and Processing; Collection of Solid Wastes; Stationary Container System and Hauled Container Systems
– Route Planning - Transfer and Transport; Processing Techniques;

UNIT– III
Engineering Systems for Resource and Energy Recovery: Processing Techniques; Materials Recovery
Systems; Recovery of Biological Conversion Products – Composting, Pre and Post Processing, Types of
Composting, Critical Parameters, Problems With Composing -Recovery of Thermal Conversion Products;
Pyrolisis, Gasification, RDF - Recovery of Energy From Conversion Products; Materials and Energy
Recovery Systems.

UNIT– IV
Landfills: Evolution of Landfills – Types and Construction of Landfills – Design Considerations – Life of
Landfills- Landfill Problems – Lining of Landfills – Types of Liners – Leachate Pollution and Control –
Monitoring Landfills – Landfills Reclamation.

UNIT– V
Hazardous Waste Management: – Sources and Characteristics, Effects On Environment, Risk Assessment–
Disposal of Hazardous Wastes–Secured Landfills, Incineration -Monitoring– Biomedical Waste Disposal,
E-Waste Management, Nuclear Wastes, Industrial Waste Management

TEXT BOOKS:
1. TchobanoglousG,Theisen HandVigilSA‗Integrated Solid Waste Management, Engineering 141
Principles and Management Issues‘ McGraw-Hill, 1993.

2. Vesilind PA,Worrell Wand ReinhartD, SolidWasteEngineering ‘Brooks/Cole Thomson Learning Inc.,

2002.
REFRENCE BOOKS:
1. Peavy,H.S,Rowe,D.R.,andG.Tchobanoglous, ‗Environmental Engineering‘,Mc Graw Hill Inc., New
York, 1985.
2. QianX,KoernerRMandGrayDH,‗GeotechnicalAspectsofLandfillDesignand Construction‘ Prentice
Hall, 2002.

Course PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PS PS
Out 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2
comes
CO-1 3 - - - 2 - 2 - - - - - 3 3
CO-2 3 3 - - 2 - 3 - - - - 2 3 3
CO-3 3 - 3 2 3 - 3 - - - - - 3 3
CO-4 - - 3 3 3 - 3 2 - - - - 3 3
CO-5 - - - - 3 3 3 3 - - - - 3 3

142
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
IV Year B.Tech. CSE – I Semester
L T P C
3 0 0 3

23AEE43 ELECTRIC VEHICLES

(OPEN ELECTIVE-IV)

Course Outcomes (CO)

The student will be able to:

1. CO1: To understand and differentiate between conventional vehicles and electric vehicles, electro
mobility, and environmental issues of EVs. – L2
2. CO2: Understand various dynamics of electric vehicles. – L2
3. CO3: To remember and understand various configurations, parameters of EV systems, and dynamic
aspects of EV. – L1
4. CO4: To analyze fuel cell technologies in EV and HEV systems. – L3
5. CO5: To analyze the battery charging and controls required for EVs. – L3

UNIT I – Introduction to EV Systems and Energy Sources

Past, present, and future of EVs – EV concept – EV technology – State-of-the-art of EVs – EV

configuration – EV systems – Fixed and variable gearing – Single and multiple motor drives – In-wheel
drives – EV parameters: weight, size, force and energy, performance parameters – Electromobility and the
environment – History of electric power trains – Carbon emissions from fuels – Greenhouse gases and
pollutants – Comparison of conventional, battery, hybrid, and fuel cell electric systems.

UNIT II – EV Propulsion and Dynamics

Choice of electric propulsion system – Block diagram – Concept of EV motors – Single and multi-motor
configurations – Fixed and variable geared transmission – In-wheel motor configuration – Classification –
Electric motors used in current vehicle applications – Recent EV motors – Vehicle load factors – Vehicle
acceleration.

UNIT III – Fuel Cells

Introduction of fuel cells – Basic operation – Model: voltage, power, and efficiency – Power plant system –
Characteristics – Sizing – Example of fuel cell electric vehicle – Introduction to HEV – Brake specific fuel
consumption – Comparison of series-parallel hybrid systems – Examples.

UNIT IV – Battery Charging and Control

143
Battery Charging: Basic requirements – Charger architecture – Charger functions – Wireless charging –
Power factor correction.
Control: Introduction – Modeling of electromechanical systems – Feedback controller design approach –
PI controller design – Torque-loop, speed control loop compensation – Acceleration of battery electric
vehicle.

UNIT V – Energy Storage Technologies

Role of energy storage systems – Thermal, mechanical, chemical, electrochemical, electrical – Efficiency of
energy storage systems – Supercapacitors – Superconducting Magnetic Energy Storage (SMES) – SOC –
SoH – Fuel cells – G2V – V2G – Energy storage in microgrid and smart grid – Energy management with
storage systems – Battery SCADA.

Text books

1. C.C. Chan, K.T. Chau – Modern Electric Vehicle Technology, Oxford University Press Inc., New
York, 2001, 1st Edition
2. Ali Emadi – Advanced Electric Drive Vehicles, CRC Press, 2017, 1st Edition

Reference Books

1. Electric and Hybrid Vehicles: Design Fundamentals, Iqbal Husain, CRC Press, 2021, 3rd Edition
2. Francisco Díaz-González, Andreas Sumper, Oriol Gomis-Bellmunt – Energy Storage in Power
Systems, Wiley Publication, ISBN: 978-1-118-97130-7, March 2016, 1st Edition
3. A.G. Ter-Gazarian – Energy Storage for Power Systems, The Institution of Engineering and
Technology (IET) Publication, UK, ISBN: 978-1-84919-219-4, 2nd Edition, 2011
4. Mehrdad Ehsani, Yimi Gao, Sebastian E. Gay, Ali Emadi – Modern Electric, Hybrid Electric and
Fuel Cell Vehicles: Fundamentals, Theory and Design, CRC Press, 2004, 1st Edition
5. James Larminie, John Lowry – Electric Vehicle Technology Explained, Wiley, 2003, 2nd Edition

144
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
IV Year B.Tech. CSE – I Semester
L T P C
3 0 0 3

23AME46 TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT

(OPEN ELECTIVE-IV)

Course Outcomes:
On successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:

1. Define and develop quality management philosophies and analyze quality cost frameworks.
2. Understand the historical development of Total Quality Management (TQM), its implementation,
and real-world applications through case studies.
3. Evaluate the cost of poor quality, process effectiveness, and efficiency to analyze areas for
improvement.
4. Apply benchmarking and business process reengineering to improve management processes.
5. Demonstrate a set of indicators to evaluate performance excellence of an organization.

UNIT–I
Introduction
Definition of Quality, Dimensions of Quality, Definition of Total quality management, Quality Planning,
Quality costs – Analysis, Techniques for Quality costs, Basic concepts of Total Quality Management.

UNIT-II

Historical Review
Historical Review: Quality council, Quality statements, Strategic Planning, Deming Philosophy, Barriers
of TQM Implementation, Benefits of TQM, Characteristics of successful quality leader, Contributions of
Gurus of TQM, Case studies.

UNIT–III

TQM Principles
Customer Satisfaction – Customer Perception of Quality, Customer Complaints, Service Quality,
Customer Retention, Employee Involvement – Motivation, Empowerment teams, Continuous Process
Improvement–JuranTrilogy,PDSACycle,Kaizen,SupplierPartnership–Partnering,sourcing,
Supplier Selection,Supplier Rating, Relationship Development, Performance Measures Basic Concepts,
Strategy, Performance Measure Case studies.

UNIT-IV
145
TQM Tools

Benchmarking – Reasons to Benchmark, Benchmarking Process, Quality Function Deployment(QFD) –

House of Quality, QFD Process, Benefits, Taguchi Quality Loss Function, Total Productive Maintenance
(TPM) – Concept, Improvement Needs, FMEA – Stages of FMEA, The seven tools of quality, Process
capability, Concept of Six Sigma, New Seven management tools, Case studies.

UNIT–V

Quality Systems:
Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems, ISO 9000: 2000 Quality System – Elements,
Implementation of Quality System, Documentation, Quality Auditing, QS 9000, ISO 14000 – Concept,
Requirements and Benefits, Case Studies.

Text books

1. Dale H. Besterfield, Total Quality Management, Fourth Edition, Pearson Education, 2015.
2. Subburaj Ramaswamy, Total Quality Management, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd.,
2005.
3. Joel E. Ross, Total Quality Management, Third Edition, CRC Press, 2017.

Reference Books

1. Narayana V. and Sreenivasan N. S., Quality Management – Concepts and Tasks, New Age
International, 1996.
2. Robert L. Flood, Beyond TQM, First Edition, John Wiley & Sons Ltd., 1993.
3. Richard S. Leavenworth & Eugene Lodewick Grant, Statistical Quality Control, Seventh Edition,
Tata McGraw Hill, 2015.
4. Samuel Ho, TQM – An Integrated Approach, Kogan Page Ltd., USA, 1995.

146
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
IV Year B.Tech. CSE – I Semester
L T P C
3 0 0 3

23AEC53 TRANSDUCERS AND SENSORS

(OPEN ELECTIVE-IV)

Course Outcomes:

After completing the course, the student will be able to:

1. Understand the characteristics of Instrumentation Systems and the operating principles of motion
transducers.
2. Explore the working principles and applications of different temperature transducers and piezo-
electric sensors.
3. Gain knowledge on flow transducers and their applications.
4. Learn the working principles of pressure transducers.
5. Understand the working principles and applications of force and sound transducers.

UNIT IIntroduction:
General Configuration and Functional Description of Measuring Instruments, Static and Dynamic
Characteristics of Instrumentation System, Errors in Instrumentation System, Active and Passive
Transducers and their Classification.

Motion Transducers:
Resistive Strain Gauge, LVDT, RVDT, Capacitive Transducers, Piezo-electric Transducers, Seismic
Displacement Pick-ups, Vibrometers and Accelerometers.

UNIT II
Temperature Transducers: Standards and calibration, fluid expansion and metal expansion type
transducers – bimetallic strip, Thermometer, Thermistor, RTD, Thermocouple and their characteristics.
Hall effect transducers, Digital transducers, Proximity devices, Bio-sensors, Smart sensors, Piezo-electric
sensors.

UNIT III
Flow Transducers: Bernoulli’s principle and continuity, Orifice plate, Nozzle plate, Venturi tube,
Rotameter, Anemometers, Electromagnetic flow meter, Impeller meter and Turbid flow meter.

UNIT IV
Pressure Transducers: Standards and calibration, different types of manometers, elastic transducers –
diaphragm, bellows, bourdon tube, capacitive and resistive pressure transducers, high and low pressure
measurement.

147
UNIT V
Force and Sound Transducers: Proving ring, hydraulic and pneumatic load cell, dynamometer and
gyroscopes. Sound level meter, sound characteristics, Microphone.

TEXTBOOKS

1. A.K. Sawhney, A Course in Electrical and Electronics Measurements and Instrumentation,

Dhanpat Rai & Co., 3rd Edition, Delhi, 2010.
2. Rangan C.S, Sarma G.R and Mani V.S.V, Instrumentation Devices and Systems, Tata McGraw Hill
Publications, 2007.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Doebelin E.O, Measurement Systems: Application and Design, McGraw Hill International, New
York, 2004.
2. Nakra B.C and Chaudhary K.K, Instrumentation Measurement and Analysis, Second Edition, Tata
McGraw-Hill Publication Ltd., 2006.

148
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
IV Year B.Tech. CSE – I Semester
L T P C
3 0 0 3

23AME22 FINANCIAL MATHEMATICS

(OPEN ELECTIVE-IV)

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of this course, the students should be able to:

CO1 Explain fundamental financial concepts, including arbitrage, valuation, and risk.

CO2 Apply stochastic models, including Brownian motion and Stochastic Differential Equations
(SDEs), in financial contexts.

CO3 Analyze mathematical techniques for pricing options and financial derivatives.

CO4 Evaluate interest rate models and bond pricing methodologies.

CO5 Utilize computational techniques such as Monte Carlo simulations for financial modeling.

UNIT-I

Asset Pricing and Risk Management (08)

Fundamental financial concepts: Returns, arbitrage, valuation, and pricing. Asset/Liability management,
investment income, capital budgeting, and contingent cash flows.One-period model: Securities, payoffs, and the
no-arbitrage principle.Option contracts: Speculation and hedging strategies, CAPModel, Efficient market
hypothesis.

UNIT-II
Stochastic Models in Finance (08)

Random Walks and Brownian Motion. Introduction to Stochastic Differential Equations (SDEs): Drift and
diffusion. Ito calculus: Ito‘s Lemma, Ito Integral, and Ito Isometry.

UNIT-III

Interest Rate and Credit Modelling (08)

Interest rate models and bond markets.Short-rate models: Vasicek, Cox-Ingersoll-Ross (CIR), Hull & White
models,Credit risk modelling: Hazard function and hazard rate.
149
UNIT-IV

Fixed-Income Securities and Bond Pricing (08)

Characteristics of fixed-income products: Yield, duration, and convexity. Yield curves, forward rates, and zero-
coupon bonds.Stochastic interest rate models and bond pricing PDE.Yield curve fitting and calibration techniques,
Mortgage Backed Securities.

UNIT-V
Exotic Options and Computational Finance (08)

Stochastic volatility models and the Feynman-Kac theorem. Exotic options: Barriers, Asians, and Lookbacks.
Monte Carlo methods for derivativepricing, Black-Scholes-Merton model: Derivation and applications.

Textbooks:

1. Ales Cerny, Mathematical Techniques in Finance: Tools for Incomplete Markets, Princeton University Press.
2. S. R. Pliska, Introduction to Mathematical Finance: Discrete-Time Models, Cambridge University Press.

Reference Books:

1. Ioannis Karatzas & Steven E. Shreve, Methods of Mathematical Finance, Springer, New York.
2. John C. Hull, Options, Futures, and Other Derivatives, Pearson.

Course Articulation Matrix

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 3 2 - - 1 - - - - - 2 1
CO2 3 3 2 2 2 - - - - - 1 1
CO3 3 3 3 3 2 1 - - - - 3 2
CO4 3 3 3 3 1 - - - - - 2 1
CO5 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - 2 2

150
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
IV Year B.Tech. CSE – I Semester
L T P C
3 0 0 3

23AHS46 SENSORS AND ACTUATORS FOR ENGINEERING APPLICATIONS

(Common to all Branches)
(OPEN ELECTIVE-IV)

Course Outcomes:

1. Classify different types of sensors and actuators along with their characteristics.
2. Summarize various types of temperature and mechanical sensors.
3. Illustrate various types of optical and mechanical sensors.
4. Analyze various types of optical and acoustic sensors.
5. Interpret the importance of smart materials in various devices.

UNIT I
Introduction to Sensors and Actuators 9H
Sensors: Types of sensors: temperature, pressure, strain, active and passive sensors, General
characteristics of sensors (Principles only), Deposition: Chemical Vapor Deposition, Pattern:
photolithography and Etching: Dry and Wet Etching.Actuators: Functional diagram of actuators, Types
of actuators and their basic principle of working: Pneumatic, Electromagnetic, Piezo-electric and Piezo-
resistive actuators, Applications of Actuators.

UNIT II
Temperature and Mechanical Sensors 9H
Temperature Sensors: Types of temperature sensors and the ir basic principle of working: Thermo- resistive
sensors: Thermistors, Thermo-electric sensors: Thermocouples, PNjunction temperature sensors. Mechanical
Sensors: Types of Mechanical sensors and the ir basic principle of working: Force sensors: Strain gauges, Tactile
sensors, Pressure sensors: Piezoresistive, Variable Reluctance Sensor (VRP).

UNIT III

Optical and Acoustic Sensors 9H

Optical Sensors: Basic principle and working of: Photodiodes, Phototransistors and Photo resistors based sensors,
Photomultipliers, Infrared sensors: thermal, Passive Infra-Red, Fiber based sensors and Thermopiles Acoustic Sensors:
Principle and working of Ultrasonic sensors, Piezo-electric resonators, Microphones

UNIT IV
Magnetic and Electromagnetic Sensors 9H
Motors as actuators (linear, rotational, stepping motors), magnetic valves, inductive sensors (LVDT, RVDT, and
Proximity), Hall Effect sensors, Magneto-resistive sensors, Magnetostrictive sensors and actuators.

UNIT V
Chemical and Radiation Sensors 9H
Chemical Sensors: Principle and working of Electro-chemical, Thermo-chemical, Gas, pH, Humidity
151
and moisture sensors.
Radiation Sensors: Principle and working of Ionizationd etectors, Scintillation detectors, Semiconductor
radiation detectors and Microwave sensors (resonant, reflection, transmission)
Textbooks:

1. Sensors and Actuators – Clarence W. de Silva, CRC Press, 2nd Edition, 2015
2. Sensors and Actuators – D. A. Hall and C. E. Millar, CRC Press, 1999

Reference Books:

1. Sensors and Transducers – D. Patranabis, Prentice Hall of India (Pvt.) Ltd., 2003
2. Measurement, Instrumentation, and Sensors Handbook – John G. Webster, CRC Press, 1999
3. Sensors – A Comprehensive Overview – Henry Bolte, John Wiley
4. Handbook of Modern Sensors – Stefan Johann Rupitsch, Springer

Course Articulation Matrix:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 3 3 2 2 1
CO2 3 3 2 1 1
CO3 3 3 1 1 1
CO4 3 2 1 1 -
CO5 3 3 1 1 -

1-Slightly, 2-Moderately, 3-Substantially.

152
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
IV Year B.Tech. CSE – I Semester
L T P C
3 0 0 3

23AHS47 CHEMISTRY OF NANOMATERIALS AND APPLICATIONS

(Common to all Branches)
(OPEN ELECTIVE-IV)

Course Objectives
1. To understand basics and characterization of nanomaterials.
2. To understand synthetic methods of nanomaterials.
3. To apply various techniques for characterization of nanomaterials.
4. To understand studies of nano-structured materials.
5. To enumerate the applications of advanced nanomaterials in engineering.

UNIT – I
Basics and Characterization of Nanomaterials:
Introduction, scope of nanoscience and nanotechnology, nanoscience in nature, classification of
nanostructured materials, importance of nanomaterials.

UNIT – II
Synthesis of Nanomaterials
Top-Down Approach: Inert gas condensation, arc discharge method, aerosol synthesis, plasma arc
technique, ion sputtering, laser ablation, laser pyrolysis, chemical vapour deposition method,
electrodeposition method, high-energy ball milling method.
Bottom-Up Approach: Sol-gel synthesis, microemulsions or reverse micelles, co-precipitation method,
solvothermal synthesis, hydrothermal synthesis, microwave heating synthesis, sonochemical synthesis.

UNIT – III
Techniques for Characterization:
Diffraction techniques, spectroscopy techniques, electron microscopy techniques for the characterization of
nanomaterials, BET method for surface area analysis, dynamic light scattering for particle size
determination.

UNIT – IV
Studies of Nano-structured Materials:
Synthesis, properties, and applications of the following nanomaterials: fullerenes, carbon nanotubes, 2D
nanomaterial (Graphene), core-shell, magnetic nanoparticles, thermoelectric materials, non-linear optical
materials.

UNIT – V
Advanced Engineering Applications of Nanomaterials: 153

Applications of nanoparticles, nanorods, nanowires in water treatment, sensors, electronic devices, medical
domain, civil engineering, chemical engineering, metallurgy and mechanical engineering, food science,
agriculture, pollutants degradation.
TEXTBOOKS:

1. NANO: The Essentials – T. Pradeep, McGraw-Hill, 2007.

2. Textbook of Nanoscience and Nanotechnology – B. S. Murty, P. Shankar, Baldev Rai, B. B. Rath,
and James Murday, University Press, 2012.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Concepts of Nanochemistry – Ludovico Cademartiri and Geoffrey A. Ozin, Wiley-VCH, 2011.

2. Nanostructures & Nanomaterials: Synthesis, Properties & Applications – Guozhong Cao, Imperial
College Press, 2007.

Mapping between Course Outcomes and Programme Outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1
CO2
CO3
CO4
CO5

154
 SRI VEKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY (AUTONOMOUS)
(Open Elective-IV)
L T P C
IV B. Tech, I Semester – (Common to all branches) 3 - - 3

LITERARY VIBES
Course Code: 23AHS48

Course Outcomes
CO1 Identify genres, literary techniques and creative uses of language in literary texts.
CO2 Explain the relevance of themes found in literary texts to contemporary, personal and
cultural values and to historical forces
Apply knowledge and understanding of literary texts when responding to others‘
CO3
problems and their own and make evidence-based arguments
CO4 Analyze the underlying meanings of the text by using the elements of literary texts
CO5 Evaluate their own work and that of others critically
CO6 Develop as creative, effective, independent and reflective students who are able to
make informed choices in process and performance

UNIT I: Poetry
1. Ulysses- Alfred Lord Tennyson
2. Ain‘t I woman?-Sojourner Truth
3. The Second Coming-W.B. Yeats
4. Where the Mind is Without Fear-Rabindranath Tagore

UNIT II: Drama: Twelfth Night- William Shakespeare

1. Shakespeare -life and works
2. Plot & sub-plot and Historical background of the play
3. Themes and Criticism
4. Style and literary elements
5. Characters and characterization

UNIT III: Short Story

1. The Luncheon - Somerset Maugham
2. The Happy Prince-Oscar Wild
3. Three Questions – Leo Tolstoy
4. Swami and Friends – R. K. Narayan

UNIT IV: Prose: Essay and Autobiography

1. My struggle for an Education-Booker T Washington
2. The Essentials of Education-Richard Livingston
3. Ignited Minds – A. P. J. Abdul Kalam
4. The story of My Life-Helen Keller
UNIT V: Novel: Hard Times- Charles Dickens 155
1. Charles Dickens-Life and works
2. Plot and Historical background of the novel
3. Themes and criticism
4. Style and literary elements
 5. Characters and characterization
Text Books:

1. Charles Dickens. Hard Times.(Sangam Abridged Texts) Vantage Press, 1983

2. DENT JC.William Shakespeare. Twelfth Night. Oxford University Press,2016.

References:
1. WJ Long.History of English Literature, Rupa Publications India; First Edition (4 October 2015)
2. RK Kaushik And SC Bhatia. Essays, Short Stories and One Act Plays, Oxford University
Press .2018.
3. Narayan, R.K. Swami and Friends. Indian Thought Publications, 2015.
4. Kalam, Abdul. Ignited Minds. Penguin Books India, 2014.
5. New Horizon, Pearson publications, New Delhi 2014.
6. Vimala Ramarao, Explorations Volume-II, Prasaranga Bangalore University,2014.

Online Resources
1. https://www.litcharts.com/poetry/alfred-lord-tennyson/ulysses
2. https://www.litcharts.com/lit/ain-t-i-a-woman/summary-and-analysis
3. https://englishliterature.education/articles/poetry-analysis/the-second-coming- by- w-b-yeats-
critical-analysis-summary-and-line-by-line- explanation/#google_vignette
4. https://sirjitutorials.com/where-the-mind-is-without-fear-poem-notes- explanation/
5. https://www.litcharts.com/lit/twelfth-night/themes
6. https://smartenglishnotes.com/2021/11/28/the-luncheon-summary-characters-themes- and-irony/

156
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

IV B. Tech-I Semester CSE (Common to All Branches)

L T P C
3 0 0 3
23ACS35: QUANTUM COMPUTING
Course Outcomes:
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
CO1: Explain the fundamental concepts of quantum mechanics used in computing.
CO2: Construct and analyze quantum circuits using standard gates.
CO3: Apply quantum algorithms like Deutsch-Jozsa, Grover’s, and Shor’s.
CO4: Develop simple quantum programs using Qiskit or similar platforms.
CO5: Analyze applications and challenges of quantum computing in real-world domains.

UNIT I: Fundamentals of Quantum Mechanics and Linear Algebra

Classical vs Quantum Computation, Complex Numbers, Vectors, and Matrices, Hilbert Spaces and Dirac Notation,
Quantum States and Qubits, Superposition and Measurement, Tensor Products and Multi-Qubit Systems.

UNIT II: Quantum Gates and Circuits

Quantum Logic Gates: Pauli, Hadamard, Phase, Controlled Gates and CNOT, Unitary Operations and Reversibility,
Quantum Circuit Representation, Quantum Teleportation, Simulation of Quantum Circuits.

UNIT III: Quantum Algorithms and Complexity

Quantum Parallelism and Interference, Deutsch and Deutsch-Jozsa Algorithms, Grover’s Search Algorithm, Shor’s
Factoring Algorithm, Quantum Fourier Transform, Complexity Classes: BQP, P, NP, and QMA.

UNIT IV: Quantum Programming and Simulation Platforms

Introduction to Qiskit and IBM Quantum Experience, Writing Quantum Circuits in Qiskit, Measuring Qubits and
Results, Classical-Quantum Hybrid Programs, Noisy Intermediate-Scale Quantum (NISQ) Systems, Limitations and
Current State of Quantum Hardware.

UNIT V: Applications and Future of Quantum Computing

Quantum Machine Learning: Basics and Models, Quantum Cryptography and Quantum Key Distribution, Quantum
Algorithms in AI and Optimization, Quantum Advantage and Supremacy, Ethical and Societal Impact of Quantum
Technologies, Future Trends and Research Directions.

Textbooks:
1. Michael A. Nielsen, Isaac L. Chuang, Quantum Computation and Quantum Information, Cambridge
University Press, 10th Anniversary Edition, 2010.
2. Eleanor Rieffel and Wolfgang Polak, Quantum Computing: A Gentle Introduction, MIT Press, 2011.
3. Chris Bernhardt, Quantum Computing for Everyone, MIT Press, 2019.
Reference Books:
1. David McMahon, Quantum Computing Explained, Wiley, 2008.
2. Phillip Kaye, Raymond Laflamme, Michele Mosca, An Introduction to Quantum Computing, Oxford
University Press, 2007.
3. Scott Aaronson, Quantum Computing Since Democritus, Cambridge University Press, 2013.

Online Learning Resources:

1. IBM Quantum Experience and Qiskit Tutorials 157
2. Coursera – Quantum Mechanics and Quantum Computation by UC Berkeley
3. edX – The Quantum Internet and Quantum Computers.
4. YouTube – Quantum Computing for the Determined by Michael Nielsen
5. Qiskit Textbook – IBM Quantum
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
IV B. Tech - I Semester
23ACA2G - PROMPT ENGINEERING L T P C
Skill Enhancement Course
Common to CSE, CSE(AI&ML),CSE(AI), IT, 0 1 2 2
B.Tech-AI and B.Tech-AI&DS
Course Objective:
This course delves into prompt engineering principles, strategies, and best practices, a crucial aspect in shaping AI
models' behaviour and performance. Understanding Prompt Engineering is a comprehensive course designed to equip
learners with the knowledge and skills to effectively generate and utilize prompts in natural language processing (NLP)
and machine learning (ML) applications. This course delves into prompt engineering principles, strategies, and best
practices, a crucial aspect in shaping AI models' behaviour and performance.

Course Out comes:

After completion of this course, students will be able to:

• Under standing the fundamentals and evolution of prompt engineering.

• Gaining the ability to craft effective closed-ended, open-ended, and role-based prompts.
• Learning to probe and stress-test AI models for bias and robustness.
• Applying prompt optimization techniques and performance evaluation methods.
• Mitigating bias and promoting ethical prompting practices in NLP/ML systems.

Module 1: Introduction to Prompt Engineering

• Lesson 1: Foundations of Prompt Engineering

o Overview of prompt engineering and its significance in NLP and ML.
o Historical context and evolution of prompt-based approaches.

Module 2: Types of Prompts and Their Applications

• Lesson 2: Closed-Ended Prompts

o Under standing and creating prompts for specific answers.
o Applications in question- answering systems.
• Lesson 3: Open-Ended Prompts
o Crafting prompts for creative responses.
o Applications in language generation models.

Module 3: Strategies for Effective Prompting 158

• Lesson 4: Probing Prompts

o Designing prompts to reveal model biases.
 o Ethical considerations in using probing prompts.
• Lesson 5: Adversarial Prompts
o Creating prompts to stress-test models.
o Enhancing robustness through adversarial prompting.

Module 4: Fine-Tuning and Optimizing with Prompts

• Lesson 6: Fine-Tuning Models with Prompts

o Techniques for incorporating prompts during model training.
o Balancing prompt influence and generalization.
• Lesson 7: Optimizing Prompt Selection
o Methods for selecting optimal prompts for specific tasks.
o Customizing prompts based on model behavior.

Module 5: Evaluation and Bias Mitigation

• Lesson 8: Evaluating Prompt Performance

o Metrics and methodologies for assessing model performance with prompts.
o Interpreting and analyzing results.
• Lesson 9: Bias Mitigation in Prompt Engineering
o Strategies to identify and address biases introduced by prompts.
o Ensuring fairness and inclusivity in prompt-based models.

Module 6: Real-World Applications and Case Studies

• Lesson 10: Case Studies in Prompt Engineering

• Exploration of successful implementations and challenges in real-world scenarios.
• Guest lectures from industry experts sharing their experiences.

Text books:

1. "Prompt Engineering in Action" – Danny D. Sullivan

2. "The Art of Prompt Engineering with Chat GPT: A Hands-On Guide" – Nathan Hunter.

Reference Books:

1. "Prompt Engineering in Practice" – Michael F. Lewis

2. "Mastering AI Prompt Engineering: The Ultimate Guide for Chat GPT Users" – Adriano Damiao
3. "Writing AI Prompts For Dummies" – Stephanie Diamond and Jeffrey Allan
4. "Prompt Engineering Guide" (Online Resource) – promptingguide.ai
159
Online Resource link :

https://www.udemy.com/course/understanding-prompt-engineering/?couponCode=NVDINCTA35TRT
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

IV B. Tech I Semester (Common to all Branches)

Course Code: 23AHS49 GENDER SENSITIZATION

LT P C
2 0 0 0
Course Outcomes:

CO1 Understand the basic concepts of gender and its related terminology
Identify the biological, sociological, psychological and legal aspects of gender.
CO2

Use the knowledge in understanding how gender discrimination works in our soci
CO3
Analyze the gendered division of labour and its relation to politics and economics.
CO4
Appraise how gender-role beliefs and sharing behaviour are associated wit h more
CO5 being in all culture and gender groups
Develop students‘ sensibility with regard to issues of gender in
CO6 contemporary India

Unit-1 UNDERSTANDING GENDER

Introduction: Definition of Gender-Basic Gender Concepts and Terminology-Exploring Attitudes

towards Gender-Construction of Gender-Socialization: Making Women, Making Men - Preparing for
Womanhood. Growing up Male. First lessons in Caste.

Unit-2 GENDER ROLES AND RELATIONS

Two or Many? -Struggles with Discrimination-Gender Roles and Relations-Types of Gender Roles-
Gender Roles and Relationships Matrix-Missing Women-Sex Selection and its Consequences-
Declining Sex Ratio- Demographic Consequences-Gender Spectrum -

Unit-3 GENDER AND LABOUR

Division and Valuation of Labour-Housework: The Invisible Labor- ―My Mother doesn‘t Work.‖
―Share the Load.‖-Work: Its Politics and Economics -Fact and Fiction- Unrecognized and
Unaccounted work -Gender Development Issues-Gender, Governance and Sustainable Development-
Gender and Human Rights-Gender and Mainstreaming

Unit-4 GENDER-BASED VIOLENCE

The Concept of Violence- Types of Gender-based Violence-Gender-based Violence from a Human
Rights Perspective-Sexual Harassment - Domestic Violence - Different forms of violence against
women - Causes of violence, impact of violence against women - Consequences of gender-based
violence

Unit-5 GENDER AND CULTURE 160

Gender and Film-Gender and Electronic Media-Gender and Advertisement-Gender and Popular
Literature- Gender Development Issues-Gender Issues-Gender Sensitive Language- Just Relationships
 Prescribed Books

1. A.Suneetha, Uma Bhrugubanda, et al. Towards a World of Equals: A Bilingual Textbook on

Gender‖, Telugu Akademi, Telangana, 2015.
2. Butler, Judith. Gender Trouble: Feminism and the Subversion of Identity. UK Paperback
Edn. March 1990

Reference Books
1. Wtatt, Robin and Massood, Nazia, Broken Mirrors: The dowry Problems in India,London
: Sage Publications, 2011
2. Datt, R. and Kornberg, J.(eds), Women in Developing Countries, Assessing Strategies
for Empowerment, London: Lynne Rienner Publishers, 2002
3. Brush, Lisa D., Gender and Governance, New Delhi, Rawat Publication, 2007
4. Singh, Direeti, Women and Politics World Wide, New Delhi, Axis Publications, 2010
5. Raj Pal Singh, Anupama Sihag, Gender Sensitization: Issues and Challenges
(English, Hardcover), Raj Publications, 2019

6. A.Revathy& Murali, Nandini, A Life in Trans Activism(Lakshmi Narayan Tripathi).

The University of Chicago Press, 2016

Online Resources:
UNDERSTANDING GENDER CHROME-
extension://kdpelmjpfafjppnhbloffcjpeomlnpah/https://www.arvindguptatoys.com/arvindgupta/kamla-
gender1.pdf
https://onlinecourses.swayam2.ac.in/nou24_hs53/preview
GENDER ROLES AND RELATIONS
https://www.plannedparenthood.org/learn/gender-identity/sex-gender-identity/what-are-gender-
roles-and-stereotypes
https://www.verywellmind.com/understanding-gender-roles-and-their-effect-on-our-relationships-
7499408
https://onlinecourses.swayam2.ac.in/cec23_hs29/preview
GENDER AND LABOUR
https://www.economicsobservatory.com/what-explains-the-gender-division-of-labour-and-how-can- it-be- redressed
https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc23_mg67/preview
GENDER-BASED VIOLENCE
https://eige.europa.eu/gender-based-violence/what-is-gender-based-
violence?language_content_entity=en
https://www.worldbank.org/en/topic/socialsustainability/brief/violence-against-women-and-girls
https://onlinecourses.swayam2.ac.in/nou25_ge38/preview
GENDER AND CULTURE
https://gender.study/psychology-of-gender/culture-impact-gender-roles-identities/
https://sociology.iresearchnet.com/sociology-of-culture/gender-and-culture/
https://archive.nptel.ac.in/courses/109/106/109106136/

161
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

IV B.Tech-I Semester CSE

L T P C
0 0 0 2
23ACS34: Evaluation of Industry Internship

162
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

IV B.Tech-II Semester CSE

L T P C
0 0 24 12

23ACS36 Internship

23ACS37 Project

163
CSE(HONORS)
SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

III B.Tech-I Semester CSE(HONORS)

L T P C
3 0 3 3
23ACS42: ROBOTICS AND INTELLIGENT SYSTEMS

Course Out comes:

After completion of the course, students will be able to
• Understand general concepts of Robotics and intelligent systems.
• Understand robotics control systems
• Analyze and understand the various programming languages of robotics
• Understand Industrial robots and its applications
• Create IoT solutions using sensors, actuators and Devices

UNIT- I Lecture 8Hrs

Introduction to Robotics: Back ground, Historical development, Robot Arm Kinematics and Dynamics,
Manipulator Trajectory planning and Motion Control, Robot Sensing
UNIT- II Lecture 9Hrs
Robot Arm Kinematics and Dynamics: Introduction to Kinematics, Direct and Inverse Kinematics
Problem and solution, Dynamics introduction, Lagrange-Euler Formulation, Newton Euler Formation,
Generalized D’Alembert Equations of motion. Trajectory planning,
UNIT- III Lecture 9Hrs
Sensing and Vision: Introduction to Sensing, Proximity Sensing, Touch Sensors, Force and Torque
Sensing, Image acquisition, Illumination techniques, Imaging Geometry, Recognition and Interpretation.
UNIT IV Lecture 8Hrs
Robot Programming Languages: Introduction to Robot Programming Languages, Characteristics of
Robot Level Languages, three levels of robot programming, requirements of a robot programming
language, Task Level Languages, problems peculiar to robot languages, Introduction to Robot
Operating System (ROS)
UNIT V Lecture 8Hrs
Robot Intelligence: Introduction, State Space Search, Problem Reduction, Use of Predicate Logic, Means-
Ends Analysis, Problem solving, Robot Learning, Robot Task Planning, Basic Problems in Task Planning,
Expert systems and knowledge engineering.

Text books:
1. K.S. Fu, R.C. Gonzalez, C.S.G. Lee, Robotics : Control, Sensing, Vision and Intelligence
2. Aaron Martinez, Enrique Fernandez, Learning ROS for Robotics Programming: A practical,
instructive, and comprehensive guide to introduce your self to ROS, the top-notch, leading robotics
framework, PACKT publishing, Open Source.
Reference Books:
John J. Craig, Introduction to Robotics: Mechanics and Control, Addison Wesley publication, Third
Edition.
Online Learning Resources https://nptel.ac.in/courses/107106090 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112108298

164
 CSE(HONORS)
SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY (AUTONOMOUS)
III B. Tech - I Semester -CSE(HONORS)

L T P C
3 0 0 3
23ACC27: CLOUD SECURITY
Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Distinguish the various cloud security and privacy issues.
C02: Analyze the various threats and Attack tools.
CO3: Describe the Data Security and Storage.
CO4: Analyze the Security Management in the Cloud

UNIT-I Overview of Cloud Computing Lecture 9 Hrs

Overview of Cloud Computing: Introduction, Definitions and Characteristics, Cloud Service Models,
Cloud Deployment Models, Cloud Service Platforms, Challenges Ahead. Introduction to Cloud Security:
Introduction, Cloud Security Concepts, CSA Cloud Reference Model, NIST Cloud Reference Model, NIST
Cloud Reference Model.

UNIT-II Cloud Security and Privacy Issues Lecture 9 Hrs

Cloud Security and Privacy Issues: Introduction, Cloud Security Goals/Concepts, Cloud Security Issues,
Security Requirements for Privacy, Privacy Issues in Cloud. Infrastructure Security: The Network Level, the
Host Level, the Application Level, SaaS Application Security, PaaS Application Security, IaaS Application
Security.

UNIT-III Threat Model and Cloud Attacks Lecture 9 Hrs

Threat Model and Cloud Attacks: Introduction, Threat Model- Type of attack entities, Attack surfaces with
attack scenarios, A Taxonomy of Attacks, Attack Tools-Network-level attack tools, VM-level attack tools,
VMM attack tools, Security Tools, VMM security tools.

UNIT-IV Data Security and Storage Lecture 9Hrs

Information Security Basic Concepts, an Example of a Security Attack, Cloud Software Security
Requirements, Rising Security Threats. Data Security and Storage: Aspects of Data Security, Data Security
Mitigation, Provider Data and Its Security.

163
UNIT-V Security Management in the Cloud Lecture 9 Hrs

Evolution of Security Considerations, Security Concerns of Cloud Operating Models, Identity

Authentication, Secure Transmissions, Secure Storage and Computation, Security Using Encryption Keys,
Challenges of Using Standard Security Algorithms, Variations and Special Cases for Security Issues with
Cloud Computing, Side Channel Security Attacks in the Cloud. Security Management in the Cloud- Security
Management Standards, Availability Management, Access Control, Security Vulnerability, Patch, and
Configuration Management.

Textbooks:
1. Preeti Mishra, Emmanuel S Pilli, Jaipur R C Joshi Graphic Era., “Cloud Security Attacks, Techniques, Tools,
and Challenges”, 1st Edition, 2022, CRC press.

2. Tim Mather, SubraKumaraswamy, and ShahedLati“Cloud Security and Privacy”,1st Edition, 2019, O'Reilly
Media, Inc.

Reference Books:
1. Naresh Kumar SehgalPramod Chandra, P. Bhatt John M. Acken., “Cloud Computing with Security Concepts
and Practices”,2ndEdition Springer nature Switzerland AG 2020.
2. Essentials of Cloud Computing by K. Chandrasekaran Special Indian Edition CRC press.
3. RajkumarBuyya,“Cloud Computing Principles and Paradigms”, John Wiley.

Online Learning Resources:

• https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc19_cs64/preview
• https://archive.nptel.ac.in/courses/106/105/106105167/

164
CSE(HONORS)
SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

III B.Tech-II Semester CSE(HONORS)

L T P C
3 0 3 3
23ACS39: NO SQL DATABASES

Course Out comes:

After completion of the course, students will be able to
• Explain and compare different types of No SQL database.
• Compare and contrast RDBMS with different No SQL databases.
• Define, compare and use the four types of No SQL databases (Document-oriented, Key Value pairs,
Column-oriented and Graph
• Demonstrate the architecture, define objects, load data, query data and performance tune Column-
oriented, Key-Value pair, Document and Graph databases.
• Evaluate No SQL database development tools and programming languages

UNIT I Overview and history of No SQL Data bases Lecture 12Hrs

Definition of the four types of No SQL data bases. The value of Relational Databases, Getting at Persistent
Data, Concurrency, Integration, Impedance Mismatch, Application and Integration Databases, Attack of
the Clusters, The emergence of No SQL, Key Points.

UNIT II RDBMS Vs No SQL Lecture 12Hrs

Comparison of relational databases to new No SQL stores, Mongo DB, Cassandra, HBASE, Neo4j use
and deployment, Application, RDBMS approach, Challenges No SQL approach, Key-Value and
Document Data Models, Column-Family Stores, Aggregated-Oriented Databases, Replication and
Sharding, Map Reduce on databases, Distribution Models, Single Server, Sharding, Master-Slave
Replication, Peer-to-Peer Replication, Combining Sharding and Replication.

UNIT III Document Data bases Lecture 12Hrs

No-SQL Key-Value Databases using Mongo DB, Document Databases, Document oriented Database
Features, Consistency, Transactions, Availability, Query Features, Scaling, Suitable Use Cases, Event
Logging, Content Management Systems, Blogging Platforms, Web Analysis or Real Time Analytics.

UNIT IV Column Oriented Databases Lecture 12Hrs

Column-oriented No SQL databases using Apache HBASE, Column-oriented No SQL databases using
Apache Cassandra, Architecture of HBASE, Column-Family Data Store Features, Consistency,
Transactions, Availability, Query Features, Scaling, Suitable Use Cases, Event Logging, Content
Management Systems, Blogging Platforms, Counters, Expiring Usage.

UNIT V Key Value Data bases Lecture 12Hrs

No SQL Key-Value databases using Riak, Key-Value Data bases, Key-Value Store, Key-Value Store
Features, Consistency, Transactions, Query Features, Consistency, Transactions, Query Features, Structure
of Data, Scaling, Suitable Use Cases, Storing Session Information, User Profiles, Preferences, Shopping Cart
Data, Relationships among Data, Multi operation Transactions, Query by Data, Operations by Sets, Firebase-
Cloud hosted No SQL Database, Graph No SQL databases using Neo4j, No SQL database development tools
and programming languages, Graph Databases features, consistency, Transactions, Availability, Query
Features, Scaling, Suitable Use Cases. 165

Text books:
1. Sadalage, P. & Fowler, No SQL Distilled: A Brief Guide to the Emerging World of Polyglot Persistence, Wiley
Publications, 1st Edition 2019.
Reference Books:
1. Redmond, E. & Wilson, J. (2012). Seven Databases in Seven Weeks: A Guide to Modern Databases
and the No SQL Movement (1st Ed.). Raleigh, NC: The Pragmatic Programmers, LLC.
ISBN-13: 978-1934356920 ISBN-10: 1934356921
2. Guy Harrison, Next Generation Database: No SQL and big data, Apress.
Online Learning Resources:
1. https://www.ibm.com/cloud/learn/nosql-databases
2. https://www.coursera.org/lecture/nosql-databases/introduction-to-nosql-VdRNp
3. https://www.geeksforgeeks.org/introduction-to-nosql/
4. https://www.javatpoint.com/nosql-databa

166
 CSE(HONORS)
SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

III B. Tech-II Semester CSE(HONORS)

L T P C
3 0 3 3
23ACS41: SOFTWARE DEFINED DATA CENTRE

Course Out comes:

After completion of the course, students will be able to
1. Understanding of difference between Conventional Data Center Vs Modern Data Centers
2. Differentiate Cloud computing and Software Defined Data Centers
3. Differentiate Virtualization with conventional techniques
4. Explore the techniques of Software Defined Compute, Storage and Networking components
5. Able Manage Software Defined Data Centers and Develop the techniques for future Data Centers.
UNIT I Introduction Lecture 12Hrs
Data Center evolution, A history of Modern Data Center, Focus on cost reduction, Focus on Customer
service in the business, Flattening of the IT organization, IT as an operational Expense, Monolithic Storage
Array rise and fall, Move From Disk to Flash, Emergence of Convergence, The Role of Cloud computing.

UNIT II Emerging Data Center Trends Lecture 12Hrs

Emergence of SDCC, Commoditization of Hardware, Software Defined – Compute, Storage, Networking
and Security, Software Defined Storage (SDS), Hyper convergence, Hyper Converged Infrastructure(HCI)
and SDS relationship, Flash in Hyper convergence, Modern IT business Requirements.

UNIT III Data Center Agility Lecture 12Hrs

Principles and Strategies, Transform Data Center, Align Data Center and Business Needs, Server
virtualization, VDI, Eliminate and Implement Monolithic to Hyper convergence, Full Stack
Management.
UNIT V Hyper converged Infrastructure Lecture 12Hrs
Software Defined Storage, SDS comparison to Traditional Storage, SDS requirements, SDS in Hyper
converged, Hyper convergence Design Model, Virtual Storage appliances, Appliance vs.
Software/Reference Architecture,
UNIT V Future Data Centers Lecture 12Hrs
Data growth, Storage capacity, flash storage deployment, Deployment Experiences SDS and HCI, IT
transformations- Automation, Orchestration, Dev Ops, Open Standards and Interoperability,
Performance Benchmarking Standards, Future Trends, Containers Instead of virtual machines, Open
Source tools, Beyond Today’s Flash, Pooling of Resources.

Text books:
1.Building a Modern Data Center, Principles and Strategies of Design, Scott D.Lowe, James Green, David
Davis. Actual Tech Media, 2016.

Reference Books:
1.Data Center Handbook: Plan, Design, Build, and Operations of a Smart Data Center, Second Edition,
HwaiyuGeng P.E.,2021 John Wiley & Sons.

167
CSE(HONORS)
SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

IV B. Tech-I Semester CSE(HONORS)

L T P C
3 0 0 3
23ACS38: ADVANCED STYLING AND RESPONSIVE DESIGN

Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
CO1: Use responsive web page design and its advanced styling mechanism
CO2: Use responsive web page design and its advanced styling mechanism
CO3: Create sites that behave across a range of platforms using Angular JS Frameworks
CO4: Acquire technical knowledge of Light Weight Frameworks.

UNIT –I 9hr
Introduction to Responsive Design: What Is Responsive Design - Responsive Design vs. Device Specific
Experiences -Responsive Web Design Is Not Limited Just to Mobile- When Would You Not Use Responsive
Web Design- Understanding the Viewport- Understanding Breakpoints Examples of Responsive Web
Design. Looking at HTML5 Technologies- What’s New in CSS3.Physical Devices, Open Devices Lab.
Testing a Responsive Site: Testing Responsive Design in the Browser- Testing on a Device Simulator.

UNIT –II 9hr

The Power of Media Queries: An Introduction to Media Queries- Using Media Queries in CSS Mobile First
vs. Desktop First- Targeting High Pixel Density Displays- Using Fluid Layouts- Types of Layouts- Principles
When Working with a Fluid Design- Building a Fluid Design Using a CSS Grid.

UNIT –III 9hr

Frameworks in Responsive Design: Grid Systems- CSS Frameworks- Prototyping a Site Using a CSS
Framework- Adapt Existing Styles and Scripts: Refactoring- Full Reskin- Tools and Workflow: Knowing
Your Command Line- Version Control with Git- CSS Pre-processors’- Scaffolding- Workflow - Other Useful
Tools.

UNIT –IV 9hr

Introduction to AngularJS: AngularJS Framework-Exploring the features of AngularJS-Role of AngularJS-
The AngularJS Dynamic Routing-based Approach-The AngularJS Directive-based Approach- AngularJS
scope inspector-Online and offline tools.

UNIT –V 9hr
Light weight alternatives: What Are Frameworks- Various Popular Frameworks- BootstrapFoundation-
Materialize-Skeleton-Milligram -UIkit-Material Design Lite-Susy -Choosing a Framework -Concept of
Grids-Building a Landing Page with Skeleton-Building a Product Page with Milligram-Introducing UIkit -
Material Design Lite Explained-Susy Explained.

Text Books:
1. Jonathan Fielding - Beginning Responsive Web Design with HTML5 and CSS3-Apress (2014) (UNIT I,
II,III) 2. Sandeep Kumar Patel - Responsive Web Design with AngularJS-Packt Publishing (2014) (UNIT
IV)
3. Aravind Shenoy & Anirudh Prabhu - CSS Framework Alternatives Explore Five Lightweight Alternatives
to Bootstrap and Foundation with Project Examples (UNIT V)
168
CSE(HONORS)
SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

III B.Tech-II Semester CSE

L T P C
0 0 3 1.5
23ACS43: NO SQL LAB

Course Outcomes:
Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
• Installing and configuring mongoDB in windows
• Perform all database operations using MongoDB
• Develop applications by integrating MongoDB with java/PHP.

List of Experiments:
1. Mongo DB installation and configuration in windows.
2. Demon strate how to create and drop a database in Mongo DB.
3. Creating the Collection in Mongo DB on the fly
4. Creating collection with options before inserting the documents and drop the collection created.
5. Mongo DB insert document
a. Insert single document
b. Insert multiple documents in collection
6. Querying all the documents in json format and Querying based on the criteria.
7. Mongo DB update document
a. Using update() method.
b. Using save() method.
8. MongoDB delete document from a collection.
a. Using remove() method.
b. Remove only one document matching your criteria
c. Remove all documents
9. Mongo DB Projection
10. limit() ,skip(), sort() methods in Mongo DB
11. Mongo DB indexing
a. Create index in Mongo DB
b. Finding the indexes in a collection
c. Drop indexes in a collection
d. Drop all the indexes
12. Mongo DB with java and PHP
a. Create a simple application that uses Mongo DB with Java
b. Create a simple application that uses Mongo DB with PHP

169
 CSE(HONORS)
SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

IV B.Tech-I Semester CSE(HONORS)

L T P C
0 0 3 1.5
23ACS40 : ADVANCED STYLING AND RESPONSIVE DESIGN LAB

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the course, the student will be able to

CO1: Demonstrate mobile-first paradigm and the importance of wire frames in the design phase.
CO2: Solve real time problems using Existing & evolving Frameworks.
CO3: Create Challenging & Interactive Webpages to work independently and in teams.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Practicing mobile-first development in wireframes Creating three website wireframes for these
dimensions: smartphone, tablet, and desktop, by applying the mobile-first concept.
2a. Creating the layout design for wireframes
2b.Using Foundation4 Grid to structure the website Using the Foundation4 Grid, perform the following
recommended steps:
1. Start coding the HTML script.
2. Identify the rows in the structure and add a row class to the existent element or to a new div tag.
3. Measure how many columns each main element will fill and set this value in the classes.
4. Customizing menu using the toggle menu solution
5. Creating different image versions for featured homepage images
6. Creating an image slider using the Swiper plugin
7. Creating a responsive table of prices using the FooTable jQuery plugin
8. Creating a contact form using the Ideal Forms framework
9. Installation of Bower- Grunt and Gulp (Execute simple Exercises)
10 Building a Landing Page with Skeleton
11. Building a Product Page with Milligram
12. Creating a 4×3 Responsive Grid Layout-Susy
13. Building an Intuitive Web Page Using MDL

170
 CSE(HONORS)
SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

III B. Tech-I Semester CSE(HONORS)

L T P C
3 0 0 3
23ACS50: BIG DATA AND ANALYTICS IN CLOUD
COURSE OUTCOMES:
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
CO1: Explain the fundamental characteristics of Big Data and the components of the Hadoop ecosystem, including
HDFS and MapReduce.
CO2: Demonstrate the ability to work with cloud-based Big Data platforms such as AWS EMR, Azure HDInsight,
and GCP Dataproc, and evaluate their applications in domains like e-commerce and finance
CO3: Compare modern data warehousing solutions including Redshift, BigQuery, and Snowflake, and design ETL
pipelines for efficient data ingestion and processing.
CO4: Apply real-time analytics frameworks like Apache Kafka and Spark Streaming to build and monitor real-time
data processing systems using Lambda and Kappa architectures.
CO5: Utilize Business Intelligence (BI) and visualization tools such as Tableau, Power BI, and AWS QuickSight to
create dashboards and role-based reports after performing data cleaning and transformation.
Unit 1: Introduction to Big Data

Characteristics of Big Data (5Vs) - Hadoop ecosystem overview -HDFS and MapReduce
Applications in real-world

Unit 2: Cloud-based Big Data Platforms

AWS EMR, Azure HDInsight - GCP Dataproc -Storage and computation on cloud
Use cases: e-commerce, finance

Unit 3: Data Warehousing

Redshift, Big Query, Snowflake -Data lakes and lake houses -Schema-on-read vs schema-on-write -
ETL pipelines and orchestration.

Unit 4: Real-time Analytics

Stream processing with Apache Kafka, Spark Streaming -Lambda and Kappa architectures
Monitoring real-time dashboards- Use cases in IoT and social media

Unit 5: Visualization and BI Tools

AWS Quick Sight, Power BI, Tableau -Data preparation and cleaning
Dashboards and KPIs-Role-based reporting

171
 CSE(HONORS)
SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

III B. Tech-I Semester CSE(HONORS)

L T P C
3 0 0 3
23ACS51: CLOUD MANAGEMENT AND OPTIMIZATION
COURSE OUTCOMES:
At the end of the course, the student will be able to

CO1: Demonstrate understanding of cloud governance through the application of policies, standards, and
cost management practices.
CO2: Apply cost optimization techniques by analyzing pricing models and implementing efficient resource
usage strategies.
CO3: Optimize cloud performance through load balancing, caching, and content delivery strategies.
CO4:Design automated cloud operations using scripting, event triggers, and DevOps tools in compliance
with SLA requirements.
Unit 1: Cloud Governance

Policies, standards, and controls- Tagging and naming conventions-Cost allocation and chargebacks
Resource lifecycle management

Unit 2: Cost Optimization

Pricing models: on-demand, reserved, spot-Rightsizing Resources-Auto-scaling and budgeting tools

Avoiding vendor lock-in

Unit 3: Performance Optimization

Load balancing techniques-Caching strategies (Redis, Memcached)-Content Delivery Networks (CDNs)

Performance tuning tools

Unit 4: Cloud Automation

Scripts and templates- Auto-scaling groups- Event-based automation (Lambda triggers)

Automation using Jenkins, Ansible

Unit 5: SLA Management

Defining and interpreting SLAs - Availability zones and failover design

Incident response strategies - SRE principles and best practices

172
 CSE(HONORS)
SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

III B. Tech-II Semester CSE(HONORS)

L T P C
3 0 0 3
23ACS52: EMERGING TRENDS IN CLOUD
COURSE OUTCOMES:
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
CO1: Demonstrate the ability to ideate, plan, and propose cloud-based software solutions
CO2: Design secure, scalable, and cost-effective cloud architectures
CO3: Implement and manage cloud-based applications using modern development practices
CO4 : Document, present, and evaluate cloud solutions while exploring emerging technologies

Unit 1: Planning and Research

Project ideation and proposal writing - Requirement analysis and feasibility study
Tech stack selection- Agile methodology

Unit 2: Project Design

Cloud architecture diagrams- Security and compliance design-Resource planning and budgeting
DevOps strategy integration

Unit 3: Implementation

Development best practices -Version control and collaboration-Testing and debugging

CI/CD pipeline integration

Unit 4: Documentation and Presentation

API documentation - User and admin manuals -Demo preparation and presentation
Evaluation and peer review

Unit 5: Emerging Trends in Cloud

Edge computing and fog computing - Quantum cloud computing - green cloud and sustainability
AI/ML in cloud-native apps - Cloud interoperability and open standards.

173
 CSE(HONORS)
SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

III B. Tech-II Semester CSE(HONORS)

L T P C
3 0 0 3
23ACS53: CLOUD DEPLOYMENT WITH AWS
COURSE OUTCOMES:
At the end of the course, the student will be able to

CO1: Understand and utilize core AWS services and infrastructure

CO2: Deploy and configure web applications on AWS
CO3: Design and implement storage and database solutions on AWS
CO4: Ensure high availability and scalability using AWS tools
CO5: Deploy and present a full-stack application using AWS services

UNIT 1: AWS ESSENTIALS

Overview of AWS global infrastructure - Introduction to EC2, S3, IAM, and RDS -Managing permissions
and access control - Billing, pricing, and Free Tier usage

UNIT 2: DEPLOYING WEB APPS ON AWS

Launching and configuring EC2 instances - Hosting static sites on S3 -Using Route 53 for custom domain
configuration - Setting up HTTPS with AWS Certificate Manager

UNIT 3: DATABASE AND STORAGE SOLUTIONS

Using RDS for PostgreSQL/MongoDB - Setting up S3 buckets and managing lifecycle policies
Integrating AWS SDK with Node.js - Backup and recovery strategies

UNIT 4: LOAD BALANCING & SCALING

AWS Elastic Load Balancer (ELB) - Auto Scaling Groups for EC2
Monitoring with CloudWatch - Application health checks and alerts

UNIT 5: DEPLOYMENT PROJECT

Deploy a full stack MERN app on AWS - Use RDS and S3 in the architecture
Setup CI/CD from GitHub to AWS - Document and present deployment architecture

Practical Lab:
1. AWS EC2 Lab – Launch an EC2 instance, SSH in, and deploy a Node app.
2. S3 Hosting Lab – Host a static React site on S3 with custom domain setup via Route 53.
3. RDS Integration Lab – Connect a Node app to an RDS PostgreSQL or MongoDB instance.
174
 CSE(HONORS)
SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

III B. Tech-II Semester CSE(HONORS)

L T P C
3 0 0 3
23ACD58: DATA ENGINEERING WITH AWS
COURSE OUTCOMES:
At the end of the course, the student will be able to

CO1: Explain the fundamentals of data engineering and describe the role of AWS in modern data
infrastructure.
CO2: Evaluate and implement appropriate AWS storage services such as S3, RDS, DynamoDB, and Redshift
for different data storage needs.
CO3: Design and execute scalable data processing workflows using AWS tools like Glue, EMR, and Kinesis
for both batch and real-time data
CO4: Develop and manage end-to-end data pipelines using AWS Data Pipeline, Lambda, and Step Functions
with monitoring and optimization techniques.
CO5: Apply learned concepts in a practical project by building a complete, scalable AWS-based data
pipeline and exploring advanced tools like SageMaker.

UNIT – I:INTRODUCTION TO DATA ENGINEERING AND AWS

Overview of Data Engineering

Key Concepts in Data Storage, Processing, and Transformation
Introduction to AWS Data Engineering Services
AWS Data Engineering Use Cases

UNIT – II:DATA STORAGE SOLUTIONS ON AWS

• Overview of AWS Storage Services

• Amazon S3: Object Storage
• Amazon RDS and DynamoDB: Relational and NoSQL Databases
• Amazon Redshift: Data Warehousing
Best Practices for Secure and Efficient Data Storage - Data Lifecycle Management and Archiving

UNIT III - DATA PROCESSING WITH AWS

Introduction to Data Processing Frameworks - AWS Glue: Data Catalog and ETL Services
Amazon EMR: Big Data Processing with Hadoop and Spark - Real-Time Data Processing with Amazon
Kinesis - Batch Processing vs. Real-Time Processing

UNIT IV - DATA PIPELINE DESIGN AND MANAGEMENT

Designing Scalable Data Pipelines- AWS Data Pipeline: Workflow Orchestration

Serverless Data Pipelines with AWS Lambda and Step Functions- Monitoring and Optimizing Data175
Pipelines -Error Handling and Data Validation Techniques
UNIT V PROJECT WORK AND ADVANCED TOPICS

Project Objective: Build a Scalable Data Pipeline on AWS

Project Execution:
Setup AWS Data Storage and Processing Environment
Implement Data Extraction, Transformation, and Loading (ETL) Pipeline
Integrate Real-Time and Batch Data Processing
Optimize Performance and Cost
Advanced Topics:
Introduction to Amazon SageMaker for Data Engineering

176
CSE(HONORS)
SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

III B. Tech-II Semester CSE(HONORS)

L T P C
0 0 3 3
23ACS54: CAPSTONE PROJECT
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
III Year B.Tech. CE–I Semester L T P C
3 0 0 3
(23ACE67) CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS
Course Objectives:

1. To Understand the Types, Physical Characteristics, Testing, and Deterioration of Natural and
Artificial Stones Used In Construction.(L2)
2. To Explain and Classify Various Structural Clay Products Such As Bricks, Tiles, Terracotta,
Porcelain, and their Manufacturing Processes and Applications.(L2)
3. To Analyze and Apply the Knowledge of Cement, Aggregates, and Admixtures To Evaluate the
Properties of Fresh and Hardened Concrete, Including Mix Design. (L3)
4. To Evaluate and Apply the Knowledge of Wood and Timber—Its Properties, Preservation,
Defects, Testing, and Uses In Building Construction. (L3)
5. To Understand and Interpret the Composition, Application Techniques, and Properties of Paints,
Varnishes, Enamels, and Surface Finishes.(L2)

Course Outcomes :

Upon Successful Completion of the Course, the Student Will Be Able To:
1. Identify the Characteristics, Types, Deterioration, and Applications of Building Stones. (L2)
2. Classify and Evaluate the Quality and Suitability of Bricks, Tiles, and Other Structural Clay
Products. (L3 )
3. Analyze the Properties and Mix Design of Cement, Aggregates, and Concrete For Construction
Use. (L4 )
4. Assess Timber Based On Its Properties, Preservation Methods, and Applications In Building
Works. (L3)
5. Explain the Properties, Preparation, and Application of Paints, Varnishes, and Polishes For
Surface Protection. (L2)

UNIT–I

Introduction-Rock-Forming Minerals-Classification of Rocks-Quarrying of Stones-Seasoning of

Stone-Dressing of Stone –Uses of Stones –Characteristics of Good Building Stones-Testing of Stones-
Deterioration of Stones - Durability of Stones - Preservation of Stones - Selection of Stones - Common
Building Stones - Artificial Stones -Applications of Stones.
UNIT–II
STRUCTURAL CLAY PRODUCTS
Introduction - Physical Properties of Clays - Classification of Bricks - Ingredients of Good Brick Earth
- Characteristics of Good Brick –Manufacturing of Bricks -Different Forms of Bricks –Testing of
Bricks – Defects of Bricks-Clay Tiles-Fire-Clay Bricks or Refractory Bricks–Terracotta–Porcelain–
Stoneware–Earthenware–Glazing–Majolica-ApplicationofClayProducts.
 UNIT–III
CEMENT & CONCRETE
Introduction- Portland Cement- Chemical Composition- Hydration of Cement-Manufacture
of Cement -Testing of Cement-Types of Cement–Aggregates-Classification of Aggregates-Fine
Aggregate & Coarse Aggregate-Testing of Aggregates-Quality of Mixing&CuringWater–
Admixtures For Concrete – Principles of Mix Design-Fresh and Hardened Properties.

UNIT–IV
WOOD
Introduction-Classification of Trees - Growth of Trees - Classification of Timber (IS: 399) - Structure
of Timber - Characteristics of Good Timber - Seasoning of Timber - Defects In Timber - Diseases of
Timber- Decay of Timber - Preservation of Timber (IS: 401) - Fire Resistance of Timber - Testing of
Timber(IS:1708)-Suitability of Timber For Specific Uses- Properties of Wood-Wood Products-
Applications of Wood and Wood- Products

UNIT–V
PAINTS, ENAMELS AND VARNISHES
Introduction - Composition of Oil Paint - Characteristics of An Ideal Paint - Preparation of Paint -
Covering Power of Paints - Pigment Volume Concentration (P.V.C.) - Painting Plastered Surfaces –
Painting Wood Surfaces-PaintingMetalSurfaces-Defects-Enamel-Distemper-WaterWashand
Colour Wash -Varnish-French Polish-Wax Polish –Miscellaneous Paints

Text Books

1. S.K. Duggal, Building Materials, New Age International Pvt. Ltd., 3rd Revised Edition, 2008.
2. P.C. Varghese, Building Materials, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., 2nd Edition, 2015.

Reference Books

1. M.L. Gambhir, Building Materials, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd., 4th Edition, 2013.
2. S.S. Bhavikatti, Building Materials, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., 3rd Edition, 2015.
3. B.C. Punmia, Building Materials, Laxmi Publications Pvt. Ltd., 2010.
4. Jagadish, Venkatarama Reddy, Alternate Building Materials and Technology, New Age
International Publishers, 2010.
5. Surendra Singh, Engineering Materials, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., 2014.
6. P.D. Kulkarni et al., Civil Engineering Materials, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd., 2008.
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
III Year B.Tech. CE–I Semester L T P C
3 0 0 3
(23ACE68) CONSTRUCTION METHODS

Course Objectives:

1. To understand the importance, types, and selection of foundations for various site conditions.
(L2)
2. To identify and apply construction techniques of different types of masonry and structural
components. (L3)
3. To describe and evaluate different types and techniques of plastering used in construction. (L2)
4. To examine the properties, applications, and construction methods of various flooring types.
(L4)
5. To analyze and design basic components of industrial structures with emphasis on modern
techniques and materials. (L4)

Course Outcomes:

Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:

1. Understand various types of foundations, their functions, and methods to improve soil bearing
capacity. (L2)
2. Apply knowledge of masonry types, bonds, and composite construction methods in practical
construction. (L3)
3. Identify types of plastering, defects, and special techniques used in surface finishing. (L2)
4. Analyze different flooring materials, laying techniques, and repair methods. (L4)
5. Design and assess components of industrial structures such as PEBs, trusses, and roofing
systems. (L6)

UNIT–I
FOUNDATIONS
Introduction To Foundations - Importance of Foundations In Construction - Functions of A Foundation
- Factors Affecting the Choice of Foundations - Types of Foundations - Shallow Foundations: Strip
Footing, Isolated Footing, Combined Footing, Raft Foundation - Deep Foundations :Pile
Foundations,Well Foundations-Site Investigation For Foundations-Soil
Testing Methods, Bearing Capacity of Soils, Methods of Improving Bearing Capacity.
UNIT–II
MASONRY
Introduction To Masonry Construction - Definition and Importance of Masonry - Comparison of
Different Types of Masonry - Types of Masonry Construction - Brick Masonry: Stretcher, Header,
English, Flemish Bonds - Stone Masonry: Random Rubble Masonry, Coursed Rubble
Masonry,AshlarMasonry-ConcreteBlockMasonry:HollowBlocks,SolidBlocks,Interlocking
Blocks-CompositeMasonry:Brick-StoneCompositeMasonry-Lintels,Arches,andCopings-
Construction Techniques and Materials Used
 UNIT–III
PLASTERING
Introduction To Plastering - Purpose and Importance of Plastering - Materials Used In Plastering
(Cement, Lime, Gypsum) - Types of Plastering - Lime Plaster, Cement Plaster, Gypsum Plaster,
Stucco Plaster - Methods of Plastering -Single Coat, Double Coat, and Three-Coat Plastering -
Defects In Plastering and Remedies - Cracking, Peeling, Efflorescence, Blistering - Special
Plastering Techniques -Waterproof Plastering, Decorative Plastering

UNIT–IV
FLOORING
Introduction To Flooring - Importance and Requirements of Good Flooring - Types of Flooring- Hard
Flooring: Stone (Marble, Granite, Kota), Concrete Flooring , Ceramic and Vitrified Tiles - Resilient
Flooring: PVC, Linoleum, Rubber Flooring - Wooden Flooring: Solid Wood, Laminated Wood,
Parquet Flooring - Special Flooring: Epoxy Flooring, Mosaic Flooring, Terrazzo Flooring -
Construction Methods of Flooring - Laying of Different Floor Materials - Sub-
BasePreparationandFinishing-DefectsInFlooringandRepairTechniques-Cracking,
Dampness, Un even Settlement
UNIT–V
INDUSTRIAL STRUCTURES
Introduction To Industrial Structures - Requirements of Industrial Buildings - Structural Components
- Types of Industrial Structures - Steel Structures: Components of Steel Buildings (Trusses, Columns,
Girders) - Pre-Engineered Buildings (PEB): Concept, Advantages, and Applications - Portal Frames
and Space Frames: Design and Construction Considerations – Roofing Systems In Industrial Buildings
- Trusses, Shell Roofs, Domes, Vaults - Construction of Warehouses and Sheds : Material Selection,
Structural Stability Considerations - Factories and Large-
SpanStructures,ConstructionTechniquesForLong-SpanStructures,FireResistanceand
Safety Measures - Special Considerations For Industrial Buildings - Ventilation and Lighting
Requirements, Vibration Control and Noise Reduction Techniques

Textbooks:

1. B.C. Punmia, Ashok Kumar Jain, Arun Kumar Jain, Building Construction, Laxmi Publications
(P) Ltd., New Delhi, 2008.
2. P.C. Varghese, Building Construction, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., 2nd Edition, 2017.

Reference Books:

1. Sushil Kumar, Building Construction, Standard Publishers Distributors, New Delhi, 2013.
2. S.S. Bhavikatti, Building Construction, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., 2nd Edition, 2016.
3. Dr. S.C. Rangwala, Building Construction, Charotar Publishing House, 26th Edition, 2014.
4. R.L. Peurifoy, Construction Planning, Equipment and Methods, McGraw Hill Education, 8th
Edition, 2010.
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
III Year B.Tech. CE–II Semester L T P C
3 0 0 3
(23ACE69) FUNDAMENTALS OF BUILDING PLANNING AND DRAWING
Course Objectives:

1. To Understand the Principles of Building Planning and Regulatory Requirements For

Residential and Public Structures. (L2)
2. To Apply Functional Planning Skills For Residential, Public, and Commercial Buildings
Including Vastu and Barrier-Free Concepts. (L3)
3. To Analyze and Prepare Building Plans and Elevations For Industrial and Special-Purpose
Structures. (L4)
4. To Utilize Computer-Aided Drafting Tools To Develop Architectural and Working Drawings.
(L3)
5. To Evaluate Planning Strategies In Compliance With National Codes and Sustainability
Standards. (L5)
Course Outcomes:
Upon Completion of This Course, the Student Will Be Able To:
1. Understand the Objectives and Principles of Building Planning, and Interpret National and Local Building
Regulations. (L2)

2. Apply Functional Planning Techniques For Various Residential Building Layouts and Integrate Vastu
Principles. (L3)

3. Design and Draw Public, Commercial, and Industrial Buildings as Per Functional and Universal Design
Standards. (L6)

4. Develop Detailed Plans, Elevations, and Sections Using CAD Software For Residential and Non-
Residential Buildings. (L3)

5. Evaluate and Prepare Service Drawings, Submission Drawings, and Working Drawings In Compliance
With Municipal Regulations. (L5)

UNIT – I

BUILDING PLANNING PRINCIPLES & REGULATIONS

Introduction To Building Planning - Objectives of Planning - Principles of Planning - Orientation of Buildings -
Building Bye-Laws and Regulations - Necessity of Building Bye-Laws - National Building Code (NBC)
Provisions - Local Municipal and Development Authority Regulations - Setbacks and Open Space Requirements
- Floor Area Ratio (FAR) and Floor Space Index (FSI) , Height Regulations and Ground Coverage - Lighting,
Ventilation, and Fire Safety Regulations - Natural Lighting and Ventilation Standards - Fire-Resistant Construction
and Safety Measures - Concepts of Green Building and Sustainable Planning - Energy-Efficient Building Design
- Passive Solar Architecture

UNIT – II

RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS
Classification of Residential Buildings - Individual Houses, Duplex Houses, Apartments, Row Houses, Villas -
Functional Requirements of A Residential Building - Zoning and Space Requirements For Different Rooms -
Circulation and Connectivity - Types of Residential Plans - Single-Bedroom, Double-Bedroom, and Multi-Storey
Residential Plans - Preparation of Building Plans - Plan, Elevation, and Section of A Simple Residential Building
- Vastu Considerations In Residential Planning - Orientation of Rooms as Per Traditional Indian Architectural
Practices.
UNIT – III

PUBLIC and COMMERCIAL BUILDINGS

Classification of Public Buildings - Educational Buildings (Schools, Colleges, Universities) - Institutional
Buildings (Hospitals, offices, Banks) - Recreational Buildings (Theatres, Auditoriums, Stadiums) - Functional
Requirements and Planning of Public Buildings - Planning of Commercial Buildings - Shopping Malls, Hotels,
office Buildings - Preparation of Drawings For Public Buildings - Plan, Elevation, and Section of A
Public/Commercial Building - Universal Design and Barrier-Free Planning - Provision For Differently-Abled
Individuals - Ramps, Lifts, Tactile Paving, and Accessible Washrooms

UNIT – IV

INDUSTRIAL and SPECIAL STRUCTURES

Introduction To Industrial Buildings - Functional Planning of Industries - Layout of Factory Buildings - Types of
Industrial Structures - Warehouses, Godowns, Cold Storage Facilities - Special Purpose Buildings - Parking
Structures, Bus Terminals, Railway Stations, Airports - Planning of Multi-Storied Buildings - Structural Aspects
and Service Provisions - Vertical Circulation (Lifts, Escalators, Staircases) - Preparation of Drawings For
Industrial Buildings – Plan, Elevation, and Section of An Industrial Shed Or Warehouse

UNIT – V

COMPUTER-AIDED DRAWING (CAD) and WORKING DRAWINGS

Introduction To CAD In Building Drawing - Importance of CAD In Modern Construction - Software Used
(Autocad, Revit, Sketchup) - Preparation of Working Drawings - Detailed Plans, Elevations, and Sections – Site
Plan, Key Plan, and Service Plans - Structural Drawings and Detailing - Footing Details, Column Layouts, Slab
Reinforcement - Preparation of Submission Drawings - Sanction Drawings as Per Municipal Regulations -
Approval Process and Documentation - Service Drawings - Electrical, Plumbing, and HVAC (Heating,
Ventilation, and Air Conditioning) Drawings.

Text Books:

1. M. G. Shah, C. M. Kale, Building Drawing, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd., 2nd Edition, 2012.
2. Gurucharan Singh, Building Drawing, Standard Publishers Distributors, 9th Edition, 2015.

Reference Books:
1. K. R. Karnan, Building Planning and Drawing, Scitech Publications (India) Pvt. Ltd., 2016.
2. S. P. Bindra, Building Drawing and Detailing, Dhanpat Rai Publishing Co., 2014.
3. B. C. Punmia, Ashok Kumar Jain, Arun Kumar Jain, Building Planning and Drawing, Laxmi Publications
Pvt. Ltd., 2011.
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

III Year B.Tech. CE–II Semester

L T P C
3 0 0 3
(23ACE70) BASIC SURVEYING
Course Objectives :-
The Objectives of This Course Are To Enable the Students To:
1. Understand the Principles, Classifications, and Fundamental Techniques of Surveying Including
Chain, Compass, Levelling, and Plane Table Surveys. (L2)

2. Apply Basic Surveying Instruments and Techniques For Measurement of Distances, Angles,
Levels, Areas, and Volumes. (L3)

3. Analyze and Compute Traverse Data, Horizontal and Vertical Angles Using theodolites and
Trigonometric Levelling Methods. (L4)

4. Evaluate the Use of Modern Surveying Instruments Like Total Stations, GPS, and Remote
Sensing Tools For Spatial Data Acquisition. (L5 )

5. Interpret Photogrammetric Data For Topographic Mapping, Aerial Triangulation, and Preparation of Maps
Using Stereoscopy. (L5)

Course Outcomes :-
After Successful Completion of the Course, the Student Will Be Able To:
1. To Understand the Basic Principles, Classifications, and Techniques of Surveying Using Chain, Compass,
Levelling, and Plane Table Methods. (L2 )

2. To Apply Appropriate Methods For Levelling, Contouring, and Calculating Areas and Volumes For Civil
Engineering Projects. (L3 )

3. To Analyze and Compute Angular Measurements, Traverses, and Heights Using theodolites and
Trigonometric Levelling. (L4 )

4. To Utilize Modern Surveying Tools Such as EDM, Total Station, GPS, Drones, and Lidar For Advanced
Spatial Data Collection. (L3 )

5. To Evaluate and Interpret Photogrammetric Data For Map Preparation, Stereoscopy, Aerial Triangulation,
and Mosaics. (L5 )

UNIT–I

Introduction and Basic Concepts: Introduction, Objectives, Classification and Principles of Surveying,
Surveying Accessories. Introduction To Compass, Leveling and Plane Table Surveying.
Linear Distances- Approximate Methods, Direct Methods- Chains- Tapes, Ranging, Tape Corrections.
Prismatic Compass- Bearings, Included Angles, Local Attraction, Magnetic Declination, and Dip –Systems and
W.C.B and Q.B Systems of Locating Bearings
UNIT-II
Leveling- Types of Levels, Methods of Levelling, and Determination of Levels, Effect of
Curvature of Earth and Refraction.
Contouring- Characteristics and Uses of Contours, Methods of Contour Surveying.
Areas - Determination of Areas Consisting of Irregular Boundary and Regular Boundary.
Volumes -Determination of Volume of Earth Work In Cutting and Embankments For Level
Section, Capacity of Reservoirs.

UNIT – III
Theodolite Surveying: Types of theodolites, Temporary Adjustments, Measurement of Horizontal
Angle By Repetition Method and Reiteration Method, Measurement of Vertical Angle, Trigonometrical
Leveling When Base Is Accessible and Inaccessible.
Traversing: Methods of Traversing, Traverse Computations and Adjustments,
Introduction To Omitted Measurements.

UNIT – IV
Curves: Types of Curves and their Necessity, Elements of Simple, Compound, Reverse Curves.
Introduction To Tacheometric Surveying.
Modern Surveying Methods: Principle and Types of E.D.M. Instruments, Total
Station- Advantages and Applications. Introduction To Global Positioning System.
Introduction To Drone Survey and Lidar survey (Light Detection and Ranging).

UNIT – V
Photogrammetry Surveying:
Introduction, Basic Concepts, Perspective Geometry of Aerial Photograph, Relief and
Tilt Displacements, Terrestrial Photogrammetry, Flight Planning; Stereoscopy, Ground
Control Extension For Photographic Mapping- Aerial Triangulation, Radial
Triangulation, Methods; Photographic Mapping- Mapping Using Paper Prints,
Mapping Using Stereo-Plotting Instruments, Mosaics, Map Substitutes.

Text Books:
1. S. K. Duggal, Surveying (Vol. 1 & 2), Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd., New Delhi, 5th
Edition, 2019.
2. C. Venkatramaiah, Textbook of Surveying, Universities Press, 1st Edition, 2011.

Reference Books:
1. B. C. Punmia, Ashok Kumar Jain, Arun Kumar Jain, Surveying (Vol. 1), Laxmi Publications (P)
Ltd., New Delhi, 18th Edition, 2024.
2. B. C. Punmia, Ashok Kumar Jain, Arun Kumar Jain, Surveying (Vol. 2), Laxmi Publications (P)
Ltd., New Delhi, 17th Edition, 2022.
3. B. C. Punmia, Ashok Kumar Jain, Arun Kumar Jain, Surveying (Vol. 3), Laxmi Publications (P)
Ltd., New Delhi, 16th Edition, 2023.
4. A. M. Chandra, Plane Surveying and Higher Surveying, New Age International Pvt. Ltd., New
Delhi, 3rd Edition, 2015.
5. N. Basak, Surveying and Levelling, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd., New Delhi, 4th
Edition, 2014.
6. K. R. Arora, Surveying (Vol. 1, 2 & 3), Standard Book House, Delhi, 12th Edition, 2015.
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
IV Year B.Tech. CE– I Semester
L T P C
3 0 0 3
(23ACE71) ESSENTIALS OF CONCRETE TECHNOLOGY

Course Objectives :-
The Objectives of This Course Are To Enable the Student To:
1. Understand the Composition, Properties, Specifications, and Testing Methods For
Concrete Materials. [L1]

2. Learn the Methods of Concrete Production Including Mixing, Transportation, Placing,

Compaction, and Curing. [L2]

3. Acquire Knowledge On the Behavior of Fresh and Hardened Concrete and Factors
Influencing Performance. [ L3]

4. Develop the Ability To Design Concrete Mixes Using Standard Methods For Normal
and High Strength Concrete. [L4]

5. Explore Special Concretes, Quality Control Measures, and Durability Aspects. [ L4]

Course Outcomes :-
After completing this course, the student will be able to:

1. CO1: Explain the chemical and physical properties of cement, aggregates, water, and
admixtures as per IS standards. [L2]
2. CO2: Describe the manufacturing process of concrete, including equipment, methods,
and curing techniques. [L2]
3. CO3: Analyze the fresh and hardened properties of concrete including workability,
strength, and microstructure. [L4]
4. CO4: Design concrete mix proportions using ACI and IS methods for normal and high-
strength concrete. [L4]
5. CO5: Evaluate the behavior and performance of concrete under various conditions,
including shrinkage, creep, corrosion, thermal effects, and special concrete types. [L5]
UNIT – I

Materials For Making Concrete: Cement - Chemical Composition, Physical Properties; Tests, I.S.
Specifications; Different Types – Aggregates - Classification, Mechanical Properties, and Tests,
Grading Requirements, Sampling of Aggregate; Water - Quality of Water, Permissible Impurities As
Per I.S; – Mineral Admixtures: Fly Ash, GGBS, Silica Fume, Metakaolin, Rice Husk Ash, Etc.
Chemical Admixtures - Accelerators, Retarders, Water Reducing Agents, Super Plasticizers, Air
Entrainers, Water Proofers.

UNIT – II

Concrete: Manufacture of Concrete, Measurement of Materials, Storage and Handling, Batching Plant
and Equipment Mixing - Types of Mixers, Transportation of Concrete, Pumping of Concrete, Placing
of Concrete, Under Water Concreting, Compaction of Concrete, Curing of Concrete, Ready Mixed
Concrete. Mix Design - Nominal Mixes and Design Mixes, Factors Influencing Mix Design; ACI
Method and I.S Method, Design For High Strength Mixes.

UNIT – III

Fresh, Hardened Properties of Concrete: Fresh Concrete - Workability, Tests For Workability,
Cohesion, Segregation, and Bleeding; Hardened Concrete- Factors Affecting Strength of Concrete,
Strength of Concrete In Compression, Tension, and Flexure; Stress- Strain Characteristics and Elastic
Properties; Introduction To Microstructural Properties of Concrete

UNIT – IV

Mix Design - Factors Influencing Mix Proportion - Mix Design By ACI Method and I.S. Code
Method - Design of High Strength Concrete. Strength of Concrete - Shrinkage and Temperature
Effects - Creep of Concrete - Permeability of Concrete - Durability of Concrete - Corrosion - Causes
and Effects - Remedial Measures- thermal Properties of Concrete - Micro Cracking of Concrete.

UNIT – V

Special Concrete - Lightweight Concrete - Fibre Reinforced Concrete - Polymer-Polymer Modified

Concrete - Ferrocement - Mass Concrete - Ready Mix Concrete- Self Compacting Concrete- Quality
Control - Sampling and Testing-Acceptance Criteria.

Text Books:

1. Properties of Concrete, AM Nevelli, Prentice Hall Publishers, 2012, 5th Edition.

2. Concrete Technology: theory and Practice, M.L. Gambhir, Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishers,
2017, 5th Edition.

Reference Books:
1. P. Kumar Mehta , Paulo J.M. Monteiro, Concrete: Microstructure, Properties, and Materials,
Mcgraw Hill Education,2014
2. Concrete Technology: theory and Practice, M. S. Shetty and A. K. Jain, S Chand Co.,
Publishers, 2018.
3. Concrete Technology, J.J. Brooks and A. M. Neville, Pearson, 2019, 2nd Edition.
4. Santakumar A.R., Concrete Technology, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2007.
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
III Year B.Tech. CE–I Semester
L T P C
0 0 3 1.5
(23ACE72) BASIC CONCRETE TECHNOLOGY LAB

Course Objectives :-
The Objectives of This Course Are To:
1. Understand the Physical Properties and Behavior of Cement and Aggregates. [L1]

2. Gain Hands-On Experience In Determining the Fresh and Hardened Properties of

Concrete. [L2]

3. Conduct Standard Laboratory Procedures For Assessing the Quality of Concrete

Materials. [L3]

4. Familiarize With Concrete Mix Design Using IS Method. [L4]

5. Interpret Experimental Data For Evaluating the Performance of Concrete. [ L5]

Course Outcomes :-
1. After Completing This Course, the Student Will Be Able To:
2. CO1: Determine the Physical Properties of Cement Through Standard Tests Such As Fineness,
Consistency, Setting Time, Soundness, and Compressive Strength. [L3]
3. CO2: Assess the Properties of Fine and Coarse Aggregates and Evaluate the Workability of
Fresh Concrete Using Standard Test Methods. [L3]
4. CO3: Prepare, Cure, and Test Concrete Specimens To Determine Compressive and Tensile
Strength, and Analyze Stress-Strain Behavior. [L4]
5. CO4: Apply the IS Method For Concrete Mix Design and Verify the Mix Through Testing.
[L4]
CO5: Demonstrate the Use of Non-Destructive Testing Equipment To Assess the Quality of
Hardened Concrete. [L3]
1. Determination of Fineness and Specific Gravity of Cement.
2. Determination of Consistency of Standard Cement Paste.
3. Determination of Initial and Final Setting Times of Cement.
4. Determination of Compressive Strength of Cement.
5. Determination of Soundness of Cement By La-Chatalier’s Apparatus.
6. Determination of Fineness Modulus of Coarse and Fine Aggregates.
7. Determination of Percentage of Voids, Bulk Density, Specific Gravity of Course and Fine
Aggregates.
8. Workability Tests: Slump Cone Test, Compaction Factor Test, Vee-Bee Consistometer, Flow
Test.
9. Preparing and Curing Concrete Specimens For Tests & Determination of Compressive Strength
of Concrete Cubes.
10. Study of Stress - Strain Characteristics of Concrete and Tests For Tensile Strength of Concrete.
11. Experiments To Demonstrate the Use of Non-Destructive Test Equipment.
12. Mix Design: IS Code Method.

Text/ Reference Books :

1. Concrete Technology: theory and Practice, M.L. Gambhir, Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishers, 2017,
5th Edition.
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
III Year B.Tech. CE–II Semester
L T P C
0 0 3 1.5

(23ACE73) BASIC SURVEYING LAB

Course Objectives :-
After completing this course, the student will be able to:
1. Understand and perform different types of surveying techniques including chain,
compass, plane table, and Theodolite surveying. [L2]

2. Apply methods of leveling and contouring for field measurements and building layouts.
[L3]

3. Interpret and plot survey data accurately to prepare maps and plans. [L3]

4. Use modern surveying instruments like Total Station for precise measurements. [L3]

5. Develop skills to set out curves and perform traversing for practical civil engineering
projects. [L3]

Course Outcomes :
1. After completing this course, the student will be able to:
CO1: Conduct chain, compass, and plane table surveys, and accurately plot survey details.
[L3]
2. CO2: Perform leveling operations including fly leveling, profile leveling, and contouring for
terrain mapping. [L3]
3. CO3: Use theodolite for precise measurement of horizontal angles and set out simple curves.
[L4]
4. CO4: Operate Total Station equipment for accurate data collection and site layout. [L4]
5. CO5: Prepare field survey maps and layouts for building and civil engineering projects based
on survey data. [L4]

1. Chain Survey - Traversing and Plotting of Details

2. Compass Survey - Traversing With Compass and Plotting
3. Plane Table Survey - Method of Radiation and Intersection
4. Levelling - Fly Leveling - Plane of Collimation Method
5. Levelling - Fly Leveling - Rise and Fall Method
6. Levelling - Longitudinal and Cross Sectioning
7. Levelling - Contour Surveying 8. Layout of Buildings
8. Profile Levelling and Cross Sectioning.
9. Grid Contouring
10. Theodolite Surveying - Measurement of Horizontal Angle By Method of Repetition and
Reiteration
11. Setting Out of Simple Curves - Linear Methods
12. Description of Total Station
Text Books :
Surveying and Levelling By N.N.Basak, TMH Publication 2. Surveying By B.C. Punamia,
A.K. Jain and A.K. Jain, Vol. 1, Laxmi Publications (P) Ltd., New Delhi
MINORS : ENERGY SYSTEMS
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY,
CHITTOOR
(AUTONOMOUS)

L T P C

3 0 0 3

23AEE52 ENERGY AUDIT AND MANAGEMENT

COURSE OUTCOMES:
After the completion of the course students will be able to
CO1. Understanding the Fundamentals of Energy Auditing and Conservation. -L2
CO2. Analyzing Energy Audit Concepts and Techniques -L3
CO3. Designing and Implementing Energy Management Programs -L5
CO4. Managing Thermal Energy and Implementing Energy Conservation Techniques L4
CO5. Implementing Electrical Energy Management and Conservation -L4
UNIT I
Introduction:
Basic elements and measurements - Mass and energy balances – Scope of energy auditing
industries - Evaluation of energy conserving opportunities.
UNIT II
Energy Audit Concepts:
Need of Energy audit - Types of energy audit – Energy management (audit) approach -
understanding energy costs - Bench marking – Energy performance - Matching energy use to
requirement - Maximizing system efficiencies - Optimizing the input energy requirements -
Duties and responsibilities of energy auditors- Energy audit instruments - Procedures and
Techniques.
UNIT III
Principles and Objectives of Energy Management:
Design of Energy Management Programs - Development of energy management systems –
Importance - Indian need of Energy Management - Duties of Energy Manager - Preparation
and presentation of energy audit reports - Some case study and potential energy savings.
UNIT IV
Thermal Energy Management:
Energy conservation in boilers - steam turbines and industrial heating systems - Application
of FBC - Cogeneration and waste heat recovery - Thermal insulation - Heat exchangers and
heat pumps - Building Energy Management.
UNIT V
Electrical Energy Management:
Supply side Methods to minimize supply-demand gap- Renovation and modernization of
power plants - Reactive power management – HVDC - FACTS - Demand side - Conservation
in motors - Pumps and fan systems – Energy efficient motors. Demand side management.
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Hamies, Energy Auditing and Conservation; Methods Measurements, Management and
Case study, Hemisphere, Washington, 1980.
2. Energy Management: W.R.Murphy, G.Mckay.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Energy Management Principles: C.B.Smith.
2. Efficient Use of Energy : I.G.C.Dryden.
3. Energy Economics A.V.Desai.
4. Guide book for National Certification Examination for Energy Managers and Energy
Auditors (Could be downloaded from www.energymanagertraining.com).
RESOURCES:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108106022
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY,
CHITTOOR
(AUTONOMOUS)

L T P C

3 0 0 3

23AEE53 ENERGY MANAGEMENT IN BUILDING

COURSE OUTCOMES:
After the completion of the course students will be able to
CO1. Understanding the Fundamentals of Energy Use in Buildings Apply the Energy
management concepts for building designs -L2
CO2. Analyzing Indoor Environmental Requirements and Their Impact on Energy Use -L3
CO3. Examining the Role of Climate and Environmental Factors in Building Energy Use -
L3
CO4. Evaluating Energy Utilization and Heat Transfer in Building Envelopes L4
CO5. Implementing Energy Management Strategies for Buildings -L5
UNIT I
Overview of the Significance of Energy use and Energy Processes in Building:
Indoor activities and environmental control - Internal and external factors on energy use and
the attributes of the factors - Characteristics of energy use and its management - Macro aspect
of energy use in dwellings and its implications – Concepts of energy efficient building.
UNIT II
Indoor Environmental Requirement and Management:
Thermal comfort – Ventilation and air quality - Air-conditioning requirement - Visual
perception – Illumination requirement - Auditory requirement – Concept of sick building
syndrome – Significance in energy management in buildings.
UNIT III
Climate:
Solar radiation and their influences - The sun-earth relationship and the energy balance on the
earth‘s surface – Climate – Wind - Solar radiation - Temperature – Sun shading and solar
radiation on surfaces - Energy impact on the shape and orientation of buildings.
UNIT IV
END-USE:
Energy utilization and requirements – Lighting and day lighting – End-use energy
requirements – Status of energy use in buildings – Estimation of energy use in a building -
Heat gain and thermal performance of building envelope – Steady and non steady heat
transfer through the glazed window and the wall – Standards for thermal performance of
building envelope – Evaluation of the overall thermal transfer – Concepts of window
management.
UNIT V
Energy Management Options:
Energy audit and energy targeting – Technological options for energy management –
Modifications for energy efficient buildings for Indian conditions. Energy Management for
large tower buildings.
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Heating and Cooling of Buildings – Design for Efficiency, J. Krieder and A. rabl,
McGraw Hill, 1994.
2. Mechanical and Electrical Equipment for Buildings, S. M. Guinnes and Reynolds, Wiley,
1989.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Energy Design for Architects, Shaw, Aee Energy Books, 1991.
2. Energy Conservation in Buildings – Royal Institute of Architecture, Canada.
3. Publication of CBRI, Roorkee – Energy Management in Buildings.
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY,
CHITTOOR
(AUTONOMOUS)

L T P C

3 0 0 3

23AEE54 ENERGY STORAGE TECHNOLOGIES

COURSE OUTCOMES:
After the completion of the course students will be able to
CO1. Understanding the Basics of Batteries and Their Performance Characteristics -L2
CO2. Analyzing Primary Battery Types and Their Applications -L3
CO3. Exploring Advanced Battery Technologies and Their Applications -L4
CO4. Assessing Energy Storage for Renewable Energy Systems -L4
CO5. Understanding and Applying Super capacitors in Energy Storage -L4
UNIT I
Batteries:
Types-battery characteristics - voltage, current, capacity, volumetric energy density, specific
energy density, charge rate, cycle life, internal resistance, energy efficiency, shelf life, battery
management system, SoC, SoH estimation techniques. Testing of batteries, battery charging
method, Factors affecting the battery performance.
UNIT II
Primary Batteries:
Fabrication, performance aspects, packing and rating of alkaline manganese, silver oxide
cells. Lithium primary batteries-Lithium/Manganese Dioxide, Lithium/Carbon Monofluoride,
Lithium/Thionyl chloride, Lithium/Sulfur Dioxide, Lithium/Iodine, Lithium-Aluminum/Iron
Disulfide.
UNIT III
Advanced Batteries:
Advanced Lead Acid Battery -design, performance aspects, Pb-Acid batteries for
transportation, nickel-metal hydride batteries, zinc- alkaline batteries, ZEBRA Battery
(Na/NiCl2) -NaS Battery-Lithium-Ion Battery-Lithium- Polymer Battery, Li-air batteries, Li-
S batteries, Sodium - ion batteries.
UNIT IV
Storage for Renewable Energy Systems:
Solar energy, Wind energy, pumped hydro energy, Energy storage in Micro-grid and Smart
grid, Energy Management with storage systems, Battery SCADA, Increase of energy
conversion efficiencies by introducing energy storage. Superconducting Magnetic Energy
Storage (SMES), charging methodologies, Photo galvanic cells, semiconductor solar batteries
(SC-SB), thermo-ionic converter s, dye-sensitized solar cells (DSSC).
UNIT V
Super capacitors and Fuel Cells:
Fundamentals of electrochemical Super capacitors, electrode and electrolyte interfaces and
their capacitances, charge-discharge characteristics, energy/power density, design,
fabrication, operation and evaluation, thermal management. Super capacitors for
transportation applications - aqueous and organic based super capacitors, Pseudo and
asymmetric super capacitors. Advance battery-super capacitors hybrids for auto, space and
marine applications. Fuel Cells working Principle and Construction.
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Dell, Ronald M. Rand and David A. J., ―Understanding Batteries, Royal Society of
Chemistry, 2001.
2. Vladimir S. Bagotsky, Alexander M. Skundin, Yurij VM. Volfkovich., ―Electrochemical
power sources : Batteries, fuel cells, and supercapacitors‖, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.,2015.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Lindon David, ―Handbook of Batteries‖, McGraw Hill, 2002.
2. Kiehne H. A., ―Battery Technology Handbook‖, Expert Verlag, Renningen Malsheim,
2003.
3. AuliceScibioh M. and Viswanathan B., ―Fuel Cells – Principles and Applications‖,
University Press, 2006.
4. A.G.Ter-Gazarian, ―Energy Storage for Power Systems‖, The Institution of Engineering
and Technology (IET) Publication, UK, 2011.
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY,
CHITTOOR
(AUTONOMOUS)

L T P C

3 0 0 3

23AEE55 ENERGY SCENARIO AND ENERGY POLICY

COURSE OUTCOMES:
After the completion of the course students will be able to
CO1. Understanding the Global Energy Scenario and Its Impact on Economic
Development-L2
CO2. Analyzing International Energy Policies and Treaties -L3
CO3. Understanding the Indian Energy Scenario and Policy Framework -L2
CO4. Evaluating Global Energy Issues and Energy Security -L3
CO5. Exploring Energy Conservation and Sustainable Development- L4
UNIT I
Global Energy Scenario:
Role of energy in economic development and social transformation - Energy and GDP - GNP
and its dynamics - Energy sources and overall Energy demand and availability - Energy
consumption in various sectors and its changing pattern - Depletion of energy sources and
impact exponential rise in energy consumption on economies of countries.
UNIT II
Energy Polices:
International Energy Polices of G-8 Countries - G-20 Countries - OPEC Countries - EU
Countries - International Energy Treaties (Rio, Montreal, Kyoto) - INDO-US Nuclear Deal.
UNIT III
Indian Energy Scenario:
Energy resources and Sector wise energy Consumption pattern Impact of energy on economy
and development - National and State Level Energy polices and Issues - Status of Nuclear
and Renewable Energy and Power Sector reforms. Energy policy 2030
UNIT IV
Energy Policy:
Global Energy Issues - Energy Security - Energy Vision Energy Pricing and Impact of Global
Variations Energy Productivity (National and Sector wise productivity).
UNIT V
Energy Conservation:
Act – 2001 and its features - Electricity Act – 2003 and its features - Energy Crisis - Future
energy options - Need for use of new and renewable energy sources - Energy for Sustainable
development.
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Energy for a sustainable World: Jose Golden berg, Thomas Johan son, AKN. Reddy,
Robert Williams (Wiley Eastern).
2. Energy Policy, B.V. Desai (Wiley Eastern)
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Modeling approach to long term demand and energy implication, J.K.Parikh
2. Energy Policy and Planning, B.Bukhootsow.
3. TEDDY Year Book Published by Tata Energy Research Institute(TERI) World Energy
Resources, Charles E. Brown, ‗International Energy Outlook‘ - EIA annual Publication.
4. BEE Reference book: no. 1/2/3/4.
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY,
CHITTOOR
(AUTONOMOUS)

L T P C

3 0 0 3

23AEE56 WASTE ENERGY MANAGEMENT

COURSE OUTCOMES:
After the completion of the course students will be able to
CO1. Understanding and Characterizing Different Types of Waste -L2
CO2. Analyzing Thermo-Chemical Waste Conversion Methods and Their Environmental
Impacts -L3
CO3. Exploring Bio-Chemical Conversion Technologies for Waste to Energy-L4
CO4. Evaluating Energy Production from Waste Plastics and Waste Heat Recovery-L4
CO5. Analyzing Environmental and Health Impacts of Waste-to-Energy Conversion and
Case Studies-L3
UNIT I
Characterization of Wastes:
Agricultural residues and wastes including animal wastes; industrial wastes; municipal solid
wastes. Waste processing types and composition of various types of wastes; Characterization
of Municipal Solid Waste, Industrial waste and Biomedical Waste, waste collection and
transportation; waste processing-size reduction, separation; waste management hierarchy,
waste minimization and recycling of Municipal solid waste.
UNIT II
Thermo Chemical Conversion:

Incineration, pyrolysis, gasification of waste using gasifiers, environmental and health

impacts of incineration; strategies for reducing environmental impacts. Energy
production from wastes through incineration, energy production through gasification of
wastes, Energy production through pyrolysis and gasification of wastes, syngas
utilization.
UNIT III
Bio-Chemical Conversion:
Anaerobic digestion of sewage and municipal wastes, direct combustion of MSW-refuse
derived solid fuel, industrial waste, agro residues, anaerobic digestion biogas production, and
present status of technologies for conversion of waste into energy, design of waste to energy
plants for cities, small townships and villages. Energy production from wastes through
fermentation and trans esterification. Cultivation of algal biomass from waste water and
energy production from algae, Energy production from organic wastes through anaerobic
digestion and fermentation.
UNIT IV
Energy Production from Waste Plastics, Gas Cleanup Waste, Heat Recovery:
Concept of conversion efficiency, energy waste, waste heat recovery classification,
advantages and applications, commercially viable waste heat recovery devices.
UNIT V
Environmental and Health Impacts-Case Studies: Environmental and health impacts of
waste to energy conversion, Industrial waste management – Hazardous waste management –
E-waste management. EV Batteries – Mobile Chargers - case studies of commercial waste to
energy plants, waste to energy- potentials and constraints in India, eco- technological
alternatives for waste to energy conversions.
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Parker, Colin and Roberts, ―Energy from Waste – An Evaluation of Conversion
Technologies‖, Elsevier Applied Science, 1985.
2. Khandelwal, K. C. and Mahdi, S. S., ―Biogas Technology - A Practical Hand Book, Vol.
I & amp; II, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd., 1983
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Robert C. Brown, ―Thermo-chemical Processing of Biomass: Conversion into Fuels,
Chemicals and Power‖, John Wiley and Sons, USA, 2019.
2. Sergio Capareda, ―Introduction to Biomass Energy Conversions‖, CRC Press, USA,
2013.
3. Krzysztof J Ptasinski, ―Efficiency of Biomass Energy: An Exergy Approach to Biofuels,
Power, and Biorefineries, John Wiley & Sons, USA, 2013.
4. Vesilind, P.A., and Worrell W. A, ―Solid Waste Engineering, 2nd Ed‖, Cengage India,
2016.
SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY,
CHITTOOR
(AUTONOMOUS)

L T P C

- - 6 3

23AEE57 PROJECT IN ENERGY SYSTEMS

MINORS : MICRO GRID TECHNOLOGY
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY,
CHITTOOR
(AUTONOMOUS)

L T P C

3 0 0 3
23AEE58 FUTURISTIC POWER SYSTEMS
COURSE OUTCOMES:
After the completion of the course students will be able to
CO1. To solicit the importance of large scale renewable energy integration with existing grid
infrastructure.L1
CO2. To understand the importance and utility of Energy storage systems in futuristic power
systems. L2
CO3. To explore large scale micro-grid deployment with RES and ESS integration. L3
CO4. To understand the role of communication and IT Infrastructure in power system and
related challenges. L2
CO5. To explore the potential of Microgrids and its importance in Indian context. L3
UNIT I
Introduction:
Present status of worldwide scenario of electricity generation, transmission and distribution;
Energy infrastructure-Resilience and Security; Social, Technical and economic challenges;
Major trends driving power system evolution; State of the art technologies in power system.
UNIT II
Renewable Energy Integration:
Review of renewable energy (RE) resources and systems: Solar- PV, Solar Thermal, Wind,
Biomass, Micro- hydro and Fuel Cell, comparison of various RE resources; Renewable Energy
Policies and present status of integration with existing grid; Large scale integration of
renewable energy-Technical challenges, enabling technologies, International requirements;
Renewable energy forecasting.
UNIT III
Energy Storage Systems (ESS):
Review of energy storage components: Battery, VRB, Ultra-capacitor, Fuel Cells, Pumped
Hydro-Storage and flywheels, comparison of ESS technologies; Importance of ESS in
futuristic power systems; Aggregated ESS, Distributed ESS; Applications of ESS: Energy
Management (Load Leveling and Peak Shifting), Fluctuation Suppression (Intermittency
Mitigation), Uninterruptible Power System Low-Voltage Ride Through; Placement of the ESS
to Improve Power Quality, Voltage Regulation Using ESS, ESS as Spinning Reserve.
UNIT IV
Micro-grid and Smart-grid:
Micro-grid evolution: Micro-grid concept, importance in futuristic power system, basic
architectures and control, objectives and state of the art technologies; Microgrid as a building
block of Smart-grid; Smart-grid concept, Smart Grid versus conventional electrical networks,
Smart-grid infrastructure, Smart Grid communication system and its cyber security,
International standard IEC 61850 and its application to Smart-grid;
Microgrids /smart grid and Electric Vehicles integration. Technical, Economic, Environmental
and Social Benefits of Microgrid Operation. Microgrids for Rural Electrification, Review of
Microgrid Best Practices through Case Studies: Strategic Planning, Operations: Commercial
and Financial Considerations; Technical and Social Context.
UNIT V
Communication and IT infrastructure:
Requirements of Communication and IT infrastructure in futuristic power systems: various
communication protocols, comparison of performance; IEEE standard: IEEE 802.11 Mesh
Networking, IEEE 802.15.4-Wireless Sensor Networks; Communications Technologies for
Smart metering; Cyber security issues and mitigation techniques.
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Microgrids Architectures and Control Edited by Nikos Hatziargyriou, IEEE and Wiley,
2014.
2. Energy Storage for Sustainable Microgrid by David Wenzhong Gao, Elsevier, 2015.
3. Introduction to the Smart Grid- Concepts, Technologies and Evolution by Salman K.
Salman, IET, 2017.
4. Energy Storage Systems and Components by Alfred Rufer, CRC Press, 2018
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy Handbook Edited by D. Yogi Goswami and
Frank Kreith, 2nd Edition- 2016, CRC.
2. Clean Energy Microgrids, Edited by Shin'ya Obara and Jorge Morel IET, 2017.
3. Hybrid-Renewable Energy Systems in Microgrids- Integration, Developments and Control
edited by Hina Fathimaby et al., Elsevier WoodHead Publishing, 2018.
4. Smart Microgrids: Lessons from Campus Microgrid Design and Implementation edited by
Hassan Farhangi, CRC Press 2017.
WEBSITE REFERENCE / VIDEO COURSES:

1. NPTEL Web Course on: DC Microgrid And Control System Prof. Avik Bhattacharya, IIT
Roorkee.
2. NPTEL Web Course on Electronics and Distributed Generation Dr. Vinod John
Department of Electrical Engineering IISc Bangalore.
3. NPTEL Web Course on Introduction to Smart Grid, PROF. N.P. PADHY Department of
Electrical Engineering IIT Roorkee PROF. PREMALATA JENA Department of
Electrical Engineering.
4. NPTEL Web Course on Electric vehicles and Renewable energy, Prof. Ashok
Jhunjhunwala, Prof. Prabhjot Kaur, Prof. Kaushal Kumar Jha and Prof. L Kannan, IIT
Madras.
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY,
CHITTOOR
(AUTONOMOUS)

L T P C

3 0 0 3

23AEE59 POWER ELECTRONIC CONVERTERS for

ENERGY SOURCES
COURSE OUTCOMES:
After the completion of the course students will be able to
CO1. Select and size various passive and active components for power converters L3
CO2. Design power converters used with DC energy resources with their control
implementation L5
CO3. Design power converters used with AC energy resources with their control
implementation L5
CO4. Understand the design considerations of power conditioning unit for ESS, SPV and
Wind applications. L2
CO5. Understand the design and selection aspects of various auxiliary systems and
components used in PCUs L2
UNIT I
Selection of components for Power Electronics Converters (PEC):
Selection and Sizing of capacitors and magnetic components for PECs, design of Magnetic
Components; Selection and sizing of Power Devices, Commonly used software tools for
selection and sizing; Heat sink- selection and sizing.
UNIT II
Design and Control of DC-DC Converters:
Design of Buck and Boost converters, Design examples; Design of Bidirectional Converters.
Design of gate driver circuits; Review of DC-DC converter modelling; Closed loop PI
controller design for buck and boost converters; Current control mode and voltage control
mode.
UNIT III
Design and Control of DC-AC converters:
Design of Inverter for standalone applications; Design of grid connected Inverter with different
grid synchronization strategies- ZCD, PLL; Strategies for Control of voltage, current and
power output.
UNIT IV
Design of PCU for SPV and Wind Application:
Various topologies of Power Converter Unit (PCU) for SPV and Wind energy systems. Design
considerations of PCU for SPV and Wind energy Systems and Design Examples.
UNIT V
Design of PCU for ESS Applications and Design of Auxiliary System and Interfaces:
Design consideration for BDC converter based PCU for batteries and Ultra-capacitors. Design
of current and voltage sensor interfaces; Design considerations for auxiliary power supplies;
Design of protection and snubber components: Introduction to Digital Signal Processors (DSP)
and microcontroller interfaces
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Power Electronic Converters for Microgrids by Suleiman M. Sharkh, Mohammad A.
Abusara, Georgios I. Orfanoudakis Babar Hussain, IEEE and Wiley, 2014.
2. Control Circuits In Power Electronics Practical Issues In Design And Implementation
Edited by Miguel Castilla, IET, 2016.
3. Control and Dynamics in Power Systems and Microgrids by Lingling Fan, CRC Press,
2017.
4. Integrated Power Electronic Converters and Digital Control, by Ali Emadi, Alireza
Khaligh, Zhong Nie, and Young Joo, Lee 2009, CRC Press.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Cooperative Synchronization in Distributed Microgrid Control by Ali Bidram, Vahidreza
Nasirian Ali Davoudi, and Frank L. Lewis, Springer, 2017.
2. Hybrid-Renewable Energy Systems in Microgrids- Integration, Developments and Control
edited by Hina Fathimaby et al., Elseiver WoodHead Publishing, 2018.
3. Smart Microgrids- Lessons from Campus Microgrid Design and Implementation edited by
Hassan Farhangi, CRC Press 2017.
4. Energy Storage Systems and Components by Alfred Rufer, CRC Press, 2018.
5. Microgrids Design and Implementation edited by Antonio Carlos Zambroni de Souza and
Miguel Castilla, Springer, 2019
6. Microgrids Architectures and Control Edited by Nikos Hatziargyriou, IEEE and Wiley,
2014.
7. Energy Storage for Sustainable Microgrid by David Wenzhong Gao, Elsevier, 2015.
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY,
CHITTOOR
(AUTONOMOUS)

L T P C

3 0 0 3

23AEE60 MICROGRID POWER AND CONTROL

ARCHITECTURE
COURSE OUTCOMES:
After the completion of the course students will be able to
CO1. Understand various types Microgrids based on applications, power and control
architecture. L2
CO2. Illustrate various power control strategies adopted in DC, AC and Hybrid Microgrids
L3
CO3. Compare and contrast various control architectures used DC, AC and Hybrid
Microgrids also various aspects related to stability in Microgrids L4
CO4. Illustrate the various operational challenges in Microgrids L3
CO5. Comprehend the various aspects related to the stability in Microgrids L4
UNIT I
Microgrid Power Architecture:
Types of Microgrid system, AC and DC and Hybrids Microgrids, Application based Suitability
of Microgrid type; Review of power architecture of various Microgrids deployed world-wide.
Comparison of various Microgrid power architectures.
UNIT II
AC Microgrid and Control Architecture:
Black-start operation, Grid Synchronization- various Grid synchronization methods, Grid
forming and grid following operations; Power Control- Real and reactive power control in AC
Microgrid, simple droop control and other variants of droop control, Unit Power Flow Control,
Feeder power flow control and Mixed mode control, source optimization; Centralized,
decentralized, distributed and hierarchical control architecture, Local and system / supervisory
level control strategies, Multi Agent System (MAS) Based Control; Control approaches used
in AC Microgrids deployed worldwide. Microgrid standards IEEE 1547 series.
Communication in AC Microgrids.
UNIT III
DC Microgrid and Control Architecture:
Power sharing in DC Microgrids, source optimization; Control approaches: Centralized,
decentralized, distributed and hierarchical control architecture. Control approaches used in
hybrid Microgrids. Communication in DC/Hybrid Microgrids.
UNIT IV
Operational Control in Microgrids:
Energy management in Microgrids, coordinated control, load management, grid
synchronization and islanding, Anti-islanding schemes; Various Architectural and Operational
Challenges in Microgrid, Optimal operation of Microgrids.
UNIT V
Microgrid Stability & Protection:
Steady-state and dynamic stability in AC and DC Microgrids, Methods to improve the stability
in Microgrids; introduction to small signal and large signal stability analysis in Microgrids.
Fault scenarios in DC and AC Microgrids, Protection in DC and AC Microgrids, adaptive
protection, Fault current source (FCS) based protection; Protection challenges in islanded and
autonomous modes of operation and ways to mitigate.
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Microgrids Design and Implementation edited by Antonio Carlos Zambroni de Souza and
Miguel Castilla, Springer, 2019
2. Microgrids Architectures and Control Edited by Nikos Hatziargyriou, IEEE and Wiley,
2014
3. Cooperative Synchronization in Distributed Microgrid Control by Ali Bidram, Vahidreza
Nasirian Ali Davoudi, and Frank L. Lewis, Springer, 2017.
4. Control Circuits In Power Electronics Practical Issues In Design And Implementation
Edited by Miguel Castilla, IET, 2016
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Control and Dynamics in Power Systems and Microgrids by Lingling Fan, CRC Press,
2017
2. Hybrid-Renewable Energy Systems in Microgrids- Integration, Developments and Control
edited by Hina Fathimaby et al., Elseiver WoodHead Publishing, 2018.
3. Urban DC Microgrid Intelligent Control and Power Flow Optimization by Manuela
Sechilariu and Fabrice Locment, 2016 Elsevier
4. Integrated Power Electronic Converters and Digital Control, by Ali Emadi, Alireza
Khaligh, Zhong Nie, and Young Joo, Lee 2009, CRC Press.
5. Island Power Systems by Lukas Sigrist, Enrique Lobato, Francisco M. Echavarren Ignacio
Egido, and Luis Rouco, CRC Press, 2016.
WEBSITE REFERENCE / VIDEO COURSES:
1. NPTEL Web Course on: DC Microgrid and Control System Prof. Avik Bhattacharya, IIT
Roorkee.
2. NPTEL Web Course on Electronics and Distributed Generation Dr. Vinod John
Department of Electrical Engineering IISc Bangalore.
3. NPTEL Web Course on Introduction to Smart Grid, PROF. N.P. PADHY Department of
Electrical Engineering IIT Roorkee PROF. PREMALATA JENA Department of
Electrical Engineering.
4. NPTEL Web Course on Electric vehicles and Renewable energy, Prof. Ashok
Jhunjhunwala, Prof. Prabhjot Kaur, Prof. Kaushal Kumar Jha and Prof. L Kannan, IIT
Madras.
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY,
CHITTOOR
(AUTONOMOUS)

L T P C

3 0 0 3
23AEE61 MICROGRID SYSTEM DESIGN
COURSE OUTCOMES:
After the completion of the course students will be able to
CO1. Select and size various Microgrid energy resources L3
CO2. Select the power and control architecture of the Microgrid L3
CO3. Select and design the Microgrid‘s communication architecture. L3
CO4. Illustrate the design aspects DC and AC Microgrids with their control strategies. L4
CO5. Illustrate the implementation of the Microgrid islanding detection and anti-islanding
scheme/ black start operation L4
UNIT I
Selection/ Sizing of Microgrid Energy Resources
Factors affecting the selection and sizing of energy resources for Microgrid applications,
dependency on type of loads connected, Selection/ Sizing: Renewable energy resources,
Energy Storage components. Hybrid combination of RES and ESS.
UNIT II
Selection of Power and Control Architecture:
Factors affecting the selection of Microgrid power and control architecture; Design
Consideration for control implementation; Sensors: Selection of sensors and design of sensor
Interfaces, design of control Interfaces. Design considerations for DSP/ Microcontroller
interfaces.
UNIT III
Selection and Design of Communication Architecture:
Design considerations for selection of communication network for Microgrid applications;
Design and implementation of communication links/ interfaces. Microcontroller programming
for Data transfer on communication network. Practical design considerations for
Communication networks.
UNIT IV
Design of DC and AC Microgrid:
Design DC Power Conditioning Units for RES and ESS, Unidirectional and Bidirectional
Converter design, implementation of Control loop with DSP; Programming for Power sharing
and Energy Management algorithms; Design of Protection system for DC Microgrid Design
AC Power Conditioning Units for RES and ESS, Unidirectional and Bidirectional Converter
design, implementation of Control loop with DSP; Grid Synchronization. Programming for
Power sharing and Energy Management algorithms; Design of Protection system for AC
Microgrid.
UNIT V
Islanding in Microgrids:
Selection and implementation of Islanding detection and anti-islanding scheme; Black- start
and Autonomous operations in Microgrids.
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Microgrids Design and Implementation edited by Antonio Carlos Zambroni de Souza and
Miguel Castilla, Springer, 2019
2. Microgrids Architectures and Control Edited by Nikos Hatziargyriou, IEEE and Wiley,
2014
3. Power Electronic Converters For Microgrids by Suleiman M. Sharkh, Mohammad A.
Abusara, Georgios I. Orfanoudakis Babar Hussain, IEEE and Wiley, 2014
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Energy Storage for Sustainable Microgrid by David Wenzhong Gao, Elsevier, 2015
2. Cooperative Synchronization in Distributed Microgrid Control by Ali Bidram, Vahidreza
Nasirian Ali Davoudi, and Frank L. Lewis, Springer, 2017.
3. Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy Handbook Edited by D. Yogi Goswami and
Frank Kreith, 2nd Edition- 2016, CRC
4. Control Circuits In Power Electronics Practical Issues In Design And Implementation
Edited by Miguel Castilla, IET, 2016.
5. Hybrid-Renewable Energy Systems in Microgrids- Integration, Developments and Control
edited by Hina Fathimaby et al., Elseiver WoodHead Publishing, 2018.
6. Urban DC Microgrid Intelligent Control and Power Flow Optimization by Manuela
Sechilariu and Fabrice Locment, 2016 Elsevier.
7. Integrated Power Electronic Converters and Digital Control, by Ali Emadi, Alireza
Khaligh, Zhong Nie, and Young Joo, Lee 2009, CRC Press.
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY,
CHITTOOR
(AUTONOMOUS)

L T P C

3 0 0 3

23AEE62 ANALYSIS OF SMART GRID SYSTEMS

COURSE OUTCOMES:
After the completion of the course students will be able to
CO1. Understand the analysis and planning of smart grids L2
CO2. Evaluate the tools for modeling and analysis of smart grid L3
CO3. Analyze and synthesize the smart grid operation L4
CO4. Assess the influence of distributed generation in smart grid on power systems L4
UNIT I
Introduction:
Conventional power systems and Smart grid, definition of smart grid, need for smart grid,
Smart grid architecture, smart grid domains, enablers of smart grid, Communication
architecture and protocols for smart grid, smart grid priority standards and regulation, smart-
grid activities in India.
UNIT II
Systems of non linear equations:
Fixed point iteration, Newton Raphson Iteration, Continuation methods, Power system
application: power flow, regulating transformer, Fast decoupled load flow, PV curves and
continuation power flow, three phase power flow.
UNIT III
Smart Grid Security analysis:
Concept of security, Security analysis and monitoring, factors affecting power system security,
detection of network problems, an overview of security analysis. Contingency analysis for
generator and line outages by Interactive Linear Power Flow (ILPF) method, Fast decoupled
inverse Lemma based approach, network sensitivity factors, Contingency selection, concentric
relaxation and bounding.
UNIT IV
Smart Grid Operation and Planning: Economic Dispatch, Optimal Power Flow, Load
forecasting, Operation of smart grid system, Load Dispatch Centre functions, preventive,
Emergency and Restorative, control objectives of a smart distribution system, Operational
bottlenecks in smart grid. Planning Aspects of smart grid, Planning and operation Standards.
UNIT V
Distributed Generation in Smart Grid:
Renewable-based Distributed generations, Energy Storage Technologies, Modeling, Control
of energy storage system, Short- mid -long term application of energy storage system in smart
grids.
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Muhammad Kamran, Fundamentals of Smart Grid Systems, Academic Press, 2022
2. Mariesa L Crow, Computetional methods for Electric Power Systems, CRC Press, NW,
2016, 3rd Edition.
3. Francisco D´ıaz-Gonz´alez, Andreas Sumper and Oriol Gomis-Bellmunt, Energy Storage
in Power Systems, John Wiley & Sons Ltd, 2016
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Prabha Kundur, Power System Stability and Control, McGraw Hill Education, 2006, 1st
Edition.
2. Math H. J. Bollen, Fainan Hassan, Integration of Distributed Generation in the Power
System, Wiley, 2011
3. A. Mahaboob Subahani, G. R. Kanagachidambaresan, M. Kathiresh, Integration of
Renewable Energy Sources with Smart Grid, Willey, 2021
4. J. Ekanayake, N. Jenkins, K. Liyanage, J. Wu, A. Yokoyama, Smart Grid: Technology and
Applications, John Wiley & Sons, 2015, 1st Edition.
5. Ali Keyhani, Design of smart power grid renewable energy systems, Wiley, 2019, 3rd
Edition. Other.
WEBSITE REFERENCE / VIDEO COURSES:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108/104/108104052/.
SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY,
CHITTOOR
(AUTONOMOUS)

L T P C

- - 6 3

23AEE63 PROJECT IN MICRO GRID

TECHNOLOGY
Minors in Mechanical Engineering
3D Printing
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

Minor in 3D Printing (Offered by Mechanical Engineering)

L T P C
3 0 0 3
III B. Tech I Sem
23AME61: MATERIAL SCIENCE & ENGINEERING

Course Outcomes:
CO1: Understand crystal structures, defects, strengthening mechanisms, and phase diagrams including
the iron–carbon system
CO2: Classify and evaluate the microstructure, properties, and applications of steels and cast irons.
CO3: Analyze various heat treatment processes and their effects on the microstructure and properties of
steels.
CO4: identify the microstructure, properties, and industrial uses of important non-ferrous metals and
their alloys.
CO5: Understand the structure, properties, and applications of ceramics, polymers, composites,
superalloys, and nanomaterials.

UNIT – I
Structure of Metals & Constitution of Alloys
Structure of Metals: Crystal Structures: Unit cells, Metallic crystal structures, Imperfection in solids: Point,
Line, interstitial and volume defects; dislocation strengthening mechanisms and slip systems, critically resolved
shear stress.
Constitution of Alloys: Necessity of Alloying, substitutional and interstitial solid solutions- Phase diagrams:
Interpretation of binary phase diagrams and microstructure development; eutectic, peritectic, peritectoid and
monotectic reactions. Iron-Iron-carbide diagram and microstructural aspects of ferrite, cementite, austenite,
ledeburite, and cast iron.

UNIT – II
Steels & Cast irons
Steels: Plain carbon steels, use and limitations of plain carbon steels. AISI& BIS classification of steels.
Classification of alloys steels. Microstructure, properties and applications of alloy steels-stainless steels and
tool steels.
Cast irons: Microstructure, properties and applications of white cast iron, malleable cast iron, grey cast iron,
nodular cast iron and alloy cast irons.

UNIT-III
Heat Treatment of Steels: Annealing, tempering, normalizing and hardening, isothermal transformation
diagrams for Fe-Fe3C alloys and microstructure development. Continuous cooling curves and interpretation of
final microstructures and properties- austempering, martempering, case hardening - carburizing, nitriding,
cyaniding, carbo-nitriding, flame and induction hardening, and vacuum and plasma hardening.

UNIT-IV
Non-ferrous Metals and Alloys: Microstructure, properties and applications of copper, aluminium, titanium,
nickel and their alloys. Study of Al-Cu phase diagram.

UNIT-V
Ceramics, Polymers and Composites: Structure, properties and applications of ceramics, polymers and
composites. Introduction to super alloys and nanomaterials.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. V.Raghavan, Material Science and Engineering, 5/e, Prentice Hall of India, 2004.
2. R.Balasubramaniam, Callister’s Material Science and Engineering, 2/e, Wiley India, 2014.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Y. Lakhtin, Engineering Physical Metallurgy, University Press of the Pacific, 2000.
2. S.H. Avner, Introduction to Physical Metallurgy, 2/e, Tata McGraw- Hill, 1997
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

Minor in 3D Printing (Offered by Mechanical Engineering)

L T P C
3 0 0 3
III B. Tech I Sem
23AME62: ADDITIVE MANUFACTURING

Course Outcomes:
CO1: Introduce the fundamentals, evolution, classifications, and data formats associated with Additive
Manufacturing (AM) systems.
CO2: Familiarize students with CAD modeling, digitization, data processing, and reverse engineering
techniques for AM.
CO3: Explain the principles, processes, materials, and applications of solid and liquid-based AM
systems.
CO4: Understand the working principles, processes, advantages, and limitations of powder-based AM
systems.
CO5: Explore additional AM techniques like 3DP, BPM, and SDM, along with their operational
principles and practical applications.

Unit – I
Introduction to Additive Manufacturing (AM) Systems: History and Development of AM, Need of AM,
Difference between AM and CNC, Classification of AM Processes: Based on Layering Techniques, Raw
Materials and Energy Sources, AM Process Chain, Benefits and Applications of AM, Representation of 3D
model in STL format, RP data formats: SLC, CLI, RPI, LEAF, IGES, CT, STEP, HP/GL.

Unit – II
CAD & Reverse Engineering: Basic Concept, Digitization techniques, Model Reconstruction, Data Processing
for Additive Manufacturing Technology: CAD model preparation, Part Orientation and support generation,
Model Slicing, Tool path Generation, Software’s for Additive Manufacturing Technology: MIMICS,
MAGICS. Reverse Engineering (RE) –Meaning, Use, RE – The Generic Process, Phase of RE Scanning,
Contact Scanners, Noncontact Scanners, Point Processing, Application Geometric Model, Development.

UNIT-III
Liquid Based AM Systems: Stereolithography (SLA): Principle, Process, Materials, Advantages, Limitations
and Applications. Solid Ground Curing (SGC): Principle, Process, Materials, Advantages, Limitations,
Applications. Fusion Deposition Modeling (FDM): Principle, Process, Materials, Advantages, Limitations,
Applications. Laminated Object Manufacturing (LOM): Principle, Process, Materials, Advantages,
Limitations, Applications.

UNIT-IV
Powder Based AM Systems: Principle and Process of Selective Laser Sintering (SLS), Advantages, Limitations
and Applications of SLS, Principle and Process of Laser Engineered Net Shaping (LENS), Advantages,
Limitations and Applications of LENS, Principle and Process of Electron Beam Melting (EBM), Advantages,
Limitations and Applications of EBM.

UNIT-V
Other Additive Manufacturing Systems: Three-Dimensional Printing (3DP): Principle, Process, Advantages,
Limitations and Applications. Ballistic Particle Manufacturing (BPM): Principle, Process, Advantages,
Limitations, Applications. Shape Deposition Manufacturing (SDM): Principle, Process, Advantages,
Limitations, Applications.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Ian Gibson, David W. Rosen, Brent Stucker, “Additive Manufacturing Technologies: Rapid Prototyping
to Direct Digital Manufacturing”, 1stedition, Springer, 2010.
2. Chua C.K., Leong K.F. and Lim C.S., “Rapid Prototyping: Principles and Applications”, 2nd edition, World
Scientific Publishers, 2003.
3. Liou W. Liou, Frank W., Liou, “Rapid Prototyping and Engineering Applications: A Tool Box for
Prototype Development”, CRC Press, 2007
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Pham D.T. and Dimov S.S., “Rapid Manufacturing; The Technologies and Application of RPT and Rapid
Tooling”, Springer, London 2001.
2. Gebhardt A., “Rapid prototyping”, Hanser Gardener Publications, 2003
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

Minor in 3D Printing (Offered by Mechanical Engineering)

L T P C
3 0 0 3
III B. Tech II Sem
23AM63: MATERIALS CHARACTERIZATION TECHNIQUES

Course Outcomes:
CO1: Understand and apply the principles of X-ray diffraction for structural analysis of polycrystalline
materials, including crystallite size estimation using Scherrer and WH methods.
CO2: Gain knowledge of the construction, working, imaging modes, and applications of Scanning
Electron Microscopy (SEM).
CO3: Comprehend the operation and applications of Transmission Electron Microscopy (TEM) and
distinguish it from SEM.
CO4: Understand the principles, instrumentation, and analytical applications of key spectroscopy
techniques such as UV-Vis, Raman, FTIR, and XPS.
CO5: Analyze electrical and magnetic properties of materials using techniques like DC/AC conductivity,
Hall Effect, VSM, and SQUID.

UNIT – I
Structure Analysis by Powder X-Ray Diffraction: Introduction, Bragg's law of diffraction, Intensity of
Diffracted beams —factors affecting Diffraction Intensities - structure of polycrystalline Aggregates,
Determination of crystal structure, Crystallite size by Scherrer and WH Methods, Small angle X-ray scattering
(SAXS) (in brief).

UNIT – II
Microscopy Technique -1 Scanning Electron Microscopy (Sem): Introduction, Principle, Construction and
working principle of Scanning Electron Microscope, Specimen preparation, Different types of modes used
(Secondary Electron and Backscatter Electron), Advantages, limitations and applications of SEM.

UNIT-III
Microscopy Technique -2 - Transmission Electron Microscopy (Tem): Construction and Working principle,
Resolving power and Magnification, Bright and dark fields, Diffraction and image formation, Specimen
preparation, Selected Area Diffraction, Applications of Transmission Electron Microscopy, Difference
between SEM and TEM, Advantages and Limitations of Transmission Electron Microscopy.

UNIT-IV
Spectroscopy Techniques: Principle, Experimental arrangement, Analysis and Advantages of the spectroscopic
techniques — (i) UV-Visible spectroscopy (ii) Raman Spectroscopy, (iii) Fourier Transform infrared (FTIR)
spectroscopy, (iv) X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS).

UNIT-V
Electrical & Magnetic Characterization Techniques: Electrical Properties analysis techniques (DC
conductivity, AC conductivity) Activation Energy, Effect of Magnetic field on the electrical properties (Hall
Effect). Magnetization measurement by induction method, Vibrating sample Magnetometer (VSM) and
SQUID (Superconducting Quantum Interference Device).

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Material Characterization: Introduction to Microscopic and Spectroscopic Methods — Yang Leng — John
Wiley & Sons (Asia) Pvt. Ltd. 2008.
2. Micro structural Characterization of Materials - David Brandon, Wayne D Kalpan, John Wiley & Sons
Ltd., 2008.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Fundamentals of Molecular Spectroscopy -IV Ed. -Colin Neville Banwell and Elaine M. McCash, Tata
McGraw-Hill, 2008.
2. Elements of X-ray diffraction - Bernard Dennis Cullity & Stuart R Stocks, Prentice Hall, 2001 — Science
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

Minor in 3D Printing (Offered by Mechanical Engineering)

L T P C
3 0 0 3
III B. Tech II Sem
23AME25: CAD/CAM
Course Outcomes:
CO1: Understand the product cycle and apply CAD/CAM tools and computer graphics concepts for
industrial design and manufacturing.
CO2: Apply various geometric modeling techniques including wireframe, surface, and solid modeling
for accurate representation of engineering components.
CO3: Comprehend the principles of NC/CNC systems and develop CNC part programs using manual
and computer-assisted methods.
CO4: Analyze group technology concepts, flexible manufacturing systems, and computer-aided quality
control methods for improving production efficiency and quality.
CO5: Understand computer-aided process planning, production control, and modern trends like lean,
sustainable, and reconfigurable manufacturing systems.

UNIT – I
Overview of CAD/CAM: Product cycle, CAD, CAM and CIM. CAD Tools, CAM Tools, Utilization in an
Industrial Environment, Evaluation criteria. CAD data structure, Data base management systems.
Computer Graphics: Co-ordinate systems, Graphics package functions, 2D and 3D transformations, clipping,
hidden line / surface removal color, shading.
UNIT – II
Geometric Modeling: Representation techniques, Parametric and non-parametric representation, various
construction methods, wire frame modeling, synthetic curves and their representations, surface modeling,
synthetics surfaces and their representations. Solid modeling, solid representation, fundamentals, introduction
to boundary representations, constructive solid geometry representations.
UNIT-III
Numerical Control: NC, NC Modes, NC Elements, NC Machine tools and their structure, Machining center,
types and features. Controls in NC, CNC systems, DNC systems. Adaptive control machining systems, types
of adaptive control.
CNC Part Programming: Fundamentals, NC word, NC Nodes, canned cycles, cutter radius compensation,
length compensation, computed assisted part programming using APT: Geometry statements, motion
statements, post process statements, auxiliary statements, macro statement program for simple components
UNIT-IV
Group Technology & FMS: Part Family, Classification and Coding, advantages & limitations, Group
technology machine cells, benefits. FMS: Introduction, components of FMS, material handling systems,
Computer control systems, advantages.
Computer Aided Quality Control: Terminology in Quality control, Inspection and testing, Contact inspection
methods - optical and non-optical, integration of CAQC with CAD and CIM.
UNIT-V
Computer Aided Processes Planning: Retrieval type and Generative type, benefits Machinability data systems,
Computer generated time standards.
Computer integrated production planning: Capacity planning, shop floor control, MRP-I, MRP- II, CIMS
benefits. Trends in manufacturing systems: Concepts of Reconfigurable manufacturing, Sustainable
manufacturing and lean manufacturing.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Mikell P. Groover, Emory W. Zimmers , CAD/CAM, 5/e, Pearson Prentice Hall of India, Delhi, 2008.
2. Ibrahim Zeid, R.Siva Subramanian, CAD/CAM: Theory and Practice, 2/e, Tata McGraw-Hill, Delhi, 2009.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. P. N. Rao, CAD/CAM: Principles and applications, 3/e, Tata McGraw-Hill, Delhi, 2017.
2. P. Radhakrishnan, S. Subramanyan& V. Raju, CAD/CAM/CIM, 3/e, New Age International Publishers,
2008.
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

Minor in 3D Printing (Offered by Mechanical Engineering)

L T P C
0 0 3 1.5
III B. Tech II Sem
23AME06: COMPUTER AIDED MACHINE DRAWING
Course Outcomes:
CO1: Create 2D drawings of mechanical joints, keys, and couplings using conventional representations
in CAD software.
CO2Develop 3D solid models of machine components and generate accurate sectional views.
CO3: Assemble complex mechanical systems using 3D modeling tools and produce detailed assembly
drawings.
CO4: Interpret and apply limits, fits, and geometric tolerances in manufacturing drawings.
CO5: Utilize CAD tools to transition from conceptual design to manufacturing-ready technical
documentation.

List of Experiments:
I. The following contents are to be done by any 2D software package
Conventional representation of materials and components:
Detachable joints: Drawing of thread profiles, hexagonal and square-headed bolts and nuts, bolted joint with
washer and locknut, stud joint, screw joint and foundation bolts.
Riveted joints: Drawing of rivet, lap joint, butt joint with single strap, single riveted, double riveted double strap
joints.
Welded joints: Lap joint and T joint with fillet, butt joint with conventions.
Keys: Taper key, sunk taper key, round key, saddle key, feather key, woodruff key.
Couplings: rigid – Muff, flange; flexible – bushed pin-type flange coupling, universal coupling, Oldhams’
coupling.
II. The following contents to be done by any 3D software package
Sectional views
Creating solid models of complex machine parts and create sectional views.
Assembly drawings: (Any four of the following using solid model software)
Lathe tool post, tool head of shaping machine, tail stock, machine vice, gate valve, carburettor, piston,
connecting rod, eccentric, screw jack, plumber block, axle bearing, pipe vice, clamping device, Geneva cam,
universal coupling,
Manufacturing drawing:
Representation of limits, fits and tolerances for mating parts. Use any four parts of above assembly drawings
and prepare manufacturing drawing with dimensional and geometric tolerances.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. K.L. Narayana, P.Kannaiah and K.Venkat Reddy, Production Drawing, New Age International Publishers,
3/e, 2014.
2. Software tools/packages- Auto CAD, Solid works or equivalent.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Cecil Jensen, Jay Helsel and Donald D.Voisinet, Computer Aided Engineering Drawing, Tata McGraw-
Hill, NY, 2000.
2. James Barclay, Brain Griffiths, Engineering Drawing for Manufacture, Kogan Page Science, 2003.
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

Minor in 3D Printing (Offered by Mechanical Engineering)

L T P C
3 0 0 3
IV B. Tech I Sem
23AME64: 3D PRINTING MATERIALS AND APPLICATIONS

Course Outcomes:
CO1: Understand the fundamentals of 3D printing and differentiate between traditional prototyping and
rapid prototyping technologies.
CO2: Gain knowledge of solid and liquid-based RP systems such as FDM, LOM, SLA, DLP, and SGC,
including their working principles, materials, and applications.
CO3: Comprehend the working, materials, and applications of powder-based and other RP systems like
SLS, DMLS, LENS, EBM, 3DP, BPM, and SDM.
CO4: Understand the principles and processes involved in rapid tooling and reverse engineering,
including scanning techniques and tool classification.
CO5: Identify common 3D printing errors, understand STL file handling and RP software tools, and
explore various applications of RP in design, engineering, and medicine.

UNIT – I
Introduction to 3D Printing: Introduction to Prototyping, Traditional Prototyping Vs. Rapid Prototyping (RP),
Need for time compression in product development, Usage of RP parts, Generic RP process, Distinction
between RP and CNC, other related technologies, Classification of RP.

UNIT – II
Solid and Liquid Based RP Systems: Working Principle, Materials, Advantages, Limitations and Applications
of Fusion Deposition Modelling (FDM), Laminated Object Manufacturing (LOM), Stereo lithography (SLA),
Direct Light Projection System (DLP) and Solid Ground Curing (SGC)..

UNIT-III
Powder Based & Other RP Systems: Powder Based RP Systems: Working Principle, Materials, Advantages,
Limitations and Applications of Selective Laser Sintering (SLS), Direct Metal Laser Sintering (DMLS), Laser
Engineered Net Shaping (LENS) and Electron Beam Melting (EBM).
Other RP Systems: Working Principle, Materials, Advantages, Limitations and Applications of Three-
Dimensional Printing (3DP), Ballastic Particle Manufacturing (BPM) and Shape Deposition Manufacturing
(SDM).

UNIT-IV
Rapid Tooling & Reverse Engineering: Rapid Tooling: Conventional Tooling Vs. Rapid Tooling,
Classification of Rapid Tooling, Direct and Indirect Tooling Methods, Soft and Hard Tooling methods.
Reverse Engineering (RE): Meaning, Use, RE – The Generic Process, Phases of RE Scanning, Contact
Scanners and Noncontact Scanners, Point Processing, Application Geometric Model, Development.

UNIT-V
Errors in 3D Printing and Applications: Pre-processing, processing and post-processing errors, Part building
errors in SLA, SLS, etc. Software: Need for software, MIMICS, Magics, SurgiGuide, 3-matic, 3D-Doctor,
Simplant, Velocity2, VoXim, Solid View, 3DView, etc., software, Preparation of CAD models, Problems with
STL files, STL file manipulation, RP data formats: SLC, CLI, RPI, LEAF, IGES, HP/GL, CT, STEP.
Applications: Design, Engineering Analysis and planning applications, Rapid Tooling, Reverse Engineering,
Medical Applications of RP.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Chee Kai Chua and Kah Fai Leong, “3D Printing and Additive Manufacturing Principles and
Applications” 5/e, World Scientific Publications, 2017.
2. Ian Gibson, David W Rosen, Brent Stucker, “Additive Manufacturing Technologies: 3D Printing, Rapid
Prototyping, and Direct Digital Manufacturing”, Springer, 2/e, 2010.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Frank W. Liou, “Rapid Prototyping & Engineering Applications”, CRC Press, Taylor & Francis Group,
2011.
2. Rafiq Noorani, “Rapid Prototyping: Principles and Applications in Manufacturing”, John Wiley&Sons,
2006.
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

Minor in 3D Printing (Offered by Mechanical Engineering)

L T P C
0 0 3 1.5
IV B. Tech I Sem
23AME38: 3D PRINTING LAB
Course Outcomes:
CO1: Create 2D drawings of mechanical joints, keys, and couplings using conventional representations
in CAD software.
CO2Develop 3D solid models of machine components and generate accurate sectional views.
CO3: Assemble complex mechanical systems using 3D modeling tools and produce detailed assembly
drawings.
CO4: Interpret and apply limits, fits, and geometric tolerances in manufacturing drawings.
CO5: Utilize CAD tools to transition from conceptual design to manufacturing-ready technical
documentation.

List of Experiments:
Module 1:
Introduction to Prototyping, Working of 3D Printer, Types of 3D printing Machines:
Exp 1: Modelling of Engineering component and conversion of STL format.
Exp 2: Slicing of STL file and study of effect of process parameter like layer thickness, orientation, and infill
on build time using software.
Exercise 1: Component-1
Exercise 2: Component-2

Module 2:
Exp 1: 3D Printing of modelled component by varying layer thickness.
Exp 2: 3D Printing of modelled component by varying orientation.
Exp 3: 3D Printing of modelled component by varying infill.

Module 3:
Study on effect of different materials like ABS, PLA, Resin etc, and dimensional accuracy.

Module 4:
Identifying the defects in 3D Printed components.

Module 5
Exp1: Modelling of component using 3D Scanner of real-life object of unknown dimension in reverse
engineering.
Exp 2: 3D Printing of above modelled component.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Ian Gibson, David W. Rosen, Brent Stucker, Additive Manufacturing Technologies: Rapid Prototyping to
Direct Digital Manufacturing, 1/e, Springer, 2010.
2. Chua C.K., Leong K.F. and Lim C.S., Rapid Prototyping: Principles and Applications, 2/e, World
Scientific Publishers, 2003.
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

Minor in Industrial Engineering (Offered by Mechanical Engineering)

L T P C
3 0 0 3
23AME65: PRODUCTION PLANNING & CONTROL
Course Outcomes:
CO1: Students can able to prepare production planning and control activities.
CO2: Understand the concepts of Work study.
CO3: Analyze the Pre requisite information needed for process planning.
CO4: Understand the Scheduling techniques.
CO5: Understand the Scheduling techniques.

UNIT – I
Introduction: Objectives and benefits of planning and Control-Functions of production Control-Types of
production- job- batch and Continuous-Product development and design-Marketing aspect - Functional
aspects- Operational Aspect-Durability and dependability aspect aesthetic aspect. Profit consideration-
Standardization, Simplification & specialization- Break even analysis-Economics of a new design.

UNIT – II
Workstudy: Method study, basic procedure-Selection-Recording of process - Critical analysis, Development -
Implementation - Micro motion and memo motion study – work measurement - Techniques of work
measurement - Time study - Production study - Work sampling - Synthesis from standard data - Predetermined
motion time standards.

UNIT-III
Product Planning and Process Planning: Product planning-Extending the original product information-Value
Analysis-Problems in lack of product planning-Process planning and routing-Pre requisite information needed
for process planning- Steps in process planning-Quantity determination in batch production-Machine capacity,
balancing- Analysis of process capabilities in a multi-product system.
UNIT-IV
Production Scheduling: Production Control Systems-Loading and scheduling-Master Scheduling-Scheduling
rules-Gantt Charts-Perpetual Loading-Basic scheduling problems - Line of balance – Flow production
scheduling- Batch production scheduling-Product sequencing – Production Control systems- Periodic batch
control-Material requirement planning kanban – Dispatching-Progress reporting and expediting-
Manufacturing lead time-Techniques for aligning completion times and due dates.

UNIT-V
Inventory Control and Recent Trends In PPC: Inventory control-Purpose of holding stock-Effect of demand on
inventories-Ordering procedures. Two bin system - Ordering cycle system-Determination of Economic order
quantity and economic lot size- ABC analysis - Recorder Procedure-Introduction to computer integrated
production planning systems- elements of Just in Time Systems-Fundamentals of MRP II and ERP.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. James. B. Dilworth,” Operations management – Design, Planning and Control for manufacturing and
services” McGraw Hill International edition 1992.
2. Mart and Telsang, “Industrial Engineering and Production Management”, First edition, S. Chand and
Company, 2000.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Chary. S.N., “Theory and Problems in Production & Operations Management”, Tata McGraw Hill, 1995.
2. Elwood S. Buffa, and Rakesh K. Sarin, “Modern Production / Operations Management”, 8th Edition John
Wiley and Sons, 2000.
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

Minor in Industrial Engineering (Offered by Mechanical Engineering)

L T P C
3 0 0 3
23AMB26: MARKETING MANAGEMENT
Course Outcomes:
CO1: Knowledge of analytical skills in solving marketing related problem.
CO2: Awareness of marketing management process.
CO3: Identify the scope and significance of Marketing in Domain Industry.
CO4: Examine marketing concepts and phenomenon to current business events In the Industry.
CO5: illustrate market research skills for designing innovative marketing strategies for business firms.

UNIT – I
Introduction: Marketing – Definitions - Conceptual frame work – Marketing environment: Internal and
External - Marketing interface with other functional areas – Production, Finance, Human Relations
Management, Information System. Marketing in global environment – Prospects and Challenges.

UNIT – II
Marketing Strategy: Marketing strategy formulations – Key Drivers of Marketing Strategies - Strategies for
Industrial Marketing – Consumer Marketing –– Services marketing – Competitor analysis - Analysis of
consumer and industrial markets – Strategic Marketing Mix components.

UNIT-III
Marketing Mix Decisions: Product planning and development – Product life cycle – New product Development
and Management – Market Segmentation – Targeting and Positioning – Channel Management – Advertising
and sales promotions – Pricing Objectives, Policies and methods.

UNIT-IV
Production Scheduling: Production Control Systems-Loading and scheduling-Master Scheduling-Scheduling
rules-Gantt Charts-Perpetual Loading-Basic scheduling problems - Line of balance – Flow production
scheduling- Batch production scheduling-Product sequencing – Production Control systems- Periodic batch
control-Material requirement planning kanban – Dispatching-Progress reporting and expediting-
Manufacturing lead time-Techniques for aligning completion times and due dates.

UNIT-V
Marketing Research & Trends In Marketing: Marketing Information System – Research Process – Concepts
and applications: Product – Advertising – Promotion – Consumer Behaviour – Retail research – Customer
driven organizations - Cause related marketing - Ethics in marketing –Online marketing trends.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Philip Kotler and Kevin Lane Keller, Marketing Management, PHI 14/e, 2012.
2. Paul Baines, Chris Fill and Kelly Page, Marketing, Oxford University Press, 2/e,2011.
3. Kotler, Philip (2002) Marketing Management, Millennium Edition. Intl ed. US: Prentice Hall, 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. KS Chandrasekar, “Marketing management-Text and Cases”, Tata McGraw Hill, First edition,2010.
2. Philip Kotler and Kevin Lane Keller, Marketing Management, PHI 14th Edition, 2012.
3. Lamb, hair, Sharma, Mc Daniel– Marketing – An Innovative approach to learning and teaching-A south
Asian perspective, Cengage Learning -2012
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

Minor in Industrial Engineering (Offered by Mechanical Engineering)

L T P C
3 0 0 3
23AME57: SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT
Course Outcomes:
CO1: Understand the strategic role of logistic and supply chain management in the cost reduction and
offering best service to the customer.
CO2: Understand Advantages of SCM in business.
CO3: Apply the knowledge of supply chain Analysis
CO4: Analyze reengineered business processes for successful SCM implementation.
CO5: Evaluate Recent trend in supply chain management.

UNIT – I
Introduction to Supply Chain Management: Supply chain - objectives - importance - decision phases - process
view -competitive and supply chain strategies - achieving strategic fit – supply chain drivers - obstacles –
framework - facilities -inventory-transportation-information-sourcing-pricing.

UNIT – II
Designing the distribution network: Role of distribution - factors influencing distribution - design options - e-
business and its impact – distribution networks in practice –network design in the supply chain - role of network
-factors affecting the network design decisions modelling for supply chain. Role of transportation - modes and
their performance – transportation infrastructure and policies - design options and their trade-offs tailored
transportation.

UNIT-III
Supply Chain Analysis: Sourcing - In-house or Outsource - 3rd and 4th PLs - supplier scoring and assessment,
selection - design collaboration - Procurement process - Sourcing planning and analysis. Pricing and revenue
management for multiple customers, perishable products, seasonal demand, bulk and spot contracts.

UNIT-IV
Dimensions of Logistics: A macro and micro dimension - logistics interfaces with other areas - approach to
analyzing logistics systems - logistics and systems analysis - techniques of logistics system analysis - factors
affecting the cost and importance of logistics. Demand Management and Customer Service Outbound to
customer logistics systems - Demand Management –Traditional Forecasting - CPFRP - customer service -
expected cost of stock outs - channels of distribution.

UNIT-V
Recent Trends in Supply Chain Management-Introduction, New Developments in Supply Chain Management,
Outsourcing Supply Chain Operations, Co-Maker ship, The Role of E-Commerce in Supply Chain
Management, Green Supply Chain Management, Distribution Resource Planning, World Class Supply Chain
Management.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Sunil Chopra and Peter Meindl, Supply Chain Management – “Strategy, Planning and
Operation”, 3rd Edition, Pearson/PHI, 2007.
2. Supply Chain Management by Janat Shah Pearson Publication 2008

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. A Logistic approach to Supply Chain Management – Coyle, Bardi, Longley, Cengage Learning, 1/e.
2. Donald J Bowersox, Dand J Closs, M Bixby Coluper, “Supply Chain Logistics Management”, 2nd edition,
TMH, 2008.
3. Wisner, Keong Leong and Keah-Choon Tan, “Principles of Supply Chain Management A Balanced
Approach”, Cengage Learning, 1/e.
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

Minor in Industrial Engineering (Offered by Mechanical Engineering)

L T P C
3 0 0 3
23AMB27: STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT FOR COMPETITIVE ADVANTAGE

Course Outcomes:
CO1: Understand new forms of Strategic Management concepts and their use in business.
CO2: Summarize strategic formulation process.
CO3: Develop analytical skills to solve cases and to provide strategic solutions.
CO4: Understand Strategic Evaluation, Monitoring and Control.
CO5: Create awareness on corporate Governance and Ethical Issues.

UNIT – I
Basic concepts: Basic Concepts of Strategic Management, Strategic Management Process, Vision, Mission and
Goals, Benefits and Risks of Strategic Management, Levels of Strategies Concepts of corporate strategy,
Corporate, Business and Operational Level Strategy, Functional Strategies: Human Resource Strategy,
Marketing Strategy, Financial Strategy, Operational Strategy Business Environment: Components of
Environment Micro and Macro and Environmental Scanning. Competitive Analysis - Competition and
Competitor Analysis, Porter Five Forces Model Internal Corporate analysis, Sustainability, Value Chain
Analysis.

UNIT – II
Strategic Formulation: Strategic Choices and Importance, Formulation of Alternative Strategies: Generic
Strategies, Grand Strategy, Diversification Mergers, Acquisitions, Takeovers, Joint Ventures, Diversification,
Turnaround, Divestment and Liquidation. Strategic Analysis and Choice: Issues and Structures, Corporate
Portfolio Analysis-SWOT Analysis, BCG Matrix, GE Nine Cell Matrix, Hofer’s Matrix, ETOP-Environmental
Threat and Opportunity Profile, Strategic Choice-Factors and Importance.

UNIT-III
Strategic Implementation:
Strategy Implementation - Strategy and Structure Steps, Importance and Problems, Resource Allocation-
Importance & Challenges Strategic 7S Framework; Management of Change Strategy Implementation -
Organizational culture and Leadership; Functional Strategies.

UNIT-IV
Strategic Evaluation, Monitoring and Control - Strategic Controls; Balanced Scorecard; Strategy map
Evaluation and Control: Importance, Limitations and Techniques Budgetary Control: Advantages, Limitations.
Corporate Restructuring Strategies: Concept, Need and Forms, Corporate Renewal Strategies: Concept,
Internal and External factors and Causes.

UNIT-V
Corporate Governance and Ethical Issues, Corporate Social Responsibility and sustainability, Strategic
Enablers: Innovation and Entrepreneurship, Knowledge Management, Technology Management. Public
Private Participation: Importance, Problems and Governing Strategies of PPP Model. Information technology
Driven Strategies: Importance, Limitations and contribution of IT sector in Indian Business. Start-up Business
Strategies and Make in India Model: Process of business startups and its Challenges, Growth Prospects and
government initiatives in Make in India Model with reference to National manufacturing, Contribution of Make
in India Policy in overcoming industrial sickness.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Strategic Management, A Dynamic Perspective-Concepts and Cases– Mason A. Carpenter, Wm. Gerard
Sanders, Prashant Salwan, Published by Dorling Kindersley (India) Pvt Ltd, Licensees of Pearson Education
in south Asia.
2. Strategic Management and Competitive Advantage-Concepts, Jay B. Barney, William S. Hesterly,
Published by PHI Learning Private Limited, New Delhi.
3. Strategic Management Formulation, Implementation and Control, Pearce & Robinson, McGraw-Hill
Publications
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Crafting and Executing Strategy – The Quest for Competitive Advantage, Thomson & Strickland,
McGraw-Hill Publications, 21st edition.
2. Exploring Strategy – Text and Cases, Gerry Johnson, Richard Whittington, Kevan Scholes, Duncan
Angwin, and Patrick Regner, Pearson, 10th edition.
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

Minor in Industrial Engineering (Offered by Mechanical Engineering)

L T P C
3 0 0 3
23AME66: SIX SIGMA & LEAN MANUFACTURING
Course Outcomes:
CO1: Summarize various techniques that are related to the six-sigma and lean manufacturing.
CO2: Outline the concepts of cellular manufacturing, JIT and TPM.
CO3: Illustrate the principles and implementation of 5S techniques.
CO4: Discuss procedure and principles of value stream mapping.
CO5: Determine the reliability function using six-sigma.

UNIT – I
Introduction to Six-Sigma: Probabilistic models-Six Sigma measures-Yield-DPMO-Quality Level-Reliability
function using Six¬ Sigma- MTTF using Six Sigma-Maintenance free operating period- Availability using Six-
Sigma ¬Point availability-Achieved availability-Operational Availability-Examples.

UNIT – II
The Elements of Six Sigma and their Determination: The Quality Measurement Techniques: SQC, Six Sigma,
Cp and Cpk- The Statistical quality control (SQC) methods-The relationship of control charts and six sigma-
The process capability index (Cp)¬Six sigma approach-Six sigma and the 1.5 a shift-The Cpk Approach Versus
Six Sigma-Cpk and process average shift- Negative Cpk-Choosing six sigma or Cpk-Setting the process
capability index-Examples.

UNIT-III
Introduction to Lean Manufacturing: Conventional Manufacturing versus Lean Manufacturing — Principles
of Lean Manufacturing —Basic elements of lean manufacturing — Introduction to LM Tools.

UNIT-IV
Cellular Manufacturing, JIT, TPM: Cellular Manufacturing — Types of Layout, Principles of Cell layout,
Implementation. JIT —Principles of JIT and Implementation of Kanban. TPM — Pillars of TPM, Principles
and implementation of TPM.

UNIT-V
Set Up Time Reduction, TQM, 5S, VSM 10: Set up time reduction — Definition, philosophies and reduction
approaches. TQM Principles and implementation. 5S Principles and implementation - Value stream mapping
procedure and principles.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. U Dinesh Kumar, Crocker, Chitra and Harithe Saranga, Reliability and Six Sigma, Springer Publishers.
2. Sung H. Park, Six Sigma for Quality and Productivity Promotion, Asian Productivity Organization.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Sammy G. Shina, Six Sigma for Electronics Design and Manufacturing, McGraw-Hill.
2. Design and Analysis of Lean Production Systems, Ronald G. Askin & Jeffrey B. Goldberg, John Wiley &
Sons, 2003.
3. Mikell P. Groover (2002) Automation, Production Systems and CIM
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

Minor in Industrial Engineering (Offered by Mechanical Engineering)

L T P C
0 0 6 3
23AME67: APPLIED PROJECT WORK IN INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

Course Code: 23AEC10

ANALOG AND DIGITAL COMMUNICATIONS

L T P C
3 0 0 3
Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:

CO1: Recognize the basic terminology used in analog and digital communication
technique for transmission of information/data. (L1)
CO2: Explain the basic operation of different analog and digital communication systems
at baseband and pass band level. (L2)
CO3: Compute various parameters of baseband and pass band transmission schemes by
applying basic engineering knowledge. (L3)
CO4: Analyze the performance of different modulation & demodulation techniques to solve
complex problems in the presence of noise. (L4)
CO5: Evaluate the performance of all analog and digital modulation techniques to know
the merits and demerits of each one of them in terms of bandwidth and power
efficiency. (L5)
UNIT- I:
Amplitude Modulation: Need for modulation, Amplitude Modulation - Time and
frequency domain description, single tone modulation, power relations in AM waves,
Generation of AM waves - Switching modulator, Detection of AM Waves - Envelope
detector, DSBSC modulation - time and frequency domain description, Generation of
DSBSC Waves - Balanced Modulators, Coherent detection of DSB-SC Modulated waves,
COSTAS Loop, SSB modulation - time and frequency domain description, frequency
discrimination and Phase discrimination methods for generating SSB, Demodulation of
SSB Waves, principle of Vestigial side band modulation.
UNIT- II:
Angle Modulation: Basic concepts of Phase Modulation, Frequency Modulation: Single
tone frequency modulation, Spectrum Analysis of Sinusoidal FM Wave using Bessel
functions, Narrow band FM, Wide band FM, Constant Average Power, Transmission
bandwidth of FM Wave - Generation of FM Signal- Armstrong Method,
Detection of FM Signal: Balanced slope detector, Phase locked loop, Comparison
of FM and AM., Concept of Pre-emphasis and de-emphasis
UNIT- III:
Transmitters: Classification of Transmitters, AM Transmitters, FM Transmitters
Receivers: Radio Receiver - Receiver Types - Tuned radio frequency receiver, Super heterodyne
receiver, RF section and Characteristics - Frequency changing and tracking, Intermediate
frequency, Image frequency, AGC, Amplitude limiting, FM Receiver, Comparison of AM and
FM Receivers.
UNIT -IV:
Introduction to Noise: Types of Noise, Receiver Model, Noise in AM, DSB, SSB, and FM
Receivers.
Pulse Modulation: Types of Pulse modulation- PAM, PWM and PPM. Comparison of FDM and
TDM. Pulse Code Modulation: PCM Generation and Reconstruction, Quantization Noise, Non-
Uniform Quantization and Companding, Delta Modulation, DPCM, Noise in PCM and DM.

UNIT -V:
Digital Modulation Techniques: Coherent Digital Modulation Schemes – ASK, BPSK, BFSK,
QPSK, Non-coherent BFSK, DPSK. M-ary Modulation Techniques, Power Spectra, Bandwidth
Efficiency.

Baseband Transmission and Optimal Reception of Digital Signal: A Baseband Signal

Receiver, Probability of Error, Optimum Receiver, Coherent Reception, ISI, Eye Diagrams.
Textbooks:
1. Simon Haykin, “Communication Systems”, JohnWiley& Sons, 4th Edition, 2004.
2. Wayne Tomasi - Electronics Communication Systems-Fundamentals through Advanced,
5thEd., PHI, 2009
3. B. P. Lathi, Zhi Ding “ Modern Digital and Analog Communication Systems”, Oxford
press, 2011.

References:
1. Sam Shanmugam, “Digital and Analog Communication Systems”, John Wiley & Sons, 1999.
2. Bernard Sklar, F. J. harris “Digial Communications: Fundamentals and Applications”,
Pearson Publications, 2020.
3. Taub and Schilling, “Principles of Communication Systems”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2007.
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

Course Code: 23AEC69

ELECTRONIC INSTRUMENTATION
(Minor in Electronic Systems)
L T P C
3 0 0 3
Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
CO1: Know the working principle, operation, and applications of analog and digital
measuring instruments.
CO2: Get familiar with the working principles, construction, and applications of
oscilloscopes in signal analysis.
CO3: Learn about the bridge circuits for measurement of resistance, inductance, and
capacitance.
CO4: Understand the principles and operation of various signal generators used in electronic
applications.
CO5: Gain knowledge about the operation and applications of transducers in measurement
systems
UNIT- I:
Measuring Instruments: Introduction, Errors in Measurement, Accuracy, Precision,
Resolution and Significant figures. Basic PMMC Meter- construction and working, DC and
AC Voltmeters- Multirange, Range extension, DC Ammeter, Multimeter for Voltage, Current
and resistance measurements.
Digital Instruments: Digital Voltmeters – Introduction, DVM’s based on V–T, V–F and
Successive approximation principles, Resolution and sensitivity, General specifications,
Digital Multimeters, Digital frequency meters, Digital measurement of time.
UNIT- II:
Oscilloscopes: Introduction, Block diagram of CRO, Basic principle of CRT, CRT
Construction and features, vertical amplifiers, horizontal deflection system- sweep, trigger
pulse, delay line, sync selector circuits. Dual beam and dual trace CROs, Sampling and Digital
storage oscilloscopes.
UNIT- III:
Bridges: DC Bridges for Measurement of resistance - Wheat stone bridge, Kelvin’s Bridge,
AC Bridges for Measurement of inductance- Maxwell’s bridge, Hay’s Bridge, Anderson
bridge, Measurement of capacitance - Schearing Bridge, Wien Bridge, Errors and precautions
in using bridges.
UNIT- IV:
Signal Generators: Introduction, Fixed and variable AF oscillator, Standard signal generator,
Laboratory type signal generator, AF sine and Square wave generator, Function generator,
Square and Pulse generator, Sweep frequency generator.
UNIT- V:
Transducers: Introduction, Types of Transducers, Electrical transducers, Selecting a
transducer, Resistive transducer, Strain gauges, Piezoelectric transducer, Photoelectric
transducer, Photovoltaic transducer, Temperature transducers-RTD, LVDT.
Text Books:
1. H.S.Kalsi, “Electronic Instrumentation”, Third edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2010.
2. A.D. Helfrick and W.D. Cooper, “Modern Electronic Instrumentation and Measurement
Techniques”, PHI, 6th Edition, 2010.
Reference Books:
1. A.K. Sawhney, Dhanpat Rai & Co., “A course in Electrical and Electronic Measurements
and Instrumentation”, 9th Edition, 2010.
2. David A. Bell, “Electronic Instrumentation & Measurements”, PHI, 2nd Edition, 2006.
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

Course Code: 23AEC16

ANALOG AND DIGITAL IC APPLICATIONS

L T P C
3 0 0 3

Course Outcomes:
After successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
CO1: Understand the classification of Integrated Circuits, internal blocks and characteristics
of Op- Amp.
CO2: Analyse linear and non-linear applications of Op-Amp.
CO3: Gain knowledge on active filters, timers and phased locked loops.
CO4: Understand the working of Voltage Regulators and Converters.
CO5: Know about different types of Digital ICs and their applications.
UNIT-I: ICs and OP- AMPS
Integrated Circuits and Operational Amplifier: Introduction, Classification of IC’s, IC
chip size and circuit complexity, basic information of Op-Amp IC741 and its features, the ideal
Operational amplifier, Op-Amp internal circuit, Op-Amp characteristics - DC and AC, Features
of 741 Op-Amp.
UNIT-II: Applications of OP- AMP
Linear Applications of Op-Amp: Inverting, non-inverting, Differential amplifiers, adder,
subtractor, Instrumentation amplifier, AC amplifier, V to I and I to V converters, Integrator
and differentiator.
Non-Linear Applications of Op-Amp: Sample and Hold circuit, Log and Antilog amplifier,
multiplier and divider, Comparators, Schmitt trigger, Multi vibrators, Triangular and Square
waveform generators, Oscillators
UNIT-III: Active Filters and other ICs
Active Filters: Introduction, Butterworth filters – 1st order, 2nd order low pass and high pass
filters, band pass, band reject and all pass filters.
Timer and Phase Locked Loops: Introduction to IC 555 timer, description of functional
diagram, monostable and a stable operations and applications, Schmitt trigger, PLL -
introduction, basic principle, phase detector/comparator, voltage controlled oscillator (IC
566), low pass filter, monolithic PLL and applications of PLL.
UNIT-IV: Voltage Regulators and Converters
Voltage Regulator: Introduction, Series Op-Amp regulator, IC Voltage Regulators, IC 723
general purpose regulators, Switching Regulator.
D to A and A to D Converters: Introduction, basic DAC techniques - weighted resistor DAC,
R-2R ladder DAC, inverted R-2R DAC, A to D converters - parallel comparator type ADC,
counter type ADC, successive approximation ADC and dual slope ADC, DAC and ADC
Specifications.
UNIT-V: Digital ICs
CMOS Logic: CMOS logic levels, MOS transistors, Basic CMOS Inverter, NAND and NOR
gates, CMOS AND-OR-INVERT and OR-AND-INVERT gates, implementation of any
function using CMOS logic.
Combinational Logic IC’s: Specifications and Applications of TTL-74XX & CMOS 40XX
Series ICs - Code Converters, Decoders, Encoders, Priority Encoders, Multiplexers,
Demultiplexers, Parallel Binary Adder/ Subtractor, Magnitude Comparators.
Sequential Logic IC’s: Familiarity with commonly available 74XX & CMOS40XX Series
ICs - All Types of Flip-flops, Synchronous Counters, Decade Counters, Shift Registers.

Textbooks:

1. D. Roy Choudhury, Shail B. Jain, “Linear Integrated Circuit”, 4th edition (2012), New
Age International Pvt.Ltd., New Delhi, India
2. Floyd, Jain, “Digital Fundamentals”, 8th edition (2009), Pearson Education, New Delhi.

References:

1. Ramakant A. Gayakwad, “OP-AMP and Linear Integrated Circuits”, 4th edition (2012),
Prentice Hall / Pearson Education, New Delhi.
2. Sergio Franco (1997), Design with operational amplifiers and analog integrated circuits,
McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
3. Gray, Meyer (1995), Analysis and Design of Analog Integrated Circuits, Wiley
International, New Delhi
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

Course Code: 23AEC68

PRINCIPLES OF COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING
(Minor in Electronic Systems)
L T P C
3 0 0 3
Course Outcomes:
After successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
CO1: Understand the fundamentals of communication systems and amplitude modulation
techniques.
CO2: Learn about the angle modulation techniques and bandwidth considerations in
communication systems.
CO3: Gain knowledge on pulse analog modulation and multiple access techniques used in
digital communication systems.
CO4: Get familiar with pulse modulation and digital modulation techniques used in modern
communication systems.
CO5: Know about wireless communication systems, cellular networks, and GSM technology.
UNIT- I:
Analog communication-I: Elements of communication systems, need for Modulation,
Modulation Methods, Baseband and carrier communication Amplitude
Modulation(AM),Generation of AM signals, Rectifier detector, Envelope detector, sideband and
carrier power of AM, Double side band suppressed carrier(DSB-SC) modulation & its
demodulation, Switching modulators, Ring modulator, Balanced modulator, Single
sideband(SSB) transmission, VSB Modulation.
UNIT- II:
Analog communication-II : Angle Modulation & Demodulation: Concept of instantaneous
frequency Generalized concept of angle modulation, Bandwidth of angle modulated waves-
Narrow band frequency modulation (NBFM); and Wide band FM (WBFM),Phase modulation,
Pre-emphasis & De-emphasis, Illustrative Problems.
UNIT-III:
Digital communications-I (Qualitative Approach only): Pulse Analog Modulation
Techniques: Pulse analog modulation techniques, Generation and detection of Pulse amplitude
modulation, Pulse width modulation, Pulse position modulation
Multiple Access Techniques: Introduction to multiple access techniques, FDMA, TDMA,
CDMA, SDMA: Advantages and applications.
UNIT-IV:
Digital communications-II (Qualitative Approach only): Pulse Code Modulation, DPCM,
Delta modulation, Adaptive delta modulation, Overview of ASK, PSK, QPSK, BPSK and M-
PSK techniques.
UNIT-V:
Wireless communications (Qualitative Approach only): Introduction to wireless
communication systems, Examples of wireless communication systems, comparison of 2G and
3G cellular networks, Introduction to wireless networks, Differences between wireless and
fixed telephone networks, Introduction to Global system for mobile(GSM),GSM services and
features
Text Books:
1. H Taub, D. Schilling and GautamSahe, “Principles of Communication Systems”,
TMH, 2007, 3rd Edition.
2. George Kennedy and Bernard Davis, “Electronics & Communication System”, 4th
Edition, TMH 2009.
3. Wayne Tomasi, “Electronic Communication System: Fundamentals Through
Advanced”,2nd edition,PHI,2001.
Reference Books:
1. Simon Haykin, “Principles of Communication Systems”, John Wiley, 2nd Edition.
2. Sham Shanmugam, “Digital and Analog communication Systems”,Wiley-India
edition,2006.
3. Theodore. S.Rapport, “Wireless Communications”, Pearson Education,2nd
Edition,2002.
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

Course Code: 23AEC22

ANALOG & DIGITAL IC APPLICATIONS LAB

L T P C
0 0 3 1.5
Course Outcomes:
After successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
CO1: Design an Inverting and Non-inverting Amplifier using an Op Amp.
CO2: Demonstrate the Linear and Non-Linear Applications using IC 741.
CO3: Design Astable and Monostable Multivibrator using timer ICs.
CO4: Analyse the DAC and ADC converter.
CO5: Design Counters and Registers using digital ICs.
List of Experiments: (At least 8 Linear and 4 Digital IC experiments shall be performed).
1. Design an Inverting and Non-inverting Amplifier using Op Amp and calculate gain.
2. Design Adder and Subtractor using Op Amp and verify addition and subtraction process.
3. Design a Comparator using Op Amp and draw the comparison results of A=B, A>B, A<B
4. Design a Integrator and Differentiator Circuits using IC741 and derive the required
condition practically.
5. Design a Active LPF, HPF cutoff frequency of 2 KHZ and find the roll off of it.
6. Design a Circuit using IC741 to generate sine/square/triangular wave with period of
1KHZ and draw the output waveform.
7. Construct Mono-stable Multivibrator using IC555 and draw its output waveform.
8. Construct AstableMultivibrator using IC555 and draw its output waveform and also find
its duty cycle.
9. Design a Schmitt Trigger Circuit and find its LTP and UTP.
10. Design Voltage Regulator usingIC723, IC 7805/7809/7912 and find its load regulation
factor.
11. Design R-2R ladder DAC and find its resolution and write a truth table with respective
voltages.
12. Design Parallel comparator type/ counter type/ successive approximation ADC and find
its efficiency.
13. Design a 8x1 multiplexer using digital ICs.
14. Design a 4-bit Adder/Subtractor using digital ICs
15. Design a Decade counter and verify its truth table and draw respective waveforms.
16. Design a Up/down counter usingIC74163 and draw read/write waveforms.
17. Design a Universal shift register using IC 74194/195 and verify its shifting operation.
18. Design a 8x3 encoder/3x8 decoder and verify its truth table.
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

Course Code: 23AEC33

VLSI DESIGN
L T P C
3 0 0 3
Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
CO1: Understand the steps involved in fabrication of ICs using MOS transistor technology.
CO2: Learn about the VLSI design processes, Stick diagrams and Layouts.
CO3: Gain knowledge on the Gate Level Design concepts.
CO4: Learn the design of various subsystems with different VLSI Design styles.
CO5: Familiar with CMOS testing techniques.
UNIT- I:
Introduction: Brief Introduction to IC technology MOS, PMOS, NMOS, CMOS & BiCMOS
Technologies. Basic Electrical Properties of MOS and BiCMOS Circuits: IDS - VDS
relationships, MOS transistor Threshold Voltage, figure of merit, Transconductance, Pass
transistor, NMOS Inverter, Various pull ups, CMOS Inverter analysis and design, Bi-CMOS
Inverters.
UNIT- II:
VLSI Circuit Design Processes: VLSI Design Flow, MOS Layers, Stick Diagrams, Design
Rules and Layout, Lambda(λ)-based design rules for wires, contacts and Transistors, Layout
Diagrams for NMOS and CMOS Inverters and Gates, Scaling of MOS circuits, Limitations of
Scaling.
UNIT –III:
Gate level Design: Logic gates and other complex gates, Switch logic, Alternate gate circuits.
Basic Circuit Concepts: Sheet Resistance Rs and its concepts to MOS, Area Capacitances
calculations, Inverter Delays, Driving large Capacitive Loads, Wiring Capacitances, Fan-in and
fan-out
UNIT –IV:
Subsystem Design: Shifters, Adders, ALUs, Multipliers, Parity generators, Comparators,
Counters. VLSI Design styles: Full-custom, Standard Cells, Gate-arrays, FPGAs, CPLDs and
Design Approach for Full-custom and Semi-custom devices, parameters influencing low power
design.
UNIT- V:
CMOS Testing: Need for testing, Design for testability - built in self-test (BIST) – testing
combinational logic –testing sequential logic – practical design for test guide lines – scan
design techniques.
Textbooks:

1. Essentials of VLSI Circuits and Systems, Kamran Eshraghian, Eshraghian Dougles,

A. Pucknell, 2005, PHI.
2. Modern VLSI Design – Wayne Wolf, 3 Ed., 1997, Pearson Education.

References:

1. CMOS VLSI Design-A Circuits and Systems Perspective, Neil H.E Weste, David
Harris, Ayan Banerjee, 3rd Edn, Pearson, 2009.
2. BehzadRazavi , “Design of Analog CMOS Integrated Circuits”, McGraw Hill, 2003.
3. Jan M. Rabaey, “Digital Integrated Circuits”, AnanthaChandrakasan and Borivoje
Nikolic, Prentice-Hall of India Pvt.Ltd, 2nd edition, 2009.
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

Course Code: 23AEC40

VLSI DESIGN LAB
L T P C
0 0 3 1.5
Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
CO1: Design a logic circuit using CMOS transistorusing 180 nm technology in terms of schematic,
symbol, test bench, DC and AC analysis.
CO2: Evaluate different schematics &output responses for AOI logic by using different software
tools.
CO3: Design CMOS circuits using Full & Semi custom IC designsfor analyzation.
CO4: Design different layouts using different software tools for analog circuits.
List of Experiments: (Any TEN of the experiments are to be conducted)
1. Design and analysis of CMOS Inverter
a) Implement CMOS inverter schematic using 180 nm technology and design its symbol.
b) Implement test bench for CMOS Inverter and check its output response.
c) Perform DC and AC analysis for CMOS inverter.
d) Check the performance of CMOS inverter using parametric sweep.
2. Design and analysis of NAND and NOR Logic gates
a) Implement NAND/NOR schematic using 180 nm technology and design its symbol.
b) Implement test bench for NAND/NOR and check its output response.
c) Perform DC and AC analysis for NAND/NOR.
d) Check the performance of NAND/NOR using parametric sweep.
3. Design and analysis of XOR and XNOR Logic gates
a) Implement XOR/XNOR schematic using 180 nm technology and design its symbol.
b) Implement test bench for XOR/XNOR and check its output response.
c) Perform DC and AC analysis for XOR/XNOR.
d) Check the performance of XOR/XNOR using parametric sweep.
4. Design of AOI logic
a) Design Schematic for AB+C‘D and check its output response.
b) Design Schematic for AB‘+C‘D and check its output response.
c) Design Schematic for (A+B‘)(C+D) and check its output response.
d) Design Schematic for (A+B‘)(C‘+D) and check its output response.
5. Design and analysis of Full adder
a) Design full adder using Full custom IC design.
b) Design full adder using Semi custom IC design.
6. Analysis of NMOS and PMOS characteristics
a) Implement test bench for NMOS/PMOS transistor.
b) Perform DC and AC analysis for NMOS/PMOS transistor
c) Check the performance of NMOS/PMOS transistor using parametric sweep.
7. Design and analysis of Common source amplifier
a) Implement CS amplifier schematic using 180 nm technology and design its symbol.
b) Implement test bench for CS amplifier and check its output response.
c) Perform DC and AC analysis for CS amplifier.
d) Check the performance of CS amplifier using parametric sweep.
8. Design and analysis of Common drain amplifier
a) Implement CD amplifier schematic using 180 nm technology and design its symbol.
b) Implement test bench for CD amplifier and check its output response.
c) Perform DC and AC analysis for CD amplifier.
d) Check the performance of CD amplifier using parametric sweep.
9. Design of MOS differential amplifier
a) Design differential amplifier schematic using 180 nm technology and its symbol.
b) Implement test bench for differential amplifier and check its output response.
c) Perform DC and AC analysis for differential amplifier.
d) Check the performance of differential amplifier using parametric sweep.
10. Design of differential amplifier using FET/BJT
a) Design differential amplifier using FET/BJT schematic using 180 nm technology and
its symbol.
b) Implement test bench for two stage differential amplifier and check its output response.
c) Perform DC and AC analysis for differential amplifier.
d) Check the performance of differential amplifier using parametric sweep.
11. Design of Inverter Layout
a) Design and implement inverter schematic.
b) Design the layout for inverter using 180 nm tech file.
c) Perform LVS for schematic and layout
d) Check and remove all DRC violations.
e) Extract parasitic R and C in layout.
12. Design of NAND/NOR Layout
a) Design and implement NAND/NOR schematic.
b) Design the layout for inverter using 180 nm tech file.
c) Perform LVS for schematic and layout
d) Check and remove all DRC violations.
e) Extract parasitic R and C in layout

The students are required to design the schematic diagrams using CMOS logic and to draw the
layout diagrams to perform the experiments with the Industry standard EDA Tools.
Software Required: i. Mentor Graphics/ Synopsis/ Cadence / Equivalent Industry Standard
Software. ii. Personal computer system with necessary software to run the programs and to
implement.
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

Course Code: 23AEC63

EMBEDDED SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY
(Minor in Embedded Systems and IOT)
L T P C
3 0 0 3
Course Outcomes:
After successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:

CO1: Understand the basics of embedded systems, including their history, classification, and
processor selection.
CO2: Analyze different embedded processor architectures, including ARM, RISC, and
application-specific processors.
CO3: Evaluate various communication interfaces and protocols, such as UART, USB, SPI,
I2C, and Zigbee.
CO4: Implement rapid prototyping techniques using Arduino, sensors, and wearable system
modules.
CO5: Develop and interface embedded GUI systems, including LCDs, touchscreens, and
VGA cameras, for real-world applications.
UNIT-I:
Introduction to Embedded system: Introduction to Embedded Systems, Embedded Systems
Vs General Computing Systems, History of Embedded Systems, Classification, Major
Application Areas, Embedded Processor Requirements, Features, Types, RISC Processors,
Harvard Architecture, Super Harvard Architecture, Selection of Processors &Microcontrollers.
UNIT-II:
Architecture of Embedded System Processor: Embedded processor models, ARM core
processor, Application specific processor like network processors, multimedia processors,
industrial processors, superscalar processor, Advanced RISC processors.Architecture of
Embedded OS, Categories of Embedded OS, Application Software, Communication Software,
Development and Testing Tools
UNIT-III:
Communication Interfaces: Need for Communication Interfaces, OSI Reference Model,
Basic of Networks, Network Topology, RS232/UART, RS422/RS485, USB, Infrared,
 Ethernet, IEEE 802.11,Bluetooth, SPI, I2C, CAN, Wifi, FlexRay, LIN Bus, Zigbee.
UNIT-IV:
Rapid prototyping: Arduino platform, hardware and software, Sensor’s modules, Robo
Control modules, 3D printing module, ADC module, wearable systems. etc.
UNIT-V:
Embedded GUI interfacing: Arduino based graphic LCD, Touch screen, joy stick, VGA
camera interfacing and programming in Python. Creative applications of Arduino
Design Examples & Case Studies of Embedded System: Digital Thermometer, Navigation
Systems, Smart Card, RF Tag.
Text Books :

1. David Simon, “An embedded Software Primer” PearsonPublication,2021.

2. Frank Vahid, “Embedded system — A unified Hardware Software Introduction” John
Wiley and Sons,2005.

Reference Books :

1. Tammy Noergaard,” Embedded SystemArchitecture”, Elsevier publication, 2014.

 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
Course Code: 23AEC64
REAL TIME EMBEDDED SYSTEMS DESIGN AND ANALYSIS
(Minor in Embedded Systems and IOT)
L T P C
3 0 0 3
Course Outcomes:
After successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
CO1: Explain the architecture of RTOS, task scheduling, and synchronization mechanisms
such as semaphores, mutexes, and message queues.
CO2: Demonstrate proficiency in real-time embedded software development using Linux,
RT Linux, and various RTOS platforms.
CO3: Apply real-time scheduling algorithms to optimize task execution and system
performance.
CO4: Analyze real-time embedded hardware architectures and software stacks for efficient
system integration.
CO5: Implement real-time communication protocols and perform validation and verification
of embedded systems using case studies.
UNIT-I:
Introduction to RTOS: Overview Of RTOS, Architecture of Kernel, Task & Task Scheduler,
ISR, Semaphore, Mutex, Mailbox, Message Queues, Event Registers, Pipes, Signals, Timers,
Memory Management, Priority Inversion Problem.
UNIT-II:
Real Time Embedded Software: Linux, RT Linux, multiprocessor software developments,
data flow graph, Study and programming of RTOS like RTX51, Free RTOS etc. timing
diagram analysis for fixed and dynamic priority software services.
UNIT-III:
Real time Scheduling: Scheduling Real-Time Tasks: Types of Schedulers Table-driven
scheduling Cyclic schedulers EDF RMA, Priority Pre-emptive Scheduler State Machine for
Linux and VxWorks, Comparison of Cyclic Executive, Introduction to Worst Case Analysis,
Example of scheduling, Real-Time Scheduling and Rate Monotonic Least Upper Bound.
UNIT-IV:
Overview of Real-time Hardware Architectures and Software Stacks: Embedded Linux on
the Raspberry Pi ARM A-Series System-on-Chip processors, Tracing Linux kernel and
 network stack events. Best Practices for RTES Programming, System Integration Testing
(Hardware, Firmware, and Software).
UNIT-V:
Real Time Communication: RT Services Communication and Synchronization, Performance
of two Real-Time communication Protocols, Real time communication over network, Real
Time database.
Verification and Validation of RTES project: Using Point-to-point Serial and TCP/IP for
Embedded Systems, Case Study of Coding for Sending Application Layer Byte Streams on A
TCP/IP Network Using RTOS. Building a simple Linux multi-service system using POSIX
real-time extensions on Raspberry Pi 3b using sequencing and methods to log and verify
agreement between theory and practice.
Text Books :

1. “Embedded Real time systems” ,Prasad Dream tech Wiley Publication,2003.

2. "Real-Time Systems: Theory and Practice, "Raji b Mall Pearson,2008.

Reference Books :

1. “Real-Time Systems Design and Analysis” ,Philip Laplante,2ndEdition,PrenticeHall,

2013.
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
Course Code: 23AEC65
PRINCIPLES OF IOT
(Minor in Embedded Systems and IOT)
L T P C
3 0 0 3
Course Outcomes:
After successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
CO1: Understand the fundamentals of IoT, including its architecture, characteristics, and
challenges.
CO2: Analyze IoT communication protocols and networking techniques used in wireless
sensor networks and M2M communication.
CO3: Design and manage IoT platforms, including device integration, service models, and
application development.
CO4: Implement IoT networking and computing techniques, including cloud storage, APIs,
and Python-based IoT programming.
CO5: Develop and evaluate IoT applications in real-world domains such as smart cities,
connected vehicles, and industrial automation.
UNIT-I:
Introduction & Basic of IoT : Definition, Characteristics, Physical and Logical Designs,
challenges, Technological trends in IOT, IoT Examples, M2M.
UNIT-II:
IoT: Components, Communication and Networking: Introduction to Sensing and
Networking: Sensing & actuation, Wireless Senor network, Senor nodes, Communication
Protocols,M2M Communication, Networking Hardware, Networking Protocols.
UNIT-III:
IoT System Management: Network Operator Requirements, IoT Platform Design
Specification – Requirements, Process, Domain Model, Service, IoT Level, Function,
Operational view, Device and Component Integration, Application development.
UNIT-IV:
Networking and Computing: File Handling, Python Packages for IoT, IoT Physical Servers
– Cloud Storage Models, Communication APIs.
UNIT-V:
IoT Clouds and Data Analytics: REST ful Web API, Amazon Web Services for IoT,
 Apache Hadoop, Batch Data Analysis, Chef, Chef Case Studies, Puppet, NETCONF-YANG
IoT Applications: Case studies: smart cities, smart home, connected vehicles, Industrial IOT.

Text Books :

1. Kamal, R., ”Internet of Things – Architecture and Design Principles,” 1st Edition, Mcgraw
Hill,2017.
2. Simone Cirani,”Internet of Things-Architectures, Protocols and Standards”, WILEY,2018.

Reference Books :

1. Alessandro Bassi,” Enabling Things to Talk- Designing IoT solutions with the IoT
Architectural Reference Model”, Springer,2013.
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

Course Code: 23AEC48

WIRELESS NETWORKS
(Minor in Embedded Systems and IOT)
L T P C
3 0 0 3
Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:

CO1: Learn the fundamental concepts and architecture of wireless sensor networks.

CO2: Explore various network architectures, optimization techniques, and design principles
for wireless sensor networks.

CO3: Gain knowledge of MAC protocols, routing techniques, and addressing mechanisms
for efficient sensor network communication.

CO4: Understand the infrastructure establishment of sensor networks, including topology

control and synchronization.

CO5: Grasp the knowledge on sensor network platforms, programming challenges, and
simulation tools.

UNIT- I:
Overview of Wireless Sensor Networks: Single-Node Architecture - Hardware Components-
Network Characteristics- unique constraints and challenges, Enabling Technologies for
Wireless Sensor Networks- Types of wireless sensor networks.
UNIT- II:
Architectures: Network Architecture- Sensor Networks-Scenarios- Design Principle, Physical
Layer and Transceiver Design Considerations, Optimization Goals and Figures of Merit,
Gateway Concepts.
UNIT –III:
Networking Sensors: MAC Protocols for Wireless Sensor Networks, Low Duty Cycle
Protocols and Wakeup Concepts - SMAC, - B-MAC Protocol, IEEE 802.15.4 standard and
ZigBee, the Mediation Device Protocol, Wakeup Radio Concepts, Address and Name
Management, Assignment of MAC Addresses, Routing Protocols Energy-Efficient Routing,
Geographic Routing.
UNIT- IV:
Infrastructure Establishment: Topology Control, Clustering, Time Synchronization,
Localization and Positioning, Sensor Tasking and Control.
UNIT- V:
Sensor Network Platforms and Tools: Sensor Node Hardware – Berkeley Motes,
Programming Challenges, Node-level software platforms, Node level Simulators, State- centric
programming

Text books:

1. Holger Karl & Andreas Willig, "Protocols and Architectures for Wireless Sensor
Networks”, John Wiley, 2005.

2. Feng Zhao & Leonidas J.Guibas, “Wireless Sensor Networks-An Information

Processing Approach", Elsevier, 2007

Reference Books:

1. WaltenegusDargie , Christian Poellabauer, “Fundamentals Of Wireless Sensor

Networks Theory And Practice”, By John Wiley & Sons Publications, 2011

2. KazemSohraby, Daniel Minoli, &TaiebZnati, “Wireless Sensor Networks-

Technology, Protocols, and Applications”, John Wiley, 2007.

3. Anna Hac, “Wireless Sensor Network Designs”, John Wiley, 2003

.
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

Course Code: 23AEC66

PRINCIPLES OF IOT LAB
(Minor in Embedded Systems and IOT)
L T P C
0 0 3 1.5
Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
CO1: Demonstrate the ability to control and monitor sensors and actuators using
microcontrollers and IoT platforms.
CO2: Implement IoT-based applications using cloud services like ThingSpeak and mobile
applications like Blynk.
CO3: Develop web-based IoT applications using HTTP and MQTT protocols for remote
device management.
CO4: Apply IoT principles in real-world applications such as home automation, security
systems, and industrial monitoring.
CO5: Integrate UAV/Drone technologies with IoT for automated navigation and data
acquisition.

List of Experiments: (Any 10 Experiments are to be conducted)

1. Serial Monitor, LED, Servo Motor - Controlling

• Controlling actuators through Serial Monitor. Creating different led patterns and
controlling them using push button switches. Controlling servo motor with the help of
joystick.

2. Distance Measurement of an object

• Calculate the distance to an object with the help of an ultrasonic sensor and display it
on an LCD.

3. LDR Sensor, Alarm and temperature, humidity measurement

• Controlling relay state based on ambient light levels using LDR sensor.
• Basic Burglar alarm security system with the help of PIR sensor and buzzer.
• Displaying humidity and temperature values on LCD
4. Experiments using Raspberry Pi
• Controlling relay state based on input from IR sensors
• Interfacing stepper motor with R-Pi
• Advanced burglar alarm security system with the help of PIR sensor, buzzer and
keypad. (Alarm gets disabled if correct keypad password is entered)
• Automated LED light control based on input from PIR (to detect if people are present)
and LDR(ambient light level)
5. IOT Framework
• Upload humidity & temperature data to Thing Speak, periodically logging ambient
light level to Thing Speak.
6. Controlling LEDs, relay & buzzer using Blynk app
7. HTTP Based
• Introduction to HTTP. Hosting a basic server from the ESP32 to control various
digital based actuators (led, buzzer, relay) from a simple web page.
8. Displaying various sensor readings on a simple web page hosted on the ESP32.
9. MQTT Based
• Controlling LEDs/Motors from an Android/Web app, Controlling AC Appliances
from an android/web app with the help of relay.
10. Displaying humidity and temperature data on a web-based application
11. UAV/Drone:
• Demonstration of UAV elements, Flight Controller
• Mission Planner flight planning design
12. Python program to read GPS coordinates from Flight Controller
Reference:
1. Adrian McEwen, Hakim Cassimally - Designing the Internet of Things, Wiley
Publications, 2012.
2. Alexander Osterwalder, and Yves Pigneur – Business Model Generation – Wiley,
2011
3. Arshdeep Bahga, Vijay Madisetti - Internet of Things: A Hands-On Approach,
Universities Press, 2014.
4. The Internet of Things, Enabling technologies and use cases – Pethuru Raj, Anupama
C. Raman, CRC Press.
Online Learning Resources/Virtual Labs:
https://www.arduino.cc/
https://www.raspberrypi.org/
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
Course Code: 23AEC35
EMBEDDED SYSTEMS & IOT APPLICATIONS
(Minor in Embedded Systems and IOT)

L T P C
3 0 0 3
Course Outcomes:
After successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
CO1: Understand the Architecture, Development & Design of Embedded Systems and IoT.
CO2: Learn the architecture and programming of ARM Microcontroller.
CO3: Work with Raspberry Pi using Python Programming.
CO4: Know about the loT standards, communication technologies and protocols for IoT devices.
CO5: Implement case studies and applications using the tools and techniques of IoT Platform
UNIT –I:
Introduction to Embedded Systems and Internet of Things (IoT): Introduction, Hardware
& Software Architecture of Embedded Systems, Embedded Systems Development process,
Architecture of Internet of Things, Physical Design & Logical Design of IoT, IoT Enabling
Technologies, IoT Levels & Deployment Tools, Applications of Embedded Systems and IoT,
Design Methodology for IOT Products.
UNIT -II:
ARM Microcontrollers Architecture and Programming: Architecture, Pin Diagram,
Register Set & Modes, Memory Organization, Instruction set, Programming ports,
Timer/Counter, Serial communication, I/O System, Development Tools, interrupts in C,
Introduction ARM mBed platform.
UNIT –III:
Fundamentals of Python Programming & Raspberry Pi: Introduction to python
programming, Data Types & Data Structures, working with functions, Modules & Packages,
File Handling, classes, REST full Web Services, Client Libraries, Introduction & programming
Raspberry Pi3, Interfaces, Integrating Input Output devices with Raspberry Pi3. UNIT –IV:
IoT Technologies, Standards, Tools & M2M Network: Fundamental characteristics and
high-level requirements of IoT, IoT Reference models; Introduction to Communication
Technologies & Protocols of IoT: BLE, Wi-Fi, LoRA, 3G/4G Technologies and HTTP,
MQTT, CoAP protocols; Relevant Practicals on above technologies, M2M Network, SDN
(Software Defined Networking) & NFV (Network Function Virtualization) for IoT.
UNIT –V:
IoT Platform, Cloud Computing Platforms & Data Analytics for IoT Development: IOT
Platform Architecture (IBM Internet of Things & Watson Platforms); API Endpoints for
Platform Services; Devices Creation and Data Transmission; Introduction to NODE-RED and
Application deployment, Introduction to Data Analytics, Apache Hadoop, Apache Oozie,
Spark & Storm

Text Books:

1. ArsheepBahga, Vijay Madisetti, “Internet of Things: A Hands-On Approach”, 1st Edition,

VPT, 2014.
2. K.V.K.K.Prasad, “Embedded Real Time Systems: Concepts, Design and Programming”,
1st Edition, Dreamtech Publication, 2014.
3. Adrian McEwen, Hakim Cassimally, “Designing the Internet of Things”, Wiley
Publications, 2013

References:
1. Jonathan W Valvano, “Embedded Microcomputer Systems: Real-Time Interfacing”, 3rd
Edition, Thomson Engineering, 2012.

2. Olivier Hersent, David Boswarthick, Omar Elloumi, “The Internet of Things: Key
applications and Protocols”, 2nd Edition, Wiley Publications, 2012.

3. Rene Beuchat , Andrea Guerrieri & Sahand Kashani “Fundamentals of System-on-Chip

Design on Arm Cortex-M Microcontrollers” Paperback, 2 August 2021.
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

Course Code: 23AEC67

INDUSTRIAL INTERNET OF THINGS LAB
(Minor in Embedded Systems and IOT)
L T P C
0 0 3 1.5
Course Outcomes:
After successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:

CO1: Explain the architecture, challenges, and fundamental concepts of IIoT and
differentiate it from IoT.
CO2: Demonstrate the interfacing of sensors and actuators with microcontrollers like
Raspberry Pi and Node MCU for industrial automation.
CO3: Implement communication protocols such as MQTT, ZigBee, and Bluetooth to enable
seamless IIoT connectivity.
CO4: Develop web-based dashboards for real-time visualization and control of IIoT devices.
CO5: Retrieve, analyze, and transmit industrial data using web-based interactions and M2M
communication.
CO6: Implement PLC-based automation, Boolean logic programming, and process control
using SCADA for industrial applications.
(All the modules need to be conducted and minimum one project to be done)

MODULE 1: Introduction & Architecture

What is IIoT and connected world? The difference between IoT and IIoT, Architecture of
IIoT, IOT node, Challenges of IIOT. Practice
1. Introduction to Arduino, Introduction to raspberry Pi.
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AQdLQV6vhbk
MODULE 2: IIOT Components
Fundamentals of Control System, introductions, components, closed loop & open loop
system.Introduction to Sensors (Description and Working principle): What is sensor? Types of
sensors, working principle of basic Sensors -Ultrasonic Sensor, IR sensor, MQ2, Temperature
and Humidity Sensors (DHT-11).Digital switch, Electro Mechanical switches.
Practice
1. Measurement of temperature & pressure values of the process using raspberry pi/node
mcu.
 2. Modules and Sensors Interfacing (IR sensor, Ultrasonic sensors, Soil moisture sensor)
using Raspberry pi/node mcu.
3. Modules and Actuators Interfacing (Relay, Motor, Buzzer) using Raspberry pi/node
mcu.

MODULE 3: Communication Technologies of IIoT

Communication Protocols: IEEE 802.15.4, Zig Bee, Bluetooth, BLE, NFC, RFID Industry
standards communication technology (MQTT), wireless network communication.
Practice
1. Demonstration of MQTT communication.
MODULE 4: Visualization and Data Types of IIoT
Connecting an Arduino/Raspberry pi to the Web: Introduction, setting up the
Arduino/Raspberry pi development environment, Options for Internet connectivity with
Arduino, Configuring your Arduino/Raspberry pi board for the IoT.
Practice

1. Visualization of diverse sensor data using dashboard (part of IoT’s ‘control panel’)
2. Sending alert message to the user. ways to control and interact with your
environment)

MODULE 5: Retrieving Data

Extraction from Web: Grabbing the content from a web page, Sending data on the web,
Troubleshooting basic Arduino issues, Types of IoT interaction, Machine to Machine
interaction (M2M).
Practice
1. Device control using mobile Apps or through Web pages.
2. Machine to Machine communication.
MODULE 6: Control & Supervisory Level of Automation
Programmable logic controller (PLC), Real-time control system, Supervisory Control & Data
Acquisition (SCADA).
Practice
1. Digital logic gates programming using ladder diagram.
2. Implementation of Boolean expression using ladder diagram.
3. Simulation of PLC to understand the process control concept.
Projects:
IIoT based smart energy meter
Smart Agriculture system
Automation using controller via Bluetooth
Temperature controlled Fan/cooler using controller
Automatic streetlight
Smart Baggage Tracker
Textbooks

1. The Internet of Things in the Industrial Sector, Mahmood, Zaigham (Ed.) (Springer
Publication)

2. Industrial Internet of Things: Cyber manufacturing System, Sabina Jeschke, Christian

Brecher, Houbing Song, Danda B. Rawat (Springer Publication).

3. Industrial IoT Challenges, Design Principles, Applications, and Security by Ismail

Butun (editor)
MINOR DEGREE IN DATA
ANALYTICS
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

III B. Tech. - I Semester

L T P C
23ACD42 INTRODUCTION TO DATA ANALYTICS
3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:

• To introduce the fundamental concepts of data analytics.

• To understand the process of collecting, cleaning, analyzing, and interpreting data.
• To gain insights into exploratory data analysis (EDA) and visualization techniques.
• To apply statistical and machine learning techniques to draw inferences from data.
• To use analytical tools (like Python/R) to solve real-world data problems.
Course Outcomes:

At the end of the course, the student will be able to

Understand the core concepts and applications of data

CO1: Understand(L2)
analytics.
Prepare and preprocess data for analysis using appropriate
CO2: Apply(L3)
techniques.
Analyze data using descriptive and inferential statistical
CO3: Analyze(L4)
methods.
Visualize data insights through various graphical
CO4 Evaluate(L5)
representations.
Apply data analytics tools for solving domain-specific
CO5: Create(L6)
problems.

Unit I: Introduction to Data Analytics

Data, Information, and Knowledge, Types of data: Structured, Unstructured, Semi-Structured,

Phases of the Data Analytics Lifecycle, Introduction to Business Analytics, Tools for data
analytics: Excel, Python, R, SQL.

Unit II: Data Collection and Preprocessing

Sources of data: Databases, APIs, Web Scraping, Handling missing data and outliers, Data
cleaning, transformation, normalization, Feature engineering and selection, Data partitioning
and sampling techniques.
Unit III: Descriptive and Inferential Statistics

Central tendency and dispersion: Mean, Median, Mode, Standard Deviation, Correlation and
covariance, Probability distributions: Normal, Binomial, Poisson, Hypothesis testing, t-test,
Chi-square test, Confidence intervals and p-values.

Unit IV: Exploratory Data Analysis (EDA) and Visualization

Univariate, Bivariate, Multivariate Analysis, Histograms, Boxplots, Scatter plots, Pair plots,
Heatmaps and correlation matrices, Data dashboards and storytelling using visualizations,
Tools: Matplotlib, Seaborn, Plotly, Tableau basics.

Unit V: Data-Driven Decision Making

Predictive analytics vs descriptive analytics, Introduction to regression and classification,

Clustering and segmentation basics, Model evaluation metrics: Accuracy, Precision, Recall,
F1-score, Case studies in marketing, healthcare, finance, operations

Textbooks:

1. V. Uday Shankar – Data Analytics, Cengage Learning

2. P. N. Murthy – Introduction to Data Analytics, Himalaya Publishing
3. Anil Maheshwari – Data Analytics Made Accessible, Amazon Independent

Reference Books:

1. Foster Provost & Tom Fawcett – Data Science for Business, O’Reilly
2. Joel Grus – Data Science from Scratch, O’Reilly
3. Wes McKinney – Python for Data Analysis, O’Reilly
4. Allen Downey – Think Stats, Green Tea Press

Online Courses:

Platform Course Title & Link

Coursera Introduction to Data Analytics – IBM

 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

III B. Tech. - I Semester

L T P C
23ACD43 DATA ENGINEERING ESSENTIALS
3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:

• To introduce the architecture, components, and workflow of modern data engineering

systems.
• To provide knowledge on ingestion, storage, and processing of large-scale data.
• To apply tools and techniques like ETL, data pipelines, and distributed processing
frameworks.
• To explore data modeling, warehousing, and real-time data processing.
• To build scalable and maintainable data systems with cloud and open-source
technologies

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the course, the student will be able to

Understand core concepts of data engineering and data

CO1 Understand(L2)
pipelines.
CO2 Apply data ingestion, transformation, and storage techniques. Apply(L3)
Analyze big data processing frameworks and streaming
CO3 Analyze(L4)
systems.
Evaluate data warehousing models and real-time processing
CO4 Evaluate(L5)
strategies.
CO5 Design and implement scalable data engineering workflows. Create(L6)

Unit I: Introduction to Data Engineering

What is Data Engineering? Role of Data Engineer in the data ecosystem, Types of data:
Structured, Semi-structured, Unstructured, Data Lifecycle: Collection to Consumption,
Introduction to ETL and ELT processes.

Unit II: Data Ingestion and Storage

Batch vs Streaming data, Data ingestion tools: Sqoop, Flume, Kafka, Logstash, Structured
storage: Relational DBs, Data Lakes, File formats: CSV, JSON, Avro, Parquet, ORC, NoSQL
overview: HBase, MongoDB, Cassandra.

Unit III: Distributed Data Processing

Hadoop ecosystem: HDFS, MapReduce, YARN, Apache Spark: RDD, DataFrame, and SQL
APIs, Data cleaning and transformation techniques, Resource allocation and job scheduling in
Spark, Introduction to cloud-based data processing (AWS/GCP).
Unit IV: Data Warehousing & Modeling

Concepts of OLTP vs OLAP, Star and Snowflake Schemas, Fact and Dimension tables, Data
Warehousing tools: Amazon Redshift, Google BigQuery, Snowflake, Data modeling tools: dbt
(data build tool), ER diagrams.

Unit V: Real-Time Data Engineering and Pipelines

Streaming with Apache Kafka and Spark Streaming, Message Queues and Pub/Sub systems,
Lambda and Kappa architectures, Monitoring and logging tools: Prometheus, Grafana, Case
study: End-to-end data pipeline implementation.

Textbooks:
1. Andreas François Vermeulen – Data Engineering with Python, Packt Publishing
2. V. Uday Shankar – Big Data Analytics & Data Engineering, Cengage Learning
3. Sam Newman – Building Microservices, O’Reilly (for data infrastructure components)

Reference Books:

1. Bill Inmon – Building the Data Warehouse, Wiley

2. Tom White – Hadoop: The Definitive Guide, O’Reilly
3. Jules S. Damji et al. – Learning Spark: Lightning-Fast Big Data Analysis, O’Reilly
4. Noel Markham – Learning Apache Kafka, Packt Publishing

Online Courses:

Platform Course Title & Link

Coursera Data Engineering on Google Cloud – Google

 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

III B. Tech. - II Semester

L T P C
23ACD44 PREDICTIVE ANALYTICS FUNDAMENTALS
3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:

• To understand the fundamentals of predictive analytics and modeling.

• To learn statistical, machine learning, and probabilistic techniques used for prediction.
• To build and evaluate predictive models for various types of data.
• To apply data preprocessing, feature engineering, and model tuning techniques.
• To explore real-world use cases of predictive analytics in business, health, and industry.
Course Outcomes:

At the end of the course, the student will be able to

Understand key concepts, tools, and algorithms used in

CO1 Understand(L2)
predictive analytics.
Apply classification and regression techniques for prediction
CO2 Apply(L3)
problems.
Analyze model performance using error metrics and
CO3 Analyze(L4)
validation techniques.
Evaluate predictive models in real-world applications and
CO4 Evaluate(L5)
domains.
Design complete predictive analytics pipelines with
CO5 Create(L6)
preprocessing to prediction.

Unit I: Introduction to Predictive Analytics

Basics of predictive analytics, Types of predictive models: Classification vs Regression,

Predictive modeling workflow, Applications in finance, healthcare, marketing, etc.,
Introduction to supervised learning.

Unit II: Data Preparation and Feature Engineering

Data cleaning and preprocessing, Handling missing values, outliers, Categorical encoding,
normalization, scaling, Feature selection and dimensionality reduction (PCA, LDA), Feature
importance.
Unit III: Regression and Classification Models

Linear Regression, Ridge & Lasso Regression, Logistic Regression, K-Nearest Neighbors
(KNN), Decision Trees, Random Forests, Model diagnostics: R², MAE, RMSE, Confusion
Matrix, AUC

Unit IV: Advanced Predictive Modeling

Support Vector Machines (SVM), Ensemble Models: Bagging, Boosting, XGBoost, Model
selection and hyperparameter tuning, Cross-validation, Grid Search, Avoiding
overfitting/underfitting.

Unit V: Real-Time Predictive Analytics and Deployment

Case studies: Predictive maintenance, customer churn, disease prediction, Tools: Python
(scikit-learn, pandas), R, AutoML, Model interpretability: SHAP, LIME, Model deployment
using Flask, FastAPI, or cloud (AWS/GCP), Ethics in predictive analytics.

Textbooks:

1. Dean Abbott – Applied Predictive Analytics: Principles and Techniques, Wiley

2. GalitShmueli et al. – Data Mining for Business Analytics: Concepts, Techniques, and
Applications, Wiley
3. John D. Kelleher et al. – Fundamentals of Machine Learning for Predictive Data
Analytics, MIT Press

Reference Books:

1. Trevor Hastie, Robert Tibshirani, Jerome Friedman – The Elements of Statistical

Learning
2. Ian H. Witten, Eibe Frank, Mark A. Hall – Data Mining: Practical Machine Learning
Tools and Techniques
3. Tom Fawcett – Data Science for Business, O’Reilly

Online Courses:

Platform Course Title & Link

Coursera Advanced Predictive Modeling – University of Washington

 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

III B. Tech. - II Semester

L T P C
23ACD45 BIG DATA ANALYTICS (Hadoop, Spark)
3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:

• To understand the need and concepts of Big Data and its ecosystem.
• To study architectures and tools such as Hadoop and Spark for large-scale data
processing.
• To explore Hadoop Distributed File System (HDFS) and MapReduce programming.
• To learn in-memory computation using Apache Spark.
• To implement big data solutions using real-time tools for analytics and decision-
making.

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the course, the student will be able to

Explain the concepts, characteristics, and challenges of Big

CO1 Understand(L2)
Data.
Apply HDFS and MapReduce programming for large-scale
CO2 Apply(L3)
data processing.
Analyze and optimize data pipelines using Spark RDDs and
CO3 Analyze(L4)
DataFrames.
Evaluate Big Data tools and frameworks for distributed
CO4 Evaluate(L5)
processing.
Design end-to-end Big Data workflows for analytics use
CO5 Create(L6)
cases.

UNIT I: Introduction to Big Data

Characteristics of Big Data: Volume, Velocity, Variety, Veracity, and Value, Challenges of Big
Data, Traditional vs. Big Data systems, Big Data architecture: Storage, processing, analytics,
Introduction to Hadoop Ecosystem
UNIT II: Hadoop Distributed File System (HDFS) and MapReduce
HDFS Architecture, Blocks, NameNode&DataNode, File Read/Write operations, MapReduce
Architecture, Developing MapReduce programs (Word Count Example), Combiners,
Partitioner, and Counters

UNIT III: Apache Spark and RDDs

Need for Apache Spark over Hadoop, Spark architecture and components, Spark RDDs and
transformations/actions, DataFrames and Spark SQL, Working with Spark MLlib for basic ML
tasks
UNIT IV: Big Data Tools and Streaming

YARN architecture, Sqoop: Import/export between RDBMS and Hadoop, Flume: Ingesting
streaming data, Kafka for distributed messaging, Spark Streaming: DStreams, windowing, real-
time analytics

UNIT V: Big Data Applications and Case Studies

Social media analytics, IoT data pipelines, Retail analytics (recommendation engines, customer
sentiment), Fraud detection, End-to-End Mini Project: Data ingestion, processing, and
visualization

Textbooks:
1. Tom White, Hadoop: The Definitive Guide, O'Reilly Media
2. Jules S. Damji et al., Learning Spark: Lightning-Fast Big Data Analysis, O'Reilly
3. VenkatAnkam, Big Data Analytics Using Spark, Wiley

Reference Books:

1. Chuck Lam, Hadoop in Action, Manning

2. Alex Holmes, Hadoop in Practice, Manning Publications
3. P. J. Sadalage& M. Fowler, NoSQL Distilled, Addison-Wesley
4. Sridhar Alla, Big Data Analytics with Hadoop 3, Packt Publishing

Online Courses:

Platform Course Title & Link

Coursera Big Data Specialization – UC San Diego

 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

IV B. Tech. - I Semester

L T P C
23ACD46 DATA ANALYTICS WITH POWER BI / TABLEAU / MATPLOTLIB
3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:

• To understand the fundamentals of data visualization and storytelling using analytics

tools.
• To learn practical implementation of visual analytics using Power BI, Tableau, and
Matplotlib.
• To develop dashboards, custom reports, and interactive charts.
• To explore real-world datasets and generate insights.
• To design end-to-end data pipelines and reporting workflows.
Course Outcomes:

At the end of the course, the student will be able to

Understand data analytics lifecycle and fundamentals of

CO1: Understand(L2)
visualization tools.
Apply Power BI, Tableau, and Matplotlib to visualize
CO2: Apply(L3)
structured data.
Analyze visual trends and compare different types of
CO3: Analyze(L4)
charting techniques.
Evaluate dashboards and performance metrics for decision-
CO4: Evaluate(L5)
making.
Design interactive data dashboards and business visual
CO5: Create(L6)
reports.

UNIT I: Introduction to Data Visualization & BI

What is data analytics and visualization?, Importance of business intelligence, Types of charts
and graphs, Visualization best practices and perception, Introduction to tools: Power BI,
Tableau, and Python/Matplotlib
UNIT II: Power BI for Data Analytics
Power BI interface and data sources, Data transformations using Power Query, DAX (Data
Analysis Expressions) basics, Visualizations: Bar, Line, Area, Pie, Tree Maps, Report
publishing and dashboard sharing

UNIT III: Tableau for Data Analytics

Tableau workspace and connecting to datasets, Dimensions vs. Measures, Filters, Parameters,
and Calculated Fields, Visualizations: Heatmaps, Maps, Scatter Plots, Building Interactive
Dashboards
UNIT IV: Matplotlib & Seaborn (Python Visualization)

Introduction to Matplotlib architecture, Basic plots: line, bar, pie, histogram, Subplots,
customization (color, label, grid), Seaborn: heatmaps, boxplots, pairplots, Exporting and saving
visuals

UNIT V: Real-time Case Studies and BI Projects

Designing end-to-end dashboards for:Sales analytics, Healthcare data, IoT or Sensor data
dashboards, Social media analytics, Performance monitoring and KPI analysis, BI deployment
best practices

Textbooks:
1. Alberto Ferrari & Marco Russo, Introducing Microsoft Power BI, Microsoft Press.
2. Joshua N. Milligan, Learning Tableau, Packt Publishing.
3. AdrienChauveau, Data Visualization with Python and Matplotlib, Packt Publishing.

Reference Books:

1. Ben Jones, Storytelling with Data in Tableau, O'Reilly.

2. Jake VanderPlas, Python Data Science Handbook, O'Reilly.
3. Cole NussbaumerKnaflic, Storytelling with Data, Wiley.

Online Courses:

Platform Course Title & Link

Coursera Data Visualization with Tableau – UC Davis

 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

III B. Tech. - II Semester

L T P C
23ACD47 DATA ANALYTICS TOOLS LAB
0 0 3 1.5

Course Objectives:

• To visualize and interpret data using modern tools.

• To create dashboards and analytical views.

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the course, the student will be able to

• Use BI tools for analytical visualizations.

• Interpret datasets using graphical methods.

Experiments:

1. Introduction to Power BI / Tableau interface

2. Loading data and transforming in BI tools
3. Creating bar, pie, and line charts
4. Cross filters and slicers
5. Using DAX in Power BI
6. Map visualization
7. Dashboards creation
8. Connecting to real-time data
9. Storytelling with data
10. Introduction to Matplotlib for comparison
11. Using Seaborn and Plotly
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

IV B. Tech. - I Semester

L T P C
23ACD48 BIG DATA & NOSQL LAB
0 0 3 1.5

Course Objectives:

• To process big datasets using distributed systems.

• To implement NoSQL solutions.

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the course, the student will be able to

• Handle large datasets using Hadoop/Spark.

• Perform CRUD operations in NoSQL.

Experiments:

1. Introduction to HDFS and Hadoop

2. MapReduce word count example
3. Spark RDD operations
4. DataFrames and Spark SQL
5. PySpark ML basics
6. Connecting MongoDB to Python
7. CRUD operations in MongoDB
8. Indexing and Aggregation
9. Replication and Sharding demo
10. Case study: Big Data pipeline
11. Real-time analytics using Spark Streaming
DATA SCIENCE AND ANALYTICS
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

III B. Tech. - I Semester

L T P C
23ACD49 DATA SCIENCE FOR ENGINEERS
3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:

• Provide a foundational understanding of data science processes and applications.

• Introduce key tools and techniques such as Python, statistics, data cleaning,
visualization, and machine learning.
• Develop practical skills in data analysis, interpretation, and data storytelling.
• Enable students to work on real-world datasets using data science techniques.
• Prepare students for advanced studies or industry roles in data science and analytics.

Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course, students will be able to:

Explain the data science lifecycle and its importance in business

CO1: Understand(L2)
and research.
Use Python and libraries like Pandas, NumPy, and Matplotlib for
CO2: Apply(L3)
data handling.
Perform data cleaning, transformation, and visualization
CO3: Apply(L3)
effectively.
Apply basic machine learning models for classification and
CO4: Apply(L3)
regression.
CO5: Interpret data analysis results and communicate findings clearly. Analyze(L4)

Unit I: Introduction to Data Science: What is Data Science? Role of Data Scientist, Data
Science Process (Problem definition, data collection, preprocessing, modeling, evaluation),
Applications of Data Science in different domains, Tools: Jupyter, Anaconda, Python/R
Overview

Unit II: Data Handling and Preprocessing: Introduction to NumPy and Pandas, Reading data
from CSV, Excel, SQL, Data Wrangling: Missing values, duplicates, outliers, Data
transformation: Scaling, encoding, Feature engineering basics

Unit III: Data Visualization: Importance of visualization, Visualization libraries (Matplotlib,

Seaborn), Histograms, Boxplots, Pairplots, Heatmaps, Dashboards and Storytelling with Data,
Real-time data dashboards (Optional)
Unit IV: Statistical Foundations for Data Science: Descriptive Statistics, Probability and
Probability Distributions, Inferential Statistics: Hypothesis Testing, Confidence Intervals,
Correlation and Causation, Use of Scipy/Statsmodels for statistical analysis

Unit V: Introduction to Machine Learning: Supervised vs Unsupervised Learning,

Classification and Regression problems, Basic ML Algorithms: Linear Regression, Logistic
Regression, KNN, Decision Trees, Model Evaluation Metrics: Accuracy, Precision, Recall, F1-
Score, Overfitting and Underfitting

Textbooks:

1. Joel Grus – Data Science from Scratch: First Principles with Python, O’Reilly.
2. Cathy O’Neil and Rachel Schutt – Doing Data Science, O’Reilly.
3. Wes McKinney – Python for Data Analysis, O’Reilly.

Reference Books:

1. Jake VanderPlas – Python Data Science Handbook, O’Reilly.

2. Andreas Müller & Sarah Guido – Introduction to Machine Learning with Python.
3. Han, Kamber, & Pei – Data Mining: Concepts and Techniques, Morgan Kaufmann.

Online Courses:

NPTEL / SWAYAM:

• NPTEL: Introduction to Data Science

Instructor: Prof. Raghunathan Rengasamy, IIT Madras

Coursera:

• IBM Data Science Professional Certificate

Link: coursera.org
• Introduction to Data Science in Python (University of Michigan)
Link: coursera.org
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

III B. Tech. - I Semester

L T P C
23ACD50 STATISTICAL LEARNING FOR DATA SCIENCE
3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:

• Introduce fundamental concepts of statistical learning and its importance in data

science.
• Develop understanding of regression, classification, and resampling methods.
• Build skills in model assessment, selection, and regularization techniques.
• Apply statistical learning methods to real-world datasets.
• Interpret, communicate, and evaluate data-driven models.

Course Outcomes:

After completion of the course, students will be able to:

CO1: Understand the basics of statistical learning and data

Understand(L2)
representation.
CO2: Apply linear regression, logistic regression, and classification
Apply(L3)
techniques.
CO3: Evaluate models using resampling methods and cross-validation. Evaluate(L5)
CO4: Analyze regularization methods like Ridge and Lasso to avoid
Analyze(L4)
overfitting.
CO5: Create and interpret statistical learning models in practical
Create(L6)
scenarios.

Unit I: Introduction to Statistical Learning: What is Statistical Learning?, Supervised vs

Unsupervised Learning, Model Accuracy vs Interpretability, Bias-Variance Trade-off, Curse
of Dimensionality, Applications of Statistical Learning
Unit II: Linear and Polynomial Regression: Simple Linear Regression. Multiple Linear
Regression, Polynomial Regression, Assumptions of Linear Models, Model Diagnostics and
Performance Metrics (R², RMSE), Variable Selection Techniques

Unit III: Classification Methods: Logistic Regression, Discriminant Analysis (LDA, QDA),
Naïve Bayes Classifier, K-Nearest Neighbors, Confusion Matrix, Precision, Recall, F1-Score

Unit IV: Resampling and Model Assessment: Train-Test Split, Cross Validation (k-Fold,
LOOCV), Bootstrap Methods, Model Selection and Hyperparameter Tuning.
Unit V: Regularization & Advanced Topics: Ridge Regression, Lasso Regression, Shrinkage
Methods, Principal Component Regression (PCR), Partial Least Squares (PLS), Introduction
to Support Vector Machines.

Textbooks
1. Gareth James, Daniela Witten, Trevor Hastie, and Robert Tibshirani
An Introduction to Statistical Learning with Applications in R – Springer
(Free PDF: https://www.statlearning.com/)
2. Trevor Hastie, Robert Tibshirani, Jerome Friedman
The Elements of Statistical Learning – Springer

Reference Books:

1. Norman Matloff – Statistical Regression and Classification: from R to Data Science

2. Chris Bishop – Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning
3. T. Ryan – Modern Regression Methods

Online Courses (Free + Paid)

NPTEL / SWAYAM:

• NPTEL: Introduction to Statistical Learning

Instructor: Prof. Balaraman Ravindran (IIT Madras)
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

III B. Tech. - II Semester

L T P C
23ACD51 DATA VISUALIZATION & EXPLORATORY DATA ANALYSIS
3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:

• To understand the role of data visualization and EDA in the data science lifecycle.
• To explore data types, distributions, missing values, and outliers using statistical and visual
methods.
• To gain expertise in using tools such as Python (Matplotlib, Seaborn, Plotly) or R for EDA.
• To develop meaningful, interactive visualizations for both univariate and multivariate data.
• To interpret trends and communicate data-driven insights effectively through dashboards
and storytelling.

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the course, the student will be able to

Understand the significance of data exploration and

CO1: Understand(L2)
visualization in the data analysis process.
Identify and preprocess anomalies, missing data, and data
CO2: Analyze(L4)
types through exploratory methods.
Apply visual and statistical techniques to univariate, bivariate,
CO3: Apply(L3)
and multivariate data.
Evaluate different chart types and visualization libraries/tools
CO4: for effective communication. Evaluate(L5)
Create storytelling dashboards and dynamic visual reports for
CO5: Create(L6)
real-world datasets.

Unit I: Introduction to EDA and Data Types

What is Exploratory Data Analysis?,Types of Data (Categorical, Numerical, Ordinal), Central

tendency & dispersion: Mean, Median, Mode, Variance, StdDev, Importance of visualization
in EDA

Unit II: Data Cleaning &Preprocessing

Handling missing values and imputation. Detecting and handling outliers, Feature engineering
basics, Data transformations (scaling, normalization, encoding)

Unit III: Data Visualization Tools & Techniques

Univariate visualizations: Histogram, Boxplot, Violin plot, Pie chart, Bivariate and
Multivariate visualizations: Scatter plot, Heatmaps, Pairplot, Time series plots, Density plots,
Introduction to Matplotlib, Seaborn, Plotly, and Tableau

Unit IV: Advanced Data Visualization Concepts

Interactive visualizations: Hover, Zoom, Filters, Geospatial visualization using Folium or

Mapbox, Visual perception principles (Gestalt, color theory), Visual storytelling and design
best practices
Unit V: Dashboards & Real-World Case Studies

Creating dashboards using Power BI/Tableau/Plotly Dash, Building EDA pipelines with
Python/R, Case studies: Finance, Healthcare, Social media, IoT, Interpreting visualizations for
decision-making

Textbooks:
1. Alberto Cairo, The Truthful Art: Data, Charts, and Maps for Communication, New
Riders.
2. Nathan Yau, Visualize This: The FlowingData Guide to Design, Visualization, and
Statistics, Wiley.
3. Hadley Wickham, R for Data Science, O’Reilly (for R users).
Reference Books:

1. Ben Fry, Visualizing Data: Exploring and Explaining Data with the Processing
Environment, O’Reilly.
2. Claus O. Wilke, Fundamentals of Data Visualization, O’Reilly.
3. Scott Murray, Interactive Data Visualization for the Web, O’Reilly.

Online Courses:

Platform Course Title & Link

Coursera Data Visualization with Python – IBM

 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

III B. Tech. - II Semester

L T P C
23ACD52 BIG DATA ANALYTICS FUNDAMENTALS
3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:

• Understand the fundamentals of Big Data, its characteristics, and challenges.

• Learn key tools and technologies for storing, processing, and analyzing Big Data
(Hadoop, Spark, etc.).
• Explore advanced analytical techniques including MapReduce, machine learning on Big
Data, and real-time analytics.
• Develop skills to design and implement Big Data solutions for real-world problems.
• Gain hands-on experience with Big Data frameworks and platforms.

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the course, the student will be able to

Understand the core concepts and architecture of Big

CO1: Understand(L2)
Data and related technologies.
Analyze Big Data processing frameworks like Hadoop
CO2: Analyze(L4)
and Spark for scalability and efficiency.
Apply MapReduce programming model to solve Big Data
CO3: Apply(L3)
problems.
Evaluate different storage options (HDFS, NoSQL) and
CO4: Evaluate(L5)
processing techniques for Big Data.
Create end-to-end Big Data analytics pipelines using
CO5: Create(L6)
relevant tools and platforms.

Unit I: Introduction to Big Data

Definition and Characteristics (Volume, Velocity, Variety, Veracity, Value), Challenges of Big
Data, Traditional Data Processing vs Big Data Analytics, Overview of Big Data applications.

Unit II: Big Data Technologies and Ecosystem

Hadoop Framework: HDFS, YARN, MapReduce, Apache Spark: Architecture and

Components, NoSQL Databases (HBase, Cassandra, MongoDB), Data ingestion tools (Sqoop,
Flume)

Unit III: MapReduce Programming Model

MapReduce fundamentals, Writing Map and Reduce functions, Job configuration and
execution, Hands-on example: Word count, log analysis.
Unit IV: Advanced Big Data Analytics

Machine Learning on Big Data using MLlib (Spark), Real-time analytics and streaming data
(Spark Streaming, Kafka), Graph processing (GraphX), Data visualization of Big Data

Unit V: Big Data Project and Case Studies

Designing Big Data solutions for healthcare, finance, social media analytics, Performance
optimization and security considerations, Cloud-based Big Data platforms (AWS EMR,
Google BigQuery), Case studies and project presentations.

Textbooks:

1. Viktor Mayer-Schönberger, Kenneth Cukier, Big Data: A Revolution That Will

Transform How We Live, Work, and Think, Houghton Mifflin Harcourt.
2. Tom White, Hadoop: The Definitive Guide, O'Reilly Media.
3. Jules S. Damji, Brooke Wenig, Tathagata Das, Denny Lee, Learning Spark:
Lightning-Fast Big Data Analysis, O'Reilly Media.

Reference Books:
1. Raj Kamal, Big Data Analytics, McGraw-Hill Education.
2. Chris Eaton, Dirk DeRoos, Tom Deutsch, George Lapis, Paul Zikopoulos,
Understanding Big Data: Analytics for Enterprise Class Hadoop and Streaming Data,
McGraw-Hill.
3. Anand Rajaraman, Jeffrey David Ullman, Mining of Massive Datasets, Cambridge
University Press.

Online Courses:

Platform Course Title & Link

Coursera Big Data Specialization by University of California San Diego

 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

IV B. Tech. - I Semester

L T P C
23ACD53 INTRODUCTION TO RECOMMENDER SYSTEMS
3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:

• Understand the fundamental concepts and techniques of recommender systems.

• Explore different types of recommendation approaches: content-based, collaborative
filtering, and hybrid methods.
• Learn about evaluation metrics and methods to assess recommender system
performance.
• Understand challenges such as scalability, sparsity, and cold-start problems.
• Gain hands-on experience implementing and tuning recommender algorithms using
real-world datasets

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the course, the student will be able to

CO1: Explain the basic principles and types of recommender systems. Understand(L2)
Analyze various recommendation algorithms, including
CO2: Analyze(L4)
collaborative and content-based filtering.
Apply different algorithms to build practical recommender
CO3: Apply(L3)
system models.
Evaluate the performance of recommender systems using
CO4: Evaluate(L5)
appropriate metrics.
Design hybrid recommender systems that address common
CO5: Create(L6)
challenges.

Unit I: Introduction to Recommender Systems

Definition and applications (e-commerce, media, social networks), Types of recommender

systems: content-based, collaborative filtering, hybrid, Overview of user-item interactions

Unit II: Content-Based Recommendation

Item profiles and user profiles, Similarity measures (cosine similarity, Pearson correlation),
Building content-based recommenders, Advantages and limitations
Unit III: Collaborative Filtering Techniques

User-based collaborative filtering, Item-based collaborative filtering, Matrix factorization

techniques (SVD, PCA), Addressing sparsity and scalability issues.
Unit IV: Evaluation of Recommender Systems
Metrics: Precision, Recall, F1-score, RMSE, MAE, Cross-validation and train-test split,
Handling cold-start and diversity, Case studies on real-world evaluation.

Unit V: Advanced Topics and Hybrid Systems

Hybrid recommender systems (weighted, switching, feature combination), Context-aware

recommendations, Deep learning in recommender systems, Privacy, ethics, and future trends

Textbooks:

1. Charu C. Aggarwal, Recommender Systems: The Textbook, Springer, 2016.

2. Francesco Ricci, LiorRokach, BrachaShapira, Paul B. Kantor (Editors),
Recommender Systems Handbook, Springer, 2015.
Reference Books:

1. Dietmar Jannach, Markus Zanker, Alexander Felfernig, Gerhard Friedrich,

Recommender Systems: An Introduction, Cambridge University Press, 2010.
2. Joseph A. Konstan, John Riedl, Collaborative Filtering Recommender Systems, Now
Publishers, 2012.
3. GuibingGuo, Jie Zhang, Neil Yorke-Smith, Deep Learning Based Recommender
System, Springer, 2020.

Online Courses:

Platform Course Title & Link

Coursera Recommender Systems Specialization by University of Minnesota

 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

III B. Tech. - II Semester

L T P C
23ACD54 DATA VISUALIZATION & EDA LAB
0 0 3 1.5

Course Objectives:

• To explore and visualize datasets.

• To derive insights through analysis

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the course, the student will be able to

• Conduct EDA on datasets.

• Create meaningful visualizations
Experiments:

1. Importing data from different sources

2. Handling missing values and outliers
3. Univariate and bivariate analysis
4. Boxplots, Histograms, Heatmaps
5. Correlation matrix
6. Using pandas profiling
7. Data visualization using Plotly
8. Pairplots and violin plots
9. Feature engineering basics
10. Time series visualization
11. Dashboards with Streamlit
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

IV B. Tech. - I Semester

L T P C
23ACD55 RECOMMENDER SYSTEM LAB
0 0 3 1.5

Course Objectives:

• To understand collaborative and content filtering.

• To build and test recommender models.

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the course, the student will be able to

• Build simple recommender systems.

• Evaluate recommender performance
Experiments:

1. Introduction to recommender systems

2. User-item interaction matrix
3. Cosine similarity for recommendations
4. Collaborative filtering – user-based
5. Collaborative filtering – item-based
6. Content-based filtering
7. Surprise library intro
8. Building SVD model
9. Hybrid recommender
10. Evaluation metrics (RMSE, MAE)
11. Recommendation visualization
MINOR DEGREE IN DATA SCIENCE
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

III B. Tech. - I Semester

L T P C
23ACD36 DATA SCIENCE FOR ENGINEERS
3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:

• Provide a foundational understanding of data science processes and applications.

• Introduce key tools and techniques such as Python, statistics, data cleaning,
visualization, and machine learning.
• Develop practical skills in data analysis, interpretation, and data storytelling.
• Enable students to work on real-world datasets using data science techniques.
• Prepare students for advanced studies or industry roles in data science and analytics.

Course Outcomes:

After completion of the course, students will be able to:

Explain the data science lifecycle and its importance in business

CO1: Understand(L2)
and research.
Use Python and libraries like Pandas, NumPy, and Matplotlib for
CO2: Apply(L3)
data handling.
Perform data cleaning, transformation, and visualization
CO3: Apply(L3)
effectively.
Apply basic machine learning models for classification and
CO4: Apply(L3)
regression.
CO5: Interpret data analysis results and communicate findings clearly. Analyze(L4)

Unit I: Introduction to Data Science: What is Data Science?,Role of Data Scientist, Data
Science Process (Problem definition, data collection, preprocessing, modeling, evaluation),
Applications of Data Science in different domains, Tools: Jupyter, Anaconda, Python/R
Overview

Unit II: Data Handling and Preprocessing: Introduction to NumPy and Pandas, Reading data
from CSV, Excel, SQL, Data Wrangling: Missing values, duplicates, outliers, Data
transformation: Scaling, encoding, Feature engineering basics

Unit III: Data Visualization:Importance of visualization, Visualization libraries (Matplotlib,

Seaborn), Histograms, Boxplots, Pairplots, Heatmaps, Dashboards and Storytelling with Data,
Real-time data dashboards (Optional)
Unit IV: Statistical Foundations for Data Science: Descriptive Statistics, Probability and
Probability Distributions, Inferential Statistics: Hypothesis Testing, Confidence Intervals,
Correlation and Causation, Use of Scipy/Statsmodels for statistical analysis

Unit V: Introduction to Machine Learning: Supervised vs Unsupervised Learning,

Classification and Regression problems, Basic ML Algorithms: Linear Regression, Logistic
Regression, KNN, Decision Trees, Model Evaluation Metrics: Accuracy, Precision, Recall, F1-
Score, Overfitting and Underfitting

Textbooks:

1. Joel Grus – Data Science from Scratch: First Principles with Python, O’Reilly.
2. Cathy O’Neil and Rachel Schutt – Doing Data Science, O’Reilly.
3. Wes McKinney – Python for Data Analysis, O’Reilly.

Reference Books:

1. Jake VanderPlas – Python Data Science Handbook, O’Reilly.

2. Andreas Müller & Sarah Guido – Introduction to Machine Learning with Python.
3. Han, Kamber, & Pei – Data Mining: Concepts and Techniques, Morgan Kaufmann.

Online Courses:

NPTEL / SWAYAM:

• NPTEL: Introduction to Data Science

Instructor: Prof. Raghunathan Rengasamy, IIT Madras

Coursera:

• IBM Data Science Professional Certificate

Link: coursera.org
• Introduction to Data Science in Python (University of Michigan)
Link: coursera.org
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

III B. Tech. - I Semester

L T P C
23ACD37 STATISTICAL LEARNING FOR DATA SCIENCE
3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:

• Introduce fundamental concepts of statistical learning and its importance in data

science.
• Develop understanding of regression, classification, and resampling methods.
• Build skills in model assessment, selection, and regularization techniques.
• Apply statistical learning methods to real-world datasets.
• Interpret, communicate, and evaluate data-driven models.

Course Outcomes:

After completion of the course, students will be able to:

CO1: Understand the basics of statistical learning and data

Understand(L2)
representation.
CO2: Apply linear regression, logistic regression, and classification
Apply(L3)
techniques.
CO3: Evaluate models using resampling methods and cross-validation. Evaluate(L5)
CO4: Analyze regularization methods like Ridge and Lasso to avoid
Analyze(L4)
overfitting.
CO5: Create and interpret statistical learning models in practical
Create(L6)
scenarios.

Unit I: Introduction to Statistical Learning: What is Statistical Learning?, Supervised vs

Unsupervised Learning, Model Accuracy vs Interpretability, Bias-Variance Trade-off, Curse
of Dimensionality, Applications of Statistical Learning
Unit II: Linear and Polynomial Regression: Simple Linear Regression. Multiple Linear
Regression, Polynomial Regression, Assumptions of Linear Models, Model Diagnostics and
Performance Metrics (R², RMSE), Variable Selection Techniques

Unit III: Classification Methods: Logistic Regression, Discriminant Analysis (LDA, QDA),
Naïve Bayes Classifier, K-Nearest Neighbors, Confusion Matrix, Precision, Recall, F1-Score

Unit IV: Resampling and Model Assessment: Train-Test Split, Cross Validation (k-Fold,
LOOCV), Bootstrap Methods, Model Selection and Hyperparameter Tuning.
Unit V: Regularization & Advanced Topics: Ridge Regression, Lasso Regression, Shrinkage
Methods, Principal Component Regression (PCR), Partial Least Squares (PLS), Introduction
to Support Vector Machines.

Textbooks:
1. Gareth James, Daniela Witten, Trevor Hastie, and Robert Tibshirani
An Introduction to Statistical Learning with Applications in R – Springer
(Free PDF: https://www.statlearning.com/)
2. Trevor Hastie, Robert Tibshirani, Jerome Friedman
The Elements of Statistical Learning – Springer

Reference Books:

1. Norman Matloff – Statistical Regression and Classification: from R to Data Science

2. Chris Bishop – Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning
3. T. Ryan – Modern Regression Methods

Online Courses (Free + Paid)

NPTEL / SWAYAM:

• NPTEL: Introduction to Statistical Learning

Instructor: Prof. Balaraman Ravindran (IIT Madras)
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

III B. Tech. - II Semester

L T P C
23ACD38 INTRODUCTION TO DATA ENGINEERING
3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
• Understand the data engineering lifecycle, tools, and platforms.
• Gain proficiency in building scalable data pipelines using batch and streaming
systems.
• Explore data storage formats, data lakes, and warehouses.
• Learn about workflow orchestration, scheduling, and data quality.
• Apply data engineering techniques in real-time and big data environments.

Course Outcomes:

After completion of the course, students will be able to:

Understand the foundations of data engineering tools, platforms,

CO1: Understand(L2)
and data lifecycle.
CO2: Design and implement batch and streaming data pipelines. Apply(L3)
Analyze data storage and querying using file formats, data lakes,
CO3: Analyze(L4)
and warehouses.
CO4: Evaluate orchestration and workflow management tools. Evaluate(L5)
Build end-to-end data engineering workflows and troubleshoot
CO5: Create(L6)
data quality issues.

Unit I: Introduction to Data Engineering: What is Data Engineering? Data Engineering vs

Data Science, Data Lifecycle and Architectures, Roles and Responsibilities of a Data Engineer,
Tools Overview: Hadoop, Spark, Kafka, Airflow, Hive.
Unit II: Data Storage and Formats: Structured, Semi-structured, and Unstructured Data, File
Formats: CSV, JSON, Parquet, Avro, ORC, Data Warehousing Concepts (Star/Snowflake
Schema), Data Lakes vs Data Warehouses, Cloud Storage Solutions (S3, Azure Blob, GCS)
Unit III: Batch and Stream Processing: ETL vs ELT, Batch Processing with Apache Spark,
Stream Processing with Apache Kafka and Spark Streaming, Windowing, Late Events, and
Watermarks, Lambda and Kappa Architectures.
Unit IV: Workflow Orchestration & Data Quality: Introduction to Apache Airflow, DAGs,
Operators, Scheduling, Data Lineage and Observability, Data Profiling, Cleaning, Validation,
Ensuring Data Quality with Great Expectations.
Unit V: End-to-End Pipeline and Case Studies: Designing a Data Pipeline: Source to Sink,
Real-time Analytics with Kafka + Spark + Cassandra, Monitoring and Logging, CI/CD in Data
Engineering (using GitHub Actions or Jenkins), Case Studies: Fraud Detection, Log Analysis,
and Recommendation Engine.
Textbooks:

1. Andreas François Vermeulen, The Data Engineering Cookbook – Packt

2. Joe Reis and Matt Housley, Fundamentals of Data Engineering – O'Reilly, 2022
3. Anurag Bhardwaj, Data Engineering with Apache Spark, Delta Lake, and
Lakehouse – Packt

Reference Books:
1. Designing Data-Intensive Applications – Martin Kleppmann (O'Reilly)
2. Streaming Systems: The What, Where, When, and How of Large-Scale Data
Processing – Tyler Akidau

Online Courses:

NPTEL / SWAYAM

• NPTEL: Big Data Computing

• NPTEL: Cloud Computing and Distributed Systems
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

III B. Tech. - II Semester

L T P C
23ACM34 MACHINE LEARNING FUNDAMENTALS
3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:

• Understand core concepts of supervised, unsupervised, and reinforcement learning.

• Learn foundational algorithms for classification, regression, and clustering.
• Analyze model performance using evaluation metrics and tuning methods.
• Gain practical knowledge in implementing ML models using datasets.
• Understand the mathematical and probabilistic foundations of ML algorithms.

Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course, students will be able to:

Understand the concepts and assumptions behind key ML

CO1: Understand(L2)
algorithms.
Apply various supervised and unsupervised learning
CO2: Apply(L3)
techniques.
Analyze the strengths and limitations of different machine
CO3: Analyze(L4)
learning models.
Evaluate model performance using metrics and validation
CO4: Evaluate(L5)
techniques.
Design and implement complete ML solutions for real-world
CO5: Create(L6)
problems.

Unit I: Introduction to Machine Learning:

Definition and Scope of ML, Types of Learning: Supervised, Unsupervised, Reinforcement,
Basic Terminology: Instance, Feature, Label, Training and Testing Sets, Applications and
Challenges, Python Libraries: scikit-learn, pandas, numpy

Unit II: Supervised Learning – Regression & Classification

Linear Regression, Polynomial Regression, Logistic Regression, k-Nearest Neighbors (k-NN),
Decision Trees and Random Forests, Naïve Bayes Classifier

Unit III: Unsupervised Learning & Dimensionality Reduction,

k-Means Clustering, Hierarchical Clustering, Principal Component Analysis (PCA), t-SNE,
Autoencoders (Intro Only). Association Rule Mining,
Unit IV: Model Evaluation and Tuning
Confusion Matrix, Precision, Recall, F1-Score, ROC-AUC, Bias-Variance Tradeoff, Cross-
Validation, Hyperparameter Tuning: Grid Search & Random Search, Overfitting &
Underfitting

Unit V: Advanced Topics & Real-time Applications

Introduction to Neural Networks (Perceptron), Introduction to SVMs, Feature Engineering &
Selection, Real-world Use Cases: Spam Detection, Credit Scoring, Medical Diagnosis, Ethical
AI and Model Explainability (XAI – Intro Only).

Textbooks:

1.Tom M. Mitchell, Machine Learning, McGraw-Hill, 1997

 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

IV B. Tech. - I Semester

L T P C
23ACD39 DATA SCIENCE APPLICATIONS
3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:

• Understand key domains where data science plays a transformative role.

• Learn how data is collected, preprocessed, and analyzed in different domains.
• Explore application-driven problem-solving using real-world datasets.
• Evaluate models and interpret data science outputs effectively.
• Gain hands-on exposure to tools and techniques used in data science applications.

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the course, the student will be able to

Explain the role and impact of data science across

CO1: Understand(L2)
various application areas.
Apply suitable data science methods to domain-specific
CO2: Apply(L3)
datasets.
Analyze domain-specific problems using exploratory and
CO3: Analyze(L4)
predictive techniques.
Evaluate model effectiveness and insights in practical use
CO4: Evaluate(L5)
cases.
CO5: Design data-driven solutions for real-world problems. Create(L6)

Unit I: Introduction to Data Science & Domains

Definition and Workflow of Data Science. Lifecycle of a Data Science Project, Overview of
Applications: Healthcare, Finance, Retail, Manufacturing, Agriculture, Education, and Smart
Cities, Ethical Considerations in Data Science.

Unit II: Data Science in Healthcare and Finance

Use cases: Disease prediction, EHR data, medical imaging, outbreak modelling, Predictive
modeling for diagnosis (e.g., Diabetes prediction), Applications in FinTech: Fraud detection,
Risk scoring, Credit analytics, Time series analysis in financial markets.

Unit III: Data Science in Retail, Marketing & Customer Analytics

Market basket analysis, Recommendation Systems, Customer Segmentation using Clustering,
Churn Prediction Models, Sentiment Analysis for Customer Feedback.
Unit IV: Data Science in Smart Cities, Agriculture & Education
Traffic prediction, Waste management using ML, IoT-enabled Smart Farming and Yield
prediction, Adaptive Learning and Student Performance Prediction, Case studies with real-
world datasets.

Unit V: Tools, Case Studies, and Deployment

Case Studies on End-to-End Projects, Tools: Python, Jupyter, Power BI, Tableau, Deploying
Models: APIs, Streamlit, Flask, Interpreting Results and Storytelling, Recent Advances and
Future Directions
Textbooks:

1. Joel Grus, Data Science from Scratch, O’Reilly, 2nd Edition.

2. Cathy O'Neil & Rachel Schutt, Doing Data Science, O’Reilly Media.
3. V. K. Jain, Data Science and Big Data Analytics, Khanna Publishing.

Reference Books:

1. Wes McKinney, Python for Data Analysis, O’Reilly.

2. Sebastian Raschka, Machine Learning with Python Cookbook, Packt.
3. Bill Franks, Taming the Big Data Tidal Wave, Wiley.

Online Courses:

NPTEL / SWAYAM
• NPTEL – Data Science for Engineers
• SWAYAM – Data Science Applications
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

III B. Tech. - II Semester

L T P C
23ACD40 DATA SCIENCE PRACTICE LAB (R/Python)
0 0 3 1.5

Course Objectives:

• To introduce basic data analysis using R/Python.

• To understand data wrangling, visualization, and preprocessing.
• To develop skills in exploratory data analysis and simple ML models

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the course, the student will be able to

• Apply Python/R for real-time data handling.

• Perform data visualization and preprocessing.
• Build basic machine learning models.

Experiments:

1. Introduction to Python/R and IDE setup

2. Data Types, Variables, and Operators
3. Reading and writing CSV/Excel data
4. Data Cleaning and Wrangling (nulls, types, etc.)
5. Exploratory Data Analysis with Matplotlib/ggplot2
6. Correlation and Covariance Calculation
7. Linear Regression implementation
8. Classification using KNN
9. Clustering using K-Means
10. Data Visualization using Seaborn
11. Building simple ML pipeline using scikit-learn
12. Data analysis on real-world dataset
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

IV B. Tech. - I Semester

L T P C
23ACD41 STATISTICAL LEARNING & ML LAB
0 0 3 1.5

Course Objectives

• To explore statistical methods for data science.

• To apply statistical learning to predictive modelling.

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the course, the student will be able to

• Utilize statistical models in data science tasks.
• Implement regression and classification algorithms.

Experiments:

1. Introduction to probability distributions

2. Descriptive statistics on datasets
3. Hypothesis testing
4. Linear Regression and visualization
5. Logistic Regression for classification
6. Decision Trees
7. Random Forests
8. Confusion Matrix and Accuracy metrics
9. Cross-validation techniques
10. Feature scaling and encoding
11. Principal Component Analysis
12. Regression or Classification on dataset
MINOR DEGREE IN DATA SCIENCE WITH AWS
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
III B.Tech. I SEM, CSE(DS)

L T P C
23ACD56 Foundations Of Cloud Concepts 3 0 0 3

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
The objective of the course is,
• Understand the fundamental concepts of cloud computing and its relevance in
modern technology.
• Gain knowledge of AWS global infrastructure and its core services.
• Explore essential cloud deployment models and service models.
• Learn about cloud security and compliance in AWS
• Explore overview to deploy, monitor, and scale applications using AWS.

COURSE OUTCOMES: After the completion of the course, student will be able to
● Define fundamental cloud concepts and AWS core services
● Explain the AWS global infrastructure and its key features
● Implement basic AWS services for application deployment and management
● Examine cloud security and compliance strategies in AWS
● Design, deploy and monitor scalable applications using AWS

UNIT-I: Introduction to Cloud Computing 6 Hrs

● Definition and Characteristics of Cloud Computing
● Cloud Deployment Models (Public, Private, Hybrid)
● Cloud Service Models (IaaS, PaaS, SaaS)
● Benefits and Challenges of Cloud Computing
● Overview of AWS as a Cloud Service Provider

UNIT-II: AWS Global Infrastructure and Core Services

10 Hrs
● Understanding AWS Global Infrastructure (Regions, Availability Zones, and Edge
Locations)
● AWS Core Services Overview:
➢ Compute Services: Amazon EC2, AWS Lambda
➢ Storage Services: Amazon S3, Amazon EBS
➢ Database Services: Amazon RDS, DynamoDB
➢ Networking Services: Amazon VPC, Elastic Load Balancing
● Use Cases of Core Services

UNIT-III: Cloud Security and Identity Management

8 Hrs
● Shared Responsibility Model in AWS
● Introduction to AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM)
● Creating IAM Users, Groups, and Roles
● Security Tools: AWS Key Management Service (KMS), CloudTrail
● Compliance and Governance in AWS
 UNIT-IV: Application Deployment and Management in AWS 12 Hrs

● Basics of Application Deployment

● Elastic Beanstalk for Web Application Deployment
● AWS Auto Scaling and Load Balancing
● Monitoring Services: Amazon CloudWatch
● Backup and Disaster Recovery Using AWS Services
● Introduction to AWS Management Console and AWS CL

UNIT V: Project Work and Advanced Topics 7 Hrs

● Project Objective: Deploy and Scale a Web Application using AWS

● Project Execution:
➢ Setup and Configure AWS Environment
➢ Launch and Monitor an EC2 Instance
➢ Design and Implement a Scalable Application
➢ Use S3 for Application Storage
➢ Use CloudWatch for Monitoring
● Introduction to Advanced AWS Services (AWS Machine Learning, AWS IoT,
AWS DevOps)

TEXT BOOKS:
1. AWS Certified Solutions Architect Study Guide by Ben Piper and David Clinton

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. (2023, 4th Edition) Cloud Computing with AWS by Dipankar Sarkar (2021, 1st Edition)
E-resources
1. AWS Training and Certification E-learning Content
2. AWS Documentation and Whitepapers
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
III B.Tech. I SEM, CSE(DS)

L T P C
23ACD57 Predictive Data Analytics using R
3 0 0 3

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
The objective of the course is,
• To understand the fundamentals of predictive analytics and statistical modeling.
• To gain hands-on experience in using R for data analysis.
• To learn various predictive modeling techniques for real-world applications.

COURSE OUTCOMES: After the completion of the course, student will be able to
● Explain the fundamental concepts of predictive analytics and the role of R in statistical
modeling and data-driven decision-making.
● Apply data preprocessing, cleaning, and transformation techniques using R for predictive
modeling.
● Develop and implement regression, classification, and clustering models in R for solving
real-world problems.
● Evaluate predictive models using performance metrics such as accuracy, precision, recall,
ROC curves, and error measures.
● Interpret and visualize predictive analytics results using R libraries (e.g., ggplot2, caret,
randomForest) to support business or research decisions.
● Design and execute end-to-end predictive analytics projects using R, integrating data
preparation, model building, validation, and reporting.

UNIT-I: Introduction to Predictive Analytics 8 Hrs

● Overview of Data Analytics and Predictive Analytics
● Importance and Applications in Business and Research
● Introduction to R Programming for Predictive Analytics
● R Studio Environment and Data Handling i

UNIT-II: Data Preparation and Exploration

9 Hrs

● Data Import, Cleaning, and Transformation

● Exploratory Data Analysis (EDA)
● Data Visualization using ggplot2
● Handling Missing Values and Outliers

UNIT-III: Regression Models

8 Hrs

● Simple Linear Regression

● Multiple Linear Regression
● Logistic Regression
● Model Diagnostics and Assumptions Checking

UNIT-IV: Classification Techniques 9 Hrs

 ● Decision Trees and Random Forests
● Support Vector Machines
● Naïve Bayes Classifier
● Model Evaluation: Accuracy, Precision, Recall, F1 Score

UNIT V: Advanced Predictive Modeling 8 Hrs

● Time Series Forecasting

● Clustering Techniques (K-Means, Hierarchical)
● Ensemble Methods (Bagging, Boosting)
● Case Studies and Applications in Predictive Analytics

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Gareth James, Daniela Witten, Trevor Hastie, and Robert Tibshirani, "An Introduction to
Statistical Learning with Applications in R".

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Brett Lantz, "Machine Learning with R".
2. Trevor Hastie, Robert Tibshirani, and Jerome Friedman, "The Elements of Statistical
Learning"
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
III B.Tech. II SEM, CSE(DS)

L T P C
23ACD58 Data Engineering With AWS
3 0 0 3

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
The objective of the course is,
● Understand the principles of data engineering and its importance in cloud ecosystems.
● Explore AWS services for data storage, processing, and transformation.
● Learn how to design and implement data pipelines using AWS services.
● Gain hands-on experience with real-time and batch data processing on AWS.
● Develop skills to build and manage scalable and efficient data workflows.

COURSE OUTCOMES:

UNIT-I: Introduction to Data Engineering and AWS 6 Hrs

● Overview of Data Engineering
● Key Concepts in Data Storage, Processing, and Transformation
● Introduction to AWS Data Engineering Services
● AWS Data Engineering Use Cases

UNIT-II: Data Storage Solutions on AWS

10 Hrs
•
Overview of AWS Storage Services
➢ Amazon S3: Object Storage
➢ Amazon RDS and DynamoDB: Relational and NoSQL Databases
➢ Amazon Redshift: Data Warehousing
● Best Practices for Secure and Efficient Data Storage
● Data Lifecycle Management and Archiving

UNIT-III: Data Processing with AWS

10 Hrs
● Introduction to Data Processing Frameworks
● AWS Glue: Data Catalog and ETL Services
● Amazon EMR: Big Data Processing with Hadoop and Spark
● Real-Time Data Processing with Amazon Kinesis
● Batch Processing vs. Real-Time Processing

UNIT-IV: Data Pipeline Design and Management 12 Hrs

● Designing Scalable Data Pipelines

● AWS Data Pipeline: Workflow Orchestration
● Serverless Data Pipelines with AWS Lambda and Step Functions
● Monitoring and Optimizing Data Pipelines
● Error Handling and Data Validation Techniques
 UNIT V: Project Work and Advanced Topics 7 Hrs

● Project Objective: Build a Scalable Data Pipeline on AWS

● Project Execution:
• Setup AWS Data Storage and Processing Environment
• Implement Data Extraction, Transformation, and Loading (ETL) Pipeline
• Integrate Real-Time and Batch Data Processing
• Optimize Performance and Cost
● Advanced Topics:
• Introduction to Amazon SageMaker for Data Engineering
• Data Lake Formation and Management on AWS
• Advanced Security and Compliance Features

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Data Engineering with AWS by Gareth Eagar (2022, 1st Edition)

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Designing Data-Intensive Applications by Martin Kleppmann (2017, 1st Edition)
E-resources
1. AWS Training and Certification E-learning Content
2. AWS Documentation and Whitepapers
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
III B.Tech. II SEM, CSE(DS)

L T P C
23ACD59 Cloud-Native Machine Learning
3 0 0 3

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
The objective of the course is,
● Understand the fundamentals of machine learning (ML) and its applications.
● Gain familiarity with Amazon SageMaker as a platform for building, training, and
deploying ML models.
● Learn about different ML algorithms and their use cases.
● Develop skills to preprocess data, train models, and optimize hyperparameters
using SageMaker.
● Apply ML techniques to solve real-world problems using cloud-based solutions.

COURSE OUTCOMES: At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
● Define key concepts in machine learning and the role of SageMaker
● Explain the workflow for building, training, and deploying ML models.
● Utilize SageMaker for data preparation, model training, and Optimization
● Evaluate the performance of ML models and optimize deployments.
● Build and deploy scalable ML pipelines using SageMaker and AWS services.

UNIT-I: Introduction to Machine Learning and SageMaker

6 Hrs
● Fundamentals of Machine Learning
➢ Supervised and Unsupervised Learning
➢ Key ML Concepts: Training, Testing, and Validation
● Overview of Amazon SageMaker
➢ SageMaker Studio and Key Features
➢ Workflow: Build, Train, and Deploy
● Benefits of Using SageMaker for ML Projects

UNIT-II: Data Preparation and Feature Engineering

10 Hrs
● Importing Data into SageMaker (S3 Integration)
● Data Cleaning and Transformation
➢ Handling Missing Values and Outliers
➢ Scaling and Encoding Data
● Feature Engineering for ML
➢ Feature Selection and Extraction
➢ Feature Store in SageMaker

UNIT-III: Training and Optimizing ML Models

12 Hrs
 ● Built-in Algorithms in SageMaker
➢ Linear Learner, XGBoost, K-Means, and Factorization Machines
● Training ML Models on SageMaker
➢ Choosing the Right Instance Type
➢ Configuring Training Jobs
● Hyper parameter Optimization
➢ Using SageMaker Automatic Model Tuning
● Debugging and Monitoring Training Jobs

UNIT-IV: Model Deployment and Monitoring 10 Hrs

● Deploying Models with SageMaker

➢ Real-time Endpoints
➢ Batch Transform Jobs
● Monitoring Deployed Models
➢ Using CloudWatch for Metrics
➢ Debugging Deployment Issues
● Cost Optimization for Deployment

UNIT V: Project Work and Advanced Topics 7 Hrs

● Project Objective: Build and Deploy an End-to-End ML Pipeline on SageMaker

● Project Execution:
➢ Data Preparation and Feature Engineering
➢ Model Training and Hyper parameter Tuning
➢ Deploying and Monitoring the Model
● Advanced Topics:
➢ SageMaker Pipelines for Automation
➢ Leveraging SageMaker for Time-Series Forecasting
➢ Integration with AWS ML Services (Rekognition, Comprehend, and Polly)

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Practical Machine Learning with Amazon SageMaker by Oliver Zeigermann (2021, 1st
Edition)

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Hands-On Machine Learning with Scikit-Learn by Aurélien Géron (2020, 2nd Edition)
2. Data Science on AWS by Chris Fregly and Antje Barth (2021, 1st Edition)
E-resources
1. AWS Training and Certification E-learning Content
2. SageMaker Documentation and Whitepapers
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
IV B.Tech. I SEM, CSE(DS)

L T P C
Deep Learning: The Modern Approach
23ACD60 3 0 0 3

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
The objective of the course is,
• Understand the principles of deep learning and its applications across various domains.
• Explore the capabilities of Amazon SageMaker for training, deploying, and managing deep
learning models.
• Gain proficiency in popular deep learning frameworks such as TensorFlow and PyTorch.
• Learn to optimize, scale, and monitor deep learning workflows in cloud environments.
• Apply deep learning techniques to real-world problems using SageMaker.

COURSE OUTCOMES: At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
● Define the principles and techniques of deep learning.
● Explain how to build and train deep learning models using SageMaker.
● Utilize SageMaker for deploying and monitoring deep learning models.
● Optimize deep learning workflows for scalability and cost- effectiveness.
● Design, train, and deploy deep learning models for real- world applications.

UNIT-I: Introduction to Deep Learning and Amazon SageMake

6 Hrs
● Fundamentals of Deep Learning
➢ Neural Networks: Perceptrons, Activation Functions
➢ Forward and Backward Propagation
➢ Loss Functions and Optimization Techniques
● Overview of Amazon SageMaker
➢ SageMaker Studio Features
➢ Workflow: Build, Train, and Deploy
➢ Integration with AWS Ecosystem

UNIT-II: Training Deep Learning Models with SageMaker

10 Hrs
● Preparing Data for Deep Learning
➢ Loading and Preprocessing Large Datasets
➢ Using AWS S3 for Dataset Management
● Training Deep Learning Models
➢ Built-in Algorithms in SageMaker for Deep Learning
➢ Custom Training with TensorFlow and PyTorch
● Distributed Training
➢ Leveraging GPU Instances
➢ Optimizing Training Jobs for Scalability

10 Hrs
 UNIT-III: Hyperparameter Tuning and Model Optimization

● Hyperparameter Tuning
➢ SageMaker Automatic Model Tuning
➢ Best Practices for Tuning Deep Learning Models
● Model Optimization
➢ Quantization and Pruning Techniques
➢ Reducing Latency for Deployment
● Debugging and Profiling
➢ Using SageMaker Debugger for Insights
➢ Identifying Bottlenecks in Training and Inference

UNIT-IV: Deployment and Monitoring of Deep Learning Models 12Hrs

● Model Deployment Strategies

➢ Real-time Inference Endpoints
➢ Batch Transform for Large-scale Inference
● Monitoring Deployed Models
➢ Using Amazon CloudWatch for Performance Metrics
➢ Model Drift Detection and Retraining
● Managing Deployment Costs
➢ Cost Optimization Strategies in SageMaker
➢ Managing Spot Instances for Training and Inference

UNIT V: Project Work and Advanced Topics 7 Hrs

● Project Objective: Build and Deploy a Deep Learning Model with SageMaker
● Project Execution:
➢ Model Training and Hyperparameter Tuning
➢ Deploying and Monitoring the Model
● Advanced Topics:
➢ Using SageMaker Neo for Optimized Inference
➢ Explainability in Deep Learning Models
➢ Integration with AWS AI Services (Rekognition, Translate, Comprehend)

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Deep Learning with Python by Francois Chollet (2021, 2nd Edition)
2. Hands-On Machine Learning with Scikit-Learn, Keras, and TensorFlow by Aurélien
Géron (2022, 3rd Edition)

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Practical Deep Learning for Cloud, Mobile, and Edge by Anirudh Koul, Siddha Ganju,
Meher Kasam (2020, 1st Edition)
E-resources
1. AWS SageMaker Documentation
2. TensorFlow and PyTorch Tutorials
3. AWS AI and Machine Learning Whitepapers
SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
IV B.Tech. I SEM, CSE(DS)

L T P C
23ACD61 Capstone Project and Portfolio Development
0 0 6 3
MINORS DEGREE IN PROGRAMMING &
COMPUTATIONAL INTELLIGENCE
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY (AUTONOMOUS)

III B. Tech - I Semester

L T P C
23ACA40 QUANTUM COMPUTING FOR AI 3 0 0 3
Course Objectives (COs)

• Understand foundational concepts of quantum computing and its significance in Artificial

Intelligence (AI).
• Explore quantum algorithms relevant to AI applications.
• Analyze the advantages and challenges of applying quantum computing in AI.
• Develop skills to implement basic quantum algorithms for AI tasks.
• Investigate emerging trends and research in Quantum AI.

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:

CO1 Understand principles of quantum computing and their implications for AI. Understand (L2)
CO2 Explain key quantum algorithms used in AI applications. Understand (L2) CO3 Apply
quantum computing techniques to solve basic AI problems. Apply (L3) CO4 Analyze the
benefits and limitations of quantum computing in AI contexts. Analyze (L4) CO5 Design and
implement quantum algorithms for AI applications. Create (L6) Unit 1:
Introduction to Quantum Computing and AI

Classical Computing vs Quantum Computing, Qubits and Quantum States, Quantum Superposition and
Entanglement, Quantum Gates and Circuits, Measurement in Quantum Systems, Basic Quantum Algorithms
Overview, Introduction to Artificial Intelligence, Intersection of Quantum Computing and AI

Unit 2: Quantum Algorithms for AI

Quantum Search Algorithm (Grover's Algorithm), Quantum Fourier Transform, Quantum Amplitude
Amplification, Quantum Phase Estimation, Variational Quantum Algorithms (VQA), Quantum Annealing and
Optimization, Quantum Approximate Optimization Algorithm (QAOA), Quantum Machine Learning
Overview

Unit 3: Quantum Machine Learning (QML) Fundamentals

Quantum Data Encoding and State Preparation, Quantum Support Vector Machines (QSVM), Quantum Neural
Networks (QNN), Quantum Clustering Algorithms, Quantum Principal Component Analysis (QPCA), Hybrid
Quantum-Classical Models, Quantum Kernel Methods, Challenges in QML

Unit 4: Quantum AI Applications and Implementations

Quantum Reinforcement Learning Basics, Quantum Natural Language Processing (QNLP), Quantum Image
Processing, Quantum Optimization for AI Problems, Error Correction and Noise in Quantum AI Systems,
Quantum Hardware for AI (Qubits technologies), Performance Evaluation of Quantum AI Algorithms, Case
Studies of Quantum AI Applications
Unit 5: Advanced Topics and Future Directions

Designing Quantum Circuits for AI Tasks, Quantum AI Programming Frameworks (Qiskit, Cirq, etc.),
Scalability and Resource Management in Quantum AI, Ethical and Security Implications of Quantum AI,
Quantum AI Research Trends, Integration of Quantum AI with Classical AI, Quantum AI for Big Data
Analytics, Emerging Quantum Technologies and AI

Textbooks

1. Michael A. Nielsen and Isaac L. Chuang, Quantum Computation and Quantum Information,
Cambridge University Press, 2010.
2. Maria Schuld and Francesco Petruccione, Supervised Learning with Quantum Computers, Springer,
2018.
3. Peter Wittek, Quantum Machine Learning: What Quantum Computing Means to Data Mining,
Academic Press, 2014.

Reference Books

1. Seth Lloyd, Quantum Machine Learning: An Applied Approach, MIT Press, 2020.
2. VlatkoVedral, Introduction to Quantum Information Science, Oxford University Press, 2006.
3. Jacob Biamonte et al., "Quantum Machine Learning," Nature, 2017.
4. Research papers and IEEE articles on Quantum AI and Quantum Machine Learning.

Online Courses and Tutorials

Platform Course Title & Link

IBM Qiskit Introduction to Quantum Computing and Qiskit Coursera
Quantum Machine Learning by University of Toronto
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY (AUTONOMOUS)

III B. Tech - I Semester

L T P C
23ACA41 EDGE AI &IOT 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives

• To introduce the concept of Edge Computing and its integration with AI and IoT.
• To explore AI model deployment on edge devices.
• To understand IoT protocols, architectures, and security issues.
• To apply Edge AI techniques for real-time decision-making.
• To analyze case studies of Edge AI applications in smart systems.

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:

CO1 Understand the fundamentals of Edge Computing and IoT systems. Understand (L2) CO2 Explain
the architecture and protocols used in IoT and Edge AI. Understand (L2) CO3 Apply
machine learning models to edge devices for real-time inference. Apply (L3) CO4 Analyze the
constraints and trade-offs in deploying AI models on edge devices. Analyze (L4) CO5 Design and
evaluate edge-based AI systems for real-world applications. Create (L6) UNIT 1:
Introduction to Edge Computing and IoT

Introduction to IoT: Definition, architecture, components, IoTvs Edge Computing, Edge, Fog, and Cloud
Computing – Differences, Edge AI Overview – Concept and Applications, Characteristics and Benefits of
Edge AI, Edge Devices: Microcontrollers, SBCs, Smart Cameras, Industry 4.0 and Smart Systems, Use Cases:
Smart Home, Healthcare, Industry

UNIT 2: IoT and Edge AI Architectures & Communication Protocols

IoT Architectures: 3-Layer, 5-Layer, Middleware, Edge AI Pipeline Architecture, MQTT, CoAP, HTTP, and
AMQP Protocols, Data Collection and Preprocessing at the Edge, Real-time Data Transmission and
Synchronization, Sensor Networks and Wireless Protocols (BLE, Zigbee, LoRaWAN), Communication
Challenges in IoT, Interoperability and Integration Frameworks

UNIT 3: AI and ML for Edge Devices

AI/ML Workflow Overview: Training vs Inference, Model Compression Techniques (Quantization, Pruning),
Knowledge Distillation for Edge AI, TinyML and Lightweight Model Deployment, Edge ML Frameworks:
TensorFlowLite, ONNX, PyTorch Mobile, Case Study: Deploying a CNN on Raspberry Pi, Energy and
Latency Considerations, Model Evaluation Metrics for Edge AI
UNIT 4: Edge AI System Design and Optimization

Hardware Selection: MCU, MPU, FPGA, ASIC, Power Consumption and Thermal Constraints, Model
Accuracy vs Performance Tradeoffs, Data Management and Storage on Edge Devices, Federated Learning at
the Edge, Edge-to-Cloud Integration Patterns, Edge AI Application Lifecycle, Security and Privacy at the Edge

UNIT 5: Applications and Case Studies of Edge AI &IoT

Smart City Applications: Traffic, Waste, Lighting, Healthcare Monitoring Systems using Edge AI, Industrial
Automation with Edge-enabled Sensors, Agriculture: Soil Health, Irrigation, Crop Monitoring, Surveillance &
Real-time Video Analytics, Edge AI for Predictive Maintenance, AI on Drones and Autonomous Vehicles,
Building Scalable Edge AI Solutions

Textbooks

1. "Edge AI: Convergence of Edge Computing and Artificial Intelligence" – Xiaofei Wang,
Springer, 2020.
2. "Internet of Things: Principles and Paradigms" – RajkumarBuyya, Amir VahidDastjerdi,
Elsevier, 2016.
3. "TinyML: Machine Learning with TensorFlowLite on Arduino and Ultra-Low-Power
Microcontrollers" – Pete Warden, Daniel Situnayake, O’Reilly Media, 2019.

Reference Books

1. "Architecting the Internet of Things" – Dieter Uckelmann, Springer.

2. "Hands-On Edge Analytics with Azure IoT" – ArvindRavulavaru, Packt Publishing.
3. Research papers from IEEE IoT Journal, ACM Transactions on IoT, Nature Electronics (Edge
AI).

Online Courses

Platform Course Title & Link

Coursera AI for Edge Computing – IBM
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY (AUTONOMOUS)

III B. Tech - II Semester

L T P C
23ACA38 PYTHON FOR AI & DATA SCIENCE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives (COs)

• Understand the fundamentals of Python programming relevant to AI and Data Science.

• Learn to handle, process, and visualize data using Python libraries.
• Apply Python-based techniques to build AI and machine learning models.
• Explore advanced AI concepts and implement them using Python.
• Develop skills to work with real-world datasets and AI applications using Python.

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:

CO1 Understand Python programming basics and syntax for AI and Understan
Data Science applications. d (L2)

CO2 Apply Python libraries for data manipulation and visualization. Apply (L3) CO3 Analyze
data sets and extract meaningful insights using Python tools. Analyze (L4) CO4 Evaluate
machine learning models implemented with Python. Evaluate (L5)
CO5 Design and implement AI solutions using Python programming. Create (L6)

Unit 1: Python Programming Fundamentals for AI & Data Science

Introduction to Python: Features and Setup, Data Types and Variables, Control Structures: Conditional
Statements and Loops, Functions and Modules, Exception Handling, File Handling in Python, Introduction to
Object-Oriented Programming, Introduction to Python IDEs and Notebooks

Unit 2: Data Handling and Preprocessing Using Python Libraries

Introduction to NumPy: Arrays and Operations, Pandas for Data Manipulation: Series and DataFrames,
Handling Missing Data, Data Cleaning and Transformation, Data Aggregation and Grouping, Working with
Dates and Time in Pandas, Data Input/Output: CSV, Excel, JSON, Introduction to Data Preprocessing
Techniques

Unit 3: Data Visualization Techniques in Python

Introduction to Matplotlib: Basic Plotting, Customizing Plots and Graphs, Seaborn for Statistical
Visualizations, Plotting Categorical Data, Plotting Time Series Data, Pairplots, Heatmaps, and Correlation
Plots, Interactive Visualizations with Plotly, Visualizing Distributions and Outliers
Unit 4: Machine Learning Basics with Python

Introduction to Scikit-learn, Supervised Learning Algorithms: Linear Regression, Logistic Regression,

Unsupervised Learning: K-Means Clustering, Model Evaluation Metrics: Accuracy, Precision, Recall, F1-
score, Cross-validation and Hyperparameter Tuning, Feature Selection and Engineering, Overfitting and
Underfitting Concepts, Introduction to Pipeline and Model Persistence

Unit 5: Advanced AI Applications with Python

Introduction to Neural Networks with Keras and TensorFlow, Building and Training Deep Learning Models,
Natural Language Processing with Python (NLTK, SpaCy), Computer Vision Basics with OpenCV,
Reinforcement Learning Overview, Transfer Learning and Pretrained Models, Deploying AI Models with
Flask API, Ethical Considerations and Best Practices in AI

Textbooks

1. Jake VanderPlas, Python Data Science Handbook, O'Reilly, 2016.

2. Sebastian Raschka, VahidMirjalili, Python Machine Learning, Packt, 2019.
3. AurélienGéron, Hands-On Machine Learning with Scikit-Learn, Keras, and TensorFlow, O'Reilly,
2019.

Reference Books

1. Wes McKinney, Python for Data Analysis, O'Reilly, 2017.

2. Joel Grus, Data Science from Scratch: First Principles with Python, O'Reilly, 2019.
3. Francois Chollet, Deep Learning with Python, Manning, 2018.

Online Courses

Platform Course Title & Link

Coursera Applied Data Science with Python Specialization – University of Michigan
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY (AUTONOMOUS)

III B. Tech - II Semester

L T P C
23ACA39 DATA STRUCTURES & ALGORITHMS FOR AI 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives (COs)

• Understand fundamental data structures and algorithms relevant to AI applications.

• Learn how to implement and analyze algorithms for efficient data processing in AI systems.
• Apply data structures and algorithms to solve AI problems such as search, optimization, and
learning.
• Analyze algorithmic complexity and optimize AI solutions for performance.
• Develop skills to design AI algorithms using appropriate data structures.

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
Understand
CO1 Understand basic and advanced data structures used in AI applications.
(L2)
CO2 Implement and apply fundamental algorithms for problem-solving in AI. Apply (L3) CO3 Analyze
the time and space complexity of algorithms. Analyze (L4)
CO4 Evaluate different algorithmic approaches and choose appropriate Evaluate (L5)
ones for AI problems.

CO5 Design efficient algorithms and data structures for AI systems. Create (L6)
Unit 1: Fundamentals of Data Structures for AI

Introduction to Data Structures and Algorithms, Arrays and Linked Lists, Stacks and Queues, Trees: Basic
Terminology and Binary Trees, Graphs: Representation and Terminologies, Hashing and Hash Tables,
Recursion and Recursive Algorithms, Complexity Analysis: Big-O Notation

Unit 2: Searching and Sorting Algorithms in AI

Linear Search and Binary Search, Bubble Sort, Selection Sort, Insertion Sort, Merge Sort and Quick Sort, Heap
Sort and Counting Sort, Search Algorithms in Graphs: DFS and BFS, Heuristic Search: A* Algorithm,
Algorithm Design Techniques: Divide and Conquer, Performance Analysis of Sorting and Searching
Algorithms

Unit 3: Advanced Data Structures and Their Applications in AI

Balanced Trees: AVL Trees and Red-Black Trees, B-Trees and B+ Trees, Trie and Suffix Trees, Priority
Queues and Heaps, Disjoint Set Union (Union-Find), Graph Algorithms: Minimum Spanning Tree (Kruskal,
Prim), Shortest Path Algorithms (Dijkstra, Bellman-Ford), Application of Advanced Data Structures in AI
Unit 4: Algorithms for AI Problem Solving

Backtracking Algorithms, Branch and Bound Technique, Dynamic Programming and Memoization, Greedy
Algorithms and their applications, Optimization Algorithms in AI, Local Search Algorithms, Evolutionary
Algorithms and Genetic Algorithms, Complexity Classes: P, NP, NP-Complete, NP-Hard

Unit 5: Designing AI Algorithms with Data Structures

Designing Efficient Search Algorithms for AI, Data Structures for Knowledge Representation, Graph-based
Algorithms for Social Network Analysis, Tree-based Algorithms in Decision Making (Decision Trees),
Algorithms for Natural Language Processing, Algorithms for Computer Vision Tasks, Parallel and Distributed
Algorithms in AI, Case Studies: Implementing AI Algorithms using Data Structures.

Textbooks

1. Mark Allen Weiss, Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in C++, Pearson.
2. Thomas H. Cormen, Charles E. Leiserson, Ronald L. Rivest, Clifford Stein, Introduction to
Algorithms, MIT Press.
3. Nils J. Nilsson, Artificial Intelligence: A New Synthesis, Morgan Kaufmann (for AI algorithm
context).

Reference Books

1. Richard E. Neapolitan, KumarssNaimipour, Foundations of Algorithms, Jones & Bartlett

Publishers.
2. R. S. Salaria, Data Structures and Algorithms, Khanna Publishing House.
3. Stuart Russell, Peter Norvig, Artificial Intelligence: A Modern Approach, Pearson.

Online Courses

Platform Course Title & Link

Coursera Algorithms Specialization – Stanford University
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY (AUTONOMOUS)

IV B. Tech - I Semester

L T P C
23AAD03 REINFORCEMENT LEARNING 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives (COs)

• Understand the fundamental concepts and principles of reinforcement learning (RL).

• Learn various RL algorithms including model-free and model-based methods.
• Analyze the mathematical foundations and performance of RL algorithms.
• Apply reinforcement learning techniques to real-world problems and AI applications.
• Develop skills to design, implement, and evaluate RL systems effectively.

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:

CO1 Understand core concepts such as Markov Decision Processes, policies, Understand
and rewards in RL. (L2)
CO2 Implement fundamental RL algorithms like Dynamic Programming, Apply (L3)
Monte Carlo, and Temporal Difference.
CO3 Analyze convergence, stability, and exploration-exploitation trade-offs in Analyze
RL algorithms.
(L4)

CO4 Evaluate the effectiveness of different RL algorithms on benchmark tasks. Evaluate (L5) CO5 Design
and develop advanced RL solutions for complex environments. Create (L6) Unit 1:
Introduction and Foundations of Reinforcement Learning

Overview of Reinforcement Learning, Key Elements: Agent, Environment, States, Actions, Rewards, Markov
Decision Process (MDP) - Definition and Properties, Policies and Value Functions, Bellman Equations for
State and Action Values, Concept of Return and Discount Factor, Exploration vs Exploitation dilemma,
Examples of RL in Real World.

Unit 2: Dynamic Programming and Monte Carlo Methods

Policy Evaluation with Dynamic Programming, Policy Improvement and Policy Iteration, Value Iteration
Algorithm, Monte Carlo Prediction and Control, First-visit and Every-visit MC Methods, On-policy vs Off-
policy MC Methods, Importance Sampling in Monte Carlo, Applications of Dynamic Programming and Monte
Carlo in RL.

Unit 3: Temporal Difference Learning

Introduction to Temporal Difference (TD) Learning, TD(0) Algorithm and its Properties, TD Prediction and
Control Methods, SARSA Algorithm (On-policy TD Control), Q-Learning Algorithm (Off-policy TD
Control), Eligibility Traces and TD(λ), Function Approximation in TD Learning, Convergence and Stability
Analysis.

Unit 4: Policy Gradient and Advanced Methods

Policy Gradient Theorem, REINFORCE Algorithm, Actor-Critic Methods, Deep Reinforcement Learning
(DRL) Overview, Deep Q Networks (DQN), Trust Region Policy Optimization (TRPO), Proximal Policy
Optimization (PPO), Exploration Strategies (ε-greedy, Boltzmann, UCB).

Unit 5: Applications and Recent Advances in Reinforcement Learning

Multi-agent Reinforcement Learning, Hierarchical Reinforcement Learning, Inverse Reinforcement Learning,

RL in Robotics and Autonomous Systems, RL for Game Playing (Chess, Go, Atari), Safety and Ethics in RL,
Transfer Learning and Meta-RL, Case Studies and Re
Textbooks

1. Richard S. Sutton and Andrew G. Barto, Reinforcement Learning: An Introduction, 2nd Edition,
MIT Press, 2018.
2. CsabaSzepesvári, Algorithms for Reinforcement Learning, Morgan & Claypool Publishers, 2010.

Reference Books

1. Marco Wiering and Martijn van Otterlo (Editors), Reinforcement Learning: State-of-the-Art,
Springer, 2012.
2. Deep Reinforcement Learning Hands-On by Maxim Lapan, Packt Publishing, 2018.
3. David Silver’s Lecture Notes and Videos on Reinforcement Learning (available online).
search Trends
Online Courses

Platform Course Title & Link

Coursera Reinforcement Learning Specialization – University of Alberta
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY (AUTONOMOUS)

III B. Tech - II Semester

L T P C
23ACA42 PYTHON & DS LAB 0 0 3 1.5

Course Objectives:

• To strengthen programming and DS skills for AI.

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:

1. Apply Python for solving AI-related problems.

2. Use appropriate data structures in solutions.

Experiments:

1. Python basics and data types

2. Functions and recursion
3. Lists, Tuples, Sets
4. Dictionaries and comprehension
5. Stacks and Queues
6. Linked Lists implementation
7. Searching and Sorting
8. Tree traversals
9. Graph representation and DFS/BFS
10. Recursion with memoization
11. Implement AI heuristic search (A*)
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY (AUTONOMOUS)

IV B. Tech - I Semester

L T P C
23ACA43 RL & QUANTUM AI LAB 0 0 3 1.5

Course Objectives:

• To introduce RL and Quantum concepts in AI.

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:

• Apply RL to solve simple tasks.

• Demonstrate basics of quantum circuits.

Experiments:

1. Intro to OpenAI Gym

2. RL environment setup
3. Q-learning implementation
4. Policy gradient methods
5. CartPole balancing with RL
6. Quantum computing basics (Qiskit)
7. Quantum circuits & gates
8. Superposition and entanglement
9. Quantum teleportation simulation
10. Quantum ML (VQC intro)
11. Reinforcement learning with function approximation
12. RL/Quantum hybrid demo
 MINORS DEGREE IN AI APPLICATIONS & EMERGING TECHNOLOGIES

SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY (AUTONOMOUS)

III B. Tech - I Semester

L T P C
23AAI15 INTRODUCTION TO AI IN CYBER 3 0 0 3
SECURITY
Course Objectives

• Understand the foundational principles of cybersecurity and AI integration.

• Explore how AI/ML techniques can detect, prevent, and mitigate cybersecurity threats.
• Learn about anomaly detection, malware classification, intrusion detection, and phishing detection
using AI.
• Analyze ethical issues, limitations, and adversarial attacks in AI-driven cybersecurity systems.
• Implement AI models for real-time threat intelligence and response.

Course Outcomes (COs)

CO No Course Outcome
Bloom’s Level CO1 Explain the fundamentals of AI and its applications in cybersecurity
Understand (L2) CO2 Apply machine learning models for intrusion and anomaly
detection Apply (L3) CO3 Analyze malware and phishing threats using AI techniques
Analyze (L4) CO4 Evaluate and compare different AI-based cybersecurity
frameworks Evaluate (L5) CO5 Design secure AI-based threat
detection and response systems Create (L6) UNIT 1:
Introduction to Cybersecurity & AI

Overview of Cybersecurity Threat Landscape, Fundamentals of Artificial Intelligence & Machine Learning,
Categories of Threats: Malware, Phishing, Ransomware, Traditional vs AI-based Threat Detection Systems,
Role of AI in Cybersecurity: Overview, AI in Endpoint, Network, and Application Security, AI Workflow in
Threat Detection Systems, Challenges of Implementing AI in Cybersecurity

UNIT 2: Intrusion Detection and Anomaly Detection using AI

What is Intrusion Detection System (IDS)?, Signature-based vs Anomaly-based IDS, ML Techniques for
Anomaly Detection, Feature Engineering for Network Traffic, Classification Algorithms for IDS (SVM, KNN,
RF), Real-time Threat Monitoring Using AI, Evaluation Metrics: Accuracy, ROC, Precision/Recall, Tools:
Snort, Suricata, and Open Source AI IDS Models

UNIT 3: Malware Analysis and Phishing Detection

Introduction to Malware Analysis, Static vs Dynamic Malware Analysis Techniques, Malware Classification
Using Machine Learning, Phishing Attack Patterns and Features, Email Header and URL -based Phishing
Detection, NLP for Textual Content Analysis, Feature Extraction from Executables and Emails, Dataset:
Malimg, PhishTank, VirusShare
UNIT 4: Adversarial Attacks and AI Model Robustness

Introduction to Adversarial Machine Learning, Poisoning, Evasion, and Inference Attacks, Adversarial
Example Generation (FGSM, PGD), Model Robustness Evaluation Techniques, Defense Mechanisms: Input
Sanitization, Adversarial Training, Privacy Attacks: Membership Inference & Model Inversion, Explainable AI
in Cybersecurity.

UNIT 5: AI for Cyber Threat Intelligence & Incident Response

Threat Intelligence Frameworks and Standards (STIX/TAXII), AI-Powered SIEM (Security Information and
Event Management), NLP for Threat Report Analysis, Entity Recognition in Cyber Threat Reports, Predictive
Analytics for Threat Forecasting, AI in SOC (Security Operations Center) Automation, Use of LLMs (like
GPT) for Incident Summary and Analysis, Capstone Project: Build AI-Based Cyber Threat Detection System

Textbooks

1. “Artificial Intelligence for Cybersecurity” – Alessandro Parisi

2. “Machine Learning and Security” – Clarence Chio& David Freeman
3. “Cybersecurity and Artificial Intelligence” – RashmiAgrawal, Vishal Jain

Reference Books

1. “Hands-On Machine Learning for Cybersecurity” – Soma Halder, SinanOzdemir

2. “Blue Team Field Manual” – Alan J White
3. NIST and MITRE ATT&CK Framework Guidelines
4. Research papers from IEEE/ACM Digital Library on Adversarial AI

Online Courses

Platform Course Title

Coursera AI For Cybersecurity
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY (AUTONOMOUS)

III B. Tech - I Semester

L T P C
23ACA28 HEALTHCARE AI 3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:

• To provide a foundational understanding of AI applications in healthcare.

• To familiarize students with medical data types, preprocessing, and ethical considerations.
• To explore ML and DL algorithms tailored for diagnosis, prognosis, and treatment
recommendations.
• To expose students to real-world healthcare systems and AI solutions like predictive modeling,
EHRs, and medical imaging.
• To enable students to design, evaluate, and deploy AI-driven healthcare applications.

Course Outcomes:

After completing this course, students will be able to:

• Understand the scope, challenges, and benefits of AI in healthcare.

• Apply data preprocessing and modeling techniques specific to biomedical data.
• Analyze the performance of ML/DL models in clinical contexts.
• Develop AI-driven applications for tasks like disease diagnosis, drug discovery, and patient
monitoring.
• Evaluate ethical, legal, and societal implications of AI in healthcare.

UNIT I: Introduction to AI in Healthcare:Overview of Healthcare Systems and Data Ecosystem – (U), AI in

Clinical Decision Support Systems (CDSS) – (U), Types of Medical Data: EHRs, Imaging, Genomic, Sensor
Data – (U), Applications of AI in Diagnosis, Prognosis, and Monitoring – (A), Use Cases: Radiology, Pathology,
Oncology, Cardiology – (A), Limitations and Challenges of AI in Healthcare , AI for Telemedicine and Remote
Patient Monitoring – (A)

UNIT II: Medical Data Preprocessing and Feature Engineering: Data Cleaning, Imputation, and
Normalization for Clinical Data – (A), Handling Missing Values, Outliers, and Bias – (A), Feature Engineering
from EHRs and Time-Series Data – (A), Text Mining for Medical Notes using NLP – (A), Encoding Diagnosis
and Procedure Codes (ICD, CPT) – (U), Temporal Pattern Extraction from Clinical Sequences ,Data Privacy,
Anonymization, and HIPAA Compliance – (AN)

UNIT III: Machine Learning & Deep Learning in Healthcare:Supervised Learning for Risk Prediction and
Classification – (A), Unsupervised Learning for Patient Segmentation – (A), Deep Learning for Medical
Imaging: CNNs, Transfer Learning – (A), Recurrent Neural Networks for Time-series Clinical Data
,Survival Analysis and Time-to-Event Prediction – (A), Model Evaluation Metrics: Sensitivity, Specificity,
AUC – (E), Handling Imbalanced Datasets in Healthcare – (E), Interpretability in Medical ML Models (LIME,
SHAP) – (E)
UNIT IV: Specialized Healthcare AI Applications : AI for Disease Diagnosis: Diabetes, Cancer, Heart
Disease – (A), AI in Medical Imaging: X-ray, MRI, CT Scan Analysis – (A), Predictive Modeling for ICU
Admission & Mortality Risk – (A), AI in Genomics and Personalized Medicine ,Drug Discovery and
Repurposing with AI ,Chatbots and Virtual Health Assistants – (A), Remote Monitoring using IoT&Wearables
+ AI – (A), Designing an End-to-End AI Solution for a Medical Use Case – (C)

UNIT V: Ethics, Regulation, and Future Directions in Healthcare AI: Ethical AI in Healthcare: Bias,
Fairness, and Accountability ,Regulatory Landscape: FDA Approval, CE Marking – (E), Explainable AI and
Clinical Trust – (E), Federated Learning for Privacy-Preserving AI ,Clinical Trials and AI Decision-Support
Tools – (E), Case Studies: Google DeepMind, IBM Watson Health, PathAI ,Responsible Deployment of AI in
Healthcare Settings – (E), Capstone: Building a Responsible Healthcare AI Proposal – (C)

Textbooks:

1. Jiang, Fei et al. – Artificial Intelligence in Healthcare: Past, Present and Future.
2. Kevin Frick – Introduction to Healthcare AI.
3. Eric Topol – Deep Medicine: How Artificial Intelligence Can Make Healthcare Human Again.

Reference Books:

1. Mathias Goyen – AI in Medical Imaging.

2. BertalanMeskó – The Guide to the Future of Medicine: Technology and The Human Touch.
3. Peter Szolovits – Artificial Intelligence in Medicine (Morgan Kaufmann).

Online Learning Resources:

• Coursera: AI for Medicine Specialization (offered by DeepLearning.AI)

https://www.coursera.org/specializations/ai-for-medicine
• HarvardX: Data Science in Healthcare (edX)
https://online-learning.harvard.edu/course/data-science-healthcare
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY (AUTONOMOUS)

III B. Tech - II Semester

L T P C
23AAI16 AI IN FINANCE & BUSINESS ANALYTICS 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives

• Understand the fundamentals and applications of AI in finance and business.

• Explore machine learning and deep learning techniques for financial data modeling.
• Analyze predictive analytics for stock market, risk, and fraud detection.
• Develop AI-based solutions for customer segmentation, churn prediction, and pricing.
• Evaluate ethical, regulatory, and technological challenges in deploying AI in business.

Course Outcomes

CO No Course Outcome
Bloom’s Level CO1 Understand financial systems and analytics tools for business insights
Understand (L2) CO2 Apply AI/ML models for risk assessment, fraud detection, and market
prediction Apply (L3) CO3 Analyze customer behavior using segmentation and recommendation
systems Analyze (L4) CO4 Evaluate AI tools for
performance optimization in business decisions Evaluate (L5) CO5 Design
intelligent business systems using ethical AI techniques Create (L6) UNIT 1:
Introduction to AI in Finance & Business

Overview of Financial Systems and Analytics, Introduction to Artificial Intelligence and ML in Business,
Business Intelligence vs. Business Analytics, Types of Financial Data (Transactional, Time-Series, Textual),
Use Cases of AI in Banking, Insurance, and Stock Markets, Tools for Business Analytics: Python, Power BI,
Tableau, Descriptive, Predictive, and Prescriptive Analytics, Case Study: AI in Robo-Advisory Systems

UNIT 2: Machine Learning for Financial Analytics

Data Preprocessing for Financial Applications, Regression for Stock Price Prediction, Classification Models for
Credit Scoring, Clustering for Customer Segmentation, Time Series Analysis using ARIMA, LSTM, Portfolio
Optimization using Reinforcement Learning, AI in Algorithmic Trading Strategies, Model Validation
Techniques: Cross-validation, A/B Testing

UNIT 3: AI for Risk, Fraud, and Compliance

Credit Risk Modeling using Decision Trees and XGBoost, Fraud Detection using Anomaly Detection Models,
Real-Time Risk Scoring Systems, Anti-Money Laundering (AML) Compliance Models, Sentiment Analysis
for Financial News and Tweets, Predictive Maintenance and Financial Risk Analysis, Explainable AI in
Financial Decision Systems, Case Study: Fraud Detection in Credit Card Transactions
UNIT 4: AI for Business Process Optimization
Customer Lifetime Value Prediction, Churn Prediction using Ensemble Models, Dynamic Pricing Models
using AI, AI in Demand Forecasting, Chatbots for Customer Support and Financial Advisory,
Recommendation Systems in E-Commerce and Retail, Optimization in Supply Chain Analytics, AI-driven
Marketing Campaigns and ROI Analysis

UNIT 5: Ethics, Deployment, and Future Trends

Ethics of AI in Finance: Bias, Fairness, and Transparency, Regulatory Frameworks (GDPR, RBI, SEBI,
PSD2), Data Privacy and Governance in Financial Institutions, Explainable AI (XAI) for Auditing and Trust,
Scalable AI Architectures (ML Ops in Business), Fintech Innovations: Blockchain, AI, and Smart Contracts,
Generative AI and Large Language Models in Business Analytics, Designing AI-Powered Financial Products
(Use Case Projects)

Textbooks

1. “Artificial Intelligence in Finance” by Yves Hilpisch – O’Reilly

2. “Applied Artificial Intelligence in Finance” by Yves Hilpisch – Wiley
3. “Business Analytics: The Science of Data-Driven Decision Making” by U. Dinesh Kumar –
Wiley India

Reference Books

1. “Machine Learning for Financial Risk Management” by Abdullah Karasan – Springer

2. “Data Science for Business” by Foster Provost & Tom Fawcett – O’Reilly
3. “Machine Trading” by Ernest Chan – Wiley
4. Research Articles from Journal of Financial Data Science, Harvard Business Review, and ACM
Transactions on Management Information Systems

Online Courses

Platform Course Title & Link

Coursera AI in Finance by NYIF
edX Artificial Intelligence in Business
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY (AUTONOMOUS)

III B. Tech - II Semester

L T P C
23AAI17 ETHICAL AI & RESPONSIBLE AI 3 0 0 3
Course Objectives

• Understand the ethical foundations and challenges in AI systems.

• Explore fairness, accountability, transparency, and interpretability in AI.
• Identify social, legal, and cultural impacts of deploying AI at scale.
• Learn frameworks for responsible AI governance and regulations.
• Design and evaluate AI systems with ethical and responsible principles.

Course Outcomes

CO1 Explain ethical theories and values applied to AI systems Understand (L2)
CO2 Identify bias, fairness, and accountability issues in AI systems Analyze (L4)
CO3 Evaluate the ethical impact of AI across industries and society Evaluate (L5)
CO4 Recommend design choices for building responsible AI applications Apply (L3) CO5 Develop
AI solutions aligned with global policies and ethical standards Create (L6)

UNIT 1: Foundations of AI Ethics

Introduction to AI and Ethics, Ethical Theories: Utilitarianism, Deontology, Virtue Ethics, AI's Role in Society:
Risks and Benefits, Data Ethics and Consent, AI Decision-Making vs. Human Judgment, Algorithmic
Responsibility and Trust, Moral Machine Experiment and Human-AI Dilemmas, Case Study: Ethical
Challenges in Autonomous Vehicles

UNIT 2: Bias, Fairness & Discrimination in AI

Understanding Algorithmic Bias, Types of Bias: Historical, Sampling, Label, Measurement, Disparate Impact
and Fairness Metrics, Mitigating Bias: Pre-processing, In-processing, Post-processing, Audit and Testing of
AI Systems, Intersectionality and Social Justice in AI, Case Study: Racial Bias in Facial Recognition Systems,
Tools for Fair AI: IBM AI Fairness 360, Fairlearn

UNIT 3: Explainability, Transparency & Accountability

Explainabilityvs Interpretability, Model-Agnostic vs. Intrinsic Explainability, SHAP, LIME, and

Counterfactual Explanations, Black-Box vs. Glass-Box Models, Accountability Frameworks for AI
Developers, Documentation: Datasheets for Datasets, Model Cards, Role of Human Oversight, Case Study:
Transparent Credit Scoring Systems

UNIT 4: Responsible AI Governance & Regulations

AI Governance Frameworks (OECD, NITI Aayog, EU AI Act), Ethics Guidelines from IEEE, UNESCO,
ISO/IEC, Legal Responsibility and Liability in AI, Data Protection Laws: GDPR, HIPAA, Ethics Boards and
Risk Assessment Models, AI Ethics in Industry: Google, Microsoft, Meta Case Studies, Inclusive Design and
Accessibility, Open Source & Community Involvement in Responsible AI
UNIT 5: Emerging Topics & Global Perspective

Ethical Issues in Generative AI (ChatGPT, DALL·E), Deepfakes and Information Manipulation, Autonomous
Weapons and AI in Warfare, AI and Climate Change Mitigation, Emotional AI, Neuro AI, and Human Rights,
AI in Healthcare, Finance, and Education: Ethical Outlook, Cultural and Geopolitical Dimensions of AI
Deployment, Capstone Project: Designing a Responsible AI Use Case

Textbooks

1. “Ethics of Artificial Intelligence and Robotics” – Stanford Encyclopedia of Philosophy

2. “Ethics of Artificial Intelligence” by Markus D. Dubber, Frank Pasquale, Sunit Das
3. “Weapons of Math Destruction” by Cathy O’Neil
4. “Artificial Unintelligence: How Computers Misunderstand the World” by Meredith Broussard

Reference Books

1. “Rebooting AI” by Gary Marcus and Ernest Davis

2. “The Ethical Algorithm” by Michael Kearns and Aaron Roth
3. IEEE Standards for Ethically Aligned Design
4. UNESCO Recommendations on Ethics of AI

Online Courses

Platform Course Title & Link

Coursera AI For Everyone by Andrew Ng
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY (AUTONOMOUS)

IV B. Tech - I Semester

L T P C
23AAI18 GENERATIVE AI & PROMPT ENGINEERING 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives

• Understand the fundamental principles behind generative models, including transformers and
diffusion models.
• Explore various architectures like GPT, DALL·E, BERT, and Stable Diffusion.
• Learn prompt engineering strategies to guide LLMs effectively for various tasks.
• Develop skills to build applications using Generative AI APIs (e.g., OpenAI, Hugging Face).
• Evaluate the ethical considerations and limitations of generative AI systems.

Course Outcomes

CO1 Understand foundational concepts of generative AI and prompt engineering Understand (L2)
CO2 Apply effective prompting techniques for text/image/code generation Apply (L3)
CO3 Analyze different types of generative models and their applications Analyze (L4)
CO4 Evaluate the performance and output quality of various generative AI tools Evaluate (L5)
CO5 Design AI-powered solutions using LLMs and prompt design Create (L6)

UNIT 1: Introduction to Generative AI

What is Generative AI? – Overview and History, Applications: Text, Images, Code, Audio, Video,
Probabilistic Models vs Generative Models, GANs (Generative Adversarial Networks): Intuition,
Autoencoders and Variational Autoencoders, Transformers: Architecture and Attention, Pretraining vs Fine-
tuning, Introduction to GPT, BERT, DALL·E, Stable Diffusion

UNIT 2: Prompt Engineering Techniques

What is Prompt Engineering?, Few-shot, One-shot, and Zero-shot Prompting, Role-based Prompting (e.g.,
“Act as…”), Chain-of-Thought Prompting, Prompt Templates and Variables, Prompt Evaluation and
Refinement, Prompt Injection Attacks &Defenses, Prompting for Text Summarization, Translation.

UNIT 3: Architectures & Tools for Generative AI

OpenAI GPT-3, GPT-4: Capabilities & APIs, Hugging Face Transformers and Pipelines, DALL·E and Stable
Diffusion for Image Generation, Midjourney& Open-Source Diffusion Models, LangChain for Prompt
Chaining, Fine-tuning vs Instruction Tuning, Codex for Code Generation, Tool Use: Notebooks, APIs, VS
Code Extensions
UNIT 4: Use Cases & Application Development

Chatbots& Virtual Assistants with LLMs, Content Generation for Marketing & Blogs, Educational Aids: Auto -
Grading & Explanations, Code Generation & Refactoring (Copilot, Codex), Image Generation for Design &
Advertising, AI Writing Assistants (e.g., Jasper, Writer.ai), Prompt-Based App Development with LangChain,
Evaluating Output Quality: Human-AI Feedback Loop

UNIT 5: Ethical AI & Future Trends

AI Hallucinations and Misinformation, Bias, Fairness, and Toxicity in Generative AI, Copyright, Plagiarism,
and Data Usage Issues, Red Teaming & Safety Testing for LLMs, OpenAI Usage Guidelines and Safety
Layers, Explainability& Interpretability in Generative Models, The Future: AGI, Multimodal AI, and Prompt
Agents, Capstone Project: Design & Deploy a Prompt-Driven Application

Textbooks

1. “You Look Like a Thing and I Love You” – Janelle Shane

2. “Deep Learning with Python” – François Chollet
3. “Prompt Engineering Guide” – DAIR.AI (Open Source)
4. “Generative Deep Learning” – David Foster

Reference Books

1. “Hands-On Generative Adversarial Networks” – Josh Kalin

2. “Transformers for Natural Language Processing” – Denis Rothman
3. “Natural Language Processing with Transformers” – Lewis Tunstall et al.
4. OpenAI Cookbook (GitHub)
5. Hugging Face Transformers Documentation

Online Courses

Platform Course Title

Coursera Prompt Engineering for ChatGPT
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY (AUTONOMOUS)

III B. Tech - II Semester

L T P C
23AAI19 AI APPLICATIONS LAB 0 0 3 1.5

Course Objectives:

• To implement domain-specific AI solutions.

Course Outcomes:

• Develop healthcare/finance/cybersecurity AI use-cases.

Experiments:

1. Health dataset preprocessing

2. Disease prediction (Diabetes/COVID)
3. Financial fraud detection
4. Credit scoring system
5. Business dashboard using AI tools
6. AI in intrusion detection
7. Threat classification using ML
8. Explainable AI (SHAP/LIME)
9. Domain-specific dataset handling
10. Model fairness and bias checking
11. Deployment using Flask or Streamlit
12. Mini project on any domain
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY (AUTONOMOUS)

IV B. Tech - I Semester

L T P C
23AAI20 GENERATIVE AI LAB 0 0 3 1.5

Course Objectives:

• To explore generative AI tools and techniques.

Course Outcomes:

• Use text and image generation models.

• Develop simple prompt-based applications.

Experiments:

1. Intro to LLMs and Generative AI

2. Text generation with GPT models
3. Prompt engineering for Q&A systems
4. Image generation using DALL-E / Stable Diffusion
5. Text summarization
6. Chatbot creation using LLM API
7. Fine-tuning LLMs
8. Sentiment and emotion generation
9. Story or poem generation task
10. Prompt optimization and testing
11. Mid-journey/Runway ML tools (demo)
12. Mini project using Generative AI
MINORS IN QUANTUM TECHNOLOGIES
OFFERED BYINFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY

(AUTONOMOUS)
Minors in Information Technology (R23)

23AIT24: Foundations of Quantum Technologies

L T P C
Course Objectives: 3 0 0 3

1. Introduce the fundamental quantum mechanics concepts essential

for quantum technologies.
2. Build strong mathematical foundations for quantum state modeling.
3. Develop understanding of superposition, entanglement, and measurement.
4. Explain the physical principles behind quantum devices.
5. Prepare students for advanced studies in quantum computation, communication, sensing,
and materials.

Course Outcomes (COs):

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CO1: Understand postulates of quantum mechanics for quantum technologies
CO2: Apply linear algebra and Dirac notation to quantum state analysis
CO3: Analyze superposition, entanglement, and measurement processes
CO4: Evaluate quantum systems through operators and probability amplitudes
CO5: Create mathematical models for simple quantum systems

UNIT I – Quantum Mechanics Foundations (Cognitive Level: Understand)

Classical vs Quantum systems, Wave-particle duality, Schrödinger equation (Time-dependent and

Time-independent), Postulates of Quantum Mechanics, Quantum states and state vectors, Complex
Hilbert spaces, Dirac notation (Bra-Ket notation), Probabilistic interpretation of quantum mechanics

UNIT II – Linear Algebra for Quantum Systems (Cognitive Level: Apply)

Complex vector spaces and inner products, Orthonormal basis and orthogonality, Linear operators and
transformations, Unitary operators and Hermitian operators, Tensor products for multi-qubit systems,
Eigenvalues and Eigenvectors, Commutators, and anti-commutators, Representing quantum states with
matrices

UNIT III – Superposition, Measurement, and Entanglement (Cognitive Level: Analyze)

Principle of superposition, Measurement postulate, Probability amplitudes and Born rule, State collapse
upon measurement, Entanglement and Bell states, EPR paradox and non-locality, Density matrices and
mixed states, Quantum decoherence

UNIT IV – Operators and Quantum Dynamics (Cognitive Level: Evaluate)

Time evolution operators, Hamiltonian and energy eigenstates, Quantum harmonic oscillator (brief
overview), Unitary evolution and Schrödinger equation solutions, Quantum tunnelling, Adiabatic
theorem basics, Operator algebra in quantum systems, Expectation values and observables
UNIT V – Quantum Technologies Building Blocks (Cognitive Level: Create)

Basic qubit systems (spin-1/2, photon polarization, superconducting qubits), Two-level quantum
systems modelling, Bloch sphere representation, Quantum logic gates fundamentals, Multi-qubit
systems: controlled operations, Introduction to decoherence and quantum error correction, Quantum
technologies: hardware platforms overview, Basic quantum circuit modeling using simulators (Qiskit
or Q# demo examples)

Textbooks:

[1] M. A. Nielsen and I. L. Chuang, Quantum Computation and Quantum Information, 10th
Anniversary ed., Cambridge, U.K.: Cambridge Univ. Press, 2010.

[2] N. D. Mermin, Quantum Computer Science: An Introduction, Cambridge, U.K.: Cambridge Univ.
Press, 2007.

[3] D. McMahon, Quantum Computing Explained, Hoboken, NJ, USA: Wiley, 2008.

Reference Books:

[1] D. J. Griffiths, Introduction to Quantum Mechanics, 2nd ed., Upper Saddle River, NJ, USA: Pearson
Prentice Hall, 2005.

[2] J. J. Sakurai and J. Napolitano, Modern Quantum Mechanics, 2nd ed., Cambridge, U.K.: Cambridge
Univ. Press, 2020.

[3] J. Watrous, The Theory of Quantum Information, Cambridge, U.K.: Cambridge Univ. Press, 2018.

[4] V. K. Krishnan, Linear Algebra and Its Applications to Quantum Computing, Singapore: Springer,
2021.

Online Courses & Resources

Platform Course Title

MIT OpenCourseWare Quantum Physics I, II (MIT OCW 8.04 & 8.05)
edX (Berkeley) Quantum Mechanics and Quantum Computation
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY

(AUTONOMOUS)
Minors in Information Technology (R23)

23AIT25: Solid State Physics for Quantum Technologies

L T P C
3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:

1. Understand fundamental solid-state physics principles relevant to quantum technologies.

2. Study the electronic properties of materials used in quantum hardware.
3. Explore quantum confinement and nanostructures for qubit implementation.
4. Analyze crystal structures, band theory, and defects influencing quantum devices.
5. Build foundations for material selection and engineering for quantum systems.

Course Outcomes (COs):

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CO1: Understand crystal structures and band theory
CO2: Apply knowledge of semiconductors, insulators, and conductors in quantum materials
CO3: Analyze quantum confinement effects and low-dimensional systems
CO4: Evaluate defects, phonons, and interactions in solid-state systems
CO5: Create models for quantum device material systems

UNIT I – Crystal Structure and Electronic Properties (Cognitive Level: Understand)

Crystal lattices and unit cells, Bravais lattices, Miller indices, Reciprocal lattice and Brillouin zones,
atomic bonding in solids (covalent, ionic, metallic, van der Waals), X-ray diffraction and crystal
structure determination, electronic structure of solids, Free electron theory, Energy bands: metals,
semiconductors, and insulators

UNIT II – Semiconductor Physics for Quantum Devices (Cognitive Level: Apply)

Intrinsic and extrinsic semiconductors, Charge carriers: electrons, holes, effective mass, Carrier
concentration and Fermi level, p-n junctions and semiconductor heterostructures, Quantum wells and
quantum dots as qubits, Superconductors and Josephson junctions, Semiconductor fabrication basics,
Materials for quantum hardware: Si, GaAs, diamond NV centers, topological insulators

UNIT III – Quantum Confinement and Low-Dimensional Systems (Cognitive Level: Analyze)

Quantum size effects: nanowires, nanotubes, 2D materials, Quantum dots: discrete energy levels,
Quantum Hall effect, Topological quantum materials, Spintronics and spin qubits, Quantum
confinement in superconducting qubits, Heterostructure-based quantum devices, Valleytronics and
emerging 2D materials (MoS₂, graphene)

UNIT IV – Lattice Vibrations and Phonon Interactions (Cognitive Level: Evaluate)

Lattice vibrations and phonons, Heat capacity and thermal conductivity of solids, Electron-phonon
interaction, Decoherence in solid-state qubits due to phonons, Magnetic impurities and Kondo effect,
Defects and dislocations in crystals, Dopants and quantum impurity systems, nuclear spin environments
and coherence times

UNIT V – Materials for Quantum Technologies (Cognitive Level: Create)

Material engineering for superconducting qubits, NV centers in diamond for quantum sensing,
Topological materials for robust qubits, Photonic crystal materials for optical qubits, Hybrid quantum
systems: coupling different materials, Fabrication challenges and material purity, Advances in quantum
materials research, Designing material systems for long coherence time

Textbooks:

[1] C. Kittel, Introduction to Solid State Physics, 8th ed., Hoboken, NJ, USA: Wiley, 2004.

[2] M. A. Nielsen and I. L. Chuang, Quantum Computation and Quantum Information, 10th
Anniversary ed., Cambridge, U.K.: Cambridge Univ. Press, 2010.

[3] S. L. Altmann, Band Theory of Solids: An Introduction from the Point of View of Symmetry,
Oxford, U.K.: Oxford Univ. Press, 1994.

Reference Books:

[1] N. W. Ashcroft and N. D. Mermin, Solid State Physics, Boston, MA, USA: Cengage Learning,
1976.

[2] P. Y. Yu and M. Cardona, Fundamentals of Semiconductors: Physics and Materials Properties, 4th
ed., Berlin, Germany: Springer, 2010.

[3] D. D. Awschalom, D. Loss, and N. Samarth, Semiconductor Spintronics and Quantum Computation,
Berlin, Germany: Springer, 2002.

[4] D. Vollhardt and P. Wölfle, Theoretical Methods for Strongly Correlated Electrons: Introduction to
the Theory of Many-Body Systems, Mineola, NY, USA: Dover Publications, 2013.

Online Courses & Resources:

Platform Course Title
MIT OpenCourseWare Solid State Physics (MIT 8.231)
edX Quantum Materials and Devices (U. Tokyo)
Coursera Quantum Materials (ÉcolePolytechnique)
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY

(AUTONOMOUS)
Minors in Information Technology (R23)

23AIT26: Quantum Optics Prerequisites for Quantum Technologies

L T P C
3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:

1. Introduce fundamentals of light-matter interaction relevant for quantum technologies.

2. Explain the quantization of electromagnetic fields.
3. Study the role of photons as quantum information carriers.
4. Explore coherent states, squeezed states, and single-photon sources.
5. Prepare for quantum sensing, communication, and photonic quantum computing
applications.

Course Outcomes (COs):

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CO1: Understand quantum nature of light
CO2: Apply Maxwell’s equations to optical fields
CO3: Analyze interaction of photons with matter
CO4: Evaluate coherence, squeezing, and quantum noise
CO5: Create models for photonic quantum systems

UNIT I – Classical and Quantum Description of Light (Cognitive Level: Understand)

Review of electromagnetic waves, Maxwell’s equations for light propagation, Plane waves,
polarization, Poynting vector, Classical interference, diffraction, coherence, Blackbody radiation &
Planck's hypothesis, Photoelectric effect, Photons as quantized light energy, Introduction to quantum
theory of radiation

UNIT II – Quantization of Electromagnetic Field (Cognitive Level: Apply)

Harmonic oscillator quantization, Field quantization in free space, Photon number (Fock) states,
Coherent states and classical-quantum correspondence, Vacuum fluctuations and zero-point energy,
Single-mode vs multi-mode quantization, Spontaneous and stimulated emission, Quantum field
operators and commutation relations

UNIT III – Light-Matter Interaction (Cognitive Level: Analyze)

Two-level atom model, Absorption, stimulated emission, spontaneous emission, Einstein coefficients,
Rabi oscillations, Jaynes-Cummings model, Resonant and non-resonant interaction, Cavity Quantum
Electrodynamics (Cavity-QED), Atom-photon entanglement
UNIT IV – Quantum Coherence and Quantum Noise (Cognitive Level: Evaluate)

Classical vs quantum coherence, First- and second-order coherence functions, Photon antibunching,
Hanbury Brown and Twiss experiment, Quantum squeezing of light, Phase-sensitive amplification,
Quantum noise, shot noise, and standard quantum limit, Quantum nondemolition measurements

UNIT V – Quantum Photonics Applications (Cognitive Level: Create)

Single-photon sources (quantum dots, NV centers, SPDC), Entangled photon pair generation, Photonic
qubits and linear optical quantum computing, Quantum key distribution with photons, Photonic
integrated circuits, Quantum sensors based on squeezed light, Quantum metrology using entangled
photons, Designing experiments for quantum optics labs

Textbooks:

[1] M. Fox, Quantum Optics: An Introduction, Oxford, U.K.: Oxford Univ. Press, 2006.

[2] R. Loudon, The Quantum Theory of Light, 3rd ed., Oxford, U.K.: Oxford Univ. Press, 2000.

[3] M. O. Scully and M. S. Zubairy, Quantum Optics, Cambridge, U.K.: Cambridge Univ. Press,
1997.

Reference Books:

[1] S. M. Barnett, Quantum Information, Oxford, U.K.: Oxford Univ. Press, 2009.

[2] P. Meystre and M. Sargent, Elements of Quantum Optics, 4th ed., Berlin, Germany: Springer,
2007.

[3] M. Le Bellac, Quantum Physics, Cambridge, U.K.: Cambridge Univ. Press, 2006.

[4] D. F. Walls and G. J. Milburn, Quantum Optics, 2nd ed., Berlin, Germany: Springer, 2008.

Online Courses & Resources:

Platform Course Title
MIT OpenCourseWare Quantum Optics (MIT 8.421)
edX Principles of Photonics (EPFL)
Coursera Quantum Optics 1 & 2 (U. Rochester)
YouTube Quantum Optics Lectures (Various universities)
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY

(AUTONOMOUS)
Minors in Information Technology (R23)

23AIT27: Introduction to Quantum Communication

L T P C
3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:

1. Introduce fundamental principles of quantum communication.

2. Study quantum key distribution (QKD) protocols.
3. Analyze quantum teleportation, entanglement swapping, and quantum repeaters.
4. Evaluate quantum security principles and their advantages.
5. Prepare students for designing secure communication protocols for future quantum
networks.

Course Outcomes (COs):

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CO1: Understand quantum communication concepts
CO2: Apply quantum entanglement to communication protocols
CO3: Analyze QKD protocols and teleportation mechanisms
CO4: Evaluate security of quantum communication
CO5: Design quantum communication networks and protocols

UNIT I – Introduction to Quantum Communication (Cognitive Level: Understand)

Classical communication vs quantum communication, No-cloning theorem and quantum information

security, Qubits and qubit transmission channels, Quantum entanglement fundamentals, EPR paradox
and Bell's inequalities, Quantum states and measurement, Role of superposition and measurement
collapse, Overview of quantum internet and its architecture

UNIT II – Quantum Key Distribution (QKD) Protocols (Cognitive Level: Apply)

Classical cryptography limitations, BB84 protocol, B92 protocol, E91 entanglement-based protocol,
Decoy-state QKD, Device-independent QKD, Practical implementation challenges in QKD,
Experimental QKD systems (fiber, free-space, satellites)

UNIT III – Quantum Teleportation and Entanglement Distribution (Cognitive Level: Analyze)

Quantum teleportation protocol, Entanglement swapping, Quantum repeaters for long-distance

communication, Error sources in quantum teleportation, Resource requirements for teleportation,
Entanglement purification techniques, Bell state measurements, Applications of teleportation in
distributed quantum computing

UNIT IV – Quantum Networks and Quantum Internet (Cognitive Level: Evaluate)

Architecture of quantum networks, Quantum routers and switching, Quantum memories and storage
nodes, Distributed entanglement generation and management, Multiparty quantum communication
Blind quantum computing, Performance metrics for quantum networks (fidelity, key rate), Challenges
in large-scale quantum network deployment

UNIT V – Advanced Quantum Communication Protocols and Applications (Cognitive Level:

Create)

Quantum secure direct communication, Quantum digital signatures, Position-based quantum

cryptography, Quantum secret sharing, post-quantum cryptography overview, Quantum cloud
communication protocols, Building hybrid quantum-classical communication models, Future directions
in quantum communication technology

Textbooks:

[1] M. A. Nielsen and I. L. Chuang, Quantum Computation and Quantum Information, 10th
Anniversary ed., Cambridge, U.K.: Cambridge Univ. Press, 2010.

[2] M. M. Wilde, Quantum Information Theory, 2nd ed., Cambridge, U.K.: Cambridge Univ. Press,
2017.

[3] V. Scarani, Quantum Cryptography: A Primer, Oxford, U.K.: Oxford Univ. Press, 2019.

Reference Books:

[1] V. Dunjko and E. Diamanti, Introduction to Quantum Communication and Cryptography, Cham,
Switzerland: Springer, 2023.

[2] N. Lütkenhaus, “Practical security in quantum key distribution,” in Quantum Communication,

Measurement and Computing (QCMC), New York, NY, USA: AIP Conf. Proc., vol. 734, pp. 241–248,
2004.

[3] D. McMahon, Quantum Computing Explained, Hoboken, NJ, USA: Wiley, 2008.

[4] D. Bouwmeester, A. K. Ekert, and A. Zeilinger, The Physics of Quantum Information: Quantum
Cryptography, Quantum Teleportation, Quantum Computation, Berlin, Germany: Springer, 2000.

Online Courses & Resources:

Platform Course Title
edX Quantum Cryptography (ETH Zurich)
Coursera Quantum Communication (Delft University of Technology)
MIT OpenCourseWare Quantum Information Science (MIT 6.443)
YouTube Quantum Internet & Quantum Networking Tutorials
IBM Qiskit Qiskit tutorials on quantum teleportation and QKD
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY

(AUTONOMOUS)
Minors in Information Technology (R23)

23AIT28: Introduction to Quantum Sensing

L T P C
3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:

1. Introduce the principles of quantum sensing and metrology.

2. Explain how quantum superposition and entanglement enhance measurement sensitivity.
3. Study applications of quantum sensors across multiple domains.
4. Analyze noise, decoherence, and quantum limits on measurement.
5. Prepare students to design and analyze quantum-enhanced sensors.

Course Outcomes (COs):

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CO1: Understand the basic principles of quantum sensing
CO2: Apply quantum superposition and entanglement to sensing
CO3: Analyze quantum sensor architectures
CO4: Evaluate sensitivity and error limits in quantum measurements
CO5: Design quantum sensing systems for real-world applications

UNIT I – Introduction to Quantum Sensing and Metrology (Cognitive Level: Understand)

Classical vs quantum sensing, Precision limits: Standard Quantum Limit (SQL), Quantum metrology
fundamentals, Heisenberg limit, Quantum phase estimation for precision measurements, Quantum non-
demolition measurements, Quantum error correction in sensing, Importance of coherence and
entanglement in sensors

UNIT II – Quantum Measurement Principles (Cognitive Level: Apply)

Superposition and interference in measurement, Quantum Fisher information, squeezed states for noise
reduction, Photon counting and single-photon detectors, Spin-based measurements (NV centers,
trapped ions), Ramsey interferometry, Quantum state tomography, Applications of quantum-enhanced
interferometry

UNIT III – Quantum Sensor Technologies (Cognitive Level: Analyze)

Atomic clocks (optical & microwave), Gravimeters and accelerometers, Magnetometers (SQUIDs, NV
centers), Quantum gyroscopes, Quantum imaging & super-resolution microscopy, Quantum lidar and
radar, Force and electric field sensing, Photonic quantum sensing systems

UNIT IV – Decoherence, Noise, and Error Mitigation in Quantum Sensing (Cognitive Level:
Evaluate)

Sources of decoherence in quantum sensors, Thermal noise and quantum noise sources, Quantum back-
action, Squeezing and noise reduction techniques, Dynamical decoupling techniques, Noise
spectroscopy for sensor calibration, Robust error mitigation protocols, Evaluating sensitivity vs noise
tradeoffs

UNIT V – Advanced Applications and Future Quantum Sensing Systems (Cognitive Level: Create)

Quantum sensing for biological and medical imaging, Navigation and positioning without GPS,
Quantum-enhanced gravitational wave detection (LIGO), Quantum-enhanced environmental
monitoring, Sensors for national defense and security, Space-based quantum sensors, Integrated
quantum photonic sensing platforms, Design of hybrid quantum-classical sensor systems

Textbooks:

[1] C. L. Degen, F. Reinhard, and P. Cappellaro, “Quantum sensing,” Rev. Mod. Phys., vol. 89, no. 3,
pp. 035002-1–035002-39, Jul. 2017.

[2] V. Giovannetti, S. Lloyd, and L. Maccone, “Advances in quantum metrology,” Nature Photon., vol.
5, pp. 222–229, Apr. 2011.

[3] D. Budker and D. F. Jackson Kimball, Optical Magnetometry, Cambridge, U.K.: Cambridge Univ.
Press, 2013.

Reference Books:

[1] K. Jacobs, Quantum Measurement Theory and Its Applications, Cambridge, U.K.: Cambridge Univ.
Press, 2014.

[2] H. Rauch and S. A. Werner, Neutron Interferometry: Lessons in Experimental Quantum Mechanics,
Wave-Particle Duality, and Entanglement, 2nd ed., Oxford, U.K.: Oxford Univ. Press, 2015.

[3] M. O. Scully and M. S. Zubairy, Quantum Optics, Cambridge, U.K.: Cambridge Univ. Press, 1997,
ch. 16–18.

[4] V. Vedral, Introduction to Quantum Information Science, Oxford, U.K.: Oxford Univ. Press, 2006.

Online Courses & Resources:

Platform Course Title
edX Quantum Sensing & Metrology (LMU Munich)
Coursera Quantum Optics and Sensing (University of Colorado Boulder)
MIT OpenCourseWare Quantum Measurement and Sensing (MIT)
YouTube Quantum Sensing Lectures
IBM Qiskit Tutorials on Quantum Phase Estimation
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY

(AUTONOMOUS)
Minors in Information Technology (R23)

23AIT29: Quantum Communication and Sensing Lab

L T P C
0 0 3 1.5
Course Objectives:

1. Simulate and analyze quantum communication protocols.

2. Implement quantum key distribution (QKD) and teleportation.
3. Perform quantum sensing simulations for precision measurements.
4. Evaluate sensor performance with noise and decoherence.
5. Gain hands-on experience with quantum simulation tools.

Course Outcomes (COs):

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CO1: Simulate and evaluate quantum communication protocols using appropriate quantum
tools.
CO2: Implement and analyze quantum key distribution (QKD) and quantum teleportation
techniques.
CO3: Perform simulations for quantum sensing applications in precision measurements.
CO4: Analyze and interpret the effects of noise and decoherence on quantum sensor
performance.
CO5: Demonstrate hands-on proficiency in using quantum simulation software for
communication and sensing experiments.
List of Experiments:

1. Simulation of Qubits and Bloch Sphere Visualization

2. Implementation of BB84 Quantum Key Distribution Protocol
3. Simulation of B92 and E91 QKD Protocols
4. Quantum Entanglement Generation and Bell Inequality Testing
5. Quantum Teleportation Protocol using Qiskit/Cirq
6. Simulation of Quantum Repeaters and Entanglement Swapping
7. Noise and Decoherence Modeling in Quantum Communication Channels
8. Ramsey Interferometry Simulation for Quantum Sensing
9. Implementation of NV Center Magnetometry Simulation
10. Quantum Gravimeter and Accelerometer Simulation
11. Quantum Phase Estimation for High-Precision Metrology
Reference Textbooks:
[1] M. A. Nielsen and I. L. Chuang, Quantum Computation and Quantum Information, 10th
Anniversary ed., Cambridge, U.K.: Cambridge Univ. Press, 2010.
[2] C. H. Bennett and G. Brassard, “Quantum cryptography: Public key distribution and coin tossing,”
in Proc. IEEE Int. Conf. Computers, Systems and Signal Processing, Bangalore, India, Dec. 1984, pp.
175–179.
[3] J. Preskill, “Quantum computing in the NISQ era and beyond,” Quantum, vol. 2, pp. 1–20, Aug.
2018.
[4] V. Giovannetti, S. Lloyd, and L. Maccone, “Quantum-enhanced measurements: Beating the standard
quantum limit,” Science, vol. 306, no. 5700, pp. 1330–1336, Nov. 2004.
[5] M. G. A. Paris, “Quantum estimation for quantum technology,” Int. J. Quantum Inform., vol. 7, no.
supp01, pp. 125–137, 2009.

Platforms & Tools:

• IBM Qiskit
• Google Cirq
• RigettiPyQuil
• Quantum Inspire
• MATLAB / Python with quantum libraries
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY

(AUTONOMOUS)
Minors in Information Technology (R23)

23AIT30: Quantum Devices and Materials Lab

L T P C
0 0 3 1.5
Course Objectives:

1. Simulate quantum devices and materials behavior.

2. Explore quantum optics and solid-state quantum systems.
3. Model quantum dots, superconductors, and photonic devices.
4. Perform quantum simulation of condensed matter systems.
5. Build foundational skills for quantum hardware understanding.

Course Outcomes (COs):

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CO1: Simulate the behavior of quantum devices and quantum materials using computational
tools.
CO2: Analyze the properties of quantum optical systems and solid-state quantum structures.
CO3: Model and interpret the behavior of quantum dots, superconductors, and photonic
devices.
CO4: Perform quantum simulations of condensed matter systems and interpret the results.
CO5: Demonstrate foundational understanding of quantum hardware components and their
physical principles.

List of Experiments:

1. Simulation of Single-Qubit Optical Devices

2. Modeling Quantum Dots and Energy Level Transitions
3. Simulation of Two-Level Atom and Rabi Oscillations
4. Quantum Harmonic Oscillator: Energy Levels Visualization
5. Spin-1/2 Systems and Magnetic Resonance Simulation
6. Superconducting Qubits Circuit Simulation
7. Josephson Junction Modeling for Quantum Circuits
8. Quantum Photonic Interferometer Simulation
9. Simulation of NV Centers in Diamond for Quantum Sensing
10. Solid-State Quantum Materials Simulation (Band Structures)
11. Modeling Quantum Light-Matter Interactions (Jaynes-Cummings Model)
Reference Textbooks:

[1] Y. V. Nazarov and Y. M. Blanter, Quantum Transport: Introduction to Nanoscience, Cambridge,

U.K.: Cambridge Univ. Press, 2009.

[2] D. Bouwmeester, A. K. Ekert, and A. Zeilinger, The Physics of Quantum Information: Quantum
Cryptography, Quantum Teleportation, Quantum Computation, Berlin, Germany: Springer, 2000.

[3] B. E. Kane, “A silicon-based nuclear spin quantum computer,” Nature, vol. 393, no. 6681, pp. 133–
137, May 1998.

[4] M. Fox, Quantum Optics: An Introduction, Oxford, U.K.: Oxford Univ. Press, 2006.

Platforms & Tools:

• QuTiP (Quantum Toolbox in Python)

• Qiskit Nature / Qiskit Metal
• MATLAB Simulink
• COMSOL Multiphysics (for materials simulation)
• Silvaco TCAD (for device-level modeling)
Minor in UX/UI Design
SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
III B.Tech-I Semester L T P C
3 0 3 3

23AIT37: Introduction to Design and Visual Communication

Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1. Understand the foundational elements and principles of design and visual
communication.
CO2. Analyze visual compositions using concepts like balance, contrast, hierarchy, and
typography.
CO3. Apply color theory, layout principles, and design grids in creative visual projects.
CO4. Create effective visual messages for print and digital media using industry-standard
tools.
CO5. Critically evaluate design work based on functionality, aesthetics, and target
audience.
CO6. Develop a personal visual style and portfolio through practical assignments and
critiques.

Unit 1: Elements and Principles of Design

Line, Shape, Color, Texture, Space, Form Balance, Contrast, Emphasis, Movement,
Proportion, Rhythm, Unity

Unit 2: Fundamentals of Visual Literacy

Introduction to Color Theory: Primary, Secondary, Tertiary Colors Color Psychology and
Branding, Typography Basics: Typeface vs Font, Font Pairing, Readability

Unit 3: History and Evolution of Design

Historical Art Movements: Bauhaus, Minimalism, Modernism, Evolution from Print to Digital
Design, Milestones in Graphic and Interaction Design

Unit 4: Communication Design

Visual Hierarchy and Storytelling, Semiotics and Symbols in Design, Branding Elements and
Logo Design Basics

Unit 5: Introduction to Design Tools

Overview of Adobe Photoshop, Illustrator, Introduction to Figma/Sketch, File formats,
resolutions, and design output standards.

Text books:
1. D. Landa, Graphic Design Solutions, 6th ed., Boston, MA, USA: Cengage Learning,
2018.
2. K. Lidwell, J. Holden, and W. Butler, Universal Principles of Design, Rev. ed.,
Beverly, MA, USA: Rockport Publishers, 2010..
SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
III B.Tech-I Semester L T P C
3 0 3 3

23AIT38: Human Centered Design and Interaction Principles

Course Outcomes:
After completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1. Understand and explain the fundamental principles of human-centered design (HCD)
and user experience (UX) design.
CO2. Analyze human factors and cognitive models to inform interface and interaction
design decisions.
CO3. Apply design thinking methodologies to identify user needs and generate user-centric
solutions.
CO4. Design and develop user interfaces based on usability heuristics and interaction
principles.
CO5. Evaluate the effectiveness and usability of user interfaces using empirical methods
and usability testing.
CO6. Demonstrate proficiency in using prototyping tools and conducting iterative design
processes.

Unit 1: Foundations of Human-Centered Design

HCD Process: Discover, Define, Develop, Deliver - Benefits and Implementation in UX/UI -
User Goals vs Business Goals

Unit 2: Cognitive Psychology in Design

Perception, Memory, Mental Models, Decision Making, Cognitive Load, Visual Perception in
UI

Unit 3: Design Principles for Usability

Affordances, Signifiers, Feedback, Constraints, Consistency and Standards, Visibility and

Mapping

Unit 4: Human-Computer Interaction

History of HCI, Interaction Paradigms (WIMP, Touch, Voice), Input/Output Devices and
Modalities

Unit 5: Usability Heuristics

Nielsen’s 10 Heuristics, Real-world ExamplesM Application and Evaluation.

Text books:
3. D. A. Norman, The Design of Everyday Things, Revised and Expanded Edition, New
York, NY, USA: Basic Books, 2013.

4. J. Preece, Y. Rogers, and H. Sharp, Interaction Design: Beyond Human-Computer

Interaction, 5th ed., Hoboken, NJ, USA: Wiley, 2019.
SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

III B.Tech-II Semester L T P C

3 0 3 3

23AIT39: UX Research and Design Thinking

Course Outcomes
After completing this course, students will be able to:
CO1. Understand the fundamentals of User Experience (UX) design and its role in product
development.
CO2. Apply UX research methods such as user interviews, surveys, persona creation, and
journey mapping.
CO3. Utilize design thinking principles to identify problems and develop innovative user-
centric solutions.
CO4. Create wireframes, prototypes, and mockups to represent design solutions.
CO5. Conduct usability testing and evaluate user feedback to refine designs iteratively.
CO6. Collaborate in teams using agile and iterative methods to deliver human-centered design
solutions.

Unit 1: UX Research Foundations

Types of Research: Qualitative, Quantitative, Desk Research and Competitive Analysis,
Ethics in UX Research

Unit 2: Design Thinking Process

Empathize, Define, Ideate, Prototype, Test, Ideation Techniques: SCAMPER,
Brainstorming
Divergent vs Convergent Thinking

Unit 3: User Research Methods

User Interviews, Surveys, Field Studies, Contextual Inquiry
Affinity Diagramming

Unit 4: Persona and Empathy Mapping

Creating Personas, Building Empathy Maps, Using Insights for Design Decisions

Unit 5: Journey Mapping and Task Flows

Mapping Touchpoints and Emotions, Defining Happy Path and Edge Cases, Task Analysis
and Flow Diagrams

Textbook:
1. G. Gothelf and J. Seiden, Lean UX: Designing Great Products with Agile Teams, 2nd
ed., Sebastopol, CA, USA: O'Reilly Media, 2016.
2. T. Brown, Change by Design: How Design Thinking Creates New Alternatives for
Business and Society, Boston, MA, USA: Harvard Business Press, 2009.
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
III B.Tech-II Semester
L T P C
3 0 3 3

23AIT40: PROTOTYPING AND USABILITY TESTING

Course Outcomes
After completing this course, students will be able to:

CO1. Understand the principles and importance of prototyping in the user-centered design
process.
CO2. Create low-, mid-, and high-fidelity prototypes using appropriate tools and techniques.
CO3. Apply usability heuristics and guidelines in prototype development.
CO4. Plan and conduct usability testing sessions, including task design, facilitation, and data
collection.
CO5. Analyze user feedback and usability test results to identify design improvements.
CO6. Iterate prototypes based on usability insights and present findings effectively.

Unit 1: Prototyping Basics

Paper vs Digital Prototypes, Low to High Fidelity Transitions, Tools Comparison: Figma,
InVision, Marvel

Unit 2: Usability Testing Methods

Moderated vs Unmoderated Testing, Think-Aloud Protocol, Remote Testing Tools

Unit 3: Metrics and Analysis

Task Success Rate, Time on Task, SUS, NPS, Heatmaps, Using Analytics for Usability

Unit 4: A/B and Multivariate Testing

Setting Hypotheses, Test Design and Execution, Interpreting Results

Unit 5: Iterative Design Cycle

Gathering Feedback, Prioritizing Issues, Documenting Iterations

Textbook:

1. C. Snyder, Paper Prototyping: The Fast and Easy Way to Design and Refine User
Interfaces, San Francisco, CA, USA: Morgan Kaufmann, 2003.
2. J. Rubin and D. Chisnell, Handbook of Usability Testing: How to Plan, Design, and
Conduct Effective Tests, 2nd ed., Indianapolis, IN, USA: Wiley, 2008.
SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
IV B.Tech-I Semester
L T P C
3 0 3 3
23AIT41: FRONTEND DEVELOPMENT FOR DESIGNERS

Course Outcomes
After completing this course, students will be able to:
CO1. Understand the core concepts of HTML, CSS, and JavaScript for creating responsive
user interfaces.
CO2. Apply frontend frameworks and libraries (e.g., Bootstrap, React) to build dynamic web
applications.
CO3. Translate design mockups and wireframes into functional web pages.
CO4. Implement accessibility and usability standards in frontend development.
CO5. Optimize web performance and ensure cross-browser compatibility.
CO6. Collaborate effectively with designers and developers using version control and
frontend tooling.

Unit 1: Web Technologies Overview

Basics of HTML5, Structuring Pages with Semantic Tags, Introduction to CSS

Unit 2: Responsive Design

Media Queries, Flexbox and Grid, Mobile-First Development

Unit 3: JavaScript Fundamentals

DOM Manipulation, Event Handling, Fetch API and Async Basics

Unit 4: Frameworks and Libraries

Bootstrap and Tailwind, Intro to React for Designers, Using Design Systems with
Frameworks

Unit 5: Accessibility in Code

ARIA Roles, Tab Index and Screen Reader Testing, Keyboard Navigation

Textbook:

1. J. Duckett, HTML and CSS: Design and Build Websites, Indianapolis, IN, USA: Wiley, 2011.
2. E. Freeman and E. Robson, Head First HTML and CSS: A Learner’s Guide to Creating
Standards-Based Web Pages, 2nd ed., Sebastopol, CA, USA: O’Reilly Media, 2012.
SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
IV B.Tech-II Semester
L T P C
0 0 6 3
23AIT42: CAPSTONE PROJECT AND PORTFOLIO
DEVELOPMENT
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
III B. Tech II Semester
Course Code: 23ABM09
NANO BIOTECHNOLOGY

L T P C
3 0 0 3

Course Outcome:
After completion of this course students will be able to
CO1: Understand the basics of bio-nanotechnology and bio-machines.
CO2: Demonstrate a comprehensive understanding of state-of-the-art methods for
fabrication, characterization and handling of nano-materials.
CO3: Explain the functional principles of nanotechnology and the interaction between
biomolecules and nanoparticle surface.
CO4: Apply the knowledge on nanotechology in the field of Biomedical Engineering
UNIT- 1:
Bio-Nano machines and Their Basics: Negligible gravity and inertia, atomic granularity,
thermal motion, water environment and their importance in bionanomachines. The role of
proteins- amino acids- nucleic acids- lipids and polysaccharides in modern biomaterials.
Overview of natural Bionanomachines: Thymidylate Synthetase, ATP synthetase, Actin and
myosin, Opsin, Antibodies and Collagen.
UNIT- 2:
Synthesis of Bio molecules and Interphase Systems: Recombinant Technology, Site-
directed mutagenesis, Fusion Proteins. Quantum Dot structures and their integration with
biological structures. Molecular modeling tools: Graphic visualization, structure and
functional prediction, Protein folding prediction and the homology modeling, Docking
simulation and Computer assisted molecular design. Interphase systems of devices for medical
implants –Microfluidic systems –Microelectronic silicon substrates –Nano- biometrics
Introduction –Lipids as nano-bricks and mortar: self-assembled nanolayers.
UNIT- 3:
Functional Principles of Nano biotechnology: Information driven nanoassembly, Energetic,
Role of enzymes in chemical transformation, allosteric motion and covalent modification in
protein activity regulation, Structure and functional properties of
Biomaterials, Bimolecular motors: ATP Synthetase and flagellar motors, Traffic across
membranes: Potassium channels, ABC Transporters and Bactreriorhodapsin, Bimolecular
sensing, Self-replication, Machine-Phase Bionanotechnology Protein folding; Self assembly,
Self-organization, Molecular recognition and Flexibility of biomaterials.
UNIT- 4:
Protein and DNA based Nanostructures : Protein based nanostructures building blocks and
templates – Proteins as transducers and amplifiers of biomolecular recognition events –
Nanobioelectronic devices and polymer nanocontainers – Microbial production of inorganic
nanoparticles – Magnetosomes, DNA based nanostructures – Topographic and Electrostatic
properties of DNA and proteins – Hybrid conjugates of gold nanoparticles – DNA oligomers
– Use of DNA molecules in nanomechanics and Computing.
UNIT- 5:
Applications of Nano biotechnology: Semiconductor (metal) nanoparticles and nucleic acid
and protein-based recognition groups –Application in optical detection methods –
Nanoparticles as carrier for genetic material –Nanotechnology in agriculture – Fertilizer and
pesticides. Designer proteins, Peptide nucleic acids, Nanomedicine, Drug delivery, DNA
computing, Molecular design using biological selection, Harnessing molecular motors,
Artificial life, Hybrid materials, Biosensors, Future of Bionanotechnology.
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. C. M. Niemeyer, C. A. Mirkin, ―Nanobiotechnology: Concepts, Applications and
Perspectives‖, Wiley – VCH, (2004).
2. David S Goodsell, “Bionanotechnology‖, John Wiley & Sons, (2004).
Reference Books:
3. T. Pradeep, ―Nano: The Essentials, McGraw – Hill education, (2007).
4. Challa, S.S.R. Kumar, Josef Hormes, Carola Leuschaer, Nanofabrication Towards
Biomedical Applications, Techniques, Tools, Applications and Impact,
Wiley – VCH, (2005).
SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
III B. Tech II Semester
Course Code: 23ABM10
TISSUE ENGINEERING
L T P C
3 0 0 3
Course Outcome:
After completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Understand the biological requirement for tissue engineering systems and also specify
the different types of biodegradable biomaterials that can be used in tissue engineering
applications.
CO2: Discuss the complex interactions between biomaterials, cells and signals in biological
systems using stem cells, proteomics and bioreactors.
CO3: Design and fabricate scaffolds using advanced manufacturing technologies including 3D
printing for growing biological materials.
CO4: Develop engineered tissue like cardiovascular tissues and also evaluate the patterning of
bio-mimetic substances.
UNIT- 1:
Introduction to Tissue Engineering : Introduction – definitions - basic principles - structure-
function relationships –Biomaterials: metals, ceramics, polymers (synthetic and natural) –
Biodegradable materials - native matrix -Tissue Engineering and Cell-Based Therapies –Tissue
Morphogenesis and Dynamics- Stem Cells and Lineages - Cell-Cell Communication.
UNIT- 2:
Tissue Culture Basics: Primary cells vs. cell lines - sterile techniques – plastics – enzymes -
reactors and cryopreservation - Synthetic Biomaterial Scaffolds- Graft Rejection – Immune
Responses-Cell Migration-Controlled Drug Delivery- Micro technology Tools.
UNIT- 3:
Scaffold Formation: Oxygen transport - Diffusion - Michalies-Menten kinetics - oxygen
uptake rates -limits of diffusion - Principals of self-assembly - Cell migration - 3D organization
and angiogenesis - Skin tissue engineering –Introduction - scar vs. regeneration
- split skin graft -apligraft. Engineered Disease Models- Tissue Organization- Cell Isolation
and Culture - ECM and Natural Scaffold Materials- Scaffold Fabrication and Tailoring, Hernia.
UNIT- 4:
Cardiovascular Tissue Engineering: Blood vessels structure – vascular grafts – Liver tissue
engineering – Bioartificial liver assist device – shear forces – oxygen transport – plasma effects
– Liver tissue engineering – Self assembled organoids – decelluarized whole livers – Stem cells
– basic principle – embryonic stem cells – Induced pluripotent stem cells - Material
Biocompatibility – Cell Mechanics – Vascularization- Stem Cell Therapies.
UNIT - 5:
Patterning of Biomimetic Substrates: Patterning of biomimetic substrates with AFM
lithography primarily focusing on DPN Nanotemplating polymer melts - Nanotechnology-
based approaches in the treatment of injuries to tendons and ligaments - Progress in the use of
electrospinning processing techniques for fabricating nanofiber scaffolds for neural
applications -Nanotopography techniques for tissue engineered scaffolds

TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. KetulPopat“Nanotechnology in Tissue Engineering and Regenerative Medicine” CRC
Press Taylor and Francis 2011.
2. Cato T. Laurencin, Lakshmi S “Nanotechnology and Tissue Engineering: The Scaffold
“CRC Press Taylor and Francis 2008.
3. Kun Zhou, David Nisbet, George Thouas, Claude Bernard and John Forsythe “Bio
nanotechnology Approaches to Neural Tissue Engineering”, NC-SA 2010.
4. Nair “Biologically Responsive Biomaterials for Tissue Engineering”, Springer Series in
Biomaterials Science and Engineering, Vol. 1 Antoniac, Iulian (Ed.) 2012.
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
II B. Tech II Semester
Course Code: 23ABM02
BIOMATERIALS
L T P C
3 0 0 3
Course Outcomes:
On completion of the course, the student will be able to
CO1: Identify different types of biomaterials used for various biomedical applications. (L2)
CO2: Recognize various synthetic polymers, used as biomaterials for organ replacement.(L3)
CO3: Understand different types of ceramics and composite used as biomaterials. (L4)
CO4: Acquire knowledge about hard tissue replacement and soft tissue replacement for various
fixations. (L4)
CO5: Apply knowledge about how to rectify eye defect using various biomaterials.
CO6: Implement various methods to test Biocompatibility and Hemocompatibility test of biomaterials
(L5)

UNIT I
METALLIC BIOMATERIALS: Biomaterials - Overview, Classification of biomaterials,
Biocompatibility and Hemocompatibility, Metals and alloys -Stainless steel, Titanium and its alloys,
Cobalt chromium alloy, Metallic corrosion, Dental implants - Impression Materials, Fillings and
Restoration Materials, Materials for Deep Cavities, Material for oral and Maxillofacial Implants.
UNIT II:
SYNTHETIC POLYMERS AND APPLICATIONS: Synthetic Polymers, Polymers in biomedical use,
Polyethylene, Per fluorinated Polymers, Acrylic Polymers, Hydrogels, Polyurethanes, biodegradable
synthetic polymers, silicone rubber, microorganisms in polymeric implants, Polymer Sterilization.
UNIT III:
BIOCERAMICS AND COMPOSITES: Bio ceramics, types- Carbon, Alumina, Zirconia - bioactive
resorbable and non – resorbable bioceramics, bioceramic coatings on metallic implants and bone bonding
reactions on implantation, Hydroxyapatite-properties and applications. Composites-Types and
Applications, Bioglass.
UNIT IV:
HARD AND SOFT TISSUE REPLACEMENT: Bioelectric effect, Wolff’s Law, Temporary
orthopaedic fixation devices-pins, screws and plates, Intra Medullary and spinal nails, hard tissue
replacements - total hip and knee joint replacements. Soft Tissue Replacements-Sutures-Tapes, Staples,
Adhesives, Wound Dressings, Biomaterials in urological practice.
UNIT V:
BIOMATERIALS IN OPTHALMOLOGY AND BIOLOGICAL TESTS: Ophthalmology-
Introduction, Optical implants, Contact lenses, Eye shields, Viscoelastic solutions, Vitreous implants,
Acrylate adhesives, Scleral buckling materials for retinal detachment, artificial tears, Biological Tests.

Textbooks:
1. Sujata V.Bhat, Biomaterials, Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi, India, 2012.
2. William Wagner, Shelly Sakiyama-Elbert, Guigen Zhang, Michael Yaszemski, Biomaterials
Science: An Introduction to Materials in Medicine, ELSEVIER, 4th Edition -, 2020
3. Park, Biomaterials an Introduction, Third Edition, Springer, 2007.
4. Joseph D Bronzino, the Biomedical Engineering Hand Book, Fourth Edition, CRC Press, 2015.

References:
1. Buddy D. Ratner, Allan S. Hoffman, Biomaterial Sciences – Int. to Materials in Medicine
SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
IV B. Tech I Semester
Course Code: 23ABM14
BIOMEMS & BIOMICROFLUIDICS
L T P C
3 0 0 3
Course outcome:
After completion of this course, students will be able to
CO1: Build a foundation in micro-systems engineering including basic biological/
biochemical concepts and techniques emphasizing biomedical devices.
CO2: Understand material properties important for MEMS system performance; analyze
dynamics of resonant micromechanical structures.
CO3: Design and Development of models using microfabrication technique and simulate
electrostatic and electromagnetic sensors and actuators.
CO4: Design and evaluation of MEMs and microfluidics based analytical platform as per the
requirement.
UNIT- 1:
Introduction to BioMEMS and microfluidics, Introduction to Bio nano technology, Biosensors,
fluidics. Introduction to device fabrication (Silicon and Polymers) Introduction to device
fabrication (Silicon and Polymers). Sensors, Transduction and Performance factors. Sensors,
Transduction and Performance factors continued.
UNIT- 2:
Important materials for fabrication of BioMEMS platforms Introduction to silicon device
fabrication Some Fabrication Methods for soft materials Transduction Methods. About cell
potential and SHEs Cell reaction, Nernst equation, Construction of Ion selective electrodes
Measurement and calibration of electrodes, ion-solvent interaction.
UNIT- 3:
Introduction to Cell biology, Basic structure of DNA DNA hybridization, DNA
polymerization,PCR Thermal cycle , Real Time PCR.PCR design Electrophoresis, Gel and
Capillary electrophoresis,Agarose DNA microarrays (concepts, and utility). Affymetrix and
Nanogen approaches in realization of micro-arrays. DNA sequencing (Sanger’s reaction).
DNA nano-pores. DNA detection using Mechanical antilevers.Basics of Protein structure.
UNIT- 4:
Protein charging at different pH range, Amino acids, protein polymerization, Transcription,
Translation Antibody, Microencapsulation, Cyclic voltametry Microfluidics, Similarity of
Streamlines, Pathlines, Sreaklines and Timelines for a steady flow Stress tensor.
UNIT-5
Viscosity, Newtonian, non-Newtonian fluids, Pseudoplastic, Dilatant, Bingham Plastic
materials, Thixotropic fluids. Flow over infinite plates, laminar and turbulent flow,
Compressible and Incompressible flows Flow over an infinite plate. Types of flows. Types of
Fluids. Kinematics of fluids
Text/ Reference Books:
1. Introduction to BioMEMS, Albert Folch, CRC Press; 1st ed.
2. Essential Cell Biology, Bruce Albert, et al. Garland Science, 2nd ed.
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
II B. Tech II Semester
Course Code: 23ABM03
BIOMATERIALS LAB
L T P C
0 0 3 1.5
Course Outcome:
After completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Characterize the mechanical properties of biomaterials using destructive and non-destructive
testing.
CO2: Measure the Surface roughness of biomaterials as per the ASTM standards.
CO3: Perform invitro hemocompatibility study for implantable biomaterials.
CO4: Conduct the test to measure the pH, viscosity and Conductivity of the body fluid.

List of Experiments:
1. Mechanical Characterization of Biomaterials

2. Hardness Testing of Metallic Biomaterials

3. Hardness Testing of Polymeric Biomaterials

4. Surface Roughness measurement

5. Invitro hemocompatibility study of biomaterials

6. pH measurement of Body Fluid

7. Conductivity Measurement of Body Fluid

8. Viscosity Measurement of Body Fluid

9. Non-Destructive Testing of Biomaterials

10. Innovative Experiment

SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
III B. Tech I Semester
Course Code: 23ABM04
BIOSENSORS & TRANSDUCERS
L T P C
3 0 0 3
Course Outcomes:
After successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
CO1: Explain the introduction and characteristics of transducers
CO2: Illustrate the types of transducers
CO3: Examine the basic characteristics of bio potential recorders
CO4: Explain the structure of biosensors in detail
CO5: Explain the working and applications of Biosensors
UNIT-I:
INTRODUCTION: General measurement system - purpose, structure and elements-
Transducers - Definition, Classification. Resistance type- strain gauges, thermometers,
potentiometers. Capacitive type, Inductive type- variable reluctance and LVDT. Biomedical
Applications.
UNIT-II:
TRANSDUCERS: Temperature transducers, Piezoelectric transducers, Piezo resistive
transducers, Photoelectric transducers, Pressure transducers, Magnetostrictive transducers
Biomedical applications.
UNIT-III:
BIO POTENTIAL ELECTRODES: Half cell potential (or) Electrode potential, Types of
Electrodes - Micro electrodes, Depth and needle electrodes, Surface electrodes, and Chemical
electrodes. Catheter type electrodes, stimulation electrodes, electrode paste, electrode material.
UNIT-IV:
BIOSENSORS: Introduction, biological elements, immobilization of biological components.
Micro machined biosensor – cantilever based chemical sensors - Biosensors for diabetes
mellitus, FAB. Biochip - introduction, gene chip.
UNIT-V:
APPLICATIONS OF BIOSENSORS:ISFET for glucose and urea. IMFET, MOSFET
biosensors, affinity biosensor (catalytic biosensor), Enzyme electrodes, Ion exchange
membrane electrodes.
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. H.S. Kalsi, Electronic Instrumentation & Measurement, Tata McGraw HILL, 1995.
2. Brain R Eggins, Biosensors: An Introduction‖, John Wiley Publication.1996.
3. A. K.Sawhney, A course in Electronic Measurements and Instruments, Dhapat Rai & sons,
1991
4. John G Webster, Medical Instrumentation: Application and design, John Wiley
Publications.2007.
5. John P Bentley, Principles of Measurement Systems, 3rd Edition, Pearson Education Asia,
(2000 Indian reprint)
6. Geddes and Baker, Principles of Applied Biomedical Instrumentation, John Wiley
Publications. 1975.
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
III B. Tech I Semester
Course Code: 23ABM05
BIOSENSORS & TRANSDUCERS LAB
L T P C
0 0 3 1.5
Course Outcomes:
After successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
CO1: Analyze about various theory, practical characteristics and conversions of the various
transducers
CO2: Evaluate the measurement of the vital physiological signals such as heart rate, spo2 etc
CO3: Analyze various types of transducers
CO4: Test compatibility for any clinical measurement
CO5: Apply the biosensors in different measurement techniques
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Characteristics of pressure transducer
2. Measurement of displacement capacitive transducer, LVDT and Inductive transducer
3. Characteristics of optical transducer for SpO2 measurement
4. Measurement of skin temperature by both contact and non-contact method
5. Study of the characteristics of capacitor level sensor for saline level measurement in a I -V
set.
6. Data acquisition of physiological signals
7. Study of hot-wire anemometry
8. Study of ampere metric sensor for blood glucose measurement
9. Electronic weighing machine for the measurement of chemical compounds
10. Non-invasive gas analyzer as an electronic nose.
MINORS - MACHINE LEARNING AND
GENERATIVE AI
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
III B. Tech - I Semester CSE(AI&ML) MINORS
23ACM47-PYTHON -FOUNDATION TO MASTERING

L T P C
3 0 0 3
Course objectives
The objective of the course is,
1. Build a strong understanding of Python fundamentals.
2. Master data structures and object-oriented programming in Python.
3. Utilize Python for file handling, exception handling, and modularization.
4. Create interactive web applications using Streamlit.
5. Use Python for data analysis, automation, and visualization.
Unit – I: Python Programming Basics
Variables, data types, operators, expressions, Input/output, conditionals, loops, Functions:
definition, parameters, return values, Practice: Control flow problems
Unit – II: Core Data Structures in Python
Lists, tuples, dictionaries, sets, Mutability, comprehensions, Practice: CRUD operations on
data
Unit III - Object-Oriented Programming and Modules
Classes, objects, constructors, Inheritance, encapsulation, polymorphism, Modules, packages,
pip installations, Practice: Class-based mini-applications
Unit IV - File Handling and Exception Management
Working with text, CSV, JSON files, Exception handling techniques, File and directory
operations, Practice: File-based utilities
Unit V - Streamlit and Python Integration
Streamlit components and layouts, Integrating data analysis libraries (Pandas, Matplotlib)
Creating web dashboards, Hands-on: Build interactive data applications
Text Books
1 Eric Matthes ,Python Crash Course
2 Luciano Ramalho ,Fluent Python
Online Software
1 Python
2 VS Code
3 Streamlit
4 Jupyter
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
III B. Tech - I Semester CSE(AI&ML) MINORS
23ACM48 -ESSENTIALS OF PYTHON FOR DATA ANALYSIS

L T P C
Course objectives 3 0 0 3

The objective of the course is,

1. Understand supervised and unsupervised learning techniques.
2. Develop and evaluate models using Scikit-learn.
3. Perform data preprocessing and feature engineering.
4. Apply classification and regression models to real-world datasets.
6. Interpret model results and improve performance.
Course Outcome (COs)
At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
Learning Levels: Re - Remember; Un - Understand; Ap - Apply; An - Analysis; Ev -
Evaluate; Cr - Create Learning Level
1. Understand the ML pipeline and its components Un
2. Apply supervised and unsupervised models Ap
3. Evaluate models using performance metrics An
4. Perform feature engineering and preprocessing Ap
5. Tune and interpret ML models effectively Cr
Unit I: Machine Learning Fundamentals
ML vs AI vs Deep Learning, ML workflow and pipeline structure, Data splitting:
train/test/validation, Introduction to Scikit-learn, Hands-on: Build your first ML model
Unit II: Supervised Learning – Regression
Simple and multiple linear regression, Polynomial regression, Error metrics: MAE, MSE,
RMSE, R2 Hands-on: Predictive analytics using housing/sales data
Unit III: Supervised Learning – Classification
Logistic regression, Decision Trees, KNN, Random Forest, SVM, Naive Bayes overview,
Evaluation: confusion matrix, precision, recall, F1-score, Hands-on: Binary and multi-class
classification tasks
Unit IV: Unsupervised Learning and Preprocessing
K-Means clustering, Hierarchical clustering, Dimensionality reduction: PCA, Feature scaling,
encoding, imputation, Hands-on: Segmentation and anomaly detection
Unit V: Model Tuning and Interpretation
Hyperparameter tuning with GridSearchCV, Cross-validation strategies, Introduction to model
explainability (SHAP/LIME), Hands-on: Full pipeline project with reporting

Online Software
1 Python
2 Scikit-learn
3 Jupyter
4 Pandas
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
III B. Tech - II Semester CSE(AI&ML) MINORS
23ACM49 - FOUNDATIONS OF RESPONSIBLE AI

L T P C
Course Objectives 3 0 0 3
By the end of this course, students will:
1. Understand the need for responsible development and deployment of AI systems.
2. Explore core principles such as fairness, accountability, transparency, and ethics in AI.
3. Learn to identify and mitigate bias in AI algorithms and datasets.
4. Analyze the societal, legal, and environmental impact of AI technologies.
5. Evaluate responsible AI frameworks, guidelines, and international regulations.
Course Outcomes (COs)
CO1 Explain the concepts of ethics, fairness, and accountability in AI. Understanding

CO2 Identify potential bias and risks in AI models and datasets. Analyzing

CO3 Apply responsible AI practices in model design and deployment. Applying

CO4 Evaluate AI systems using fairness, explainability, and governance Evaluating

principles.

CO5 Discuss legal, social, and regulatory frameworks guiding responsible AI Understanding
adoption.

Unit -I : Introduction to Responsible AI

History & evolution of AI ethics (milestones, landmark cases)- Case studies of AI misuse (e.g.,
Cambridge Analytica, COMPAS bias)- Connection to Trustworthy AI guidelines from EUWhat is
Responsible AI?, AI for good vs AI at risk, Principles: Fairness, Accountability, Transparency,
Explainability (FATE), Stakeholders in AI ecosystems (developers, users, society)

Unit- II: Bias and Fairness in AI

Types of bias: dataset bias, algorithmic bias, labeling bias, Detecting and mitigating bias in datasets
and models, Fairness metrics: Demographic parity, Equal opportunity, Calibration, Hands-on: Bias
detection in datasets using Python/AI Fairness 360 (IBM), Synthetic data for bias mitigation- Bias
in multimodal AI (image + text)- Fairness trade-offs (accuracy vs equity)- Intersectional bias
analysis (e.g., race + gender bias)

Unit-III: Explainability and Interpretability

Need for explainable AI (XAI), Black-box vs White-box models, SHAP, LIME, and model
transparency tools, Explainability in NLP and Vision models, Explainability for Generative AI
(e.g., LLMs)- Counterfactual explanations- Model cards & datasheets for datasets- Regulatory
requirements for explainability (EU AI Act, GDPR Art. 22)
Unit-IV: AI Governance and Ethical Frameworks
IEEE, OECD, UNESCO, EU AI Act, India’s AI ethics initiatives (e.g., NITI Aayog #AIForAll),
Corporate RAI frameworks (Google, Microsoft, IBM), Risk management in AI development
lifecycle, AI and climate change mitigation (green AI)- Responsible use of synthetic media &
deepfakes- AI literacy for citizens- Workforce reskilling for AI era, AI audit frameworks &
compliance checklists- Responsible AI maturity models- AI incident reporting & accountability
practices- Public vs private sector governance differences.
Unit-V: Social Impact and Future of Responsible AI
AI and Human Rights, Privacy (GDPR), AI in law, health, finance – risks & responsibilities,
Environmental impact of AI (energy consumption, carbon footprint), Responsible innovation and
AI for Social Good (AI4SG), AI and climate change mitigation (green AI)- Responsible use of
synthetic media & deepfakes- AI literacy for citizens- Workforce reskilling for AI era
Text books
1. Patrick Hall, James Curtis, Parul Pandey , Responsible AI: Best Practices for Creating
Trustworthy AI Systems, O’Reilly Media

2. Vincent C. Müller (Ed.), Ethics of Artificial Intelligence and Robotics (Stanford Encyclopedia
of Philosophy),Free Online Resource: https://plato.stanford.edu/entries/ethics-ai/

3. Solon Barocas, Moritz Hardt, Arvind Narayanan , Fairness and Machine Learning: Limitations
and Opportunities; Free PDF: https://fairmlbook.org

Reference Resources
● AI Fairness 360 Toolkit – IBM (open-source)

● Explainable AI (XAI) – DARPA project

● Google’s Responsible AI practices: https://ai.google/responsibility/
● Microsoft’s RAI dashboard and documentation
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
III B. Tech - II Semester CSE(AI&ML) MINORS
23ACM50- FOUNDATIONS OF GEN AI

L T P C
Course objectives 3 0 0 3
The objective of the course is,
1. Understand the fundamental principles, architectures, and evolution of Generative AI
systems.
2. Explore various generative models like GANs, VAEs, and Transformer-based
architectures.
3. Gain proficiency in training, fine-tuning, and evaluating generative models using modern
ML frameworks.
4. Apply Gen AI tools for tasks such as text, image, and code generation across real-world
applications.
5. Analyze the ethical, social, and regulatory implications of Generative AI technologies.
Course Outcomes (COs)
On successful completion of the course, students will be able to:
CO
Course Outcome Description Blooms Level
Code

CO1 Explain the foundational concepts and applications of Generative AI. Understanding

Describe and differentiate among key generative models (GANs, VAEs,

CO2 Understanding
Transformers).

Implement and train basic generative models using tools such as

CO3 Applying
TensorFlow or PyTorch.

Utilize Gen AI platforms (e.g., ChatGPT, DALL·E) and perform

CO4 Applying
effective prompt engineering.

Evaluate the ethical concerns, limitations, and governance aspects of

CO5 Evaluating
deploying Gen AI systems.
Unit I: Introduction to Generative AI:
Overview of Artificial Intelligence & Machine Learning, What is Generative AI?, Traditional AI
vs Generative AI, History and evolution of Gen AI (GANs to Transformers), Applications in NLP,
Computer Vision, Healthcare, Education, etc., Tools and platforms: ChatGPT, GitHub Copilot,
DALL·E, Bard, Claude, Gen AI taxonomy: text, image, audio, video, multimodal- Emerging Gen
AI trends (multimodal LLMs, real-time Gen AI)- Key industry players & ecosystems (OpenAI,
Anthropic, Google DeepMind)- Quick demo sessions of popular tools

Unit-II: Key Models and Architectures in Gen AI:

Generative Adversarial Networks (GANs), Architecture: Generator vs Discriminator, Variants:
DCGAN, CycleGAN, StyleGAN, Use cases: Image generation, super-resolution, Variational
Autoencoders (VAEs)-Latent variable models, Encoder-decoder frameworks; Transformer-
based Models- Self-attention mechanism, GPT (Generative Pre-trained Transformers), BERT vs
GPT vs T5 vs LLaMA, Diffusion Models (Stable Diffusion, Imagen)- Hybrid architectures (VAE
+ GAN)- Multimodal models (CLIP, Flamingo, Gemini)- Open-weight vs closed-weight models

Unit III: Training Generative Models:

Data preparation and preprocessing, Loss functions used in Gen AI (e.g., adversarial loss,
reconstruction loss), Transfer learning and fine-tuning large language models (LLMs), RLHF
(Reinforcement Learning from Human Feedback), Hands-on: Building and training a simple GAN
or transformer-based text generator using Python & TensorFlow/PyTorch, Low-Rank Adaptation
(LoRA) & parameter-efficient fine-tuning- Quantization & model compression for deployment-
Prompt tuning vs full fine-tuning- Synthetic data generation for model training

Unit-IV: Applications and Tools:

Text Generation: Chatbots, code generation (e.g., ChatGPT, Copilot), Image Generation:
DALL·E, Midjourney, Stable Diffusion, Audio and Video Generation: Voice cloning, deepfakes,
Sora, Code Generation: GitHub Copilot, CodeT5, Codex, Open-source Gen AI models: Hugging
Face Transformers, LLaMA, Falcon, Prompt Engineering: Crafting effective prompts for LLMs,
Multimodal Gen AI apps (text-to-video, video-to-text)- Inpainting & image editing with diffusion
models- Generative AI for data augmentation- Retrieval-Augmented Generation (RAG) for better
LLM responses- Prompt chaining & automated prompt optimization tools

UNIT-V: Challenges, Ethics, and Future Trends:

Limitations of Gen AI (e.g., hallucinations, data bias, model drift), Ethical issues: deepfakes,
misinformation, copyright, Explainability and safety in Gen AI, Regulation and responsible AI
development (EU AI Act, India Draft Bill), The future of work and learning with Gen AI, Capstone
Project Ideas: AI-generated art, interactive chatbot, content generation tool, Model evaluation
metrics for Gen AI (BLEU, FID, ROUGE, CLIP score)- AI watermarking & content authenticity
verification- Adversarial attacks & defense in Gen AI- Sustainable AI (energy-efficient model
training)- Case studies of Gen AI misuse & mitigation strategies
Text Books:
1.David Foster “Generative Deep Learning: Teaching Machines to Paint, Write, Compose, and
Play”, O’Reilly Media, 2nd Edition, 2022
2. François Chollet“Deep Learning with Python”, Manning Publications, Edition: 2nd Edition,
2021
3. Denis Rothman, “Transformers for Natural Language Processing”, Packt Publishing, 2nd
Edition, 2022
Reference Books:
1.Rafael Valle, “Hands-On Generative Adversarial Networks with Keras”, Packt Publishing
2. Google Cloud“Introduction to Generative AI” (Free Course)
Online References:
1. Hugging Face Transformers Documentation
https://huggingface.co/docs ;Essential for practical implementation of transformer models in
text/image generation.
2. OpenAI Technical Guides: https://platform.openai.com/docs;
For understanding usage of ChatGPT, Codex, and API-based applications of Gen AI.
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
IV B. Tech - I Semester CSE(AI&ML) MINORS
23ACM51- NATURAL LANGUAGE PROCESSING WITH NEURAL NETWORKS
L T P C
Course objectives 3 0 0 3

The objective of the course is,

Course objectives
The objective of the course is,
1. Understand the foundations of natural language processing (NLP).
2. Learn techniques for text preprocessing, tokenization, and representation.
3. Apply deep learning architectures like RNNs and Transformers to NLP tasks.
4. Build models for text classification, sentiment analysis, and sequence generation.
5. Utilize pre-trained language models for downstream applications.

Course Outcome (COs)

At the end of the course, the student will be able to:

Learning Levels: Re - Remember; Un - Understand; Ap - Apply; An - Learning

Analysis; Ev - Evaluate; Cr - Create Level
CO1. Understand key concepts in text processing and representation Un
CO2. Apply RNNs and LSTMs to NLP tasks Ap
CO3. Leverage transformers and attention for sequence modeling Ap
CO4. Fine-tune pre-trained language models An
CO5. Build and evaluate end-to-end NLP applications Cr

Unit I: Unit I: Foundations of NLP

Language modeling and basic terminology, Text preprocessing: tokenization, stemming,
lemmatization, Vector representations: Bag-of-Words, TF-IDF, Hands-on: Preprocess text
and build word-frequency models
Unit II: Word Embeddings and Semantic Understanding
Word2Vec, GloVe, FastText embeddings,Similarity measures and visualization, Contextual
vs static embeddings, Hands-on: Explore embeddings and visualizations
Unit III: RNNs and LSTMs for NLP
RNNs and LSTMs for sequence data, Applications: sentiment analysis, entity recognition,
Bidirectional RNNs and GRUs, Hands-on: Sentiment classifier using LSTM
Unit IV: Transformers and Attention Mechanism
Self-attention and transformer architecture, BERT, GPT, and encoder-decoder models, Fine-
tuning pre-trained models for downstream tasks, Hands-on: Text classification with BERT
using Hugging Face
Unit V: NLP Project and Case Study
Choose dataset (IMDB, Twitter, customer reviews), Text classification or summarization
task, End-to-end NLP pipeline with evaluation and reporting, Hands-on: Final NLP mini-
project
Text Books:
1. Lewis Tunstall, Leandro von Werra, Natural Language Processing withTransformers
2. Jurafsky & Martin ,Speech and Language Processing
3. Hugging Face Transformers documentation

Online Software :
1. Python
2. NLTK, SpaCy, TensorFlow/Keras
3. Hugging Face Transformers
4. Google Colab
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
IV B. Tech - I Semester CSE(AI&ML) MINORS
23ACM52 - CAPSTONE PROJECT
L T P C
0 0 6 3
 MINOR DEGREE IN
ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE & MACHINE LEARNING
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

III B. Tech - I Semester

L T P C
23ACM33- ESSENTIALS OF ARTIFICIAL 3 0 0 3
INTELLIGENCE

Course Objectives

• Understand the fundamental concepts and historical evolution of Artificial Intelligence.

• Learn various problem-solving approaches using AI algorithms.
• Gain insights into knowledge representation, reasoning, and planning techniques.
• Explore basic machine learning and neural network models.
• Familiarize with real-world AI applications and ethical implications.

Course Outcomes
After successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:

CO1 Explain the foundational principles and history of AI. Understand (L2)
CO2 Apply AI techniques for problem-solving and decision-making. Apply (L3)
CO3 Analyze search strategies and knowledge representation models. Analyze (L4)
CO4 Evaluate the effectiveness of learning algorithms and intelligent agents. Evaluate (L5)
CO5 Design simple AI-based systems or prototypes using AI concepts. Create (L6)

Unit I: Introduction to Artificial Intelligence

Definition and applications of AI, History and evolution of AI, Intelligent agents –
types and environments, AI techniques: Symbolic AI, Sub-symbolic AI

Unit II: Problem Solving and Search Strategies

Problem formulation, Uninformed search: BFS, DFS, Uniform Cost, Informed

search: Greedy, A* search, Local search: Hill climbing, Simulated annealing,
Constraint satisfaction problems

Unit III: Knowledge Representation and Reasoning

Propositional and First-Order Logic, Forward and backward chaining, Rule-based

systems and ontologies, Semantic networks, frames, Uncertainty: Bayesian
reasoning, fuzzy logic
Unit IV: Machine Learning Basics

Overview of supervised, unsupervised, reinforcement learning, Decision Trees, k-NN, Naïve

Bayes, Basic concepts of neural networks and perceptron, Training and testing

Unit V: Applications of AI and Ethical Issues

AI in Robotics, NLP, Vision, Healthcare, Finance, Chatbots and virtual assistants, AI

biases, fairness, explainability, Social and legal implications of AI, Future trends: AGI,
ethical AI datasets, Evaluation metrics: Accuracy, precision, recall, F1-score

Textbooks

1. Stuart Russell & Peter Norvig, Artificial Intelligence: A Modern Approach,

4th Edition, Pearson
2. Elaine Rich, Kevin Knight, Artificial Intelligence, 3rd Edition, McGraw-Hill
3. Dan W. Patterson, Introduction to Artificial Intelligence and Expert Systems, PHI

Reference Books

1. Kevin Murphy, Machine Learning: A Probabilistic Perspective, MIT Press

2. Nils J. Nilsson, The Quest for Artificial Intelligence, Cambridge
3. Tom Mitchell, Machine Learning, McGraw-Hill

Online Courses
1. CourseraAI For Everyone – Andrew Ng
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

III B. Tech - I Semester

L T P C
23ACM34 - MACHINE LEARNING FUNDAMENTALS
3 0 0 3

Course Objectives

• Understand core concepts of supervised, unsupervised, and reinforcement learning.

• Learn foundational algorithms for classification, regression, and clustering.
• Analyze model performance using evaluation metrics and tuning methods.
• Gain practical knowledge in implementing ML models using datasets.
• Understand the mathematical and probabilistic foundations of ML algorithms.

Course Outcomes
After successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:

CO1 Understand the concepts and assumptions behind key ML algorithms. Understand (L2)
CO2 Apply various supervised and unsupervised learning techniques. Apply (L3)
CO3 Analyze the strengths and limitations of different machine learning models. Analyze (L4)
CO4 Evaluate model performance using metrics and validation techniques. Evaluate (L5)
CO5 Design and implement complete ML solutions for real-world problems. Create (L6)

Unit I: Introduction to Machine Learning:

Definition and Scope of ML, Types of Learning: Supervised, Unsupervised,
Reinforcement, Basic Terminology: Instance, Feature, Label, Training and Testing Sets,
Applications and Challenges, Python Libraries: scikit-learn, pandas, numpy

Unit II: Supervised Learning – Regression & Classification

Linear Regression, Polynomial Regression, Logistic Regression, k-Nearest Neighbors

(k-NN), Decision Trees and Random Forests, Naïve Bayes Classifier

Unit III: Unsupervised Learning & Dimensionality Reduction,

k-Means Clustering, Hierarchical Clustering, Principal Component Analysis (PCA), t-

SNE, Autoencoders (Intro Only). Association Rule Mining,

Unit IV: Model Evaluation and Tuning

Confusion Matrix, Precision, Recall, F1-Score, ROC-AUC, Bias-Variance Tradeoff,

Cross- Validation, Hyperparameter Tuning: Grid Search & Random Search,
Overfitting&Underfitting
Unit V: Advanced Topics & Real-time Applications

Introduction to Neural Networks (Perceptron), Introduction to SVMs, Feature Engineering &

Selection, Real-world Use Cases: Spam Detection, Credit Scoring, Medical Diagnosis, Ethical
AI and Model Explainability (XAI – Intro Only)

Textbooks

Tom M. Mitchell, Machine Learning, McGraw-Hill, 1997.

 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

III B. Tech - II Semester

L T P C
23ACM35- DEEP LEARNING & NEURAL 3 0 0 3
NETWORKS

Course Objectives

• Understand the fundamentals of deep learning and neural networks.

• Analyze and implement feedforward, convolutional, and recurrent neural networks.
• Learn key optimization techniques and regularization methods.
• Explore architectures like CNN, RNN, LSTM for various applications.
• Apply deep learning models to real-world problems in vision, NLP, and speech.

Course Outcomes (COs)

After successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
CO1 Explain the structure and working of deep neural networks. Understand (L2)
CO2 Analyze the learning process and optimization strategies in deep learning. Analyze (L4)
CO3 Apply CNNs and RNNs to practical problems like image and sequence processing. Apply (L3)
CO4 Evaluate the performance of models using loss functions and regularization. Evaluate (L5)
CO5 Design and implement deep learning models using modern frameworks. Create (L6)

Unit I: Introduction to Deep Learning

Basics of machine learning and need for deep learning, Biological and artificial neurons,
Activation functions: Sigmoid, Tanh, ReLU, Leaky ReLU, Perceptron and Multi-Layer
Perceptron (MLP), Backpropagation algorithm

Unit II: Optimization and Regularization

Cost functions: Cross-entropy, MSE, Gradient descent, SGD, Momentum, RMSProp,

Adam, Overfitting and underfitting, Regularization: L1, L2, Dropout, Batch Normalization,
Weight initialization techniques

Unit III: Convolutional Neural Networks (CNN)

Convolution operation, filters, feature maps, Pooling layers, padding, stride, CNN architectures:
LeNet, AlexNet, VGGNet, ResNet, Applications in image classification and
object detection.
 Unit IV: Recurrent Neural Networks (RNNs) and LSTMs
Sequence modeling basics, RNN architecture and backpropagation through time,
Vanishing/exploding gradient problems, Long Short-Term Memory (LSTM) and GRU,
Applications:Text generation, machine translation, time-series

Unit V: Generative Models and Applications

Autoencoders and VariationalAutoencoders (VAE), Generative Adversarial

Networks (GANs), Transfer learning and pre-trained models, Deep learning
applications in vision, NLP, healthcare, Deployment considerations
(TensorFlowLite, ONNX, etc.)

Textbooks

1. Ian Goodfellow, YoshuaBengio, Aaron Courville – Deep Learning, MIT Press

2. François Chollet – Deep Learning with Python, Manning Publications
3. Josh Patterson & Adam Gibson – Deep Learning: A Practitioner's Approach, O’Reilly

Reference Books

1. Michael Nielsen – Neural Networks and Deep Learning (online free book)
2. Nikhil Buduma – Fundamentals of Deep Learning, O’Reilly
3. Simon Haykin – Neural Networks and Learning Machines, Pearson

Online Courses
1. Coursera Deep Learning Specialization – Andrew Ng
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

III B. Tech - II Semester

23ACM36- INTRODUCTION TO NATURAL LANGUAGE L T P C

PROCESSING (NLP) 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives

• Understand the foundational concepts of NLP and linguistics.

• Explore text preprocessing and linguistic analysis techniques.
• Apply NLP techniques for syntactic and semantic analysis.
• Utilize NLP tools for information retrieval, summarization, and sentiment analysis.
• Design and build machine learning and deep learning models for NLP applications.

Course Outcomes (COs)

After successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:

CO1 Understand language structure and basic NLP pipeline. Understand (L2)
CO2 Apply text processing and feature extraction techniques. Apply (L3)
CO3 Analyze syntactic and semantic structures using NLP tools. Analyze (L4)
CO4 Evaluate NLP models and select suitable algorithms for various tasks. Evaluate (L5)
CO5 Design NLP-based solutions using ML/DL models for real-world applications. Create (L6)

Unit I: Introduction to NLP & Linguistics

NLP tasks and applications. Components of NLP: Morphology, syntax, semantics,

pragmatics, Linguistic essentials: POS tagging, Lemmatization, Stemming,
Languagemodeling: N-grams, Smoothing techniques, Perplexity

Unit II: Text Processing & Feature Engineering

Text preprocessing: Tokenization, normalization, stopword removal, Feature extraction: Bag

of Words, TF-IDF, Word embeddings (Word2Vec, GloVe), Dimensionality reduction: PCA,
LSA

Unit III: Syntax & Parsing Techniques

POS tagging algorithms: Rule-based, HMM, CRF, Syntax trees and dependency parsing,
Context- Free Grammars (CFG), CYK algorithm

Unit IV: Semantics & Discourse Processing

Named Entity Recognition (NER).Word Sense Disambiguation (WSD). Semantic similarity

and clustering. Sentiment analysis and emotion detection
Unit V: NLP with Machine Learning & Deep Learning

Text classification using Naïve Bayes, SVM, RNN, LSTM, GRU for sequence modelling,
Transformer-based models (BERT, GPT), Applications: Chatbots, , Summarization
Translation

Textbooks

1. Daniel Jurafsky and James H. Martin – Speech and Language Processing, Pearson
2. Steven Bird, Ewan Klein, Edward Loper – Natural Language Processing
with Python, O’Reilly
3. Yoav Goldberg – Neural Network Methods in NLP, Morgan & Claypool

Reference Books

1. Jacob Eisenstein – Introduction to Natural Language Processing, MIT Press

2. Chris Manning – Stanford NLP resources (online)
3. Allen & Unwin – Foundations of Statistical Natural Language Processing

Online Courses

1. Coursera-Natural Language Processing Specialization – DeepLearning.AI

 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

IV B. Tech - I Semester

L T P C
23ACM37 - INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER 3 0 0 3
VISION

Course Objectives

• Understand the fundamentals of image formation, representation, and basic processing.

• Explore key concepts of feature detection, segmentation, and motion tracking.
• Apply machine learning and deep learning techniques in visual recognition tasks.
• Analyze real-time applications of computer vision in various domains.
• Implement and evaluate computer vision algorithms using Python/OpenCV
frameworks.

Course Outcomes (COs)

After successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:

Understand
CO1 Understand the principles of digital image formation and transformation.
(L2)
CO2 Apply computer vision algorithms for image enhancement Apply (L3)
and feature extraction.

CO3 Analyze object recognition, detection, and classification techniques.

Analyze
(L4) CO4 Evaluate deep learning models for vision tasks like segmentation and
tracking. Evaluate (L5) CO5 Design and implement real-world computer vision
applications. Create (L6)

Unit I: Fundamentals of Computer Vision

Introduction to computer vision and image formation, Camera models: pinhole,
orthographic, perspective, Digital images: pixels, intensity, channels, color spaces (RGB,
HSV, YCbCr), Basic image operations: filtering, edge
detection (Sobel, Canny)

Unit II: Image Processing and Feature Detection

Histograms, thresholding, contrast adjustment, Convolution, Gaussian smoothing,
Laplacian, Feature detection: corners (Harris, FAST), blobs (LoG, DoG), edges, SIFT,
SURF, ORB for local features

Unit III: Image Segmentation and Object Recognition

Region-based segmentation: region growing, split and merge, Clustering: K-means,
Mean-shift, Morphological operations, Object detection: Haar cascades, HOG
+ SVM, Viola-Jones
Unit IV: Motion Analysis and 3D Vision
Optical flow: Horn-Schunck, Lucas-Kanade, Background subtraction, moving object
detection, Structure from Motion (SfM), Stereo vision, depth
estimation

Unit V: Deep Learning in Computer Vision

Introduction to CNNs (Convolutional Neural Networks), Architectures: LeNet, AlexNet,
VGG, ResNet, Object detection using YOLO, SSD, Faster R-CNN, Image segmentation
using U-Net, Mask R-CNN, Applications: face recognition, self-
driving cars, surveillance

Textbooks

1. Richard Szeliski – Computer Vision: Algorithms and Applications, Springer

2. Gonzalez & Woods – Digital Image Processing, Pearson
3. Simon Prince – Computer Vision: Models, Learning, and Inference,
Cambridge University Press

Reference Books

1. Gary Bradski& Adrian Kaehler – Learning OpenCV, O’Reilly

2. David Forsyth & Jean Ponce – Computer Vision: A Modern Approach, Pearson
3. Ian Goodfellow et al. – Deep Learning, MIT Press (for Unit V)

Online Courses

1. Coursera- Computer Vision Specialization – University of Michigan

 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

III B. Tech - II Semester

L T P C
23ACM38-ESSENTIALS OF AI & ML LAB 0 0 3 1.5
Course Objectives:

• To understand core AI and ML techniques.

• To implement models using Python libraries.

Course Outcomes (COs)

After successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:

• Develop supervised and unsupervised ML models.

• Evaluate model performance using metrics.

Experiments:

1. Introduction to AI/ML libraries: NumPy, Pandas

2. Supervised vs Unsupervised Learning demo
3. Linear Regression implementation
4. Decision Tree Classifier
5. Naive Bayes Classifier
6. K-Means Clustering
7. SVM classifier
8. Hyperparameter tuning
9. Model evaluation techniques
10. Deployment with Flask API (demo)
11. Model saving and loading using pickle
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)

IV B. Tech - I Semester

L T P C
23ACM39- NLP & COMPUTER VISION LAB 0 0 3 1.5

Course Objectives:

• To implement basic NLP and CV pipelines.

• To work with image and text datasets.

Course Outcomes (COs)

After successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:

• Build NLP pipelines (tokenization to classification).

• Perform image preprocessing and recognition.

Experiments:

1. Text preprocessing (tokenization, stemming, etc.)

2. Bag of Words and TF-IDF models
3. Text classification using Logistic Regression
4. Named Entity Recognition (NER)
5. Sentiment Analysis
6. Image reading and manipulation using OpenCV
7. Image filtering and transformations
8. Face detection using Haar cascades
9. CNN model using TensorFlow/Keras
10. Image classification with pre-trained models
11. Text-to-Image and Image Captioning (intro)
MINOR DEGREE IN AI & DS
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
III B.Tech. I SEM, AI & DS

L T P C
23AAD19 Data Analytics using R
3 0 0 3

COURSE OBJECTIVES: The objective of the course is,

1. Understand the fundamentals of data analytics and the role of R in data analysis.
2. Perform data manipulation, cleaning, and preprocessing using R packages.
3. Apply statistical techniques and visualizations using R.
4. Develop models for descriptive, predictive, and prescriptive analytics.
5. Work on real-world datasets and develop end-to-end analytics solutions using R.

COURSE OUTCOMES: After the completion of the course, student will be able to
1. Apply R programming to read, process, and analyze structured data
2. Use data visualization tools in R to summarize and present findings
3. Perform exploratory data analysis (EDA) and interpret outputs
4. Build basic predictive models using regression and classification techniques
5. Execute real-time mini projects involving data collection, analysis, and visualization.

UNIT-I: Introduction to Data Analytics and R 9 Hrs

Introduction to Data Analytics: Definitions, types (Descriptive, Predictive, Prescriptive)
Overview of R: History, features, RStudio - Installing and using R packages - Basic syntax,
data types, and operators in R

UNIT-II: Data Manipulation and Exploration 8 Hrs

Importing data: CSV, Excel, Web APIs, Databases - Data frames, lists, matrices, factors -
Data wrangling with dplyr and tidyr - Handling missing data, filtering, sorting,
summarizing - Exploratory Data Analysis (EDA)

UNIT-III: Data Visualization using R 7 Hrs

Introduction to visualization principles - Base R graphics vs. ggplot2 - Bar charts,
histograms, box plots, scatter plots, line graphs - Advanced visualization: heatmaps,
correlation matrices - Interactive visualizations using plotly and shiny (intro)

UNIT-IV: Statistical Analysis and Machine Learning in R 8 Hrs

Statistical inference: mean, median, variance, standard deviation - Hypothesis testing: t-
test, chi-square test - Linear regression, logistic regression - Clustering: k-means -
Classification: Decision Trees, Naive Bayes (intro)

UNIT V: Advanced Topics in R for Data Analytics 9 Hrs

Time series analysis: basics, decomposition, forecasting with forecast and ts packages -
Text analytics: basic text mining using tm, wordcloud, and tidytext - Web scraping
using rvest - Introduction to dashboards using shiny - Automation and reporting
with RMarkdown and knitr - Introduction to Big Data integration (connecting R with
Hadoop/Spark via sparklyr - optional/overview)
TEXT BOOKS:
1. “R for Data Science” by Hadley Wickham & Garrett Grolemund, O’Reilly Media
2. “The Art of R Programming” by Norman Matloff, No Starch Press

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. “Practical Data Science with R” by Nina Zumel & John Mount, Manning Publications
2. “Hands-On Programming with R” by Garrett Grolemund, O’Reilly Media
3. “Data Science for Business” by Foster Provost & Tom Fawcett, O’Reilly Media (for
conceptual understanding)
4. “Advanced R” by Hadley Wickham, CRC Press
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
III B.Tech. I SEM, AI & DS

L T P C
23AAD20 Creative Intelligence with Generative Models
3 0 0 3

COURSE OBJECTIVES: The objective of the course is,

1. Understand the theoretical foundations of creative intelligence and generative models.
2. Explore various generative architectures (e.g., GANs, VAEs, Transformers).
3. Analyze and evaluate the creative output of generative systems.
4. Apply generative models to domains such as text, image, music, and video.
5. Examine ethical, philosophical, and legal issues related to AI-generated content.
6. Design and implement creative projects using generative AI tools and frameworks.

COURSE OUTCOMES: After the completion of the course, student will be able to
1. Explain the principles of creative intelligence in artificial systems.
2. Differentiate between various types of generative models and their applications.
3. Use state-of-the-art generative tools (e.g., GPT, DALL·E, Diffusion Models) to produce
creative content.
4. Critically evaluate the originality and value of AI-generated outputs.
5. Build a mini-project involving multi-modal AI creativity (e.g., text-to-image, music
generation).
6. Address ethical challenges in deploying generative models in real-world applications.

UNIT-I: Foundations of Creative Intelligence 10 Hrs

Introduction to creativity: Human vs. machine creativity - Theories of creativity (Guilford,
Sternberg, Boden) - Computational creativity: History and goals - Basics of creative
cognition and associative thinking

UNIT-II: Generative Models – Concepts & Techniques 7 Hrs

Introduction to generative modeling - Probabilistic models: VAEs - Adversarial models:
GANs and their variants - Transformer-based models (GPT, BERT, T5) - Diffusion models
(DDPMs, Stable Diffusion)

UNIT-III: Generative Creativity in Text, Image, and Audio 8 Hrs

Text generation: GPT, prompting, narrative generation - Image synthesis: DALL·E,
Midjourney, Stable Diffusion - Music/audio generation: MusicLM, Suno, AudioCraft -
Prompt engineering & prompt chaining

UNIT-IV: Evaluation and Ethics 9 Hrs

Measuring creativity in AI (novelty, value, surprise) - Turing Test vs. Lovelace Test -
Deepfakes, plagiarism, and bias in generative content - Ownership, copyright, and ethical
concerns

UNIT V: Applications and Project Work 8 Hrs

Multi-modal generation (text-to-image, text-to-video, text-to-audio) - Applications in
design, storytelling, game development, marketing - Creative AI tools: Runway, ChatGPT,
Canva AI, Adobe Firefly - Final creative project planning, implementation, and review
TEXT BOOKS:
1. “Artificial Intelligence and Creativity: An Interdisciplinary Approach” – Tarek R.
Besold et al.
2. “Deep Learning” – Ian Goodfellow, Yoshua Bengio, and Aaron Courville (for GANs
and VAEs)
3. “The Creativity Code: Art and Innovation in the Age of AI” – Marcus du Sautoy

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. “Architects of Intelligence” – Martin Ford
2. “Reclaiming Art in the Age of Artificial Intelligence” – Jared Marcel Pollen
3. “Computational Creativity: The Philosophy and Engineering of Autonomously
Creative Systems” – Tony Veale and Feyaad Alladin
4. Papers from AAAI, NeurIPS, ICML, and IJCAI on generative models and
computational creativity
5. Online platforms: Hugging Face, Runway ML, Google Colab, Kaggle Notebooks
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
III B.Tech. II SEM, AI & DS

L T P C
23AAD21 Data Management with SQL & No-SQL
3 0 0 3

COURSE OBJECTIVES: The objective of the course is,

1. Understand the fundamentals of data management and database systems.
2. Design and implement relational databases using SQL.
3. Explore NoSQL databases and their applications in modern data environments.
4. Compare and contrast SQL and NoSQL approaches for different use cases.
5. Apply data modeling, querying, and optimization techniques in both paradigms.

COURSE OUTCOMES: After the completion of the course, student will be able to
1. Design normalized relational schemas and write efficient SQL queries.
2. Implement CRUD operations and manage transactions in SQL databases.
3. Understand NoSQL data models (document, key-value, column, graph).
4. Choose appropriate database systems based on application requirements.
5. Demonstrate proficiency in using tools like MySQL, PostgreSQL, MongoDB, and
Cassandra.

UNIT-I: Introduction to Data Management 7 Hrs

Data, databases, and DBMS - Types of databases: Relational vs Non-relational - Overview
of SQL and NoSQL - Database design principles

UNIT-II: Relational Databases and SQL 9 Hrs

SQL syntax and commands (SELECT, INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE) - Joins, subqueries,
and views - Normalization and schema design - Transactions and indexing

UNIT-III: NoSQL Databases 8 Hrs

Types of NoSQL databases: Document, Key-Value, Column, Graph -Data modeling in
NoSQL - CAP theorem and BASE properties - Use cases and limitations

UNIT-IV: Working with SQL and NoSQL Tools 7 Hrs

MySQL/PostgreSQL setup and usage - MongoDB and Cassandra basics - Querying and
managing data - Performance tuning and scalability

UNIT V: Comparative Analysis and Real-World Applications 6 Hrs

SQL vs NoSQL: strengths and trade-offs - Hybrid architectures and polyglot persistence -
Case studies: e-commerce, social media, IoT - Future trends in data management

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Database System Concepts by Abraham Silberschatz, Henry F. Korth, and S. Sudarshan
(McGraw-Hill)
2. NoSQL Distilled: A Brief Guide to the Emerging World of Polyglot Persistence by
Pramod J. Sadalage and Martin Fowler (Addison-Wesley)
3. Learning SQL by Alan Beaulieu (O'Reilly Media).
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. SQL in a Nutshell by Kevin Kline – O'Reilly Media
2. MongoDB: The Definitive Guide by Kristina Chodorow – O'Reilly Media
3. Cassandra: The Definitive Guide by Jeff Carpenter and Eben Hewitt – O'Reilly Media
4. Designing Data-Intensive Applications by Martin Kleppmann – O'Reilly Media
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
III B.Tech. II SEM, AI & DS

Applied Generative AI L T P C
23AAD22
3 0 0 3

COURSE OBJECTIVES: The objective of the course is,

1. Understand the principles and techniques behind generative AI.
2. Apply foundational models like GANs, VAEs, and LLMs to real-world problems.
3. Develop and deploy GenAI applications using tools such as LangChain, Hugging Face,
and Azure AI Studio.
4. Explore advanced topics like agentic AI, retrieval-augmented generation (RAG), and AI
governance.
5. Gain hands-on experience through projects and capstone work.

COURSE OUTCOMES: After the completion of the course, student will be able to
1. Build and fine-tune generative models for text, image, and code generation.
2. Implement prompt engineering and agentic workflows.
3. Use industry-standard GenAI tools and frameworks.
4. Evaluate ethical and governance considerations in AI deployment.
5. Create portfolio-worthy projects demonstrating applied GenAI skills.

UNIT-I: Foundations of Generative AI 6 Hrs

Introduction to GenAI and its evolution - Overview of GANs, VAEs, and LLMs -
Applications across industries

UNIT-II: Tools and Technologies 7 Hrs

LangChain, Hugging Face, Azure AI Studio - Prompt engineering and model APIs -
Deployment environments

UNIT-III: Advanced Architectures 6 Hrs

Transformer models and attention mechanisms - Fine-tuning LLMs - Retrieval-Augmented
Generation (RAG)
UNIT-IV: Agentic AI and Governance 7 Hrs
Agentic frameworks and autonomous agents - AI ethics, bias, and governance -
Responsible AI deployment

UNIT V: Capstone and Real-World Applications 7 Hrs

Hands-on projects and case studies - Building end-to-end GenAI applications - Career
pathways and industry trends

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Generative Deep Learning by David Foster (O'Reilly Media)
2. Designing Data-Intensive Applications by Martin Kleppmann (O'Reilly Media)

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Hands-On Generative AI with Python by John Smith
2. Transformers for Natural Language Processing by Denis Rothman
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
IV B.Tech. I SEM, AI & DS

L T P C
23AAD23 Text Analytics & NLP
3 0 0 3

COURSE OBJECTIVES: The objective of the course is,

1. Understand the core concepts and challenges in NLP and text analytics.
2. Learn syntax, semantics, and morphological analysis of natural language.
3. Explore word and sentence representation models for NLP applications.
4. Apply machine learning and deep learning techniques to NLP tasks.
5. Implement NLP solutions using Python and modern libraries.

COURSE OUTCOMES: After the completion of the course, student will be able to
1. Apply computational linguistics tools to analyze text.
2. Implement word representation models like TF-IDF and embeddings.
3. Develop ML/DL models for NLP tasks such as sentiment analysis and translation.
4. Evaluate NLP models using appropriate metrics and visualization techniques.

UNIT-I: Introduction to Text Mining & NLP 8 Hrs

Difference between text mining and NLP - Challenges in NLP: ambiguity, context, syntax
- Language models and NLP workflow - Applications of NLP in business and research

UNIT-II: Fundamentals of Text Analytics 9 Hrs

Text preprocessing: tokenization, stop word removal, stemming, lemmatization -
Removing noise: HTML tags, emojis, special characters - Text vectorization: Bag-of-
Words, TF-IDF - Topic modeling and text visualization

UNIT-III: Word Embeddings & Representation 6 Hrs

Limitations of count-based models - Co-occurrence matrices and cosine similarity -
Word2Vec, GloVe, and pre-trained embeddings - Manipulating words in vector space

UNIT-IV: Sentiment Analysis & Classification 7 Hrs

Supervised learning for sentiment analysis - Feature extraction from text - Logistic
regression for classification - Visualizing tweet sentiment and model performance

UNIT V: Python Applications for NLP 8 Hrs

Processing text and PDF files - Regular expressions for pattern matching - Tokenization
and vocabulary matching with spaCy - Named Entity Recognition (NER), speech tagging -
Building chatbots and natural language generation (NLG)

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Speech and Language Processing by Daniel Jurafsky & James H. Martin
2. Foundations of Statistical Natural Language Processing by Christopher Manning &
Hinrich Schütze
3. Natural Language Processing with Python by Steven Bird, Ewan Klein, and Edward
Loper
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Text Analytics with Python by Dipanjan Sarkar
2. Deep Learning for Natural Language Processing by Palash Goyal, Sumit Pandey, and
Karan Jain
3. Practical Natural Language Processing by Sowmya Vajjala, Bodhisattwa Majumder,
Anuj Gupta, and Harshit Surana
4. Machine Learning for Text by Charu C. Aggarwal
5. Hands-On Machine Learning with Scikit-Learn, Keras, and TensorFlow by Aurélien
Géron
6. Introduction to Information Retrieval by Manning, Raghavan, and Schütze
SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
IV B.Tech. I SEM, AI & DS

L T P C
23AAD24 Capstone Project and Portfolio Development
0 0 6 3
 MINOR DEGREE IN
COMPUTER SCIENCE & BUSINESS SYSTEMS
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
III B.Tech. I SEM, CSBS

Fundamentals of Computer Systems & L T P C

23ACB15
Business Environment 3 0 0 3

COURSE OBJECTIVES: The objective of the course is,

⚫ Understand the fundamentals of data, information, knowledge, and systems in a
business context.
⚫ Familiarize students with the various types of business information systems (BIS)
and their strategic roles.
⚫ Explore the components of computer hardware and software and their relevance in
BIS.
⚫ Introduce database concepts and the application of business intelligence for
decision-making.
⚫ Describe networks, telecommunications, and how the Internet enables business
connectivity and e-commerce.
⚫ Analyze enterprise and functional systems used across different business
departments.

COURSE OUTCOMES: After the completion of the course, student will be able to
⚫ Distinguish between data, information, knowledge, and wisdom in a business setting.
⚫ Explain the role of BIS in supporting managerial decisions and gaining competitive
advantage.
⚫ Identify the major components of computer hardware and software and assess their
applications in business.
⚫ Describe various types of databases and apply BI tools to improve organizational
decision-making.
⚫ llustrate the role of networks and the Internet in enabling business communication and
e-commerce.
⚫ Analyze the use of enterprise systems and departmental applications in streamlining
business operations.

UNIT-I: INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS INFORMATION SYSTEMS 8 Hrs

Data and information, creating information, Qualities of information, Knowledge and
wisdom, the business environment, Managerial decision making, Knowledge management.
Introduction to systems, Different types of systems, Business information systems,
Resources that support BIS, Categories of business information system, E-business systems,
Enterprise systems, BIS and strategic advantage.

UNIT-II: HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE 10 Hrs

Components of a computer system, Major categories of computers, Types of
microcomputers, selecting input devices, selecting output devices, selecting storage devices,
Processors, Categories of software, Document production software, Graphics packages,
Spreadsheets, Management applications of productivity software, Multimedia software,
Software for using the Internet.
UNIT-III: DATABASES AND BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE 12 Hrs
Databases: Business-level advantages of databases an overview of the types of database-File
processing databases, Database management systems, Relational database management
systems, Object-oriented databases, Network and hierarchical databases; Business
intelligence, Data warehouses: Data warehouse, Data Mart, Architecture Data mining: Text
and Web Mining Business analytics: OLAP, Cube Analysis Case Study: Making business
intelligence.

UNIT-IV: NETWORKS, TELECOMMUNICATIONS AND THE 10 Hrs

INTERNET
Computer networks, Network components, Network types, The Internet, Case Study: Asian
apps challenge western dominance

UNIT V: ENTERPRISE AND FUNCTIONAL BUSINESS 5 Hrs

INFORMATION SYSTEMS
Enterprise systems, Operations information systems, Management information systems,
Departmental applications, Case Study: Managing the supply chain. Total Periods: 45 Topics
for self-study are provided in the lesson plan

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Paul Bocij, Andrew Greasley, and Simon Hickie, "Business Information Systems
Technology, Development and Management for the E-Business”, Fifth edition, Pearson
Education Limited, 2015.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. R. Kelly Rainer Jr., Casey G. Cegielski, "Introduction to Information Systems Supporting
and Transforming Business", Fourth Edition, John Wiley & Sons. Inc, 2012.
2. WitoldAbramowicz, Heinrich C. Mayr, "Technologies for Business Information
Systems", Springer, 2007.
ADDITIONAL LEARNING RESOURCES:
1. https://www.edx.org/micromasters/iux-information-systems.
2. https://www.coursera.org/learn/business-model-canvas.
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
III B.Tech. I SEM, CSBS

L T P C
23ACB16 Database Management & Enterprise Systems
3 0 0 3

COURSE OBJECTIVES: The objective of the course is,

⚫ Introduce fundamental concepts of database systems, including their architecture,
models, and advantages.
⚫ Develop skills in the relational model, relational algebra, SQL, and database
normalization.
⚫ Understand transaction management, concurrency control, and recovery in database
systems.
⚫ Familiarize students with enterprise systems, their components, architecture, and
implementation lifecycle.
⚫ Explain modern enterprise platforms, integration technologies, and their role in
business process improvement.

COURSE OUTCOMES: After the completion of the course, student will be able to
⚫ Describe the characteristics, components, and architecture of a DBMS and its
advantages over file systems.
⚫ Apply relational algebra and SQL commands to model and manipulate data in relational
databases.
⚫ Demonstrate the process of database normalization and construct ER models with
appropriate keys.
⚫ Explain transaction processing concepts, concurrency control mechanisms, and database
recovery techniques.
⚫ Identify the structure and modules of enterprise systems like ERP, SCM, and CRM, and
their business roles.
⚫ Evaluate enterprise integration techniques, cloud/on-premise ERP solutions, and their
impact on businesses.

UNIT-I: Introduction to DBMS 8 Hrs

Definition and Characteristics of DBMS,Advantages over File Systems,Database Models
(Relational, Hierarchical, Network, Object-Oriented),Three-level Architecture,Data
Independence,DBMS Components and Architecture

UNIT-II:Relational Model and SQL 9 Hrs

Relational Algebra & Relational Calculus,Keys (Primary, Candidate, Foreign),Entity-
Relationship (ER) Model,Normalization: 1NF to BCNF,SQL: DDL, DML, DCL, TCL,Joins,
Subqueries, Views, Indexes

UNIT-III:Transaction Management & Concurrency Control 8 Hrs

Transactions and ACID Properties,Serializability,Lock-based Concurrency
Control,Deadlock Handling,Recovery Techniques,Log-based Recovery
UNIT-IV: Introduction to Enterprise Systems 9 Hrs
Overview of Enterprise Systems (ERP, SCM, CRM),Enterprise Architecture,ERP Modules:
Finance, HR, Production, Sales, Procurement,ERP Implementation Lifecycle,Benefits and
Challenges of ERP Systems

UNIT V: Enterprise System Platforms and Integration 8 Hrs

Major ERP Vendors (SAP, Oracle, Microsoft Dynamics),Cloud ERP vs On-Premise
ERP,Enterprise Application Integration (EAI),Middleware, SOA, Web Services,Business
Process Reengineering (BPR)

TEXT BOOKS:
1. “Database System Concepts” by Abraham Silberschatz, Henry F. Korth, and S.
Sudarshan 7th Edition, McGraw-Hill
2. “Fundamentals of Database Systems” by Ramez Elmasri and Shamkant Navathe 7th
Edition, Pearson

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. “Database Management Systems” by Raghu Ramakrishnan and Johannes Gehrke,3rd
Edition, McGowan-HillEnterprise Systems
2. “Enterprise Resource Planning:
⚫ Concepts and Practice” by Mahadeo Jaiswal and Ganesh Vanapalli,2nd Edition,
Pearson
⚫ “Modern ERP: Select, Implement, and Use Today's Advanced Business Systems”
by Marianne Bradford,3rd Edition, Lulu Press
⚫ “ERP Demystified” by Alexis Leon,2nd Edition, Tata McGowan-Hill
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
III B.Tech. II SEM, CSBS

Software Engineering for Business Applications L T P C

23ACB17
3 0 0 3

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
⚫ The objective of the course is,Understand the fundamentals of software engineering and
various software process models.
⚫ Analyze and model requirements using structured and object-oriented approaches.
⚫ Gain insight into Agile methodologies and apply them to modern software development
projects.
⚫ Explore the principles of software project management, including planning, risk analysis, and
evaluation.
⚫ Comprehend software quality concepts and apply estimation techniques for project planning.

COURSE OUTCOMES: After the completion of the course, student will be able to
⚫ Describe the nature of software and various software engineering practices and myths.
⚫ Compare different software process models and select an appropriate model for a given
software project.
⚫ Apply requirements engineering techniques including elicitation, modeling, and
validation.
⚫ Illustrate various modeling strategies such as scenario-based, class-based, flow-oriented,
and behavioral.
⚫ Explain the principles of Agile development and various agile methodologies like XP,
Scrum, etc.
⚫ Demonstrate knowledge of software project management practices and tools.
⚫ Evaluate software projects using quality models, estimation techniques, and risk
evaluation strategies.

UNIT-I: Software and Software Engineering 9Hrs

The nature of Software, The unique nature of WebApps, Software Engineering, The
software Process, Software Engineering Practice, Software Myths.
Process Models: A generic process model, Process assessment and improvement,
Prescriptive process models: Waterfall model, Incremental process models, Evolutionary
process models, Concurrent models, Specialized process models. Unified Process ,
Personal and Team process models.

UNIT-II: Understanding Requirements 8 Hrs

Requirements Engineering, Establishing the ground work, Eliciting Requirements,
developing use cases, Building the requirements model, Negotiating Requirements,
Validating Requirements. Requirements Modeming Scenarios, Information and Analysis
classes: Requirement Analysis, Scenario based modeling, UML models that supplement
the Use Case, Data modeling Concepts, Class-Based Modeling. Requirement Modeling
Strategies : Flow oriented Modeling , Behavioral Modeling.
UNIT-III:Agile Development 10 Hrs
What is Agility, Agility and the cost of change. What is an agile Process?, Extreme
Programming (XP), Other Agile Process Models, A tool set for Agile process . Principles
that guide practice: Software Engineering Knowledge, Core principles, Principles that
guide each framework activity.

UNIT-IV: Introduction to Project Management 9 Hrs

Introduction, Project and Importance of Project Management, Contract Management,
Activities Covered by Software Project Management, Plans, Methods and Methodologies,
Some ways of categorizing Software Projects, Stakeholders, Setting Objectives, Business
Case, Project Success and Failure, Management and Management Control, Project
Management life cycle, Traditional versus Modern Project Management Practices. Project
Evaluation: Evaluation of Individual projects, Cost–benefit Evaluation Techniques, Risk
Evaluation.

UNIT V: Software Quality 8 Hrs

Introduction, The place of software quality in project planning, Importance of software
quality, Defining software quality, Software quality models, product versus process quality
management. Software Project Estimation: Observations on Estimation, Decomposition
Techniques, Empirical Estimation Models.

TEXT BOOKS:
Roger S. Pressman: Software Engineering-A Practitioners approach, 7th Edition, Tata
McGraw Hill. 2. Bob Hughes, Mike Cotterell, Rajib Mall: Software Project Management,
6th Edition, McGraw Hill Education, 2018.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Pankaj Jalote: An Integrated Approach to Software Engineering, Wiley India.
2. “Software Engineering: Principles and Practice", Hans van Vliet, Wiley India, 3rd
Edition, 2010.
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
⚫ https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc20_cs68/preview
⚫ https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc24_mg01/preview
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
III B.Tech. II SEM, CSBS

Business Intelligence and Analytics L T P C

23ACB18
3 0 0 3

COURSE OBJECTIVES: The objective of the course is,

⚫ Introduce the role and structure of business intelligence (BI) and decision support
systems (DSS) in organizational decision-making.
⚫ Provide a comprehensive understanding of the decision-making process and how it is
supported by DSS.
⚫ Familiarize students with neural networks, sentiment analysis, and other intelligent
systems used in modern analytics.
⚫ Equip students with knowledge of model-based decision-making techniques,
including mathematical and spreadsheet-based models.
⚫ Introduce automated decision systems and expert systems as advanced tools in AI-
driven business analytics.

COURSE OUTCOMES: After the completion of the course, student will be able to
⚫ Describe the evolution and components of Business Intelligence and its role in decision-
making.
⚫ Explain the phases and structure of the decision-making process and the capabilities of
Decision Support Systems.
⚫ Apply basic concepts of neural networks, SVM, and sentiment analysis in real-world
decision-making scenarios.
⚫ Construct and evaluate decision models using mathematical programming,
spreadsheets, and decision trees.
⚫ Describe the architecture, development, and application of expert systems and
automated decision-making tools.

UNIT-I:An Overview of Business Intelligence, Analytics, and

8 Hrs
Decision Support
Information Systems Support for Decision Making, An Early Framework for
Computerized Decision Support, The Concept of Decision Support Systems, A Framework
for Business Intelligence, Business Analytics Overview, Brief Introduction to Big Data
Analytics.

UNIT-II: Decision Making 8 Hrs

Introduction and Definitions, Phases of the Decision, Making Process, The Intelligence
Phase, Design Phase, Choice Phase, Implementation Phase, Decision Support Systems
Capabilities, Decision Support Systems Classification, Decision Support Systems
Components.

UNIT-III: Neural Networks and Sentiment Analysis 12 Hrs

Basic Concepts of Neural Networks, Developing Neural Network-Based Systems,
Illuminating the Black Box of ANN with Sensitivity, Support Vector Machines, A Process
Based Approach to the Use of SVM, Nearest Neighbour Method for Prediction, Sentiment
Analysis Overview, Sentiment Analysis Applications, Sentiment Analysis Process,
Sentiment Analysis, Speech Analytics
UNIT-IV: Model-Based Decision Making 12 Hrs
Decision Support Systems modeling, Structure of mathematical models for decision support,
Certainty, Uncertainty, and Risk, Decision modeling with spreadsheets, Mathematical
programming optimization, Decision Analysis with Decision Tables and Decision Trees,
Multi-Criteria Decision Making with Pairwise Comparisons.

UNIT V: Automated Decision Systems and Expert Systems 5 Hrs

Automated Decision Systems, The Artificial Intelligence field, Basic concepts of Expert
Systems, Applications of Expert Systems, Structure of Expert Systems, Knowledge
Engineering, Development of Expert Systems.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Ramesh Sharda, Dursun Delen, Efraim Turban, J.E. Aronson, Ting-Peng Liang, David
King, “Business Intelligence and Analytics: System for Decision Support”, 10th Edition,
Pearson Global Edition, 2013

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Data Analytics: The Ultimate Beginner's Guide to Data Analytics Paperback – 12
November 2017by Edward Mize.
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
• https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zbcCdoHeS4w
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
IV B.Tech. I SEM, CSBS
L T P C
23ACB19 Digital Transformation & Business Strategy
3 0 0 3

COURSE OBJECTIVES: The objective of the course is,

⚫ Provide an in-depth understanding of the concept and evolution of digital transformation
across industries.
⚫ Explore the strategic alignment between digital initiatives and corporate strategy.
⚫ Examine emerging digital technologies that drive transformation, such as AI, IoT, cloud
computing, and blockchain.
⚫ Develop knowledge of implementation frameworks including change management,
agile practices, and performance measurement.
⚫ Analyze real-world applications of digital transformation in various sectors and
anticipate future trends in the digital economy.

COURSE OUTCOMES: After the completion of the course, student will be able to
⚫ Explain the scope, drivers, and impact of digital transformation on traditional and
modern businesses.
⚫ Evaluate how digital strategies align with business goals and describe digital business
models and value chains.
⚫ Identify and describe key enabling technologies such as cloud, AI, IoT, blockchain, and
cybersecurity.
⚫ Develop a roadmap for digital transformation, considering organizational readiness,
change management, and risk.
⚫ Analyze digital transformation practices across sectors and explore emerging trends like
digital workplaces, ethics, and sustainability.

UNIT-I: Introduction to Digital Transformation 9Hrs

Concept and scope of digital transformation, Traditional vs digital businesses, Role of digital
in business evolution, Drivers and inhibitors of digital transformation, Case studies: Netflix,
Amazon, Uber, etc.

UNIT-II: Strategic Foundations of Digital Business 8 Hrs

Integration of digital and corporate strategy, Business model innovation (B2B, B2C,
platform models), Digital value chain and value proposition, Strategy frameworks: Porter's
Five Forces, Value Chain Analysis, Competitive advantage in the digital economy

UNIT-III:Technologies Enabling Digital Transformation 10 Hrs

loud computing and virtualization, Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning, Big Data
and analytics, Internet of Things (IoT) and Industry 4.0, Blockchain technology,
cybersecurity fundamentals, Digital architecture and infrastructure

UNIT-IV:Digital Transformation Implementation 9 Hrs

Roadmap for digital transformation, Organizational readiness and capability development,
Change management and digital leadership, Agile methodologies and DevOps, Risk
management, governance, compliance, Key metrics and performance evaluation
UNIT V:Sectoral Applications and Future Trends 8 Hrs
Digital transformation in core sectors: Retail, Banking & FinTech, Healthcare,
Manufacturing, Education, Customer-centric digital strategy, Sustainability and ethics in
digital business, The future of work: AI, gig economy, digital workplaces

TEXT BOOKS:
1. "Leading Digital: Turning Technology into Business Transformation"
By George Westerman, Didier Bonnet, and Andrew McAfee
2. "Digital Transformation: Survive and Thrive in an Era of Mass Extinction"
By Thomas Siebel

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. "Digital Strategy: A Guide to Digital Business Transformation"
By Mark Baker
2. "The Digital Transformation Playbook"
By David L. Rogers
3. "Digital to the Core: Remastering Leadership for Your Industry, Your Enterprise,
and Yourself"
By Mark Raskino and Graham Waller
4. "Enterprise Architecture as Strategy"
By Jeanne W. Ross, Peter Weill, and David Robertson
SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
(AUTONOMOUS)
IV B.Tech. I SEM, CSBS

L T P C
23ACB20 Capstone Project and Portfolio Development
0 0 6 3
MINORS IN INTERNET OF THINGS
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY

(AUTONOMOUS)
Minors in CSE (IoT) (R23)

23ACO01: Internet of Things

L T P C
Course Objectives: 3 0 0 3

1. Understand the basics of Internet of Things and protocols.

2. Discuss the requirement of IoT technology
3. Introduce some of the application areas where IoT can be applied.
4. Understand the vision of IoT from a global perspective, understand its applications,
determine its market perspective using gateways, devices, and data management.

Course Outcomes (COs):

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CO1: Understand general concepts of Internet of Things
CO2: Apply design concept to IoT solutions
CO3: AnalyzevariousM2MandIoTarchitectures
CO4: Evaluated e sign issues in IoT applications
CO5: Create IoT solutions using sensors, actuators and Devices

UNIT I

Introduction to IoT: Definition and Characteristics of IoT, physical design of IoT, IoT protocols, IoT
communication a. Ceaser cipher b. Substitution cipher c. Hill Cipher cation models, IoT
Communication APIs, Communication protocols, Embedded Systems, IoT Levels and Templates

UNIT II

Prototyping IoT Objects using Microprocessor / Microcontroller: Working principles of sensors and
actuators, setting up the board – Programming for IoT, Reading from Sensors, Communication:
communication through Bluetooth, Wi-Fi.

UNIT III

IoT Architecture and Protocols: Architecture Reference Model Introduction, Reference Model and
architecture, IoT reference Model, Protocols- 6LowPAN, RPL, CoAP, MQTT, IoT frameworks Thing
Speak.

UNIT IV

Device Discovery and Cloud Services for IoT: Device discovery capabilities – Registering a device,
Deregister a device, Introduction to Cloud Storage models and communication APIs Web-Server, Web
server for IoT.
UNIT V

UAV IoT: Introduction to Unmanned Aerial Vehicles/Drones, Drone Types, Applications: Defense,
Civil, Environmental Monitoring; UAV elements and sensors- Arms, motors, Electronic Speed
Controller (ESC), GPS, IMU, Ultra sonic sensors; UAV Software –Arudpilot, Mission Planner, Internet
of Drones(IoD)- Case study FlytBase.

Textbooks:

1.Vijay Madisetti and Arshdeep Bahga,“Internet of Things (A Hands-on-Approach)”,1st Edition, VPT,

2014.

2.Handbook of unmanned aerial vehicles, K Valavanis; George JVachtsevanos, NewYork, Springer,

Boston, Massachusetts: Credo Reference, 2014. 2016..

Reference Books:

1.Jan Holler, Vlasios Tsiatsis, Catherine Mulligan, Stefan Aves and, Stamatis Karnouskos, David
Boyle, “From Machine-to-Machine to the Internet of Things :Introduction to a New Age of
Intelligence”, 1st Edition, Academic Press, 2014.

2.Arshdeep Bahga, Vijay Madisetti-Internet of Things: A Hands-On Approach, Universities

Press,2014.

3.The Internet of Things, Enabling technologies and use cases – Pethuru Raj, Anupama C. Raman, CRC
Press.

4.Francis daCosta, “Rethinking the Internet of Things: A Scalable Approach to Connecting

Everything”, 1st Edition, Apress Publications, 2013

5.Cuno Pfister, Getting Started with the Internet of Things, O‟Reilly Media, 2011, ISBN: 978- 1-4493-
9357-1

6.DGCA RPAS Guidance Manual, Revision 3 – 2020

7.Building Your Own Drones: A Beginners' Guide to Drones, UAVs, and ROVs, John Baichtal

Online Courses & Resources

1. https://www.arduino.cc/
2. https://www.raspberrypi.org/
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105166/5
4. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108108098/4
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY

(AUTONOMOUS)
Minors in CSE(IoT) (R23)

23ACS25: Wireless Sensor Networks

L T P C
3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:

1. To acquire the knowledge about various architectures and applications of Sensor Networks
2. To understand issues, challenges and emerging technologies for wireless sensor networks
3. To learn about various routing protocols and MAC Protocols
4. To understand various data gathering and data dissemination methods
5. To Study about design principals, node architectures, hardware and software required for
implementation of wireless sensor networks.

Course Outcomes (COs):

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CO1: Analyze and compare various architectures of Wireless Sensor Networks
CO2: Understand Design issues and challenges in wireless sensor networks
CO3: Analyze and compare various data gathering and data dissemination methods.
CO4: Design, Simulate and Compare the performance of various routing and MAC protocol

Unit I

Characteristics Of WSN: Characteristic requirementsfor WSN - Challenges for WSNs – WSN vs Adhoc
Networks -Sensor node architecture – Commercially available sensor nodes –Imote, IRIS, MicaMote,
EYES nodes, BTnodes, TelosB, Sunspot -Physicallayerandtransceiverdesign considerations in WSNs,
Energy usage profile, Choice of modulation scheme,Dynamic modulation scaling, Antenna
considerations.

Unit II

Medium Access Control Protocols: Fundamentals of MAC protocols - Low duty cycleprotocols
andwakeup concepts - Contention- basedprotocols-Schedule-basedprotocols-SMAC -BMAC -Traffic-
adaptivemediumaccess protocol (TRAMA) - The IEEE 802.15.4 MAC protocol.

Unit III

Routing And Data Gathering Protocols Routing Challenges and Design Issues in Wireless Sensor
Networks, Flooding and gossiping – Data centric Routing – SPIN – Directed Diffusion – Energy aware
routing - Gradient-based routing - Rumor Routing – COUGAR – ACQUIRE – Hierarchical Routing -
LEACH, PEGASIS – Location Based Routing – GF, GAF, GEAR, GPSR – Real Time routing
Protocols – TEEN, APTEEN, SPEED, RAP - Data aggregation - data aggregation operations -
Aggregate Queries in Sensor Networks - Aggregation Techniques – TAG, Tiny DB.
Unit IV

Embedded Operating Systems: Operating Systems for Wireless Sensor Networks – Introduction -
Operating System Design Issues - Examples of Operating Systems – TinyOS – Mate – MagnetOS –
MANTIS- OSPM - EYES OS – SenOS – EMERALDS – PicOS – Introduction to Tiny OS – NesC –
Interfaces and Modules- Configurations and Wiring - Generic Components -Programming in Tiny OS
using NesC, Emulator TOSSIM.

Unit V

Applications Of WSN: WSN Applications - Home Control - Building Automation - Industrial

Automation - Medical Applications - Reconfigurable Sensor Networks - Highway Monitoring - Military
Applications - Civil and Environmental Engineering Applications-WildfireInstrumentation-
HabitatMonitoring-NanoscopicSensorApplications –CaseStudy: IEEE802.15.4 LR-WPANs Standard -
Target detection and tracking - Contour/edge detection - Field sampling.

TEXT BOOKS

1. Kazem Sohraby, Daniel Minoli and TaiebZnati, “Wireless Sensor Networks Technology,
Protocols, and Applications“, John Wiley & Sons,2007.

2. Holger Karl and Andreas Willig, “Protocols and Architectures for Wireless Sensor Networks”,
John Wiley & Sons, Ltd, 2005.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. K.AkkayaandM.Younis,“Asurveyofroutingprotocolsinwirelesssensornetworks”, Elsevier Ad
Hoc Network Journal, Vol. 3, no. 3, pp. 325--349

2. Philip Levis,“Tiny OS Programming”

3. Anna Ha´c,“Wireless Sensor Network Designs”,John Wiley & Sons Ltd,

 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY

(AUTONOMOUS)
Minors in CSE(IoT) (R23)

23ACO16: Communication Protocols for IoT

L T P C
Course Objectives: 3 0 0 3

In this course, learners will be going to learn about various protocols

designed for the implementation of the Internet of Things (IoT) applications.

Course Outcomes (COs):

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CO1: Understand fundamentals of IoT architecture outline and standards.
CO2: Understand and analyze different architectural views.
CO3: Understand the importance of IoT Data Link Layer & Network Layer Protocols.
CO4: Understand the importance of Iot Transport & Session Layer Protocols.

UNIT - I
Introduction:IoT architecture outline, standards - IoT Technology Fundamentals- Devices and
gateways, Local and wide area networking, Data management, Business processes in IoT, Everything
as a Service (XaaS), M2M and IoT Analytics.

Unit - II
Iot Reference Architecture: Introduction, Functional View, Information View, Deployment and
Operational View, Other Relevant Architectural views. Real-World Design Constraints-
Introduction, Technical Design constraints.

UNIT - III
IoT Data Link Layer: PHY/MAC Layer (3GPP MTC, IEEE 802.11, IEEE 802.15), Wireless HART,
ZWave, Bluetooth Low Energy, Zigbee Smart Energy, DASH7

UNIT - IV
Network Layer Protocols: Network Layer-IPv4,IPv6, 6LoWPAN, 6TiSCH,ND, DHCP, ICMP,
RPL, CORPL, CARP.

UNIT - V
IOT Transport & Session Layer Protocols: Transport Layer (TCP, MPTCP, UDP, DCCP, SCTP)-
(TLS, DTLS) – Session Layer-HTTP, CoAP, XMPP, AMQP, MQTT.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Daniel Minoli, “Building the Internet of Things with IPv6 and MIPv6: The Evolving World of
M2M Communications”, ISBN: 978-1-118-47347-4, Willy Publications ,2016
2. Jan Holler, VlasiosTsiatsis, Catherine Mulligan, Stefan Avesand, Stamatis Karnouskos, David
Boyle, “From Machine-to-Machine to the Internet of Things: Introduction to a New Age of
Intelligence”,1st Edition, Academic Press, 2015.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Bernd Scholz-Reiter, Florian Michahelles, “Architecting the Internet of Things”, ISBN 978-3-
64219156-5 e-ISBN 978-3-642-19157-2, Springer, 2016.
2. N. Ida, Sensors, Actuators and Their Interfaces, Scitech Publishers, 2014.
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY

(AUTONOMOUS)
Minors in CSE(IoT) (R23)

23ACO19: Industrial IoT

L T P C
3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:

1. Acquire theoretical knowledge on Industrial Internet of Things.

2. Apply suitable machine learning techniques for data handling and to gain knowledge
from it.
3. Evaluate the performance of algorithms for sensors and data transmission.

Course Outcomes (COs):

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CO1: Understand the characteristics of Internet of Things and its industry strategies.
CO2: Apply various Internet of Things models to appropriate problems.
CO3: Identify and integrate more than one technology to enhance the performance.
CO4: Understand the sensors and data transmission used in Internet of Things.
CO5: Analyse the co-occurrence of data to find interesting frequent patterns.
CO6: Pre-process the data before applying to any real-world problem and can evaluate its
performance.

UNIT I
Overview of Internet of Things: Introduction, IOT Architecture, Application –based IOT protocols,
Cloud Computing, Fog Computing, Sensor Cloud, Big Data.
Overview of Industry 4.0 and Industrial Internet of Things: IIoT- Prerequisites of IIOT, Basics of CPS,
CPS and IIOT, Applications of IIoT.

UNIT II
Industrial Internet of Things: Introduction, Industrial Internet Systems, Industrial sensing, Industrial
sensing, Industrial Processes.
Business Models and Reference Architecture of IIoT: Definition of a business model, Business models
of IOT, Business models of IIOT.

UNIT III
Key and On-site Technologies: Key Technologies:Off-site Technologies- Introduction, Cloud
Computing- Necessity, Cloud Computing and IIot, Industrial Cloud Platform Providers, SLA,
Requirements of Industry 4.0, Fog Computing.
On-site Technologies- Introduction, Augmented Reality- History, Categorization, Applications,
Virtual Reality- History, Categorization, Applications.

UNIT IV
Sensors and Data Transmission Sensors: Introduction to Sensors, Characteristics-Sensor calibration,
Sensor profile, Operating voltage, Sensor Categories. Actuators:Introduction, Thermal Actuators,
Hydraulic Actuators, Pneumatic Actuators, Electromechanical Actuators.
Industrial Data Transmission: Foundation fieldbus, Profibus, HART, Interbus, Bitbus.
UNIT V
Machine Learning and Data Science in Industries: Introduction, Machine Learning, Categorization
on ML, Applications and Data Science of ML in industries, Deep Learning, Applications of Deep
Learning in industries.
Applications of Healthcare in Industries: Smart Devices, Advanced Technologies using in
Healthcare, Open Research Issues to be Addressed.

Textbooks:
1. S. Misra, C. Roy, and A. Mukherjee, 2020. Introduction to Industrial Internet of Things and
Industry 4.0. CRC Press.

Reference Books:
1. Industrial IoT. Available online: https://medium.com/iotforall/whatproduct-managers-need-
to-know-about-industrial-iot-8c92eec1d9d2
2. IIoT Cloud Platforms. Available online: https://fr.farnell.com/willthere-be-a-dominant-iiot-
cloud-platform.
3. Kajima, T. and Kawamura, Y., 1995. Development of a high-speed solenoid valve:
Investigation of solenoids. IEEE Transactions on industrial electronics, 42(1), pp.1-8.

Online Learning Resources:

1. https://www.coursera.org/learn/industrial-internet-of-things
2. https://www.coursera.org/specializations/developing-industrial-iot
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY

(AUTONOMOUS)
Minors in CSE(IoT) (R23)

23ACS24: Cloud Computing

L T P C
3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:

1. To explain the evolving computer model called cloud computing.

2. To introduce the various levels of services that can be achieved by cloud.
3. To describe the security aspects in cloud.

Course Outcomes (COs):

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CO1: Ability to create cloud computing environment
CO2: Ability to design applications for Cloud environment
CO3: Design & amp; develop backup strategies for cloud data base don features.
CO4: Use and examine different cloud computing services.
CO5: Apply different cloud programming model as per need.

UNIT-I
Introduction to cloud computing: Introduction, Characteristics of cloud computing, Cloud Models,
Cloud Services Examples, Cloud Based services and applications
Cloud concepts and Technologies: Virtualization, Load balancing, Scalability and Elasticity,
Deployment, Replication, Monitoring, Software defined, Network function virtualization, Map Reduce,
Identity and Access Management, services level Agreements, Billing.
Cloud Services and Platforms: Compute Services, Storage Services, Database Services, Application
services, Content delivery services, Analytics Services, Deployment and Management
Services, Identity and Access Management services, Open Source Private Cloud software.

UNIT-II
Hadoop MapReduce: Apache Hadoop, Hadoop Map Reduce Job Execution, Hadoop Schedulers,
Hadoop Cluster setup.
Cloud Application Design: Reference Architecture for Cloud Applications, Cloud Application Design
Methodologies, Data Storage Approaches.
Python Basics: Introduction, Installing Python, Python data Types &amp; Data Structures, Control
flow, Function, Modules, Packages, File handling, Date/Time Operations, Classes.

UNIT-III
Python for Cloud: Python for Amazon web services, Python for Google Cloud Platform, Python for
windows Azure, Python for MapReduce, Python packages of Interest, Python web Application Frame
work, Designing a RESTful web API.
Cloud Application Development in Python :Design Approaches, Image Processing APP, Document
Storage App, MapReduce App, Social Media Analytics App.

UNIT-IV
Big Data Analytics: Introduction, Clustering Big Data, Classification of Bigdata Recommendation of
Systems. Multimedia Cloud: Introduction, Case Study: Live video Streaming App, Streaming
Protocols, case Study: Video Transcoding App.
Cloud Application Benchmarking and Tuning: Introduction, Workload Characteristics, Application
Performance Metrics, Design Considerations for a Benchmarking Methodology,
Benchmarking Tools, Deployment Prototyping, Load Testing & Bottleneck Detection case Study,
Hadoop benchmarking case Study.

UNIT-V
Cloud Security: Introduction, CSA Cloud Security Architecture, Authentication, Authorization, Identity
Access Management, Data Security, Key Management, Auditing.
Cloud for Industry, Healthcare & Education: Cloud Computing for Health care, Cloud computing for
Energy Systems, Cloud Computing for Transportation Systems, Cloud Computing for Manufacturing
Industry, Cloud computing for Education.
Migrating into a Cloud: Introduction, Broad Approaches to migrating into the cloud, the seven– step
model of migration into a cloud.
Organizational readiness and Change Management in The Cloud Age: Introduction, Basic concepts of
Organizational Readiness, Drivers for changes: A frame work to comprehend the competitive
environment, common change management models, change management maturity models,
Organizational readiness self – assessment.
Legal Issues in Cloud Computing: Introduction, Data Privacy and security Issues, cloud contracting
models, Jurisdiction a issues raised by virtualization and data location, commercial and
Business considerations, Special Topics.

Textbooks:
1.Cloud computing A hands-on Approach‖ By ArshdeepBahga, Vijay Madisetti, Universities Press,
2016
2.Cloud Computing Principles and Paradigms: By Raj Kumar Buyya, James Broberg, Andrzej,
Goscinski, Wiley, 2016.

Reference Books:
1. Mastering Cloud Computing by RajkumarBuyya, Christian Vecchiola, SThamaraiSelvi, TMH
2. Cloud computing A Hands-On Approach by ArshdeepBahga and Vijay Madisetti.
3. Cloud Computing: A Practical Approach, Anthony T. Velte, Toby J. Velte, Robert
Elsenpeter, Tata McGraw Hill, rp2011.
4. Enterprise Cloud Computing, Gautam Shroff, Cambridge University Press, 2010.
5. Cloud Application Architectures: Building Applications and Infrastructure in the Cloud,
George Reese, O ‘Reilly, SPD, rp2011.
6. Essentials of Cloud Computing by K. Chandrasekaran. CRC Press.
SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY

(AUTONOMOUS)
Minors in CSE(IoT) (R23)

23ACO02: Internet of Things Lab

L T P C
0 0 3 1.5
Course Objectives:

1. To introduce components such as WiFi, Bluetooth, Temperature,

Moisture sensors
2. To know the Micro controller such as Arduino
3. To know the System on Chip (SOC) / Single Board Computer such as Raspberry Pi
4. To understand HTTP IoT protocols and perform Experiments for data transmission
5. To understand UAV/Drones and Internet of Drones Experiments.

Course Outcomes (COs):

After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CO1: Know the various IoT sensors and understand the functionality
CO2: Design and analyzeIoT experiments and transfer the data to IoT Clouds
CO3: Design the IoT systems for real time applications
CO4: Understand Drones and Perform Internet of Drones Experiments

List of Experiments:
Experiments using ESP32
1. Serial Monitor, LED, Servo Motor - Controlling
Experiment1: Controlling actuators through Serial Monitor. Creating different ledpatterns and
controlling them using push button switches. Controlling servo motor with the help of joystick.
2. Distance Measurement of an object
Experiment 2: Calculatethe distance to an object with the help of an ultrasonic sensor and display
it on an LCD.
3, LDR Sensor, Alarm and temperature, humidity measurement
Experiment 3:
• Controlling relay state based on ambient light levels using LDR sensor.
• Basic Burglar alarm security system with the help of PIR sensor and buzzer.
• Displaying humidity and temperature values on LCD
4. Experiments using Raspberry Pi
Experiment 4:
• Controlling relay state based on input from IR sensors
• Interfacing stepper motor with R-Pi
• Advanced burglar alarm security system with the help of PIR sensor, buzzer and keypad.
(Alarm gets disabled if correct keypad password is entered)
• Automated LED light control based on input from PIR (to detect if people are present) and
LDR(ambient light level)
5. IOT Framework
Experiment 5: Upload humidity & temperature data to ThingSpeak, periodically logging ambient
light level to ThingSpeak
Experiment 6: Controlling LEDs, relay & buzzer using Blynk app
6. HTTP Based
Experiment 7: Introduction to HTTP. Hosting a basic server from the ESP32 to control various
digital based actuators (led, buzzer, relay) from a simple web page.
 Experiment 8:Displaying various sensor readings on a simple web page hosted on the ESP32.
7. MQTT Based
Experiment 9:Controlling LEDs/Motors from an Android/Web app, Controlling AC Appliances
from an android/web app with the help of relay.
Experiment 10:
Displaying humidity and temperature data on a web-based application
8. UAV/Drone:
Experiment 11:
• Demonstration of UAV elements, Flight Controller
• Mission Planner flight planning design
Experiment 12:
• Python program to read GPS coordinates from Flight Controller
Reference:

1. Adrian McEwen, Hakim Cassimally - Designing the Internet of Things, Wiley Publications, 2012.
2. Alexander Osterwalder, and Yves Pigneur – Business Model Generation – Wiley, 2011
3. ArshdeepBahga, Vijay Madisetti - Internet of Things: A Hands-On Approach, Universities Press,
2014.
4. The Internet of Things, Enabling technologies and use cases – Pethuru Raj, Anupama C. Raman,
CRC Press.

Online Learning Resources/Virtual Labs:

https://www.arduino.cc/
https://www.raspberrypi.org/
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY

(AUTONOMOUS)
Minors in CSE(IoT) (R23)

23ACS26: Cloud Computing Lab

L T P C
0 0 3 1.5
Course Objectives:
1. Demonstrate application development using Cloud
2. Explain features of Hadoop

Course Outcomes (CO):

On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CO1: Configure various virtualization tools such as Virtual Box, VMware workstation.
CO2: Design and deploy a web application in a PaaS environment.
CO3: Learn how to simulate a cloud environment to implement new schedulers.
CO4: Install and use a generic cloud environment that can be used as a private cloud.
CO5: Manipulate large data sets in a parallel environment.

List of Experiments:
1. Install VirtualBox/VMware Workstation with different flavours of Linux or windows OS on top of
windows operating systems.
2. Install a C compiler in the virtual machine created using virtual box and execute Simple Programs
3. Install Google App Engine. Create hello world app and other simple web applications using
python/java.
4. Use GAE launcher to launch the web applications.
5. Simulate a cloud scenario using CloudSim and run a scheduling algorithm that is not present in
CloudSim.
6. Find a procedure to transfer the files from one virtual machine to another virtual machine.
7. Find a procedure to launch virtual machine using try stack (Online Open stack Demo Version)
8. Install Hadoop single node cluster and run simple applications like wordcount
9. Establish an AWS account. Use the AWS Management Console to launch an EC2 instance and
connect to it.
10. Develop a Guestbook Application using Google App Engine
11. Develop a Serverless Web App using AWS
12. Design a Content Recommendation system using AWS
13. Design a Cloud based smart traffic management system
14. Design Cloud based attendance management system
15. Design E-learning cloud-based system
16. Using Amazon Lex build a Chatbot

References:
• https://www.vmware.com/products/workstation-pro/workstation-pro evaluation.html.
• http://code.google.com/appengine/downloads.html
• http://code.google.com/appengine/downloads.html

Online Learning Resources/Virtual Labs:

• Google Cloud Computing Foundations Cour
MINORS IN CYBER SECURITY
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY

(AUTONOMOUS)
III B. Tech - II Semester -CSE(CS)
III B. Tech - I Semester CSC MINORS

L T P C
3 0 0 3
23ACC05: CYBER CRIMES & DIGITAL FORENSICS
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course students will be able to
CO1: Understand the fundamentals of cybercrime.
CO2: Understand the various cybercrime issues.
CO3: Understand different investigation tools for cybercrime.
CO4: Understand basics of Forensic Technology and Practices.
CO5: Analyze different laws, ethics and evidence handling procedures.

UNIT-I: Introduction 9 Hrs

Introduction and Overview of Cyber Crime, Nature and Scope of Cyber Crime, Types of Cyber Crime:
Social Engineering, Categories of Cyber Crime, Property Cyber Crime.

UNIT-II: Cyber Crime Issues 9 Hrs

Unauthorized Access to Computers, Computer Intrusions, White collar Crimes, Viruses and Malicious
Code, Internet Hacking and Cracking, Virus Attacks, Pornography, Software Piracy, Intellectual
Property, Mail Bombs, Exploitation, Stalking and Obscenity in Internet, Digital laws and legislation, Law
Enforcement Roles and Responses.

UNIT-III: Investigation 9 Hrs

Introduction to Cyber Crime Investigation, Investigation Tools, rediscovery, Digital Evidence Collection,
Evidence Preservation, E-Mail Investigation, E-Mail Tracking, IP Tracking, E- Mail Recovery, Hands
on Case Studies. Encryption and Decryption Methods, Search and Seizure of Computers, Recovering
Deleted Evidences, Password Cracking.

UNIT-IV: Digital Forensics 9Hrs

Introduction to Digital Forensics, Forensic Software and Hardware, Analysis and Advanced Tools,
Forensic Technology and Practices, Forensic Ballistics and Photography, Face, Iris and Fingerprint
Recognition, Audio Video Analysis, Windows System Forensics, Linux System Forensics, Network
Forensics.
 UNIT-V: Laws and Acts 9 Hrs
Laws and Ethics, Digital Evidence Controls, Evidence Handling Procedures, Basics of Indian Evidence
ACT IPC and Corps, Electronic Communication Privacy ACT, Legal Policies

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Nelson Phillips and Engineer Stuart, ―Computer Forensics and Investigations‖, CEng age Learning,
New Delhi, 2009.
2. Kevin Media, Chris Promise, Matt Pipe, ―Incident Response and Computer Forensics ―, Tata
McGraw -Hill, New Delhi, 2006.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Robert M Slade,‖ Software Forensics‖, Tata McGraw - Hill, New Delhi, 2005.
2. Bernadette H Schell, Clemens Martin, ―Cybercrime‖, ABC – CLIO Inc, California, 2004
3. ―Understanding Forensics in IT ―, NIIT Ltd, 2005.
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY (AUTONOMOUS)

IV B. Tech - I Semester -CSE(CS)

III B. Tech - I Semester -CSC MINORS

L T P C
3 0 0 3
23ACC16: CYBER LAWS AND SECURITY POLICIES
(Professional Elective-V)
Course Outcomes
At the end of the course students will be able to

CO1: Learn evolution and key aspects of Indian cyber law, including recent amendments.
CO2: Gain knowledge about the legalities of digital signatures and the role of e-governance in
the IT Act.
CO3: Develop an understanding of the legalities involved in electronic contracts and
international conventions.
CO4: Adapt in understanding and analyzing cybercrime, electronic evidence, and
intellectual property rights in the context of IT.

UNIT - I
Introduction: History of Internet and World Wide Web, Need for cyber law, Cybercrime on the rise,
Important terms related to cyber law.
Cyber law in India: Need for cyber law in India, History of cyber law in India.
Information Technology Act, 2000: Overview of other laws amended by the IT Act, 2000, National
Policy on Information Technology 2012.

UNIT - II
Overview of the Information Technology Act, 2000:Applicability of the Act, Important provisions of
the Act: Digital signature and Electronic signature, Digital Signature under the IT Act, 2000, E-
Governance Attribution, Acknowledgement and Dispatch of Electronic Records, Certifying Authorities,
Electronic Signature Certificates, Duties of Subscribers, Penalties and Offences, Intermediaries.

UNIT - III
Overview of rules issued under The IT Act, 2000, Electronic Commerce, Electronic Contracts, Cyber
Crimes, Cyber Frauds.
 UNIT - IV
Regulatory Authorities: Department of Electronics and Information Technology, Controller of
Certifying Authorities (CCA), Cyber Appellate Tribunal, Indian Computer Emergency Response Team
(ICERT), Cloud Computing, Case Laws.

UNIT - V
Introduction to Cybercrime and procedure to report Cyber crime: procedure to report cybercrime,
some basic rules for safe operations of the computer and internet, the criminal law (amendment) act,
2013: legislative remedies for online harassment and cyber stalking in India.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Text book on ―Cyber Law‖,2 Ed Rap 2023, Pagan Dug gal, Universal Law Publishing.
2. Text book on ―Indian Cyber law on Cybercrimes‖, Pagan Dug gal,

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Debby Russell and Sr. G.T Gingili, "Computer Security Basics (Paperback)‖, 2nd Edition, O‘Reilly
Media, 2006.
2. Thomas R. Pettier, ―Information Security policies and procedures: A
Practitioner‘s Reference‖, 2nd Edition Prentice Hall, 2004.
3. Kenneth J. Knapp, ―Cyber Security and Global Information Assurance: Threat Analysis and
Response Solutions‖, IGI Global, 2009.
4. Thomas R Pettier, Justin Pettier and John Blackley,‖ Information Security Fundamentals‖, 2nd
Edition, Prentice Hall, 1996.
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY

(AUTONOMOUS)
III B. Tech - I Semester -CSE(CS)
III B. Tech - II Semester -CSC MINORS
L T P C
3 0 0 3
23ACC01: INTRODUCTION TO CYBER SECURITY
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course students will be able to
CO1: Demonstrate knowledge on Automata Theory, Regular Expression and Analyze and
Design of finite automata, and prove equivalence of various finite automata.
CO2: Demonstrate knowledge on context free grammar, Analyze and design of PDA and TM.

CO3: Understand the basic concept of compiler design, and its different phases which will be helpful
to construct new tools like LEX, YACC, etc.
CO4: Ability to implement semantic rules into a parser that performs attribution while parsing and
apply error detection and correction methods.
CO5: Apply the code optimization techniques to improve the space and time complexity of
programs while programming and Ability to design a compiler.

UNIT-I: Cyber security Essentials and Cube 9 Hrs

The Cyber security World, Cyber Criminals versus Cyber security Specialists, Common Threats,
Spreading Cyber security Threats, The Three Dimensions of the Cyber security Cube, CIA Triad, States
of Data, Cyber security Countermeasures, IT Security Management Framework.

UNIT-II: Cyber security Threats, Vulnerabilities, Attacks and Protecting Secrets 9Hrs
Introduction, Governance, Managing Cloud Security Risk, Compliance, Legal Issues in Cloud, Audit,
CSA Tools.

UNIT-III: Data Integrity 9 Hrs

Types of Data Integrity Controls, Digital Signatures, Certificates, Database Integrity Enforcement.

UNIT-IV: Data Availability and Recovery 9 Hrs

High Availability, Measures to Improve Availability, Incident Response, Disaster Recovery.

UNIT-V: Protecting a Cyber security Domain 9 Hrs

Defending Systems and Devices, Server Hardening, Network Hardening, Physical and Environmental
Security, Cyber security Domains, Ethics of Working in Cyber security.
 Text books:
1. CISSP (ISC)2 Certified Information Systems Security Professional Official Study Guide, Mike
Chappell, James Michael Stewart and Darrel Gibson, 9th Edition
2. Cyber security: The Beginner's Guide, Dr. Erdal Ozkaya, Packt Publishing Limited, 2019.

Reference Books:
1. Cyber security Essentials, Charles J. Brooks, Christopher Grow, Philip Craig and Donald Short, 1st
edition, Say box.
2. Network Security Essentials, William Stallings, 6th edition, Pearson Education, 2018.
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY (AUTONOMOUS)

IV B. Tech - I Semester -CSE(CS)

III B. Tech -II Semester -CSC MINORS

L T P C
3 0 0 3
23ACC11: BLOCK CHAIN TECHNOLOGY
Course Outcomes (CO):
At the end of the course students will be able to
CO1: Demonstrate the foundation of the Block chain technology and understand the processes in payment and
funding.
CO2: Identify the risks involved in building Block chain applications.
CO3: Review of legal implications using smart contracts.
CO4: Choose the present landscape of Block chain implementations and Understand Crypto currency markets
Examine how to profit from trading crypto currencies

UNIT - I Introduction Lecture 8Hrs

Introduction, Scenarios, Challenges Articulated, Block chain, Block chain Characteristics, Opportunities Using Block
chain, History of Block chain. Evolution of Block chain: Evolution of Computer Applications, Centralized
Applications, Decentralized Applications, Stages in Block chain Evolution, Consortia, Forks, Public Blockchain
Environments, Type of Players in Block chain Ecosystem, Players in Market.

UNIT - II Block chain Concepts Lecture 9Hrs

Block chain Concepts: Introduction, Changing of Blocks, Hashing, Markel-Tree, Consensus, Mining
and Finalizing Blocks, Currency aka tokens, security on block chain, data storage on block chain, wallets,
coding on block chain: smart contracts, peer-to-peer network, types of block chain nodes, risk associated
with block chain solutions, life cycle of block chain transaction.

UNIT - III Architecting Block chain solutions Lecture 9Hrs

Architecting Block chain solutions: Introduction, Obstacles for Use of Block chain, Block chain
Relevance Evaluation Framework, Block chain Solutions Reference Architecture, Types of Block
chain Applications. Cryptographic Tokens, Typical Solution Architecture for Enterprise Use Cases,
Types of Block chain Solutions, Architecture Considerations, Architecture with Block chain
Platforms, Approach for Designing Block chain Applications.

UNIT - IV Ethereal Block chain Implementation Lecture 8Hrs

Ethereal Block chain Implementation: Introduction, Tuna Fish Tracking Use Case, Ethereal
 Ecosystem, Ethereal Development, Ethereal Tool Stack, Ethereal Virtual Machine, Smart Contract
Programming, Integrated Development Environment, Truffle Framework, Gouache, Unit Testing,
Ethereal Accounts, My Ether Wallet, Ethereal Networks/Environments, Inure, Ether scan, Ethereal
Clients, Decentralized Application, Metalmark, Tuna Fish Use Case Implementation, Open Zeppelin in
Contracts

UNIT - V Hyper ledger Block chain Implementation Lecture 8Hrs

Hyper ledger Block chain Implementation: Introduction, Use Case – Car Ownership Tracking, Hyper
ledger Fabric, Hyper ledger Fabric Transaction Flow, Facer Use Case Implementation, Invoking Chain
code Functions Using Client Application.

Advanced Concepts in Block chain: Introduction, Inter Planetary File System (IPFS), Zero Knowledge
Proofs, Oracles, Self-Sovereign Identity, Block chain with IoT and AI/ML Quantum Computing and
Block chain, Initial Coin Offering, Block chain Cloud Offerings, Block chain and its Future Potential.

Textbooks:
1. Armadas, Arched Surfers A riff, Sham ―Block chain for Enterprise Application Developers‖,
Wiley, 2020
2. Andreas M. Antonopoulos, ―Mastering Bit coin: Programming the Open Block chain‖, O‘Reilly, 2017

Reference Books:
1. Block chain: A Practical Guide to Developing Business, Law, and Technology Solutions, Joseph
Barbara, Paul R. Allen, Mc Grow Hill.
2. Block chain: Blueprint for a New Economy, Melanie Swan, O‘Reilly

Online Learning Resources:

https://github.com/blockchainedindia/resources
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY

(AUTONOMOUS)
III B. Tech - II Semester -CSE(CS)
IV B. Tech - I Semester -CSC MINORS

L T P C
3 0 0 3
23ACC04: CRYPTOGRAPHY & NETWORK SECURITY
Course outcomes:
At the end of the course students will be able to
CO1: Identify information security goals, classical encryption technique and acquire
fundamental knowledge on the concepts off in tie fields and number theory
CO2: Compare and apply different encryption and decryption techniques to solve problems
related to confidentiality and authentication
CO3: Apply the knowledge of cryptographic checksum and evaluate the performance of
different message digest algorithms for verifying the integrity of varying message sizes.
CO4: Apply different digital signature algorithms to achieve authentication and create secure
applications
CO5: Apply network security basics, analyze different attack son networks and
evaluate the performance of fire walls and security protocols like TLS, IPSec, and PGP
CO6: Apply the knowledge of cryptographic utilities and authentication mechanisms to
design secure applications.

UNIT-I: Lecture 9Hrs

Computer and Network Security Concepts: Computer Security Concepts, Theo‘s Security
Architecture, Security Attacks, Security Services, Security Mechanisms, A Model for Network
Security, Classical Encryption Techniques: Symmetric Cipher Model, Substitution Techniques
Transposition Techniques, Steganography, Block Ciphers: Traditional Block Cipher Structure, The
Data Encryption Standard, Advanced Encryption Standard: AES Structure, AES Transformation
Functions

UNIT-II: Lecture 9Hrs

Number Theory: The Euclidean Algorithm, Modular Arithmetic, Fermat‘s and Euler‘s Theorems, The
Chinese Remainder Theorem, Discrete Logarithms, Finite Fields: Finite Fields of the Form

GF(p), Finite Fields of the Form GF(2n). Public Key Cryptography: Principles, Public Key
 Cryptography Algorithms, RSA Algorithm, Daffy Hellman Key Exchange, Elliptic Curve
Cryptography.

UNIT-III: Lecture 9Hrs

Cryptographic Hash Functions: Application o f Cryptographic Hash Functions, Requirements &
Security, Secure Hash Algorithm, Message Authentication Functions, Requirements & Security,
HMAC & CMAC. Digital Signatures: NIST Digital Signature Algorithm, Distribution of Public Keys,
X.509 Certificates, Public- Key Infrastructure

UNIT-IV: Lecture 9Hrs

User Authentication: Remote Use r Authentication Principles, Kerberos. Electronic Mail Security:
Pretty Good Privacy (PGP) Ands /MIME.IP Security: I P Security Overview, IP Security Policy,
Encapsulating Security Payload, Combining Security Associations, Internet Key Exchange.

UNIT-V: Lecture 8Hrs

Transport Level Security: Web Security Requirements, Transport Layer Security (TLS), HTTPS, Secures
hell (SSH) Firewalls: Fire wall Characteristics and Access Policy, Types of Fire walls, Fire wall ovation
and Configurations.
Textbooks:
1) Cryptography and Network Security-William Stallings, Pearson Education,8th Edition.
2) Cryptography, network Security and Cyber Laws–Bernard Menaces, Engage
Learning, 2010 edition.
Reference Books:
1) Cryptography and Network Security- Beerhouse Frozen, Debden Mukhopadhyaya,

Mc –Grow Hill, 3rd Edition, 2015.

2) Network Security Illustrated, Jason Albanese and Wes Scone Reich, MGH
Publishers, 2003.
Online Learning Resources:
1) https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/105/106105031/lecture
2) https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/105/106105162/lecturebyDr.SouravMukhopadhyay
IITKharagpur[VideoLecture]
3) https://www.mitel.com/articles/web-communication-cryptography-and-network-
security web articles by Mitel Power Connections
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY

(AUTONOMOUS)

III B. Tech - I Semester -CSE(CS)

III B. Tech - II Semester -CSC MINORS

L T P C
0 0 3 3
23ACC02: CYBER SECURITY LAB

Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course students will be able to
CO1: Get the skill to identify cyber threats/attacks.
CO2: Get the knowledge to solve security issues in day-to-day life.
CO3: Able to use Autopsy tools
CO4: Perform Memory capture and analysis
CO5: Demonstrate Network analysis using Network miner tools

List of Experiments
1. Perform an Experiment for port scanning with neap
2. Set Up a honey pot and monitor the honey pot on the network
3. Install Jscript/Cryptal tool (or any other equivalent) and demonstrate Asymmetric, symmetric
crypto algorithm, Hash and Digital/PKI signatures.
4. Generate minimum 10 passwords of length 12 characters using open SSL command
5. Perform practical approach to implement Foot printing-Gathering target information using
Dmitry-D magic, U Attester
6. Working with sniffers for monitoring network communication (Wire shark).
7. Using Snort, perform real time traffic analysis and packet logging.
8. Perform email analysis using the Autopsy tool.
9. Perform Registry analysis and get boot time logging using process monitor tool
10. Perform File type detection using Autopsy tool
11. Perform Memory capture and analysis using FTK imager tool
12. Perform Network analysis using the Network Miner tool

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Real Digital Forensics for Handheld Devices, E. P. Dorothy, Auer back Publications, 2013.
2. The Basics of Digital Forensics: The Primer for Getting Started in Digital Forensics, J. Sammons,
Singles Publishing, 2012.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Handbook of Digital Forensics and Investigation, E. Casey, Academic Press, 2010.
2. Malware Forensics Field Guide for Windows Systems: Digital Forensics Field Guides, C. H.
Malian, E. Casey and J. M. Aquiline, Signers, 2012.
3. The Best Damn Cybercrime and Digital Forensics Book.
 SRI VENKATESWARA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY (AUTONOMOUS)

III B. Tech - II Semester -CSE(CS)

IV B. Tech - I Semester -CSC MINORS

L T P C
0 0 3 1.5

23ACC08: CRYPTOGRAPHY AND NETWORK SECURITY LAB

List of Experiments:
1. Write a C program that contains a string (char pointer) with a value ‗Hello world‘. The
program should XOR each character in this string with 0 and displays the result.

2. Write a C program that contains a string (char pointer) with a value ‗Hello world‘. The
program should AND or and XOR each character in this string with 127 and display the result.

3. Write a Java program to perform encryption and decryption using the following algorithms

a. Cease cipher b. Substitution cipher c. Hill Cipher

4. Write a C/JAVA program to implement the DES algorithm logic.

5. Write a C/JAVA program to implement the Blowfish algorithm logic.

6. Write a C/JAVA program to implement the Randal algorithm logic.

7. Write the RC4 logic in Java Using Java cryptography; encrypt the text ―Hello world‖ using
Blowfish. Create your own key using Java key tool.

8. Write a Java program to implement RSA algorithm.

9. Implement the Daffy-Hellman Key Exchange mechanism using HTML and JavaScript.

10. Calculate the message digest of a text using the SHA-1 algorithm in JAVA.

11. Calculate the message digest of a text using the MD5 algorithm in JAVA.